Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2011

Registration No. 333-171271

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

ServiceSource International, LLC

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7380   81-0578975

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

634 Second Street

San Francisco, California 94107

(415) 901-6030

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Michael A. Smerklo

Chief Executive Officer

634 Second Street

San Francisco, California 94107

(415) 901-6030

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

Jeffrey D. Saper

Tony Jeffries

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Paul D. Warenski

Senior Vice President and

General Counsel

634 Second Street

San Francisco, California 94107

(415) 901-6030

 

Sarah K. Solum

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $75,000,000   $5,347.50
 
 
(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)   The Registrant previously paid this registration fee in connection with a previous filing of this Registration Statement.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

ServiceSource International, LLC, the registrant whose name appears on the cover of this registration statement, is a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to the issuance of any shares of common stock subject to this registration statement, ServiceSource International, LLC will convert into a Delaware corporation and change its name from ServiceSource International, LLC to ServiceSource International, Inc. Shares of the common stock of ServiceSource International, Inc. are being offered by the prospectus.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

 

Issued February 25, 2011

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

ServiceSource International, Inc. is offering             shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are offering             shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

 

 

 

We have applied for a listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ SREV.”

 

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page  11.

 

 

 

PRICE $              A SHARE

 

 

 

    

Price to

Public

  

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions

  

Proceeds to
ServiceSource

  

Proceeds to
Selling Stockholders

Per share

   $                $                $                $            

Total

   $                        $                        $                        $                    

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, with up to an additional             shares sold by us and up to an additional             shares sold by the selling stockholders.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2011.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY    DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES

 

 

 

WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY   LAZARD CAPITAL MARKETS     PIPER JAFFRAY   

 

 

 

JMP SECURITIES

                    , 2011


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

SEE INSIDE SPREAD FOR DETAILS >>

SaaS

$10.7*

BILLION

TOTAL EXPECTED SPENDING ON MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT AND

SUBSCRIPTION CONTRACTS ACROSS THE TECHNOLOGY SECTOR IN 2011

$61.3*

BILLION

HARDWARE SUPPORT

$87.5*

BILLION

SOFTWARE SUPPORT

$159.4 BILLION*

Recurring service revenue is a

growing and important component of

technology industry revenue

*Gartner, Inc., Forecast: IT Services, 2007-2014, 4Q10 Update, December 2010, Kathryn Hale et al; Forecast Analysis: Software as a

Service, Worldwide, 2009-2014, Update, Sharon A. Mertz et al, November 11, 2010.

SERVICESOURCE


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

OUR CUSTOMERS

INCLUDE INDUSTRY

LEADERS LIKE THESE:

In fact, our customers include:

5 of the top 5 Fortune 100 Technology-based Companies

3 of the top 5 Global Enterprise Software Companies (1)

5 of the top 5 Enterprise Network Storage Companies (2)

2 of the top 3 Medical Device Companies (2)

2 of the top 3 High-end Server OEMs (2)

(1) Based on Top 100 Research Corporation,

Enterprise Software Top 10.

(2) Based on CRN 2010 Annual Report Card.

WE MANAGE SERVICE AND

MAINTENANCE REVENUE STREAMS

IN OVER 100 ENGAGEMENTS

ServiceSource

is the pioneer in this market

Pay-for-performance model

2 0 0 6 2 0 0 7 2 0 0 8 2 0 0 9 2 0 1 0

We achieved 35% compounded annual revenue growth in the last _ve _scal years.

REVENUE _IN MILLIONS_

$ 4 5 . 9 $ 7 5 . 2 $ 1 0 0 . 3 $ 1 1 0 . 7 $ 1 5 2 . 9

Agilent Technologies Blue Coat GE Helathcare Hitachi Data Systems


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Increased service revenue

Increased margin and profitability

Improved end customer satisfaction

Greater business insight and analytics

Greater visibility and forecasting tools

FOR CUSTOMERS, WE DELIVER

MEANINGFUL BENEFITS

LOOK INTO THE PROSPECTUS FOR DETAILS >>

* Based on our analysis of customer renewal rates for new engagements added in 2009, we generated renewal rates on contracts delivered

to us in the first half of 2010 that on a dollar value basis increased by an average of over 15 percentage points over historical

customer renewal rates calculated in our Service Performance Analysis.

Our pay-for-performance model means

no large upfront investment for cuomers

Cloud-based services

Over 15 percentage

point increase in

renewal rates*

SERVICESOURCE


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Forward Looking Statements

     31   

Use of Proceeds

     32   

Dividend Policy

     32   

Capitalization

     33   

Dilution

     35   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     37   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     39   

Business

     68   

Management

     83   
     Page  
Executive Compensation      93   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     121   
Principal and Selling Stockholders      123   
Description of Capital Stock      126   
Shares Eligible for Future Sale      130   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

     132   
Underwriters      135   
Legal Matters      140   
Experts      140   
Where You Can Find More Information      140   
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements      F-1   
 

 

 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Until                     , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

 

 

ServiceSource is our registered trademark and Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, Channel Sales Cloud and our logo are our trademarks. All other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock, you should read this summary together with the more detailed information, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in “Risk Factors,” our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms “ServiceSource,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “our business” refer, prior to the conversion discussed below, to ServiceSource International, LLC and, after the conversion, to ServiceSource International, Inc., in each case together with its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

Overview

 

ServiceSource is a leader in service revenue management, providing solutions that drive increased renewals of maintenance, support and subscription agreements for technology companies. Our integrated solution consists of a suite of cloud applications, dedicated service sales teams working under our customers’ brands and a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. By integrating software, managed services and data, we provide end-to-end management and optimization of the service contract renewals process, including data management, quoting, selling and service revenue business intelligence. Our business is built on our pay-for-performance model, whereby customers pay us based on renewal sales that we generate on their behalf. As of December 31, 2010, we managed over 100 engagements across more than 55 customers, representing over $5 billion in service revenue opportunity under management.

 

According to Gartner, total spending on maintenance and support agreements as well as software-as-a-service/subscription contracts across the technology sector is expected to total $159 billion in 2011. 1 We define service revenue as the revenue companies earn from the sale of maintenance and support agreements, as well as subscription contracts. Service revenue has become increasingly important for technology companies as it represents a significant and growing portion of total revenue, drives margin expansion and incremental profitability, can be highly recurring and correlates with end customer satisfaction. However, we believe the complexity of effective service revenue management, coupled with underinvestment in this area has led to suboptimal renewal rates on service contracts. Many technology companies lack the resources needed to maximize service revenue performance. These resources include enterprise systems and applications built specifically for service revenue data management as well as global service sales teams with the expertise to sell service contracts directly and through channel partners.

 

The foundation of our solution is our proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, a data warehouse that incorporates transactional, analytical and industry data gathered from over two million service renewal transactions since our inception. The data housed within this platform fuels our applications, enables our service sales teams to improve service revenue performance, and allows us to provide analytical insights that we believe other third-party or internally-developed alternatives do not provide. Our suite of cloud applications increases visibility and control of service revenue management and is utilized by customers, channel partners, end

 

1   Gartner, Inc., Forecast: IT Services, 2007-2014, 4Q10 Update, December 2010, Kathryn Hale et al; Forecast Analysis: Software as a Service, Worldwide, 2009-2014, Update, Sharon A. Mertz et al, November 11, 2010.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

customers and our service sales teams. Our dedicated service sales teams have specific expertise in our customers’ businesses, are deployed under our customers’ brands and follow a sales process tailored specifically to increase service contract renewals. Taken together, these elements of our solution help us increase our customers’ service revenue, drive their profitability and improve end customer satisfaction. Based on our analysis of customer renewal rates for new engagements added in 2009, we generated renewal rates on contracts delivered to us in the first half of 2010 that on a dollar value basis increased by an average of over 15 percentage points over historical customer renewal rates calculated in our Service Performance Analysis (“SPA”).

 

Our total revenue was $100.3 million, $110.7 million and $152.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 respectively. We had approximately 60, 80 and 100 engagements as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 respectively. In 2010, Oracle acquired our then-largest customer, Sun Microsystems, and terminated our contract with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010. Sun Microsystems accounted for $22.8 million, $26.3 million and $19.6 million, or 23%, 24% and 13%, of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

Our Solution

 

We have developed an end-to-end solution to increase service revenue performance for our customers. The components of our integrated solution consist of a suite of cloud applications, dedicated service sales teams and our proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. We deploy our solution through offerings that are tailored either to address specific challenges of the renewals process or to provide end-to-end management of this process. Our highly scalable solution allows us to sell globally on behalf of our customers in over 30 languages. It is designed to provide effective service revenue management irrespective of revenue models, distribution models, and segments within the technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries, including hardware, software and software-as-a-service.

 

Key benefits of our solution include:

 

Financial Benefits

 

   

Increased service revenue. Our solution is designed to increase customers’ service revenues. We actively monitor the service contract renewal rates we drive on behalf of our customers in each engagement. When we generate higher renewal rates, we drive incremental service revenue for both the associated period as well as for subsequent periods due to the recurring nature of service contracts.

 

   

Increased margin and profitability. We believe that the costs associated with delivering maintenance, support and subscription services by many of our customers can be relatively fixed, and thus growth of service revenue can benefit our customers’ bottom line. As a result, each incremental dollar of service revenue generated by our solution can drive greater profitability for our customers.

 

Operational Benefits

 

   

Improved end customer satisfaction. Our regular dialogue with end customers allows us to communicate the value of our customers’ maintenance, support and subscription services, and capture and address questions and concerns about our customers’ products.

 

   

Greater business insight and analytics. Our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform allows us to analyze our customers’ renewals against similar transactions and to identify areas for improvement, enabling greater insight into their renewals business. By tracking transactions in our intelligence platform, we are able to provide benchmarking, end customer metrics, sales efficiency data and insight into successful and unsuccessful renewal efforts. The breadth of our data allows us to provide analysis across regions, industries, channel partners and product segments.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Greater visibility and forecasting tools. Our cloud applications deliver real-time analytics and visibility into a customer’s service revenue performance, sales efficiency and forecasts. CFOs and other executives utilize our cloud applications to assist in forecasting their company’s service revenue and to measure progress against their forecasts on a real-time basis.

 

   

Strengthened channel loyalty. Our Channel Sales Cloud application and service sales teams empower our customers’ channel partners to generate higher service sales by providing accurate, real-time data on their renewal opportunities and performance as well as tools to sell more effectively to end customers. These cloud applications help our customers develop a closer relationship with their channel partners.

 

   

Global consistency. We maintain a globally consistent renewals process for our customers as we leverage a unified intelligence platform. Our solution automates the application of best practices to the renewals process and provides a consistent view of the data.

 

Our Competitive Advantages

 

We believe our business is difficult to replicate, as it incorporates a combination of several important and differentiated elements, including:

 

   

Proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. Our proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform aggregates transactional, analytical and industry data from over two million service renewal transactions. This intelligence platform allows us to improve service revenue performance for each customer’s unique business, enabling us to increase the effectiveness and accuracy of our SPA, the pricing and scoping of our solutions and customer benchmarking. We continue to enhance our intelligence platform with each renewal transaction.

 

   

Pay-for-performance business model. With our pay-for-perfomance business model, customers pay us based on the renewal sales that we generate on their behalf, with little or no upfront customer investment. This business model directly aligns our interests with our customers’ interests to drive greater service revenue. Our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform is the critical element that allows us to price effectively on a pay-for-performance basis.

 

   

Industry leadership. Our industry leadership, based on our nearly decade-long history, enables us to innovate best practices, continue to enhance our intelligence platform and attract new customers.

 

   

Service revenue focused solution. Our entire solution, combining software, managed services and data, is built from the ground up to deliver industry-leading service revenue performance across the key elements of the renewals process.

 

   

Renewal sales methodology.  Our service sales teams leverage our intelligence platform, sales processes and best practices to manage the end customer relationship and enhance service contract renewal rates. We engage in extensive ongoing training of our service sales teams to ensure consistency of execution across our entire organization.

 

   

Global scale and expertise. Our service sales teams sell in over 30 languages from six sales centers around the globe, enabling them to deliver localized capabilities to better serve the increasingly global nature of our customers’ businesses.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

 

We intend to continue our industry leadership in service revenue management. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

expanding our customer base within existing industry verticals;

 

   

continuing to build, deploy and increase the revenue we generate from our cloud applications;

 

   

increasing our footprint with existing customers to drive greater revenue per customer;

 

   

increasing our operating efficiency by developing additional technology; and

 

   

adding new customers from additional industry verticals and geographic markets.

 

Selected Risk Factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 for an explanation of these risks before investing in our common stock. In particular, the following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our growth strategy, which could cause a decline in the price of our common stock and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:

 

   

our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate as a result of numerous factors, many of which may be outside of our control;

 

   

the market for our solution is relatively undeveloped and may not grow;

 

   

our estimates of service revenue opportunity under management and our analysis of renewal rates and other metrics may prove inaccurate;

 

   

if close rates fall short of our predictions, our revenue will suffer and our ability to grow and achieve broader market acceptance of our solution could be harmed;

 

   

our revenue will decline if there is a decrease in the overall demand for our customers’ products and services for which we provide service revenue management;

 

   

if there is a widespread shift away from business consumers purchasing maintenance and support service contracts, we could be adversely impacted if we are not able to adapt to new trends or expand our target market;

 

   

if we are unable to compete effectively against current and future competitors, our business and operating results will be harmed;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our significant customers as a result of consolidation in the technology sector or otherwise, as occurred when Oracle acquired Sun Microsystems in 2010 and terminated its contract with us effective as of September 30, 2010, could adversely impact our revenue and margins; and

 

   

upon the closing of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own a significant percentage of our outstanding common stock, and may, as a result, be able to determine substantially all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions.

 

Key Business Metrics

 

We refer to various key business metrics, including service revenue opportunity under management, engagements and renewal rates, in this Prospectus Summary and elsewhere in this prospectus. We describe how we calculate these and other metrics and material aspects and limitations of these metrics in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics.”

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Conversion to a Corporation

 

Prior to the issuance of any of our shares of common stock in this offering, we will convert from a limited liability company into a Delaware corporation and change our name from ServiceSource International, LLC to ServiceSource International, Inc. In conjunction with the conversion, all of our outstanding common shares will automatically be converted into shares of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information regarding a description of the terms of our common stock following the conversion and the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. While as a limited liability company our outstanding equity is called our common shares, in this prospectus for ease of comparison we refer to such common shares as our common stock for periods prior to the conversion, unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated, we refer to members’ equity in this prospectus as stockholders’ equity. In this prospectus, we refer to all of the transactions related to our conversion to a corporation as the “Conversion.” See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Conversion to a Corporation.”

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 634 Second Street, San Francisco, California 94107, and our telephone number is (415) 901-6030. Our website address is www.servicesource.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock offered by us

                     shares

 

Shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                     shares

 

Total

                     shares

 

Over-allotment option to be offered by us

                     shares

 

Over-allotment option to be offered by the selling stockholders

                     shares

 

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares (                     shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We expect our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $            , after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of the offering to repay the loan balances outstanding under our credit facility and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the proceeds from the offering to acquire other businesses or technologies. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“SREV”

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 57,506,343 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010 after giving effect to the Conversion described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Conversion to a Corporation” and excludes:

 

   

17,722,947 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2010, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.32 per share;

 

   

530,625 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after December 31, 2010, at an exercise price of $6.20 per share;

 

   

5,760,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

   

900,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

the consummation of the Conversion prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The additional financial data presented is used in addition to the financial measures reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and balance sheet data to help us evaluate our business.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

     

Net revenue

  $ 100,280      $ 110,676      $ 152,935   

Cost of revenue (1)

    56,965        58,877        90,048   
                       

Gross profit

    43,315        51,799        62,887   
                       

Operating expenses

     

Sales and marketing (1)

    20,486        23,182        35,119   

Research and development (1)

    1,160        2,054        7,188   

General and administrative (1)

    10,571        13,777        19,378   

Amortization of intangible assets

    857        68          
                       

Total operating expenses

    33,074        39,081        61,685   
                       

Income from operations

    10,241        12,718        1,202   

Interest expense

    (2,209     (1,116     (1,271

Loss on extinguishment/modification of debt

    (561            (144

Other income (expense), net

    (1,497     639        (207
                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    5,974        12,241        (420

Income tax provision

    1,153        1,866        2,147   
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,821      $ 10,375      $ (2,567
                       

Net income (loss) per common share (2) :

     

Basic

  $ 0.09      $ 0.18      $ (0.04
                       

Diluted

  $ 0.08      $ 0.18      $ (0.04
                       

Cash distributions per common share (3)

  $ 0.09      $      $ 0.04   
                       

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share (2) :

     

Basic

    56,209        56,750        57,284   
                       

Diluted

    58,733        58,912        57,284   
                       

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share (4) :

     

Basic

      $                
           

Diluted

      $                
           

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share (4) :

     

Basic

     
           

Diluted

     
           

 

(1)   Reported amounts include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 1,271       $ 914       $ 1,126   

Sales and marketing

     1,570         2,340         2,993   

Research and development

             541         803   

General and administrative

     2,608         2,265         3,167   
                          

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 5,449       $ 6,060       $ 8,089   
                          

 

 

8


Table of Contents
(2)   Our basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.
(3)   Pursuant to our limited liability company agreement, we were required to pay cash distributions to our members to fund their tax obligations in respect of their equity interests. Tax distributions to members were $5.2 million, $0 and $2.5 million in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
(4)   Our pro forma net income (loss) per common share gives effect to the Conversion and to an assumed issuance of only that number of shares that would have been required to be issued to repay the loan balances outstanding under our credit facility as of December 31, 2010 assuming the issuance of such shares at an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The diluted pro forma net income (loss) per common share calculation also assumes the conversion, exercise, or issuance of all potential common shares, unless the effect of inclusion would result in the reduction of a loss or the increase in net income per common share.

 

Other Financial Data:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA (1)(2)

   $ 19,046       $ 22,305       $ 15,428   

 

(1)   We present Adjusted EBITDA, which we define as net income (loss), plus: income tax provision; loss on extinguishment/modification of debt; interest expense; other (income) expense, net; depreciation; amortization of intangible assets; and stock-based compensation. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We have provided a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating income or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we do. We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a basis upon which our management assesses financial performance and it eliminates the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items.
(2)   We reconcile net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,821       $ 10,375      $ (2,567

Income tax provision

     1,153         1,866        2,147   

Loss on extinguishment / modification of debt

     561                144   

Interest expense

     2,209         1,116        1,271   

Other (income) expense net

     1,497         (639     207   

Depreciation

     2,499         3,459        6,137   

Amortization of intangible assets

     857         68          

Stock-based compensation

     5,449         6,060        8,089   
                         

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 19,046       $ 22,305      $ 15,428   
                         

 

 

9


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2010  
     Actual      Pro  Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash

   $ 22,652       $                    $                

Working capital (3)

     18,135         

Total assets

     108,103         

Term loan, current and non-current

     15,459         

Obligations under capital leases, current and non-current

     1,759         

Total members’/stockholders’ equity

     33,884         

 

(1)   The pro forma column in the summary consolidated balance sheet data above reflects the effect of the Conversion. See note 4 “Pro Forma Information (unaudited)” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2)   The pro forma as adjusted column in the summary consolidated balance sheet data above reflects the effect of: (i) the Conversion; (ii) our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (iii) the repayment of the $15.5 million outstanding under our loans as of December 31, 2010 with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and each of working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase cash and each of working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease cash and each of working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(3)   Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks is realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate as a result of numerous factors, many of which may be outside of our control.

 

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate. Some of the important factors that may cause our revenue, operating results and cash flows to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include:

 

   

our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers;

 

   

fluctuations in the value of end customer contracts delivered to us;

 

   

fluctuations in close rates;

 

   

changes in our commission rates;

 

   

seasonality;

 

   

loss of customers for any reason including due to acquisition;

 

   

the mix of new customers as compared to existing customers;

 

   

the length of the sales cycle for our solution, and our level of upfront investments prior to the period we begin generating sales associated with such investments;

 

   

the timing of customer payments and payment defaults by customers;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the operations of our business;

 

   

the rate of expansion and productivity of our direct sales force;

 

   

the cost and timing of the introduction of new technologies or new services, including additional investments in our cloud applications;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

technical difficulties or interruptions in delivery of our solution;

 

   

changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

   

changes in the effective tax rates;

 

   

regulatory compliance costs, including with respect to data privacy;

 

   

costs associated with acquisitions of companies and technologies;

 

   

extraordinary expenses such as litigation or other dispute-related settlement payments; and

 

   

the impact of new accounting pronouncements.

 

Many of the above factors are discussed in more detail elsewhere in these Risk Factors. Many of these factors are outside our control, and the variability and unpredictability of such factors could result in our failing to meet our revenue or operating results expectations for a given period. In addition, the occurrence of one or more of these factors might cause our operating results to vary widely which could lead to negative impacts on

 

11


Table of Contents

our margins, short-term liquidity or ability to retain or attract key personnel, and could cause other unanticipated issues. Accordingly, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue, operating results and cash flows may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

 

The market for our solution is relatively undeveloped and may not grow.

 

The market for service revenue management is still relatively undeveloped, has not yet achieved widespread acceptance and may not grow quickly or at all. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of companies to engage a third party such as us to manage the sales of their support, maintenance and subscription contracts. Many companies have invested substantial personnel, infrastructure and financial resources in their own internal service revenue organizations and therefore may be reluctant to switch to a solution such as ours. Companies may not engage us for other reasons, including a desire to maintain control over all aspects of their sales activities and customer relations, concerns about end customer reaction, a belief that they can sell their support, maintenance and subscription services more cost-effectively using their internal sales organizations, perceptions about the expenses associated with changing to a new approach and the timing of expenses once they adopt a new approach, general reluctance to adopt any new and different approach to old ways of doing business, or other considerations that may not always be evident. New concerns or considerations may also emerge in the future. Particularly because our market is undeveloped, we must address our potential customers concerns and explain the benefits of our approach in order to convince them to change the way that they manage the sales of support, maintenance and subscription contracts. If companies are not sufficiently convinced that we can address their concerns and that the benefits of our solution are sufficient, then the market for our solution may not develop as we anticipate and our business will not grow.

 

Our estimates of service revenue opportunity under management and our analysis of renewal rates and other metrics may prove inaccurate.

 

We use various estimates in formulating our business plans and analyzing our potential and historical performance, including our estimate of service revenue opportunity under management. We base our estimates upon a number of assumptions that are inherently subject to significant business and economic uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Our estimates therefore may prove inaccurate.

 

Service revenue opportunity under management (“opportunity under management”) is our estimate, as of a given date, of the value of all end customer service contracts that we will have the opportunity to sell on behalf of our customers over the subsequent twelve-month period. We estimate the value of such end customer contracts based on a combination of factors, including the value of end customer contracts made available to us by customers in past periods, the minimum value of end customer contracts that our customers are required to give us the opportunity to sell pursuant to the terms of their contracts with us, periodic internal business reviews of our expectations as to the value of end customer contracts that will be made available to us by customers, the value of end customer contracts included in the SPA and collaborative discussions with our customers assessing their expectations as to the value of service contracts that they will make available to us for sale. While the minimum value of end customer contracts that our customers are required to give us represents a portion of our estimated opportunity under management, a significant portion of the opportunity under management is estimated based on the other factors described above.

 

When estimating service revenue opportunity under management, we must, to a large degree, rely on the assumptions described above, which may prove incorrect. These assumptions are inherently subject to significant business and economic uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Our estimates therefore may prove inaccurate, causing the actual value of end customer contracts delivered to us in a given twelve-month period to differ from our estimate of opportunity under management. These factors include:

 

   

the extent to which customers deliver a greater or lesser value of end customer contracts than may be required or otherwise expected;

 

   

roll-overs of unsold service contract renewals from prior periods to the current period or future periods;

 

12


Table of Contents
   

changes in the pricing or terms of service contracts offered by our customers;

 

   

increases or decreases in the end customer base of our customers;

 

   

the extent to which the renewal rates we achieve on behalf of a customer early in an engagement affect the amount of opportunity that the customer makes available to us later in the engagement;

 

   

customer cancellations of their contracts with us due to acquisitions or otherwise; and

 

   

changes in our customers’ businesses, sales organizations, sales processes or priorities.

 

In addition, opportunity under management reflects our estimate for a forward twelve-month period and should not be used to estimate our opportunity for any particular quarter within that period. The value of end customer contracts actually delivered during a twelve-month period should not be expected to occur in even quarterly increments due to seasonality and other factors impacting our customers and their end customers.

 

In addition, we analyze various metrics in evaluating our potential and historical performance. We analyze the renewal rates we achieve on behalf of our customers. We compare the renewal rates we achieve on behalf of our customers to the renewal rates that we calculate during the SPA, based on the data provided to us by the customer. In calculating renewal rates, we cannot provide any assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of the customer renewal data we receive during the SPA. To the extent that the actual data and information provided by our customers for use in the SPA is inaccurate, insufficient or misrepresents the contracts we would receive for renewal in future periods, our calculation of renewal rates may be inaccurate.

 

We also analyze our contribution margin for a period as the excess of the revenue recognized from a customer over the estimated expenses for the period associated with supporting the customer and managing the service contract renewals process for them, expressed as a percentage of associated revenue. Although we believe the estimates and assumptions we use in calculating contribution margin are reasonable, the estimated expenses and resulting contribution margin could vary significantly from the amounts disclosed herein had we used different estimates and assumptions. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will experience similar contribution margins from customers added in other years or in future periods. You should not rely on the estimated expenses or contribution margin as being indicative of our future performance. Because of our growing customer base, we expect that there will be times when large numbers of our customers are in the initial phases of their customer relationship with us or have a material expansion of their existing engagements with us. In these scenarios, we may not be able to achieve profitability even if many of our customer relationships generate a positive contribution margin.

 

If close rates fall short of our predictions, our revenue will suffer and our ability to grow and achieve broader market acceptance of our solution could be harmed.

 

Given our pay-for-performance pricing model, our revenue is directly tied to close rates. Close rates represent the percentage of the actual opportunity delivered that we renew on behalf of our customers. If the close rate for a particular customer is lower than anticipated, then our revenue for that customer will also be lower than projected. If close rates fall short of expectations across a broad range of customers, or if they fall below expectations for a particularly large customer, then the impact on our revenue and our overall business will be significant. In the event close rates are lower than expected for a given customer, our margins will suffer because we will have already incurred a certain level of costs in both personnel and infrastructure to support the engagement. This risk is compounded by the fact that many of our customer relationships are terminable if we fail to meet certain specified sales targets over a sustained period of time. If actual close rates fall to a level at which our revenue and customer contracts are at risk, then our financial performance will decline and we will be severely compromised in our ability to retain and attract customers. Increasing our customer base and achieving broader market acceptance of our solution depends, to a large extent, on how effectively our solution increases service sales. As a result, poor performance with respect to our close rates, in addition to causing our revenue, margins and earnings to suffer, will likely damage our reputation and prevent us from effectively developing and

 

13


Table of Contents

maintaining awareness of our brand or achieving widespread acceptance of our solution, in which case we could fail to grow our business and our revenue, margins and earnings would suffer.

 

Our revenue will decline if there is a decrease in the overall demand for our customers’ products and services for which we provide service revenue management.

 

Our revenue is based on a pay-for-performance model under which we are paid a percentage commission based on the service contracts we sell on behalf of our customers. If a particular customer’s products or services fail to appeal to its end customers, our revenue may decline. In addition, if end customer demand decreases for other reasons, such as negative news regarding our customers or their products, unfavorable economic conditions, shifts in strategy by our customers away from promoting the service contracts we sell in favor of selling their other products or services to their end customers, or if end customers experience financial constraints and fail to renew the service contracts we sell, we may experience a decrease in our revenue as the demand for our customers’ service contracts declines.

 

If there is a widespread shift away from business consumers purchasing maintenance and support service contracts, we could be adversely impacted if we are not able to adapt to new trends or expand our target markets.

 

As a result of our historical concentration in the software and hardware industries, a significant portion of our revenue comes from the sale of maintenance and support service contracts for the software and hardware products used by our customers’ end customers. Although we also sell other types of renewals, such as subscriptions to software-as-a-service offerings, those sales have to date constituted a relatively small portion of our revenue. The emergence of cloud computing and other alternative technology purchasing models, in which technology services are provided on a remote-access basis, may have a significant impact on the size of the market for traditional maintenance and support contracts. If these alternative models continue gaining traction and reduce the size of our traditional market, we will need to continue to adapt our solution to capitalize on these trends or our results of operations will suffer.

 

If we are unable to compete effectively against current and future competitors, our business and operating results will be harmed.

 

The market for service revenue management is evolving. Historically, technology companies have managed their service renewals through internal personnel and relied upon technology ranging from Excel spreadsheets to internally-developed software to customized versions of traditional business intelligence tools and CRM or ERP software from vendors such as Oracle, SAP, salesforce.com and NetSuite. Some companies have made further investments in this area using firms such as Accenture and McKinsey for technology consulting and education services focused on service renewals. These internally-developed solutions represent the primary alternative to our integrated approach. We also face direct competition from smaller companies that offer specialized service revenue management solutions, typically providing technology for their customers to use internal personnel for their sales efforts.

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include the following:

 

   

service revenue industry expertise, best practices, and benchmarks;

 

   

performance-based pricing of solutions;

 

   

ability to increase service revenue, renewal rates, and close rates;

 

   

global capabilities;

 

   

completeness of solution;

 

   

ability to effectively represent customer brands to end customers and channel partners;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

size of upfront investment; and

 

   

size and financial stability of operations.

 

We believe that more competitors will emerge. These competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, well-established relationships with customers in our markets and substantially greater financial, technical, personnel and other resources than we have. Potential competitors of any size may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer or end customer requirements. Even if our solution is more effective than competing solutions, potential customers might choose new entrants unless we can convince them of the advantages of our integrated solution. We expect competition and competitive pressure, from both new and existing competitors, to increase in the future.

 

The loss of one or more of our key customers could slow our revenue growth or cause our revenue to decline.

 

A substantial portion of our revenue has to date come from a relatively small number of customers. During the year ended December 31, 2010, our top ten customers accounted for 54% of our revenue, with our largest customer, Sun Microsystems, accounting for 13% of our revenue. Oracle terminated our contracts with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010. A relatively small number of customers may continue to account for a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. The loss of any of our significant customers for any reason, including the failure to renew our contracts, a change of relationship with any of our key customers or their acquisition as discussed below, may cause a significant decrease in our revenue.

 

Consolidation in the technology sector is continuing at a rapid pace, which could harm our business in the event that our customers are acquired and their contracts are cancelled.

 

Consolidation among technology companies in our target market has been robust in recent years, and this trend poses a risk for us. Acquisitions of our customers could lead to cancellation of our contracts with those customers by the acquiring companies and could reduce the number of our existing and potential customers. For example, Oracle has acquired a number of our customers in recent years, including our then largest customer, Sun Microsystems, in January 2010, and another customer, BEA Systems, in April 2008. Oracle has elected to terminate our service contracts with each customer because Oracle conducts its service revenue management internally. If mergers and acquisitions in the technology industry continue unabated or increase, we expect that some of the acquiring companies, and Oracle in particular, will terminate, renegotiate and/or elect not to renew our contracts with the companies they acquire, which could reduce our revenue.

 

Supporting our existing and growing customer base could strain our personnel resources and infrastructure, and if we cannot scale our operations and increase productivity, we may be unsuccessful in implementing our business plan.

 

Since 2003, we have experienced significant growth in our customer base, which has placed a strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. We anticipate that additional investments in sales personnel, infrastructure and research and development spending will be required to:

 

   

scale our operations and increase productivity;

 

   

address the needs of our customers;

 

   

further develop and enhance our solution and offerings;

 

   

develop new technology; and

 

   

expand our markets and opportunity under management, including into new industry verticals and geographic areas.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our success will depend in part upon our ability to manage our growth effectively. To do so, we must continue to increase the productivity of our existing employees and to hire, train and manage new employees as needed. To manage domestic and international growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting processes and procedures, and implement more extensive and integrated financial and business information systems. These additional investments will increase our operating costs, which will make it more difficult for us to offset any future revenue shortfalls by reducing expenses in the short term. Moreover, if we fail to scale our operations successfully and increase productivity, our overall business will be at risk.

 

We enter into long-term, commission-based contracts with our customers, and our failure to correctly price these contracts may negatively affect our profitability.

 

We enter into long-term contracts with our customers that are priced based on multiple factors determined in large part by the SPA we conduct for our customers. These factors include opportunity size, anticipated close rates and expected commission rates at various levels of sales performance. Some of these factors require forward looking assumptions that may prove incorrect. If our assumptions are inaccurate, or if we otherwise fail to correctly price our customer contracts, particularly those with lengthy contract terms, then our revenue, profitability and overall business operations may suffer. Further, if we fail to anticipate any unexpected increase in our cost of providing services, including the costs for employees, office space or technology, we could be exposed to risks associated with cost overruns related to our required performance under our contracts, which could have a negative effect on our margins and earnings.

 

Many of our customer contracts allow termination for failure to meet certain performance conditions.

 

Although most of our customer contracts are subject to multi-year terms, these agreements often have termination rights if we fail to meet specified sales targets. During the SPA and contract negotiation phase with a customer, we typically negotiate minimum performance levels for the engagement. If we fail to meet our required targets and our customers choose to exercise their termination rights, our revenue could decline. These termination rights may also create instability in our revenue forecasts and other forward looking financial metrics.

 

Our business may be harmed if our customers rely upon our service revenue forecasts in their business and actual results are materially different.

 

The contracts that we enter into with our customers provide for sharing of information with respect to forecasts and plans for the renewal of maintenance, support and subscription agreements of our customers. Our customers may use such forecasted data for a variety of purposes related to their business. Our forecasts are based upon the data our customers provide to us, and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forecasted expectations are based upon historical trends and data that may not be true in subsequent periods. Any material inaccuracies related to these forecasts could lead to claims on the part of our customers related to the accuracy of the forecasted data we provide to them, or the appropriateness of our methodology. Any liability that we incur or any harm to our brand that we suffer because of inaccuracies in the forecasted data we provide to our customers could impact our ability to retain existing customers and harm our brand and, ultimately, our business.

 

Changing global economic conditions and large scale economic shifts may impact our business.

 

Our overall performance depends in part on worldwide economic conditions that impact the technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries. For example, the recent economic downturn resulted in many businesses deferring technology investments, including purchases of new software, hardware and other equipment, and purchases of additional or supplemental maintenance, support and subscription services. To a certain extent, these businesses also slowed the rate of renewals of maintenance, support and subscription

 

16


Table of Contents

services for their existing technology base. A future downturn could cause business customers to stop renewing their existing maintenance, support and subscription agreements or contracting for additional maintenance services as they look for ways to further cut expenses, in which case our business could suffer.

 

Conversely, a significant upturn in global economic conditions could cause business purchasers to purchase new hardware, software and other technology products, which we generally do not sell, instead of renewing or otherwise purchasing maintenance, support and subscription services for their existing products. A general shift toward new product sales could reduce our near term opportunities for these contracts, which could lead to a decline in our revenue.

 

Our inability to expand our target markets could adversely impact our business and operating results.

 

We derive substantially all of our revenue from customers in certain sectors in the technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries, and an important part of our strategy is to expand our existing customer base and win new customers in these industries. In addition, because of the service revenue opportunities that we believe exist beyond these industries, we intend to target new customers in additional industry vertical markets. In connection with the expansion of our target markets, we may not have familiarity with such additional industry verticals, and our execution of such expansion could face risks where our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform is less developed within a particular new vertical. We may encounter customers in these previously untapped markets that have different pricing and other business sensitivities than we are used to managing. As a result of these and other factors, our efforts to expand our solution to additional industry vertical markets may not succeed, may divert management resources from our existing operations and may require us to commit significant financial resources to unproven parts of our business, all of which may harm our financial performance.

 

Our business and growth depend substantially on customers renewing their agreements with us and expanding their use of our solution for additional available markets. Any decline in our customer renewals or failure to expand their relationships with us could harm our future operating results.

 

In order for us to improve our operating results and grow, it is important that our customers renew their agreements with us when the initial contract term expires and that we expand our customer relationships to add new market opportunities and related service revenue opportunity under management. Our customers have no obligation to renew their contracts with us after the initial terms have expired, and we cannot assure you that our customers will renew service contracts with us at the same or higher level of service, if at all, or provide us with the opportunity to manage additional opportunity. Although our renewal rates have been historically higher than those achieved by our customers prior to their using our solution, some customers have elected not to renew their agreements with us. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solution and results, our pricing, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customers or their end customers, the effects of economic conditions or reductions in our customers’ or their end customers’ spending levels. If our customers do not renew their agreements with us, renew on less favorable terms or fail to contract with us for additional service revenue management opportunities, our revenue may decline and we may not realize improved operating results and growth from our customer base.

 

A substantial portion of our business consists of supporting our customers’ channel partners in the sale of service contracts. If those channel partners become unreceptive to our solution, our business could be harmed.

 

Many of our customers, including some of our largest customers, sell service contracts through their channel partners and engage our solution to help those channel partners become more effective at selling service contract renewals. These channel partners may have access to some of our cloud applications, such as our Channel Sales Cloud, in addition to other sales support services we provide. In this context, the ultimate buyers of the service contracts are end customers of those channel partners, who then receive the actual services from our customers.

 

17


Table of Contents

In the event our customers’ channel partners become unreceptive to our involvement in the renewals process, those channel partners could discourage our current or future customers from engaging our solution to support channel sales. This risk is compounded by the fact that large channel partners may have relationships with more than one of our customers or prospects, in which case the negative reaction of one or more of those large channel partners could impact multiple customer relationships. Accordingly, with respect to those customers and prospective customers who sell service contracts through channel partners, any significant resistance to our solution by their channel partners could harm our ability to attract or retain customers, which would damage our overall business operations.

 

We face long sales cycles to secure new customer contracts, making it difficult to predict the timing of specific new customer relationships.

 

We face a variable selling cycle to secure new customer agreements, typically spanning a number of months and requiring our effort to obtain and analyze our prospect’s business through the SPA, for which we are not paid. Moreover, even if we succeed in developing a relationship with a potential new customer, the scope of the potential service revenue management engagement frequently changes over the course of the business discussions and, for a variety of reasons, our sales discussions may fail to result in new customer acquisitions. Consequently, we have only a limited ability to predict the timing and size of specific new customer relationships.

 

If we experience significant fluctuations in our anticipated growth rate and fail to balance our expenses with our revenue forecasts, our results could be harmed.

 

Due to our evolving business model, the uncertain size of our markets and the unpredictability of future general economic and financial market conditions, we may not be able to accurately forecast our growth rate. We plan our expense levels and investments based on estimates of future sales performance for our customers with respect to their end customers, future revenue and future customer acquisition. If our assumptions prove incorrect, we may not be able to adjust our spending quickly enough to offset the resulting decline in growth and revenue. Consequently, we expect that our gross margins, operating margins and cash flows may fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis.

 

If we cannot efficiently implement our offering for customers, we may be delayed in generating revenue, fail to generate revenue and/or incur significant costs.

 

In general, our customer engagements are complex and may require lengthy and significant work to implement our offerings. As a result, we generally incur sales and marketing expenses related to the commissions owed to our sales representatives and make upfront investments in technology and personnel to support the engagements one to three months before we begin selling end customer contracts. Each customer’s situation may be different, and unanticipated difficulties and delays may arise as a result of our failure, or that of our customer, to meet respective implementation responsibilities. If the customer implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could incur significant costs without yet generating revenue, and our relationships with some of our customers may be adversely impacted.

 

Delayed or unsuccessful investment in new technology, services and markets may harm our financial results.

 

We plan to continue to invest significant resources in research and development in order to enhance our existing offerings and introduce new offerings that will appeal to customers and potential customers. We have undertaken the development of new technology to offer improved and more scalable service revenue management, including enhancements to our applications. The development of new products and services entails a number of risks that could adversely affect our business and operating results, including:

 

   

the risk of diverting the attention of our management and our employees from the day-to-day operations of the business;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

insufficient revenue to offset increased expenses associated with research, development, operational and marketing activities; and

 

   

write-offs of the value of such technology investments as a result of unsuccessful implementation or otherwise.

 

If our new or modified technology does not work as intended, is not responsive to user preferences or industry or regulatory changes, is not appropriately timed with market opportunity, or is not effectively brought to market, we may lose existing and potential customers or related service revenue opportunities, in which case our results of operations may suffer. The cost of future development of new service revenue management offerings or technologies also could require us to raise additional debt or equity financing. These actions could negatively impact the ownership percentages of our existing stockholders, our financial condition or our results of operations.

 

The length of time it takes our newly-hired sales representatives to become productive could adversely impact our success rate, the execution of our overall business plan and our costs.

 

It can take twelve months or longer before our sales representatives are fully trained and productive in selling our solution to prospects and customers. This long ramp period presents a number of operational challenges as the cost of recruiting, hiring and carrying new sales representatives cannot be offset by the revenue such new sales representatives produce until after they complete their long ramp periods. Further, given the length of the ramp period, we often cannot determine if a sales representative will succeed until he or she has been employed for a year or more. If we cannot reliably develop our sales representatives to a productive level, or if we lose productive representatives in whom we have heavily invested, our future growth rates and revenue will suffer.

 

If we lose our top executives, or if we are unable to attract, hire, integrate and retain key personnel and other necessary employees, our business will be harmed.

 

Our future success depends on the continued contributions of our executives, each of whom may be difficult to replace. Our future success also depends in part on our ability to attract, hire, integrate and retain qualified service sales personnel, sales representatives and management level employees to oversee such sales forces. In particular, Michael Smerklo, our chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer, is critical to the management of our business and operations and the development of our strategic direction. The loss of Mr. Smerklo’s services or those of our other executives, or our inability to continue to attract and retain high-quality talent, could harm our business.

 

Because competition for our target employees is intense, we may be unable to attract and retain the highly skilled employees we need to support our planned growth.

 

To continue to execute on our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified sales representatives, engineers and other key employees in the international markets in which we have operations. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for highly educated, qualified sales representatives. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled key employees with appropriate qualifications. If we fail to attract new sales representatives, engineers and other key employees, or fail to retain and motivate our most successful employees, our business and future growth prospects could be harmed.

 

We depend on revenue from sources outside the United States, and our international business operations and expansion plans are subject to risks related to international operations, and may not increase our revenue growth or enhance our business operations.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 34% of our revenue was generated from sales centers located outside of the United States. As a result of our continued focus on international markets, we expect that future revenue derived from international sources will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue.

 

19


Table of Contents

A portion of the sales commissions paid by our international customers is paid in foreign currencies. As a result, fluctuations in the value of these foreign currencies may make our solution more expensive or cause resulting fluctuations in cost for international customers, which could harm our business. We currently do not undertake hedging activities to manage these currency fluctuations. In addition, if the effective price of the contracts we sell to the end customers were to increase as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of the relevant currencies, demand for such contracts could fall, which in turn would reduce our revenue.

 

Our growth strategy includes further expansion into international markets. Our international expansion may require significant additional financial resources and management attention, and could negatively affect our financial condition, cash flows and operating results. In addition, we may be exposed to associated risks and challenges, including:

 

   

the need to localize and adapt our solution for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

new and different sources of competition;

 

   

weaker protection for our intellectual property than in the United States and practical difficulties in enforcing our rights abroad;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

 

   

compliance obligations related to multiple, conflicting and changing foreign governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations;

 

   

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of funds;

 

   

adverse tax consequences; and

 

   

unstable regional and economic political conditions.

 

We cannot assure you we will succeed in creating additional international demand for our solution or that we will be able to effectively sell service agreements in all of the international markets we enter.

 

If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position and our business may suffer.

 

We rely upon a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret law and contractual terms to protect our intellectual property rights, all of which provide only limited protection. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to establish, protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. If we fail to protect or effectively enforce our intellectual property rights, others may be able to compete against us using intellectual property that is the same as or similar to our own. In addition, we cannot assure you that our intellectual property rights are sufficient to provide us with a competitive advantage against others who offer services similar to ours.

 

While we have no patents or pending patent applications, we may file patent applications in the future. If we do file patent applications, we cannot assure you that any issued patents arising from future applications will provide the protection we seek, or that any future patents issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Also, we cannot assure you that we will obtain any copyright or trademark registrations from our pending or future applications or that any of our trademarks will be enforceable or provide adequate protection of our proprietary rights.

 

20


Table of Contents

We also rely in some circumstances on trade secrets to protect our technology. Trade secrets may lose their value if not properly protected. We endeavor to enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees, customers, contractors and business partners to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information. The steps we have taken, however, may not prevent unauthorized use of our technology, and adequate remedies may not be available in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets and proprietary technology. However, trade secret protection does not prevent others from reverse engineering or independently developing similar technologies. In addition, reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our trade secrets could enable third parties to benefit from our technology without paying for it.

 

Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our intellectual property and using our technology for their competitive advantage. Any such infringement or misappropriation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Monitoring infringement of our intellectual property rights can be difficult and costly, and enforcement of our intellectual property rights may require us to bring legal actions against infringers. Infringement actions are inherently uncertain and therefore may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed. Even if such actions are successful, they may require a substantial amount of resources and divert our management’s attention.

 

Claims by others that we infringe or violate their intellectual property could force us to incur significant costs and require us to change the way we conduct our business.

 

Numerous technology companies including potential competitors protect their intellectual property rights by means such as patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks. We have not conducted an independent review of patents issued to third parties. Additionally, because patent applications in the United States and many other jurisdictions are kept confidential for 18 months before they are published, we may be unaware of pending patent applications that relate to our proprietary technology. From time to time we may receive letters from other parties alleging, or inquiring about, possible breaches of their intellectual property rights.

 

Any party asserting that we infringe its proprietary rights would force us to defend ourselves, and possibly our customers, against the alleged infringement. The technology industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Moreover, the risk of such a lawsuit will likely increase as we become larger, the scope of our solution and technology expands and the number of competitors in our market increases. Any such claims or litigation could:

 

   

be time-consuming and expensive to defend, and deplete our financial resources, whether meritorious or not;

 

   

require us to stop providing the services that use the technology that infringes the other party’s intellectual property;

 

   

divert the attention of our technical and managerial resources away from our business;

 

   

require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements with third parties, which may not be available on terms that we deem acceptable, if at all;

 

   

prevent us from operating all or a portion of our business or force us to redesign our technology, which could be difficult and expensive and may make the performance or value of our solution less attractive;

 

   

subject us to significant liability for damages or result in significant settlement payments; or

 

   

require us to indemnify our customers as we are required by contract to indemnify some of our customers for certain claims based upon the infringement or alleged infringement of any third party’s intellectual property rights resulting from our customers’ use of our intellectual property.

 

During the course of any intellectual property litigation, confidential information may be disclosed in the form of documents or testimony in connection with discovery requests, depositions or trial testimony. Disclosure

 

21


Table of Contents

of our confidential information and our involvement in intellectual property litigation could harm us. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could significantly limit our ability to continue our operations and could harm our relationships with current and prospective customers. Any of the foregoing could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

In addition, we may incorporate open source software into our technology solution. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States or foreign courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our commercialization of any of our solutions that may include open source software. As a result, we will be required to analyze and monitor our use of open source software closely. As a result of the use of open source software, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to develop such future products, re-engineer our products, discontinue sales of our solutions or release our software code under the terms of an open source license to the public. Given the nature of open source software, there is also a risk that third parties may assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on any use of such open source software, as more generally discussed with respect to general intellectual property claims.

 

Changes in the U.S. and foreign legal and regulatory environment that affect our operations, including those relating to privacy, data security and cross-border data flows, could pose a significant risk to our company by disrupting our business and increasing our expenses.

 

We are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations in the United States and the other jurisdictions in which we operate, and changes in the level of government regulation of our business have the potential to materially alter our business practices with resultant increases in costs and decreases in profitability. Depending on the jurisdiction, those changes may come about through new legislation, the issuance of new regulations or changes in the interpretation of existing laws and regulations by a court, regulatory body or governmental official. Sometimes those changes may have both prospective and retroactive effect, which is particularly true when a change is made through reinterpretation of laws or regulations that have been in effect for some time.

 

Privacy and data security are rapidly evolving areas of regulation, and additional regulation in those areas, some of it potentially difficult and costly for us to accommodate, is frequently proposed and occasionally adopted. Laws in many countries and jurisdictions, particularly in the European Union and Canada, govern the requirements related to how we store, transfer or otherwise process the private data provided to us by our customers. In addition, the centralized nature of our information systems at the data and operations centers that we use requires the routine flow of data relating to our customers and their respective end customers across national borders, both with respect to the jurisdictions within which we have operations and the jurisdictions in which we provide services to our customers. If this flow of data becomes subject to new or different restrictions, our ability to serve our customers and their respective customers could be seriously impaired for an extended period of time. For example, we participate in the U.S. Department of Commerce’s safe harbor program to govern our treatment of data and data flow with respect to our customers and their respective customers across various jurisdictions. We also have entered into various model contracts and related contractual provisions to enable these data flows. For any jurisdictions in which these measures are not recognized or otherwise not compliant with the laws of the countries in which we process data, or where more stringent data privacy laws are enacted irrespective of the guidelines, we could face increased compliance expenses and face penalties for violating such laws or be excluded from those markets altogether, in which case our operations could be materially damaged.

 

Various risks could affect our worldwide operations, including numerous events outside of our control, exposing us to significant costs that could adversely affect our operations and customer confidence.

 

We conduct operations throughout the world, including our headquarters in the United States and various operations in Ireland, Malaysia, Singapore and the United Kingdom. Such worldwide operations expose us to potential operational disruptions and costs as a result of a wide variety of events, including local inflation or

 

22


Table of Contents

economic downturn, currency exchange fluctuations, political turmoil, labor issues, terrorism, natural disasters and pandemics. Any such disruptions or costs could have a negative effect on our ability to provide our solution or meet our contractual obligations, the cost of our solution, customer satisfaction, our ability to attract or maintain customers, and, ultimately, our profits.

 

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce and the global economy, and thus could have a strong negative effect on us. Our business operations are subject to interruption by natural disasters, fire, power shortages, pandemics and other events beyond our control. Such events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver our solution to our customers, and could decrease demand for our solution. The majority of our research and development activities, corporate headquarters, information technology systems and other critical business operations are located near major seismic faults in the San Francisco Bay Area. Because we may not have insurance coverage that would cover quake-related losses, and significant recovery time could be required to resume operations, our financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected in the event of a major earthquake or catastrophic event.

 

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may adversely affect worldwide financial markets and could potentially lead to economic recession, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. These events could adversely affect our customers’ levels of business activity and precipitate sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles.

 

If our security measures are breached or fail, resulting in unauthorized access to customer data, our solution may be perceived as insecure, the attractiveness of our solution to current or potential customers may be reduced and we may incur significant liabilities.

 

Our solution involves the storage and transmission of the proprietary information and protected data that we receive from our customers. We rely on proprietary and commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring, as well as other processes, to provide security for processing, transmission and storage of such information. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, employee negligence, error, malfeasance or otherwise, unauthorized access to customer or end customer data may occur. Improper activities by third parties, advances in computer and software capabilities and encryption technology, new tools and discoveries and other events or developments may facilitate or result in a compromise or breach of our computer systems. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, and we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventive measures. Our security measures may not be effective in preventing these types of activities, and the security measures of our third-party data centers and service providers may not be adequate.

 

Our customer contracts generally provide that we will indemnify our customers for data privacy breaches. If such a breach occurs, we could face contractual damages, damages and fees arising from our indemnification obligations, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, possible lawsuits by affected individuals and significant remediation costs and efforts to prevent future occurrences. In addition, whether there is an actual or a perceived breach of our security, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed significantly and we could lose current or potential customers.

 

We may be liable to our customers or third parties if we make errors in providing our solution or fail to properly safeguard their confidential information.

 

The solution we offer is complex, and we make errors from time to time. These may include human errors made in the course of managing the sales process for our customers as we interact with their end customers, or errors arising from our technology solution as it interacts with our customers’ systems and the disparate data contained on such systems. The costs incurred in correcting any material errors may be substantial. In addition, as part of our business, we collect, process and analyze confidential information provided by our customers and prospective customers. Although we take significant steps to safeguard the confidentiality of customer

 

23


Table of Contents

information, we could be subject to claims that we disclosed their information without appropriate authorization or used their information inappropriately. Any claims based on errors or unauthorized disclosure or use of information could subject us to exposure for damages, significant legal defense costs, adverse publicity and reputational harm, regardless of the merits or eventual outcome of such claims.

 

The technology we currently use may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

 

The technology we currently use, which includes our cloud based applications as well as the technology components of our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, may contain or develop unexpected defects or errors. There can be no assurance that performance problems or defects in our technology will not arise in the future. Errors may result from receipt, entry or interpretation of customer or end customer information or from the interface of our technology with legacy systems and data that are outside of our control. Despite testing, defects or errors may arise in our solution. Any defects and errors that we discover in our technology and any failure by us to identify and effectively address them could result in loss of revenue or market share, liability to customers or others, failure to achieve market acceptance or expansion, diversion of development resources, injury to our reputation, and increased costs. Defects or errors in our technology may discourage existing or potential customers from contracting with us. Correction of defects or errors could prove impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors or in responding to resulting claims or liability may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results.

 

Disruptions in service or damage to the data center that hosts our data and our locations could adversely affect our business.

 

Our operations depend on our ability to maintain and protect our data servers and cloud applications, which are located in a data center operated for us by a third party. We cannot control or assure the continued or uninterrupted availability of this third-party data center. In addition, our information technologies and systems, as well as our data center, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from various causes, including natural disasters, war and acts of terrorism and power losses, computer systems failures, Internet and telecommunications or data network failures, operator error, losses of and corruption of data and similar events. Although we conduct business continuity planning and maintain certain insurance for certain events, the situations for which we plan, and the amount of insurance coverage we maintain, may prove inadequate in any particular case. In addition, the occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions, delays or cessations in the delivery of the solutions we offer to our customers. Any of these events could impair or prohibit our ability to provide our solution, reduce the attractiveness of our solution to current or potential customers and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure, data center, operations and other centers or systems that we interface with, including the Internet and related systems, may be vulnerable to physical intrusions, hackers, improper employee or contractor access, computer viruses, programming errors, denial-of-service attacks or other attacks by third parties.

 

Any failure or interruptions in the Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, data center providers, other third parties or our own systems for providing our solution to customers could negatively impact our business.

 

Our ability to deliver our solution is dependent on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet and other telecommunications services by third parties. Such services include maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity and security for providing reliable Internet access and services and reliable telecommunications systems that connect our global operations. While our solution is designed to operate without interruption, we have experienced and expect that we will in the future experience interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. We rely on internal systems as

 

24


Table of Contents

well as third-party vendors, including data center, bandwidth, and telecommunications equipment providers, to provide our solution. We do not maintain redundant systems or facilities for some of these services. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of these systems or facilities, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with our customers.

 

Additional government regulations may reduce the size of market for our solution, harm demand for our solution and increase our costs of doing business.

 

Any changes in government regulations that impact our customers or their end customers could have a harmful effect on our business by reducing the size of our addressable market or otherwise increasing our costs. For example, with respect to our technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences customers, any change in U.S. Food and Drug Administration or foreign equivalent regulation of, or denial, withholding or withdrawal of approval of, our customers’ products could lead to a lack of demand for service revenue management with respect to such products. Other changes in government regulations, in areas such as privacy, export compliance or anti-bribery statutes, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, could require us to implement changes in our services or operations that increase our cost of doing business and thereby hurt our financial performance.

 

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting data privacy and the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based applications such as ours and reduce the demand for our solution.

 

We operate and offer our services in many jurisdictions and, therefore, may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes that could harm our business.

 

We operate service sales centers in multiple locations. Some of the jurisdictions in which we operate, such as Ireland, give us the benefit of either relatively low tax rates, tax holidays or government grants, in each case that are dependent on how we operate or how many jobs we create and employees we retain. We plan on utilizing such tax incentives in the future as opportunities are made available to us. Any failure on our part to operate in conformity with applicable requirements to remain qualified for any such tax incentives or grants may result in an increase in our taxes. In addition, jurisdictions may choose to increase rates at any time due to economic or other factors, such as the current economic situation in Ireland. Any such rate increases may harm our results of operations.

 

In addition, we may lose sales or incur significant costs should various tax jurisdictions impose taxes on either a broader range of services or services that we have performed in the past. We may be subject to audits of the taxing authorities in any such jurisdictions that would require us to incur costs in responding to such audits. Imposition of such taxes on our services could result in substantial unplanned costs, would effectively increase the cost of such services to our customers and may adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed.

 

We may choose to sell subscriptions to our cloud applications separately from our integrated solution, which may not be successful and could impact revenue from our existing solution.

 

We currently derive a small portion of our revenue from subscriptions to our cloud applications for a few customers, and we are exploring alternatives for packaging and pricing these applications to generate more revenues from them. In the event we choose to expand our technology subscriptions in this manner, we may not find a successful market for our applications. In addition, because we have limited prior experience selling technology subscriptions on a stand-alone basis, we may encounter technical and execution challenges that undermine the quality of the technology offering or cause us to fall short of customer expectations. We also have

 

25


Table of Contents

little experience in pricing our technology subscriptions separately, which could result in underpricing that damages our profit margins and other financial performance. It is also possible that selling a technology solution separate from our integrated solution will result in a reduction in sales of our current offerings that we might otherwise have sold. An unsuccessful expansion of our business to promote a stand-alone subscription model for any of the foregoing reasons or otherwise would lead to a diversion of financial and managerial resources from our existing business and an inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset our investment costs.

 

If we acquire companies or technologies in the future, they could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our operating results and the value of our common stock.

 

As part of our business strategy, we may acquire, enter into joint ventures with, or make investments in companies, services and technologies that we believe to be complementary. Acquisitions and investments involve numerous risks, including:

 

   

difficulties in identifying and acquiring technologies or businesses that will help our business;

 

   

difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, services and personnel;

 

   

diversion of financial and managerial resources from existing operations;

 

   

the risk of entering new markets in which we have little to no experience;

 

   

risks related to the assumption of known and unknown liabilities;

 

   

potential litigation by third parties, such as claims related to intellectual property or other assets acquired or liabilities assumed;

 

   

the risk of write-offs of goodwill and other intangible assets;

 

   

delays in customer engagements due to uncertainty and the inability to maintain relationships with customers of the acquired businesses;

 

   

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition or investment costs;

 

   

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

 

   

harm to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition;

 

   

the key personnel of the acquired entity or business may decide not to work for us or may not perform according to our expectations; and

 

   

use of substantial portions of our available cash or dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt to consummate the acquisition.

 

As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate and management resources and attention may be diverted from other necessary or valuable activities.

 

Risks Relating to Owning Our Common Stock and this Offering

 

Our share price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

 

Our common stock has no prior trading history, and an active public market for these shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters. This price does not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in

 

26


Table of Contents

response to various factors. In addition to the risks described in this section, factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:

 

   

fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us as discussed in more detail elsewhere in “Risk Factors;”

 

   

failing to achieve our revenue or earnings expectations, or those of investors or analysts;

 

   

changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

investors’ general perception of us;

 

   

volatility inherent in prices of technology company stocks;

 

   

adverse publicity;

 

   

the volume of trading in our common stock, including sales upon exercise of outstanding options;

 

   

regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our customers or our competitors;

 

   

terrorist attacks or natural disasters or other such events impacting countries where we or our customers have operations; and

 

   

actual or perceived changes in general economic, industry and market conditions.

 

In addition, if the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class actions filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it would likely result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

No public market for our common stock currently exists, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied for listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active public trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering. For example, The Nasdaq Global Market imposes certain securities trading requirements, including minimum trading price, minimum number of stockholders and minimum market capitalization. Failure to meet those requirements for prolonged periods could result in delisting, which could further lower our stock price and trading volumes. We and the representatives of the underwriters negotiated to determine the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price may be higher than the trading price of our common stock following this offering.

 

Our actual results may differ significantly from any guidance that we may issue in the future.

 

From time to time, we may release earnings guidance or other forward looking statements in our earnings releases, earnings conference calls or otherwise, regarding our future performance that represent our management’s estimates as of the date of release. If given, this guidance will be based on forecasts prepared by our management. These forecasts are not prepared with a view toward compliance with published accounting guidelines, and neither our registered public accountants nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles or examines the forecasts and, accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to such forecasts. The principal reason that we may release guidance is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not accept any

 

27


Table of Contents

responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such third persons. Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions of any future guidance furnished by us may not materialize or may vary significantly from actual future results.

 

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and greater expenditures may be necessary in the future with the advent of new laws, regulations and stock exchange listing requirements pertaining to public companies. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, impose various requirements on public companies, including establishing effective internal controls and certain corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel have begun to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and additional laws and regulations may divert further management resources. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of new compliance initiatives in a timely manner, the market price of our stock could decline, and we could be subject to investigations and other actions by The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

 

In particular, we will need to evaluate our internal controls over financial reporting in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and our auditors will be required to attest to our internal controls over financial reporting starting with our annual report for 2012. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by our management, as well as our auditors’ attestation report on our internal controls over financial reporting. We are just beginning the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation needed to comply with such requirements, and as a public company and to manage our growth, we will be required to implement and maintain various other control and business systems related to our equity, finance, treasury, information technology, other recordkeeping systems and other operations. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing processes, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if we are unable to remedy any material weakness in our internal controls or to implement or maintain other effective control or business systems, our financial statements may be inaccurate, we may face restricted access to the capital markets and our stock price may be adversely affected.

 

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. As a result, these stockholders will be able to determine substantially all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit the ability of other stockholders to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, see “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

28


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

 

   

authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval, with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

   

classifying our board of directors, staggered into three classes, only one of which is elected at each annual meeting;

 

   

limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;

 

   

limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

 

   

requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

   

controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of stockholder meetings;

 

   

providing the board of directors with the express power to postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel previously scheduled special meetings;

 

   

limiting the determination of the number of directors on our board and the filling of vacancies or newly created seats on the board to our board of directors then in office; and

 

   

providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause.

 

These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

 

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding common stock to merge or combine with us.

 

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

 

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our share price to fall.

 

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock may be adversely affected and our ability to raise capital through the issuance of equity securities may be impeded. Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010, upon the closing of this offering, we will have              shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options.

 

All of these shares will be immediately freely tradeable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As of December 31, 2010, our affiliates, which include GA SS Holding LLC, controlled by General Atlantic LLC, SSLLC Holdings, Inc., controlled by Benchmark Capital, certain entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners and our officers and directors beneficially owned in the aggregate 36,256,813 shares of common stock, representing an ownership interest of approximately 63%. Such equityholders will be able to sell their common stock in the public market from time to time without registering them, subject to the lock-up agreements and certain limitations on the timing, amount and method of those sales imposed by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Most of the remaining shares will be restricted as a result of securities laws, lock-up

 

29


Table of Contents

agreements as described elsewhere in this prospectus or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to extension. However, these lock-up agreements are subject to various exceptions and in any event Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may, in its sole discretion, release all or a portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

Affiliates of Benchmark Capital, General Atlantic LLC and Housatonic Partners and certain other stockholders have contractual registration rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering all of the shares of common stock (including restricted shares) that they own or to include their common stock in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Following their registration and sale under the applicable registration statement, those shares will become freely tradable. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of shares of common stock, these holders could cause the price of our common stock to decline. In addition, the perception in the public markets that sales by them might occur could also adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

 

The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of $             per share. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If any of these analysts cease coverage of our company, the trading price and trading volume of our stock could be negatively impacted. If analysts downgrade our stock or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would also likely decline.

 

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

 

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay debt and for general corporate purposes, including possible investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses, joint ventures, services or technologies, working capital and capital expenditures. Our management will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that ultimately fail to increase the value of our business, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

We do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future following the closing of this offering. Any future dividend payments will be within the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements, contractual restrictions, provisions of applicable law and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We may not generate sufficient cash from operations in the future to pay dividends on our common stock. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

30


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward looking statements are contained principally in “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Executive Compensation.” Forward looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations; estimates of service revenue opportunity under management; our ability to improve our customers’ renewal rates, margins and profitability; our ability to increase our revenue and contribution margin over time from new and existing customers; business strategies; technology development; protection of our intellectual property; investment and financing plans; liquidity; competitive position; the effects of competition; industry environment; and potential growth opportunities. Forward looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “likely,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts, “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

 

Forward looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward looking statements. Also, forward looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

31


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million, or $             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay the loan balances outstanding under our credit facility. As of December 31, 2010, we had total indebtedness of $15.5 million outstanding under our term loan. The term loan has a maturity date of April 29, 2013. Borrowings under the term loan bear interest at a base LIBOR rate plus a margin. The annual interest rate was equal to 5.75% as of December 31, 2010. We amended our credit facility on February 24, 2011, as described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

We expect to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include sales and marketing expenditures, general and administrative expenditures, developing new technologies and funding capital expenditures. In addition, if opportunities arise to acquire or invest in companies, businesses or technologies that we believe to be complementary, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for such acquisition or investment. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. The amount and timing of any of these expenditures could vary depending on a number of factors, including developments related to our business and events outside of our control. Pending their use, we plan to invest our net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. This offering is also intended to facilitate our future access to public markets.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, including any shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders in connection with the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders may include certain entities affiliated with or controlled by members of our board of directors.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our credit facility contains restrictions on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our capital stock.

 

32


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2010 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Conversion; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the Conversion, (ii) our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (iii) the application of a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay the loan balances outstanding under our credit facility, as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share
data)
 

Total debt, current and non-current

   $ 17,218      $                    $                

Members’/stockholders’ equity

       

Common shares: 99,000,000 shares authorized, 58,006,958 shares issued and 57,506,343 shares outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     34,161                  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual or pro forma; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

            

Treasury stock

     (441     

Additional paid-in capital

            

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     164        

Retained earnings

            
                         

Total members’/stockholders’ equity

     33,884        
                         

Total capitalization

   $ 51,102      $         $     
                         

 

(1)   This column gives effect to the Conversion, specifically: (i) the reclassification of the balance of members’ interests in common shares to common stock and additional paid-in capital upon a reorganization of us from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation and the conversion of common shares into common stock in a ratio of 1:1; (ii) a net adjustment of $         to retained earnings in connection with deferred income tax assets and liabilities recognized in connection with our reorganization from a limited liability company to a Delaware corporation; and (iii) a contribution to additional paid-in capital in connection with the merger of two corporate equityholders with us as part of the Conversion, all recorded as if these events had occurred on December 31, 2010. This information should not be taken as representative of our future consolidated financial position.

 

33


Table of Contents
(2)   A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million.

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 57,506,343 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and excludes:

 

   

17,722,947 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2010, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.32 per share;

 

   

530,625 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after December 31, 2010, at an exercise price of $6.20 per share;

 

   

5,760,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

   

900,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

ServiceSource International, LLC may be required to make tax distributions to equityholders to the extent it has taxable income. Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of ServiceSource International, LLC in existence prior to our conversion to a corporation, we were required to pay cash distributions to our equityholders to fund their tax obligations in respect of their equity interests in 2008 and 2010 in aggregate amounts of $5.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively. Distributions to equityholders for the period from January 1, 2011 to the date of the Conversion are dependent on taxable income, if any, attributable to the equityholders for such periods.

 

34


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

 

At December 31, 2010, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately                 , or              per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less our liabilities, divided by the shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2010 after giving effect to the Conversion. After giving effect to our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at December 31, 2010 would have been $            , or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors.

 

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2010

   $                   

Increase per share attributed to this offering

     
           

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share

     
           

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     
           

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share would be $            , the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $             and the dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $            .

 

If all our outstanding options had been exercised, the pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2010 would have been $             million, or $             per share, and the pro forma net tangible book value after this offering would have been $             million, or $             per share, causing dilution to new investors of $             per share.

 

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2010, after giving effect to the Conversion, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price

Per  Share
 
   Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    
    

(in thousands, except percentage and

per share data)

 

Existing stockholders

                   $                                 $                

New public investors

            
                                    

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
                                    

 

35


Table of Contents

The foregoing calculations are based on 57,506,343 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010 after giving effect to the Conversion and exclude:

 

   

17,722,947 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2010, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.32 per share;

 

   

530,625 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after December 31, 2010, at an exercise price of $6.20 per share;

 

   

5,760,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

   

900,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

 

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares owned by existing stockholders to be reduced to              shares or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new public investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

 

36


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Net revenue

   $ 45,918      $ 75,189      $ 100,280      $ 110,676      $ 152,935   

Cost of revenue (1)

     22,442        39,224        56,965        58,877        90,048   
                                        

Gross profit

     23,476        35,965        43,315        51,799        62,887   
                                        

Operating expenses

          

Sales and marketing (1)

     6,107        13,119        20,486        23,182        35,119   

Research and development (1)

                   1,160        2,054        7,188   

General and administrative (1)

     12,268        10,475        10,571        13,777        19,378   

Amortization of intangible assets (1)

     1,677        912        857        68          
                                        

Total operating expenses

     20,052        24,506        33,074        39,081        61,685   
                                        

Income from operations

     3,424        11,459        10,241        12,718        1,202   

Interest expense

     (2,060     (2,305     (2,209     (1,116     (1,271

Loss on extinguishment/modification of debt

                   (561            (144

Other income (expense), net

     (33     (118     (1,497     639        (207
                                        

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     1,331        9,036        5,974        12,241        (420

Income tax (benefit) provision

            (632     1,153        1,866        2,147   
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,331      $ 9,668      $ 4,821      $ 10,375      $ (2,567
                                        

Net income (loss) per common share (2) :

          

Basic

     0.03      $ 0.17      $ 0.09      $ 0.18      $ (0.04
                                        

Diluted

     0.02      $ 0.16      $ 0.08      $ 0.18      $ (0.04
                                        

Cash distributions per common share (3)

   $ 0.43      $ 0.09      $ 0.09      $      $ 0.04   
                                        

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share (2) :

          

Basic

     45,908        55,936        56,209        56,750        57,284   
                                        

Diluted

     56,461        58,706        58,733        58,912        57,284   
                                        

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share (4) :

          

Basic

           $     
                

Diluted

           $     
                

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share (4) :

          

Basic

          
                

Diluted

          
                

 

37


Table of Contents

 

(1)   Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted FASB ASC Topic 718, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Reported amounts include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2006      2007      2008      2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $     114       $ 1,096       $ 1,271       $ 914       $ 1,126   

Sales and marketing

     264         1,100         1,570         2,340         2,993   

Research and development

                             541         803   

General and administrative

     383         1,680         2,608         2,265         3,167   
                                            

Total stock-based compensation

   $     761       $ 3,876       $ 5,449       $ 6,060       $ 8,089   
                                            

 

(2)   Our basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.
(3)   Pursuant to our limited liability company agreement, we were required to pay cash distributions to our members to fund their tax obligations in respect of their equity interests. All other distributions are determined by our directors in their sole discretion. Tax distributions to members were $4.9 million, $5.1 million, $5.2 million, $0 and $2.5 million in 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively. In 2006, the directors approved an additional $15.0 million discretionary aggregate distribution to all members.
(4)   Our pro forma net income (loss) per common share gives effect to the Conversion and to an assumed issuance of only that number of shares that would have been required to be issued to repay the loan balances outstanding under our credit facility as of December 31, 2010 assuming the issuance of such shares at an initial offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The diluted pro forma net income (loss) per common share calculation also assumes the conversion, exercise, or issuance of all potential common shares, unless the effect of inclusion would result in the reduction of a loss or the increase in net income per common share. See note 4 “Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2006     2007      2008      2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash

   $ 4,491      $ 13,147       $ 3,780       $ 13,169       $ 22,652   

Working capital (1)

     6,883        15,175         12,319         19,099         18,135   

Total assets

     31,154        45,367         51,712         69,580         108,103   

Term loan, current and non-current

     20,069        20,000         19,625         16,835         15,459   

Obligations under capital leases, current and non-current

     113                151         773         1,759   

Total members’/stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (799     7,937         13,482         30,331         33,884   

 

(1)   Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

 

38


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere within this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information that involves risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those discussed in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements.” While our outstanding equity as a limited liability company prior to the Conversion was called “common shares,” unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus, we refer to such common shares in this prospectus as common stock for the periods prior to the Conversion for ease of comparison. Similarly, we refer to members’ equity in this prospectus as stockholders’ equity.

 

Overview

 

We manage the service contract renewals process for renewals of maintenance, support and subscription agreements on behalf of our customers. Our integrated solution consists of a suite of cloud applications, dedicated service sales teams working under our customers’ brands and a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. By integrating software, managed services and data, we address the critical steps of the renewals process including data management, quoting, selling and service revenue business intelligence. Our business is built on our pay-for-performance model, whereby our revenues are based on the service renewals customers achieve with our solution. As of December 31, 2010, we managed over 100 engagements across more than 55 customers, representing over $5 billion in service revenue opportunity under management. We had approximately 60 and 80 engagements as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

 

We were formed in November 2002 as a limited liability company, and shortly thereafter we purchased certain assets of a business originally started by service sales representatives from a major technology company. Since then we have refined our business model, developed and expanded our service sales teams, our suite of cloud based applications and our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, and opened additional sales centers in the United States, Europe and Asia and a global sales operations center in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. We broadened our customer focus from technology companies to also include technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences companies. We have experienced rapid growth in our operations in recent periods, as indicated by the following:

 

   

Our revenue has increased from $45.9 million in 2006 to $152.9 million in 2010, representing a compound annual growth rate of 35%. During 2010, our revenue represented an increase of 38% as compared to 2009.

 

   

Our engagements have grown from approximately 40 as of December 31, 2006 to over 100 as of December 31, 2010.

 

   

As of December 31, 2010, we had more than 1,500 employees, with offices in Colorado, Tennessee, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Malaysia and Singapore in addition to our corporate headquarters in San Francisco.

 

In 2010, Oracle acquired our then largest customer, Sun Microsystems, and terminated our contract with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010. Sun Microsystems accounted for $22.8 million, $26.3 million and $19.6 million, or 23%, 24% and 13%, of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. While the loss of revenues from Sun Microsystems is significant, we have added additional customers and engagements throughout 2010 and expect to continue to expand our business irrespective of the loss of Sun Microsystems. In the near term, however, we expect the loss of Sun Microsystems to have an adverse effect on our gross margins, operating margins and cash flows.

 

39


Table of Contents

We are currently in the midst of a significant investment cycle in which we have taken steps designed to drive our future growth and profitability. We plan to further build out our infrastructure, develop our technology, offer additional cloud based applications and hire additional sales, service sales and other personnel.

 

We initially funded our business primarily with investments from our founders, certain other small investors and the venture capital firm Housatonic Partners. As our business has grown, we have funded our business primarily with cash flows from operations, and returned capital to equityholders, including our founders. Affiliates of Benchmark Capital and General Atlantic LLC invested in our company in 2004 and 2007, respectively, and Housatonic made an additional investment in 2008. All of these investments involved the direct or indirect purchase of equity from our existing equityholders, including our founders. We drew down funds from a term loan in 2006, with the proceeds used primarily to fund distributions to our equityholders as required under our limited liability company agreement, and remaining proceeds used for general corporate purposes. In April 2008, we entered into a five year credit facility agreement with various financial institutions, the proceeds of which were primarily used to refinance outstanding debt under several prior debt agreements. We were originally formed as a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will complete the Conversion pursuant to which ServiceSource International, LLC will convert to ServiceSource International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Key Business Metrics

 

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of business metrics in addition to the financial metrics discussed below under “—Basis of Presentation.” These key metrics include service revenue opportunity under management and number of engagements.

 

Service Revenue Opportunity Under Management. At December 31, 2010, we had over $5 billion of service revenue opportunity under management. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, the actual value of qualified end customer contracts delivered to us totaled $2.8 billion and $3.5 billion, respectively. Service revenue opportunity under management (“opportunity under management”) is our estimate, as of a given date, of the value of all end customer service contracts that we will have the opportunity to sell on behalf of our customers over the subsequent twelve-month period. Opportunity under management is not a measure of our expected revenue.

 

We estimate the value of such end customer contracts based on a combination of factors, including the value of end customer contracts made available to us by customers in past periods, the minimum value of end customer contracts that our customers are required to give us the opportunity to sell pursuant to the terms of their contracts with us, periodic internal business reviews of our expectations as to the value of end customer contracts that will be made available to us by customers, the value of end customer contracts included in the SPA and collaborative discussions with our customers assessing their expectations as to the value of service contracts that they will make available to us for sale. While the minimum value of end customer contracts that our customers are required to give us represents a portion of our estimated opportunity under management, a significant portion of the opportunity under management is estimated based on the other factors described above. As our experience with our business, our customers and their contracts has grown, we have continually refined the process, improved the assumptions and expanded the data related to our calculation of opportunity under management. As a result, because opportunity under management is inherently an estimate based on the process, assumptions and data at the relevant time, the metric is not amenable to retroactive revision and we cannot meaningfully determine what we would have estimated if we had followed different processes or used different assumptions and data in the past. We thus have not presented opportunity under management for any periods prior to December 31, 2010. For prior periods, we have instead provided the actual value of qualified end customer contracts delivered to us in such periods.

 

When estimating service revenue opportunity under management, we must, to a large degree, rely on the assumptions described above, which may prove incorrect. These assumptions are inherently subject to significant

 

40


Table of Contents

business and economic uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Our estimates therefore may prove inaccurate, causing the actual value of end customer contracts delivered to us in a given twelve-month period to differ from our estimate of opportunity under management. These factors include:

 

   

the extent to which customers deliver a greater or lesser value of end customer contracts than may be required or otherwise expected;

 

   

roll-overs of unsold service contract renewals from prior periods to the current period or future periods;

 

   

changes in the pricing or terms of service contracts offered by our customers;

 

   

increases or decreases in the end customer base of our customers;

 

   

the extent to which the renewal rates we achieve on behalf of a customer early in an engagement affect the amount of opportunity that the customer makes available to us later in the engagement;

 

   

customer cancellations of their contracts with us due to acquisitions or otherwise; and

 

   

changes in our customers’ businesses, sales organizations, sales processes or priorities.

 

In addition, opportunity under management reflects our estimate for a forward twelve-month period and should not be used to estimate our opportunity for any particular quarter within that period. The value of end customer contracts actually delivered during a twelve-month period should not be expected to occur in even quarterly increments due to seasonality and other factors impacting our customers and their end customers.

 

The actual value of qualified end customer contracts delivered to us by our customers affects the amount of revenue we can earn in a given period. Our revenue also depends upon our close rates and commissions. Our close rate is the percentage of our opportunity under management that we renew on behalf of our customers. Our commission rate is an agreed-upon percentage of the renewal value of end customer contracts that we sell on behalf of our customers.

 

Our close rate is impacted principally by our ability to successfully sell service contracts on behalf of our customers. Other factors impacting our close rate include: the manner in which our customers price their service contracts for sale to their end customers; the stage of life-cycle associated with the products and underlying technologies covered by the service contracts offered to the end customer; the extent to which our customers or their competitors introduce new products or underlying technologies; the nature, size and age of the service contracts; and the extent to which we have managed the renewals process for similar products and underlying technologies in the past.

 

In determining commission rates for an individual engagement, various factors, including our close rates, as described above, are evaluated. These factors include: historical, industry-specific and customer-specific renewal rates for similar service contracts; the magnitude of the opportunity under management in a particular engagement; the number of end customers associated with these opportunities; and the opportunity to receive additional performance commissions when we exceed certain renewal levels. We endeavor to set our commission rates at levels commensurate with these factors and other factors that may be relevant to a particular engagement. Accordingly, our commission rates vary, often significantly, from engagement to engagement. In addition, we sometimes agree to lower commission rates for engagements with significant opportunity under management.

 

Renewal Rates. Our ability to attract and retain new customers and add new engagements depends in part on the degree to which we improve renewal rates for our customers as compared to their historical renewal rates. In general, we calculate renewal rates for new customers or engagements by looking at the dollar value of end customer contracts delivered to us for renewal and the dollar value of the portion of those end customer contracts that were actually renewed. These renewals can occur over the course of several quarters. We then compare the renewal rates we generate to the renewal rates achieved over prior periods by the customer based on the data provided by the customer during the SPA.

 

41


Table of Contents

To calculate the renewal rate for each customer, we take the value of the end customer contracts, including upsells, that were renewed and divide it by the value of contracts that were provided for renewal. The renewal rate can exceed 100% when an existing service contract is renewed for an amount greater than the original value of the contract. We calculate improvement in renewal rates for a given period by taking a simple average of the improvement in the renewal rate for each customer.

 

For example, for new engagements added in 2009, we generated renewal rates that increased by an average of over 15 percentage points over the renewal rates achieved by the customer based on the SPA data. This renewal rate increase is based on the value of end customer contracts delivered to us for renewal pursuant to such engagements during the first six months of 2010 and renewed in 2010.

 

In calculating the historical renewal rates of customers, we rely on the accuracy and completeness of the customer renewal data we receive during the SPA. Changes in renewal rates may result from several external factors unrelated to our performance, including the nature of the contracts, the popularity of the products and changing economic conditions, among others. While we believe the example provided above is representative of our renewal rate capabilities, changes in renewal rates have varied widely and will continue to vary widely from period to period and from customer to customer. We cannot assure you that similar improvements in renewal rates will occur in the future.

 

Number of Engagements. We track the number of engagements we have with our customers. We often have multiple engagements with a single customer, particularly where we manage the sales of service renewals relating to different product lines, technologies, types of contracts or geographies for the customer. When the set of renewals we manage on behalf of a customer is associated with a separate customer contract or a distinct product set, type of end customer contract or geography and therefore requires us to assign a dedicated service sales team to manage the renewals, we designate the set of renewals, and associated revenues and costs to us as a unique engagement. For example, we may have one engagement consisting of a dedicated service sales team selling maintenance contract renewals of a particular product for a customer in the United States and another engagement consisting of a dedicated sales team selling warranty contract renewals of a different product for the same customer in Europe. These would count as two engagements. We had approximately 60, 80 and 100 engagements as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

Transactions . Since our inception, we have managed over two million service renewal transactions. Our references to transactions in this prospectus include interactions with end customers that led to successful renewals and those that did not.

 

Factors Affecting our Performance

 

Sales Cycle. We sell our integrated solution to our customers through a sales organization. At the beginning of the sales process, our quota-carrying sales representatives contact prospective customers and educate them about our offerings. Educating prospective customers about the benefits of our solution can take time, as many of these prospects have not historically relied upon integrated solutions like ours for service revenue management, nor have they typically put out a formal request for proposal or otherwise made a decision to focus on this area. As part of the education process, we utilize our solutions design team to perform the SPA of our prospect’s service revenue. The SPA includes an analysis of best practices and benchmarks the prospect’s service revenue against industry peers. Through the SPA process, which typically takes several weeks, we are able to assess the characteristics and size of the prospect’s service revenue, identify potential areas of performance improvement and formulate our proposal for managing the prospect’s service revenue. The length of our sales cycle for a new customer, inclusive of the SPA process and measured from our first formal discussion with the customer until execution of a new customer contract, is typically longer than six months.

 

We generally contract with new customers to manage a specified portion of their service revenue opportunity, such as the opportunity associated with a particular product line or technology, contract type or

 

42


Table of Contents

geography. We negotiate the customized terms of our customer contracts, including commission rates, based on the output of the SPA, including the areas identified for improvement. Once we demonstrate success to a customer with respect to the opportunity under contract, we seek to expand the scope of our engagement to include other opportunities with the customer. For some customers, we manage all or substantially all of their service contract renewals.

 

Implementation Cycle . After entering into an engagement with a new customer, and to a lesser extent after adding an engagement with an existing customer, we incur sales and marketing expenses related to the commissions owed to our sales personnel. The commissions are based on the estimated total contract value, a material portion of which is expensed upfront and the remaining portion of which is expensed over a period of eight to fourteen months, including commissions paid on multi-year contracts. We also make upfront investments in technology and personnel to support the engagement. These expenses are typically incurred one to three months before we begin generating sales and recognizing revenue. Accordingly, in a given quarter, an increase in new customers, and, to a lesser extent, an increase in engagements with existing customers, or a significant increase in the contract value associated with such new customers and engagements, will negatively impact our gross margin and operating margins until we begin to achieve anticipated sales levels associated with the new engagements.

 

Although we expect new customer engagements to contribute to our operating profitability over time, in the initial periods of a customer relationship, the near term impact on our profitability can be negative due to upfront costs we incur, the lower initial level of associated service sales team productivity and lack of mature data and technology integration with the customer. As a result, an increase in the mix of new customers as a percentage of total customers may initially have a negative impact on our operating results. Similarly, a decline in the ratio of new customers to total customers may positively impact our operating results. This is illustrated by our analysis of new customers signed in 2007, which generated a modest contribution margin (as defined below) of 1% for the 2007 fiscal year. However, during 2010, the same set of customers generated a contribution margin of approximately 50%. The initial lower margin is attributable in large part to the fact that we incurred significant costs in 2007 to hire and train the service sales teams for the new customer engagements, in addition to paying commissions to our own sales representatives for signing the new customers, prior to generating meaningful revenues from these customer engagements. The improvement in contribution margin over time is due primarily to the ramping of service sales team productivity, the decrease or absence of additional sales representative commission payments, and, to a lesser extent, improvement in data accuracy through technology and automation of processes.

 

We define contribution margin for a period as the excess of the revenue recognized from the customer over the estimated expenses for the period associated with supporting the customer and managing the service contract renewals process for them, expressed as a percentage of associated revenue. The expenses allocated to the customer include personnel costs associated with the service sales teams who support that customer, such as salaries and benefits, allocated management overhead expenses based on a percentage of revenue and service sales commissions. These expenses exclude the allocation of costs associated with use of infrastructure, facilities and company-wide resources that are available to all service sales teams.

 

Although we believe the estimates and assumptions we used to estimate the expenses are reasonable, the estimated expenses and resulting contribution margin could vary significantly from the amounts disclosed above had we used different estimates and assumptions. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will experience similar contribution margins from customers added in other years or in future periods. You should not rely on the estimated expenses or contribution margin as being indicative of our future performance. Because of our growing customer base, we expect that there will be times when large numbers of our customers are in the initial phases of their relationship with us or have a material expansion of their existing engagements with us. In these scenarios, our operating results will be negatively impacted over the near term.

 

Contract Terms . Under our pay-for-performance model, we earn commissions based on the value of service contracts we sell on behalf of our customers. In some cases, we earn additional performance-based commissions

 

43


Table of Contents

for exceeding pre-determined service renewal targets. These commissions, including performance-based commissions, represent substantially all of our revenue.

 

Since 2009, our new customer contracts have typically had a term of 36 months, although we sometimes have contract terms of up to 60 months. Older customer contracts typically have a term of 12 months. Our contracts generally require our customers to deliver a minimum value of qualifying service revenue contracts for us to renew on their behalf during a specified period. To the extent that our customers do not meet their minimum contractual commitments over a specified period, they may be subject to fees for the shortfall. Our customer contracts are cancelable on relatively short notice, subject in most cases to the payment of an early termination fee by the customer. The amount of this fee is based on the length of the remaining term and value of the contract.

 

We typically invoice our customers on a monthly basis based on commissions we earn during the prior month, and with respect to performance-based commissions, on a quarterly basis based on our overall performance during the prior quarter. Amounts invoiced to our customers are recognized as revenue in the period in which our services are performed or, in the case of performance commissions, when the performance condition is determinable. Because the invoicing for our services generally coincides with or immediately follows the sale of service contracts on behalf of our customers, we do not generate or report a significant deferred revenue balance. However, the combination of minimum contractual commitments, combined with our success in generating improved renewal rates for our customers, and our customers’ historical renewal rates, provides us with revenue visibility. In addition, the performance improvement potential identified by our SPA process provides us with revenue visibility for new customers.

 

M&A Activity. Our customers in the technology sector participate in an active environment for mergers and acquisitions. Large technology companies have maintained active acquisition programs to increase the breadth and depth of their product and service offerings and small and mid-sized companies have combined to better compete with large technology companies. A number of our customers have merged, purchased other companies or been acquired by other companies. We expect merger and acquisition activity to continue to occur in the future.

 

The impact of these transactions on our business can vary. Acquisitions of other companies by our customers can provide us with the opportunity to pursue additional business to the extent the acquired company is not already one of our customers. Similarly, when a customer is acquired, we may be able to use our relationship with the acquired company to build a relationship with the acquirer. In some cases we have been able to maintain our relationship with an acquired customer even where the acquiring company handles its other service contract renewals through internal resources. In other cases, however, acquirers have elected to terminate or not renew our contract with the acquired company. For example, Oracle terminated our contracts with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010, as discussed in more detail under “Results of Operations—Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009—Net Revenue,” and had previously terminated our contract with another customer, BEA Systems, in April 2008.

 

Economic Conditions . An improving economic outlook generally has a positive, but mixed, impact on our business. As with most businesses, improved economic conditions can lead to increased end customer demand and sales. In particular, within the technology sector, we believe that the recent economic downturn led many companies to cut their expenses by choosing to let their existing maintenance, support and subscription agreements lapse. An improving economy may have the converse effect.

 

However, an improving economy may also cause companies to purchase new hardware, software and other technology products, which we generally do not sell on behalf of our customers, instead of purchasing maintenance, support and subscription services for existing products. To the extent this occurs, it would have a negative impact on our opportunities in the near term that would partially offset the benefits of an improving economy.

 

44


Table of Contents

Adoption of “Software-as-a-Service” Solutions . Within the software industry, there is a growing trend toward providing software to customers using a software-as-a-service model. Under this model, software-as-a-service companies provide access to software applications to customers on a remote basis, and provide their customers with a subscription to use the software, rather than licensing software to their customers. Software-as-a-service companies face a distinct set of challenges with respect to customer renewals, given the potentially lower switching costs for customers utilizing their solutions, and are more reliant on renewals for their long-term revenues than traditional software companies. Given the strategic importance of renewals to their model, software-as-a-service companies may be less inclined than traditional software companies to rely on third-party solutions such as ours to manage the sale of renewals of subscription contracts. We have tailored our solution to address the needs of software-as-a-service companies in this area and expect to continue to develop and enhance our solution as this market grows.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

Net Revenue

 

Substantially all of our net revenue is attributable to commissions we earn from the sale of renewals of maintenance, support and subscription agreements on behalf of our customers. We generally invoice our customers for our services in arrears on a monthly basis for sales commissions, and on a quarterly basis for certain performance sales commissions; accordingly, we typically have no deferred revenue related to these services. We do not set the price, terms or scope of services in the service contracts with end customers and do not have any obligations related to the underlying service contracts between our customers and their end customers.

 

For a limited number of historical engagements, our services included the sale of service contracts as well as the related invoicing and cash collections on behalf of customers. Under these arrangements, commissions are considered earned when we receive cash payment from end customers. As of December 31, 2010, we no longer had any such customer engagements.

 

We also earn revenue from the sale of subscriptions to our cloud based applications. To date, subscription revenue has been insignificant. Subscription fees are accounted for separately from commissions and they are billed on either a monthly or quarterly basis in advance and revenue is recognized ratably over the related subscription term.

 

We have generated a significant portion of our revenue from a limited number of customers. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, our top ten customers in each period accounted for 67%, 65% and 54% of our net revenue, respectively. In addition, during the same periods, Sun Microsystems accounted for 23%, 24%, and 13% of our net revenue, respectively. As discussed above, Oracle terminated our contracts with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010. We will not recognize additional revenue from Sun Microsystems in future periods other than fees associated with the transition of certain end user contracts to Oracle, the amount and timing of which has not yet been finalized.

 

Our business is geographically diversified. During 2010, 67% of our net revenue was earned in North America and Latin America (“NALA”), 28% in Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and 5% in Asia Pacific Japan (“APJ”). Net revenue for a particular geography generally reflects commissions earned from sales of service contracts managed from our sales center in that geography. Predominantly all of the service contracts sold and managed by our sales centers relate to end customers located in the same geography.

 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

Our cost of revenue consists primarily of compensation, which includes salary, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation related to our service sales teams. Cost of revenue also includes allocated overhead costs for facilities, information technology and depreciation, including amortization of internal-use software associated

 

45


Table of Contents

with our service revenue technology platform and cloud applications. Allocated costs for facilities consist of rent, maintenance and compensation of personnel in our facilities departments. Our allocated costs for information technology include costs associated with a third-party data center where we maintain our data servers, compensation of our information technology personnel and the cost of support and maintenance contracts associated with computer hardware and software. Our overhead costs are allocated to all departments based on headcount. To the extent our customer base or opportunity under management expands, we may need to hire additional service sales personnel and invest in infrastructure to support such growth. We currently expect that our cost of revenue will fluctuate significantly and may increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of revenue in the near term, including for the reasons discussed above under “—Factors Affecting Our Performance—Implementation Cycle.”

 

Operating Expenses

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses are the largest component of our operating expenses and consist primarily of compensation and sales commissions for our sales and marketing staff, allocated expenses and marketing programs and events. We sell our solutions through our global sales organization, which is organized across three geographic regions: NALA, EMEA and APJ. Our commission plans provide that payment of commissions to our sales representatives is contingent on their continued employment and we recognize expense over a period that is generally between eight and fourteen months following the execution of the applicable contract. We currently expect sales and marketing expense to increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of revenue in the near term based on commissions earned on customer contracts entered into in prior periods, as well as continued investments in sales and marketing personnel and programs as we expand our business domestically and internationally.

 

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist primarily of compensation, allocated costs and the cost of third-party service providers. We focus our research and development efforts on developing new products and adding new features to our existing technology platform. In addition, we capitalize certain expenditures related to the development and enhancement of internal-use software related to our technology platform, as discussed in more detail under “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Capitalized Internal-Use Software” below. We expect research and development spending, and the related expenses and capitalized costs, to increase on an absolute basis as a percentage of revenue in the near term as we continue to invest in our technology platform and cloud applications.

 

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation for our executive, human resources, finance and legal functions, and related expenses for professional fees for accounting, tax and legal services, as well as allocated expenses. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of revenue in the near term as our operations continue to expand and as a result of incremental costs associated with being a publicly-traded company.

 

Amortization of Intangible Assets . Our intangible assets consist of goodwill, customer contracts and related relationships, trademarks and trade names and a non-competition agreement. Except for goodwill, which is not amortized, all of our intangible assets were fully amortized as of March 31, 2009.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest expense associated with borrowings under our credit facility and foreign exchange transaction gains and losses, partially offset by interest income, which has been insignificant in recent periods.

 

46


Table of Contents

Income Tax (Benefit) Provision

 

Since inception through December 31, 2007 we conducted our U.S. operations through ServiceSource International, LLC (“LLC”), a pass-through entity for tax purposes that files its income tax return as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. The LLC is not subject to income taxes other than annual California limited liability company fees based on revenue. The members of the LLC, not the LLC itself, are subject to income taxes on their allocated share of the LLC’s earnings. The LLC is required to pay cash distributions to the members to fund members’ tax obligations in respect of the members’ allocated share of the LLC’s net income, if applicable. Effective January 1, 2008, the LLC transferred a portion of its U.S. operations to a wholly-owned U.S. taxable subsidiary. We also have several subsidiaries formed in foreign jurisdictions, which are subject to local income taxes.

 

For a description of our accounting practices relating to income taxes, see “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Income Taxes” below.

 

Results of Operations

 

The table below sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparison of financial results presented below is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated statement of operations data:

      

Net revenue

   $ 100,280      $ 110,676      $ 152,935   

Cost of revenue

     56,965        58,877        90,048   
                        

Gross profit

     43,315        51,799        62,887   
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     20,486        23,182        35,119   

Research and development

     1,160        2,054        7,188   

General and administrative

     10,571        13,777        19,378   

Amortization of intangible assets

     857        68          
                        

Total operating expenses

     33,074        39,081        61,685   
                        

Income from operations

     10,241        12,718        1,202   

Other expense, net

     (4,267     (477     (1,622
                        

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     5,974        12,241        (420

Income tax provision

     1,153        1,866        2,147   
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,821      $ 10,375      $ (2,567
                        

 

      
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Includes stock-based compensation of:

      

Cost of revenue

   $ 1,271      $ 914      $ 1,126   

Sales and marketing

     1,570        2,340        2,993   

Research and development

            541        803   

General and administrative

     2,608        2,265        3,167   
                        

Total

   $ 5,449      $ 6,060      $ 8,089   
                        

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our operating results as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
     (as % of net revenue)  

Net revenue

     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     57     53     59
                        

Gross profit

     43     47     41
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     20     21     23

Research and development

     1     2     5

General and administrative

     11     12     12

Amortization of intangible assets

     1     0     0
                        

Total operating expenses

     33     35     40
                        

Income from operations

     10     12     1
                        

 

Years Ended —December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change      %
Change
 
     2009     2010       
     Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Net revenue by geography:

               

NALA

   $ 77,283         70   $ 102,411         67   $ 25,128         33

EMEA

     31,995         29     43,069         28     11,074         35

APJ

     1,398         1     7,455         5     6,057         *   
                                             

Total net revenue

   $ 110,676         100   $ 152,935         100   $ 42,259         38
                                             

 

*   Not meaningful.

 

The 38% increase in net revenue in 2010 reflects an increase in the number and value of service contracts sold on behalf of our customers. The actual value of qualified end customer contracts available for us to sell in 2010 was greater than in 2009, resulting from new customers, expanded engagements with existing customers and the ramp of customers from prior periods. We increased our number of engagements from approximately 80 as of December 31, 2009 to over 100 as of December 31, 2010. Our largest customer in both 2009 and 2010 was Sun Microsystems, which represented $26.3 million and $19.6 million of our net revenue, respectively. Revenue from Sun Microsystems decreased following its acquisition by Oracle in the first quarter of 2010. Net revenue in 2010 included $3.8 million in fees resulting from the termination of the Sun Microsystems contracts. When expressed as a percentage of net revenue, revenue from Sun Microsystems decreased from 24% in 2009 to 13% in 2010, which reflects the offset of revenue growth from both new and existing engagements with other customers. International revenue increased 51% during 2010 as compared to 2009 with this growth supported by the addition of new service sales centers in APJ and EMEA.

 

48


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change      %
Change
 
         2009             2010           
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 58,877      $ 90,048      $ 31,171         53

Includes stock-based compensation of:

     914        1,126        212         23

Gross profit

     51,799        62,887        11,088         21

Gross profit percentage

     47     41        (6 )% 

 

The 53% increase in our cost of revenue in 2010 reflected an increase in the number of service sales personnel, primarily in NALA and APJ, resulting in a $22.9 million increase in compensation, a $4.3 million increase in allocated costs for facilities (due to opening of new offices in EMEA and APJ), and information technology and depreciation and a $1.4 million increase in outside fees primarily due to the recruitment of service sales personnel. Gross profit percentage decreased from 47% in 2009 to 41% in 2010. The decrease in gross profit percentage reflects additional compensation associated with staffing new and expanded engagements which typically have minimal revenue during the initial start-up phase and facility costs associated with the opening of two new international sales centers, partially offset by the favorable gross margin impact resulting from the Sun Microsystems termination fees.

 

Operating Expenses

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     %
Change
 
     2009     2010      
     Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
     
     (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 23,182         21   $ 35,119         23   $ 11,937        51

Research and development

     2,054         2     7,188         5     5,134        *   

General and administrative

     13,777         12     19,378         12     5,601        41

Amortization of intangible assets

     68         0             0     (68     (100 )% 
                                            

Total operating expenses

   $ 39,081         35   $ 61,685         40   $ 22,604        58
                                            

Includes stock-based compensation of:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 2,340         $ 2,993         $ 653     

Research and development

     541           803           262     

General and administrative

     2,265           3,167           902     
                                

Total

   $ 5,146         $ 6,963         $ 1,817     
                                

 

*   Not meaningful.

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

The 51% increase in sales and marketing expenses in 2010 reflected an increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel, primarily in NALA and APJ, and higher sales commissions for new multi-year customer engagements, resulting in a $7.9 million increase in compensation. The increase also resulted from a $0.9 million increase in expenses due to marketing programs, a $0.9 million increase in allocated costs and a $0.8 million increase in outside fees primarily due to the recruitment of sales and marketing personnel. The increase in headcount reflected our investment in sales and marketing resources aimed at expanding our customer base.

 

49


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses

 

The increase in research and development expense in 2010 reflected an increase in the number of research and development personnel in NALA, resulting in a $2.3 million increase in compensation, a $2.2 million increase in outside consulting services related to contract research and development services and a $0.3 million increase in allocated costs. The increase is a result of our continued investment in the development of additional cloud based applications to enable greater operational efficiencies and enhanced functionality for our customers.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

The 41% increase in general and administrative expense in 2010 reflected a $2.8 million increase in compensation due to an increase in headcount in the general and administrative function, primarily in NALA, a $1.1 million increase in professional fees and a $0.4 million increase in outside consulting services.

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

The decrease in amortization of intangible assets is a result of the related assets being fully amortized as of March 31, 2009.

 

Other Expense, Net

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change      %
Change
 
     2009     2010       
     Amount      % of
Net Revenue
    Amount      % of
Net Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Other expense, net

   $ 477         0   $ 1,622         1   $ 1,145         240

 

The increase in other expense in 2010 primarily resulted from a $0.8 million increase in losses on foreign exchange transactions due in part to a decline in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to international currencies, most notably the Canadian dollar. Also contributing to the year-over-year rise in other expense was a $0.1 million charge to reduce the carrying value of deferred debt issuance costs as a result of a modification of the term loan agreement, a $0.1 million increase in interest expense on our term loan as a result of higher interest rates and a $0.1 million increase in interest expense related to our capital lease obligations.

 

Income Tax Provision

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Change      %
Change
 
   2009      2010        
     (in thousands)  

Income tax provision

   $ 1,866       $ 2,147       $ 281         15

 

Our effective tax rate in 2009 was 15% due to a portion of our income allocated to the non-taxable limited liability parent company and a taxable subsidiary subject to a lower tax rate. Because our income tax provision exceeded our consolidated pre-tax income in 2010, the effective tax rate for such period is not comparable to the prior period. In 2010, we had taxable income at our taxable subsidiaries and losses incurred by the non-taxable limited liability parent company that did not result in a tax benefit for us.

 

50


Table of Contents

Years Ended—December 31, 2009 and 2008

 

Net Revenue

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change      %
Change
 
   2008     2009       
   Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Net revenue by geography:

               

NALA

   $ 70,177         70   $ 77,283         70   $ 7,106         10

EMEA

     30,103         30     31,995         29     1,892         6

APJ

             0     1,398         1     1,398         *   
                                             

Total net revenue

   $ 100,280         100   $ 110,676         100   $ 10,396         10
                                             

 

*   Not meaningful.

 

The 10% increase in net revenue in 2009 reflects an increase in the number and value of service contracts sold on behalf of our customers. The actual value of qualified end customer contracts available for us to sell in 2009 was greater than in 2008, resulting from new customers and expanded engagements with existing customers. We increased our number of engagements from approximately 60 as of December 31, 2008 to approximately 80 as of December 31, 2009. In 2009, we opened a sales service center in APJ which contributed to our international growth.

 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     %
Change
 
   2008     2009      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 56,965      $ 58,877      $ 1,912        3

Includes stock-based compensation of:

     1,271        914        (357     (28)

Gross profit

     43,315        51,799        8,484        20

Gross profit percentage

     43     47     4  

 

The 3% increase in our cost of revenue in 2009 reflected an increase in the number of service sales personnel, resulting in a $1.9 million increase in compensation across all geographic segments and a $0.7 million increase in allocated costs. The increase was partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease in start-up costs and a $0.3 million decrease in travel expenses associated with a new sales center opened in 2008. The higher gross profit percentage of 47% in 2009 as compared with the 43% in 2008 resulted from a shift of our service sales personnel to sales service centers in Denver and Nashville with lower costs relative to San Francisco.

 

51


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     %
Change
 
     2008     2009      
     Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
     
     (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 20,486         20   $ 23,182         21   $ 2,696        13

Research and development

     1,160         1     2,054         2     894        77

General and administrative

     10,571         11     13,777         12     3,206        30

Amortization of intangible assets

     857         1     68         0     (789     (92 )% 
                                            

Total operating expenses

   $ 33,074         33   $ 39,081         35   $ 6,007        18
                                            

Includes stock-based compensation of:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 1,570         $ 2,340         $ 770     

Research and development

               541           541     

General and administrative

     2,608           2,265           (343  
                                

Total

   $ 4,178         $ 5,146         $ 968     
                                

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

The 13% increase in sales and marketing expenses in 2009 reflected an increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel, resulting in a $0.9 million increase in compensation, a $0.3 million increase in allocated costs, and a $0.1 million increase in travel expenses associated with our global expansion, particularly in APJ.

 

Research and development expenses

 

The 77% increase in research and development expenses in 2009 reflected an increase in the number of research and development personnel in NALA, resulting in a $0.3 million increase in compensation, a $0.3 million increase in allocated costs and a $0.2 million increase in travel expenses.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

The 30% increase in general and administrative expenses in 2009 reflected an increase in headcount in the general and administrative functions, resulting in a $3.5 million increase in compensation and a $0.2 million increase in travel expenses, partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in bad debt expense.

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

The decrease in amortization of intangible assets resulted from the related assets being fully amortized as of March 31, 2009.

 

Other Expense, Net

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     %
Change
 
     2008     2009      
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
     
     (in thousands)  

Other expense, net

   $ 4,267         4   $ 477         0   $ (3,790     (89 )% 

 

52


Table of Contents

The decrease in other expense in 2009 primarily resulted from a $2.1 million decrease in losses on foreign currency transactions, as well as a $1.1 million decrease in interest expense due to a lower average balance outstanding under our term loan. Other expense in 2008 also included $0.6 million relating to a loss on extinguishment of debt recorded in connection with refinancing our long-term debt.

 

Income Tax Provision

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Change      %
Change
 
   2008      2009        
     (in thousands)  

Income tax provision

   $ 1,153       $ 1,866       $ 713         62

 

Our effective tax rate for 2008 and 2009 was 19% and 15%, respectively. In 2009, our effective tax rate decreased as a result of higher income related to the non-taxable LLC which is not subject to taxes.

 

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations during each of the quarters in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010. In management’s opinion, the data below has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and reflects all recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of this data. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results and should be read in conjunction with our audited annual financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

    Three Months Ended  
      Mar. 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
    Mar. 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    Sept. 30,
2010
    Dec. 30,
2010
 
    (in thousands)  

Net revenue

  $ 22,209      $ 27,472      $ 27,208      $ 33,787      $ 32,176      $ 37,976      $ 38,316      $ 44,467   

Cost of revenue

    12,250        13,940        15,387        17,300        20,771        21,175        21,895        26,207   
                                                               

Gross profit

    9,959        13,532        11,821        16,487        11,405        16,801        16,421        18,260   
                                                               

Operating expenses

               

Sales and marketing

    5,652        5,247        5,903        6,380        7,604        8,340        9,696        9,479   

Research and development

    621        584        442        407        1,018        1,490        1,419        3,261   

General and administrative

    3,713        3,211        3,290        3,563        3,970        4,392        5,444        5,572   

Amortization of intangible assets

    68                                                    
                                                               

Total operating expenses

    10,054        9,042        9,635        10,350        12,592        14,222        16,559        18,312   
                                                               

Income (loss) from operations

    (95     4,490        2,186        6,137        (1,187     2,579        (138     (52

Other income (expense), net

    (667     338        22        (170     (406     (136     (600     (480
                                                               

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (762     4,828        2,208        5,967        (1,593     2,443        (738     (532

Income tax (benefit) provision

    (146     924        (48     1,136        177        926        265        779   
                                                               

Net income (loss)

  $ (616   $ 3,904      $ 2,256      $ 4,831      $ (1,770   $ 1,517      $ (1,003   $ (1,311
                                                               

Includes stock-based compensation of:

               

Cost of revenue

  $ 219      $ 222      $ 231      $ 242      $ 274      $ 299      $ 270      $ 283   

Sales and marketing

    490        599        617        634        703        742        769        779   

Research and development

    131        130        138        142        149        144        305        205   

General and administrative

    549        542        572        602        845        733        784        805   
                                                               

Total

  $ 1,389      $ 1,493      $ 1,558      $ 1,620      $ 1,971      $ 1,918      $ 2,128      $ 2,072   
                                                               

 

53


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of revenue:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31
2009
    Mar. 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    Sept. 30,
2010
    Dec. 31,
2010
 
    (as % of net revenue)        

Net revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

    55     51     57     51     65     56     57     59
                                                               

Gross profit

    45     49     43     49     35     44     43     41
                                                               

Operating expenses

               

Sales and marketing

    25     19     21     19     24     21     25     21

Research and development

    3     2     2     1     3     4     4     7

General and administrative

    17     12     12     11     12     12     14     13

Amortization of intangible assets

    0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0
                                                               

Total operating expenses

    45     33     35     31     39     37     43     41
                                                               

Income (loss) from operations

    0     16     8     18     (4 )%      7     0     0
                                                               

 

We have generally experienced growth in quarterly revenue resulting from an increase in new engagements with new and existing customers. Quarterly revenue is directly correlated with the value of service contracts provided to us by our customers for a given quarterly period. Many of our customers operate on a calendar year basis and, because of the seasonal nature of their revenue and the propensity for many of their end customers to make IT and other technology purchases and renewals during the fourth quarter, have a greater proportion of contract renewals in the fourth quarter as compared to the first three quarters of the year. As a result, revenue earned in our fourth quarter has historically represented a larger portion of our annual revenue as compared to the other three quarters of the year and has typically exceeded revenue in the first quarter of the following year. Revenue in the fourth quarter of 2009 and 2010 represented 31% and 29%, respectively, of our revenue for 2009 and 2010. In addition, our third quarter revenue is affected by the slowed economic activity in the summer, particularly in Europe.

 

Our quarterly gross profit percentage in 2009 and 2010 has varied from 35% to 49% and is impacted by a number of factors, including: the hiring of service sales personnel to support new engagements ahead of recognizing revenue from those engagements, the number and size of engagements in start-up phase, during which we earn minimal revenue, and the opening of new facilities in Liverpool and Kuala Lumpur. In addition, our gross profit percentage is impacted by the seasonality of our revenue, as discussed above.

 

Our operating expenses have increased in each of the past several quarters and reflect increased expenses associated with hiring additional sales and marketing personnel to support our global expansion, sales commission expense related to multi-year customer contracts, increased spending to hire research and development personnel related to the development of cloud applications, and increased costs for facilities, information technology and administrative functions to support this growth. We experienced a net loss in the first quarter of 2009 and 2010 and in the third and fourth quarters of 2010, and we currently expect that our cost of revenue and operating expenses will fluctuate from quarter to quarter and increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of revenue resulting in net losses in future periods as we continue to expand our businesses.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of December 31, 2010, our principal sources of liquidity were our cash of $22.7 million and $5.9 million available under our revolving credit facility. Our primary operating cash requirements include the payment of compensation and related costs, working capital requirements related to advances and accrued payables to

 

54


Table of Contents

customers, as well as costs for our facilities and information technology infrastructure. Historically, we have financed our operations principally from cash provided by our operating activities and to a lesser extent from borrowings under our credit facility.

 

In April 2008, we entered into a five year credit facility with various financial institutions. The credit facility initially provided for a $20.0 million term loan and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility, which included letters of credit in a face amount up to $7.5 million. The proceeds from the term loan were used primarily to fund tax distributions to our equityholders as required under our limited liability company agreement and the remaining proceeds were used for general corporate purposes. Borrowing under the revolving credit facility were subject to limitations imposed by collateral agreements and certain other conditions in the credit facility.

 

In March 2010, we obtained a waiver from the requirement to make additional principal payments in 2010 based on 2009 excess cash flow levels as defined in the credit facility. The credit facility was amended in April 2010 to, among other things, reduce the commitment amount of the revolving credit facility to $15.0 million and to change the borrowing base calculation. In December 2010, the credit facility was amended to reduce the maximum amount available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility from $15.0 million to $7.5 million, subject to certain limitations related to our consolidated revenues and bank reserves, and to ease a financial covenant applicable as of December 31, 2010. We also amended our fee arrangement with the lenders such that any termination of or prepayment in full of the obligations under the credit facility on or prior to December 31, 2011, would result in us being subject to a prepayment premium based on the sum of the maximum revolver amount, as defined in the agreement, and the then-outstanding principal balance on the term loan. In January 2011, the credit facility was amended to (i) increase the maximum commitment amount under the revolving credit facility from $7.5 million to $12.5 million, (ii) eliminate the fixed charge coverage ratio test for the twelve month period ending March 31, 2011 only, (iii) require the Company to maintain a minimum liquidity level of $10 million based on unrestricted cash balances held in the U.S. and available borrowings under the revolving credit facility, as defined therein, from and after May 15, 2011, and (iv) allow for the planned conversion to a taxable corporation, initial public offering of the Company’s stock and other specified transactions related to us.

 

As of December 31, 2010, we had $15.5 million outstanding under our term loan. No balance was outstanding under the revolving credit facility, $5.9 million was available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility and we were in compliance with all covenants. Additionally, as of December 31, 2010 we had a $1.6 million letter of credit outstanding relating to our office space at our San Francisco headquarters.

 

On February 24, 2011, we entered into a second amended and restated credit agreement with the same financial institution that replaced our prior credit facility and all of the amendments to the prior credit facility. The primary purpose of the amendment and restatement was, among other things, to provide certain provisions in contemplation of our initial public offering, consolidate all previous amendments that were in effect, retire and eliminate the term loan under the credit facility and increase the revolving credit facility commitment from $12.5 million to $30.0 million. In connection with the entry into the amended and restated credit facility we repaid the then outstanding balance of the term loan by converting such balance to a balance outstanding under the revolving credit facility. We anticipate drawing down funds from the revolving credit facility for use in connection with remission of funds owed to Oracle pursuant to our engagements with Sun Microsystems. The amended and restated credit agreement expires on February 24, 2013. We have the option within 90 days of this offering to reduce the revolving credit facility commitment by up to $10.0 million.

 

The amended and restated credit facility also has various restrictive financial covenants, which include maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, a maximum consolidated leverage ratio, a minimum liquidity ratio and restrictions, subject to certain exceptions, under which we can make distributions to our equityholders. Distributions to fund tax obligations of our equityholders are permitted so long as there are no events of default, including compliance with financial covenants, immediately prior to or after giving effect to any such distribution. Distributions other than those to fund our equityholders’ tax obligations are, among other things, subject to us achieving specified levels of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization or maintaining minimum levels of cash as defined in the credit facility.

 

55


Table of Contents

If our financial results in future periods were to deteriorate and result in non-compliance with the financial covenants of the amended and restated credit facility, we could attempt to obtain covenant relief or obtain a waiver from the lenders for specific non-compliance matters. We can give no assurance that we could obtain covenant relief or obtain waivers from the lenders in the event of non-compliance with financial or other covenant requirements in the amended and restated credit facility. In the event of non-compliance with the covenants provided for in the amended and restated credit facility, the lenders could declare all or any outstanding borrowings immediately due and payable or terminate the agreement.

 

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay the balance outstanding under the amended and restated credit facility.

 

We believe our existing cash, cash flows from operating activities, our currently available credit facility and proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next fifteen months. Continued availability of borrowings under our current or any future credit facilities will be dependent upon our compliance with the applicable financial covenants and other contractual terms under such facilities. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including revenue growth, costs incurred to support new customers and new engagements from existing customers, the timing and extent of spending to support development and expansion into new territories, continued investment in our technology platform and increased general and administrative expenses to support the anticipated growth in our operations. Our capital expenditures in future periods are expected to grow in line with our business. To the extent that proceeds resulting from this offering, together with existing cash and cash from operations, are not sufficient to fund our future operations, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or additional debt financing.

 

For a limited number of historical customer arrangements that include both sales of customer service contracts and other account management services, we record advances to and accrued payables to customers to account for the timing differences between when we collect cash from end customers and when we make payments to our customers. The $30.6 million accrued payable to customers balance at December 31, 2010 consists primarily of net payments due to Sun Microsystems from end customers renewing their service contracts with Sun Microsystems through us. Oracle terminated our contracts with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010 and we are currently in discussions to achieve final resolution relating to the timing and amount of the payment we anticipate making to Sun Microsystems, net of amounts owed to us. The $30 million accrued payable to Oracle is expected to be reduced by a $12 million decrease in our accounts receivable for amounts owed to us by Oracle, resulting in an anticipated cash payment by us to Oracle of approximately $18 million which will be funded from existing cash or from the revolving credit facility. We do not currently record a material amount of advances or payables to our other customers pursuant to such arrangements. However, we can give no assurances on the ultimate settlement terms and off setting amounts as they have not yet been finalized.

 

Although we are currently not a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or available at all.

 

Summary Cash Flows

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

       Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 3,232      $ 19,504      $ 22,630   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (6,806     (7,476     (9,170

Net cash used in financing activities

     (5,951     (2,379     (4,139

Net increase (decrease) in cash, net of impact of exchange charges on cash

   $ (9,367   $ 9,389      $ 9,483   

 

56


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

 

In 2010, cash inflows from our operating activities were $22.6 million. Our net loss during the period was $2.6 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $6.1 million for depreciation and amortization and $8.1 million for stock-based compensation. Additional sources of net cash inflows were from changes in our working capital, including a $23.6 million increase in accrued payables to customers, consisting of amounts owed to Oracle from end customers with respect to our Sun Microsystems engagements that terminated effective September 30, 2010, a $4.9 million increase in other accrued liabilities and a $4.4 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits, partially offset by a $21.2 million increase in accounts receivable.

 

In 2009, cash inflows from our operating activities of $19.5 million primarily resulted from our net income of $10.4 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $6.1 million for stock-based compensation and $3.5 million for depreciation and amortization. The remainder of our sources of net cash inflows was from changes in our working capital, including a decrease in advances to customers of $3.6 million, an increase in other accrued liabilities of $2.5 million and an increase in accrued payables to customers of $2.5 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $4.5 million and a decrease in accrued taxes of $1.9 million. The decrease in our advances to customers was due to the loss of a significant customer with whom this type of arrangement was agreed upon, hence fewer payments were due to customers before the receipt of the related amounts due from end customers. The increase in accrued payables to customers, which are reported net of our commissions, was due to an increase in the amounts of payments received from end customers which we had not yet remitted to our customers at year end. The increase in our accounts receivable reflects growth in our service revenue in the fourth quarter of 2009 as compared to the fourth quarter in 2008.

 

In 2008, cash inflows from our operating activities of $3.2 million primarily resulted from our net income of $4.8 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $5.4 million for stock-based compensation and $3.4 million for depreciation and amortization. The sources of net cash inflows were partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $6.4 million and an increase in advances to customers of $3.2 million.

 

Investing Activities

 

In 2010, 2009 and 2008, net cash used in investing activities was $9.2 million, $7.5 million and $6.8 million, respectively, and related to the purchase of property and equipment, including costs capitalized for development of internal-use software.

 

Financing Activities

 

In 2010 and 2009, cash used in financing activities was $4.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively, primarily resulting from principal payments on our term loan. Additionally, during 2010 we had a $2.5 million cash distribution to our equityholders as required under our limited liability company agreement.

 

In 2008, cash used in financing activities was $6.0 million, resulting primarily from cash distributions to our equityholders as required under our limited liability company agreement. Additionally, during 2008 we entered into a new credit facility and used the proceeds to retire several prior debt agreements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any relationships with other entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special-purpose entities, which have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

57


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under operating leases for office space and computer equipment. At December 31, 2010, the future minimum payments under these commitments, as well as repayments of our term loan, were as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Term loan

   $ 15,459       $ 1,500       $ 13,959       $       $   

Expected interest payments on term loan (1)

     1,858         856         1,002                   

Obligations under capital leases

     1,759         779         598         155         227   

Operating lease obligations

     24,158         5,161         13,131         4,178         1,687   
                                            
   $ 43,234       $ 8,297       $ 28,690       $ 4,333       $ 1,914   
                                            

 

 

(1)   We have calculated the expected interest payments on our term loan based on an interest rate of 5.75% in effect at December 31, 2010 applied to the principal balance of the term loan scheduled to be outstanding during the relevant interest period.

 

The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding, which specify significant terms including payment terms, related services and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

 

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include foreign currency exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market-risk exposures. We have also not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar, Singapore dollar and Japanese Yen. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, but may consider entering into such contracts in the future. We believe our operating activities act as a natural hedge for a substantial portion of our foreign currency exposure because we typically collect revenue and incur costs in the currency in the location in which we provide our solution from our sales centers. However, our global sales operations center in Kuala Lumpur incurs costs in the Malaysian Ringgit but we do not generate revenue or cash proceeds in this currency and, as a result, have some related foreign currency risk exposure. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

 

Inflation Risk

 

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

58


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Substantially all of our revenue is generated from commissions earned from selling renewals of maintenance, support and subscription agreements on behalf of our customers. We recognize revenue upon acceptance of end customer purchase orders by our customers.

 

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been provided, the sales price is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured from our customer and no significant obligations remain unfulfilled. Customer contracts are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Under the terms of our customer contracts, our service obligations are completed when end customer purchase orders are accepted by our customers. We assess whether our fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms with our customers and whether any part of our fee is subject to refund or adjustment. We assess collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis as well as the customer’s payment history.

 

Our revenue management services are limited to renewing contracts on behalf of our customers. Therefore, we have no other obligations or responsibilities to our customers after they accept purchase orders from end customers. Moreover, we do not set the sales price, terms or scope of services contained in the service contracts we sell on behalf of our customers to their end customers, and we are not a party to contracts between our customers and their end customers.

 

Some of our customer agreements include performance-based commissions that we earn for exceeding pre-determined performance targets, including the achievement of renewal rates for contracts in excess of specified targets. Our customer arrangements also entitle us to fees and adjustments which are invoked in various circumstances, including the failure of our customers to provide us with a specified minimum value of service contracts. Our agreements generally contain early termination fees. Revenue related to performance-based commissions, adjustments and early termination fees is recorded when the performance criteria have been met, or the triggering event has occurred, and the amount earned is not subject to claw-back or future adjustment.

 

For multiple element arrangements, including deliverables such as sales of service contracts, account management services and/or subscriptions to our hosted technology platform, we separate each revenue stream at the inception of the arrangement on a relative fair value basis, provided that each service element meets the criteria for treatment as a separate unit of accounting. An item is considered a separate unit of accounting if it has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis and there is objective and reliable fair value of the undelivered services. The fair value of the undelivered elements is determined by the price charged when the element is sold separately, or in the cases where the item is not sold separately, by using other acceptable objective evidence.

 

We have a limited number of multiple-element arrangements where we are responsible for selling service contracts and we provide a subscription to our cloud applications. In these limited instances, our service sales revenue is recognized on a monthly basis as services are performed while subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription term, generally a year. To date, subscription revenue earned from access to our cloud applications has been insignificant.

 

Under a limited number of historical customer engagements, we were responsible for selling service contracts and the related invoicing and cash collections from end customers. Under these arrangements, we collected the gross amount of payment due from end customers and remitted to our customers an amount equal to the gross billing less our sales commission and sales taxes or other indirect taxes invoiced to the end customers. Under these arrangements, revenue is recognized when the service has been delivered and the fee is fixed or determinable, which is upon receipt of cash payment from the end customer.

 

59


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payment made to employees and directors based on the grant date fair values of the awards. For stock–based awards with service-based vesting conditions, the fair value is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of awards that are ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expenses are classified in the statements of operations based on the functional area to which the related recipients belong.

 

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment in determining the fair value of our awards. The most significant assumptions and judgments include estimating the fair value of our common stock, expected volatility of our common stock and estimated term between the grant date and settlement date, as discussed below. In addition, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense is impacted by estimated forfeiture rates. We estimated the fair value of each stock option granted for 2008, 2009 and 2010 using the following assumptions:

 

       Years Ended December 31,
     2008   2009   2010

Expected term (in years)

   4.6   4.8   5.4

Expected volatility

   55%   56%   54%

Risk-free interest rate

   2.45-3.07%   2.17-2.68%   1.75-2.43%

Expected dividend yield

   —     —     —  

 

The expected option term was estimated by analyzing the historical period from grant to settlement of the stock option. This analysis includes exercise and forfeitures and also gives consideration to the expected holding period for those options that are still outstanding. The risk-free interest rate is based on a daily treasury yield curve rate that has a term consistent with the expected life of the stock option. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock, and therefore our expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero. We are required to estimate forfeiture rates at the time of grant and such estimates are revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We apply an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical forfeiture experience, which has been stratified into two relatively homogeneous groups.

 

As there has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering, and therefore a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a self-designated peer group of companies that grant options with substantially similar terms and conditions. The expected volatility of options granted has been determined using a simple average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies for a period equal to the expected life of the option. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar entities until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified entities are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable entities whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

We have historically granted stock options at exercise prices equal to the fair market value as determined by our board of directors on the date of grant, with input from management. Because our common stock is not publicly traded, our board of directors exercises significant judgment in determining the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on a number of objective and subjective factors. Factors considered by our board of directors included:

 

   

contemporaneous independent valuations performed at periodic intervals by outside firms;

 

   

our performance, our financial condition and future financial projections at the approximate time of the option grant;

 

   

trends in the technology and technology-enabled service company industries;

 

60


Table of Contents
   

the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, similarity to us with respect to industry, business model, stage of growth, geographic diversification, profitability, company size, financial risk or other factors;

 

   

changes since the last time the board of directors approved option grants and made a determination of fair value, including changes in planned business from new engagements and anticipated business from existing engagements;

 

   

amounts paid by investors for our common stock in arm’s-length purchases from our founders and employees;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business; and

 

   

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock.

 

The valuation of our common stock was performed in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . In order to value our common stock, we first determined our business enterprise value and then allocated this business enterprise value to our common stock and common stock equivalents. Our business enterprise value was estimated using a combination of two generally accepted approaches: the income approach and the market-based approach. The income approach estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over its remaining life. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate reflective of the risks associated with an investment in a similar company in a similar industry. The market approach measures the value of a business through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable investments or assets, and in our case, focused on comparing us to the group of peer companies described above. In applying this method, valuation multiples are derived from historical operating data of the peer company group. We then apply multiples to our operating data to arrive at a range of indicated values of the company.

 

For each valuation, we prepared a financial forecast to be used in the computation of the value of invested capital for both the market approach and income approach. The financial forecast took into account our past results and expected future financial performance. The risk associated with achieving this forecast was assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rate. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates as the assumptions used are highly subjective and subject to changes as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that impact our business.

 

As an additional indicator of fair value, we considered arm’s-length transactions involving sales and purchases of our common stock occurring near the respective valuation dates. The most recent such transaction occurred in December 2008 when an existing stockholder purchased shares from our founders and certain employees at a price of $4.26 per share.

 

We also utilize a probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) to estimate the fair value of our common stock using the methods discussed above. The recent growth and expansion of our business in 2009 and 2010, combined with a continuing trend of general improvement in the capital markets during the same period, provided us better visibility into the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event in the next one to two years.

 

Under the PWERM, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of values for our common stock assuming the following possible future events for the company:

 

   

initial public offering;

 

   

strategic merger or sale;

 

   

remaining a private company; and

 

   

dissolution of the company.

 

61


Table of Contents

For each of the possible events, a range of future equity values is estimated, based on the market, income or cost approaches and over a range of possible event dates, all discounted for the time-value of money. The timing of these events is based on management’s estimates. For each future equity value scenario, we determine the appropriate allocation of value to holders of our shares of common stock. The value of each share of common stock is then multiplied by a discount factor derived from the calculated discount rate and the expected timing of the event. The value per share of common stock is then multiplied by an estimated probability for each of the possible events based on management’s estimates. The calculated value per share of common stock under each scenario is then discounted for a lack of marketability. A probability-weighted value per share of common stock is then determined.

 

When using the PWERM, a market-comparable approach and an income approach were used to estimate our aggregate enterprise value at each valuation date. When choosing the market-comparable companies to be used for the market-comparable approach, we focused on the peer group of comparable companies described above operating within the technology and technology-enabled service sectors. The income approach involves applying an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate to our projected debt-free cash flows, based on forecasted revenue and costs.

 

We also prepared financial forecasts for each valuation report date used in the computation of the enterprise value for both the market-comparable approach and the income approach. The financial forecasts were based on assumed revenue growth rates that took into account our past experience and contemporaneous future expectations of revenue from new and existing engagements. The risks associated with achieving these forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate cost of capital, which ranged from 16% to 18%.

 

In identifying other indicators of fair value, we considered transactions involving purchases and sales of shares, with the most recent being the previously mentioned transaction in December 2008.

 

Since January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2010, we granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:

 

Grant Date

   Number of Options
Granted
     Exercise Price 
Per Option
     Common Stock
Fair Value at
Grant Date
 
     (in thousands)                

February 4, 2009

     186       $ 4.26       $ 4.26   

February 27, 2009

     1,695       $ 4.26       $ 4.26   

May 8, 2009

     148       $ 4.26       $ 4.26   

July 28, 2009

     638       $ 4.26       $ 4.26   

November 4, 2009

     983       $ 4.60       $ 4.60   

January 27, 2010

     284       $ 4.65       $ 4.65   

February 9, 2010

     1,863       $ 4.65       $ 4.65   

May 7, 2010

     854       $ 4.70       $ 4.70   

July 28, 2010

     1,678       $ 4.95       $ 4.95   

December 16, 2010

     2,315       $ 5.80       $ 7.25   

 

Common Stock Valuations

 

The most significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates were as follows:

 

Grants on February 4, February 27, May 8 and July 28, 2009

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of December 1, 2008 utilizing the PWERM approach resulting in an indicated fair value of $4.05 to $4.26 per share of our common stock. The high end of the indicated fair value range reflects the price paid in an arm’s-length

 

62


Table of Contents
 

sale of our common stock by founders and certain employees to an existing stockholder in December 2008.

 

   

The PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based on our business outlook. Our management estimated a 25%-30% probability of an initial public offering, a 25%-30% probability of a sale or merger and a 40%-50% probability that we would continue as a private company. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability. In addition, our board recognized that management forecasts had not changed materially since the December 1, 2008 valuation report.

 

   

In determining the fair value of option awards on July 28, 2009, our board specifically considered the April 2009 public announcement by Oracle that it had entered into an agreement to acquire Sun Microsystems, our largest customer and the potential impact to our operations if this customer terminated its contracts with us.

 

   

Our board of directors determined the fair value per share of stock to be $4.26, the high end of the indicated range of value reflected in the valuation analysis.

 

Grants on November 4, 2009

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of September 30, 2009 utilizing the PWERM approach resulting in an indicated fair value of $4.55 to $4.75 per share of our common stock.

 

   

The PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based on our business outlook. Our management estimated a 30%-35% probability of an initial public offering, an increase of five percentage points from the prior valuation; a 30%-35% probability of a sale or merger, also a five percentage point increase from the prior valuation; and a ten percentage decrease in the probability that we continue as a private company to an estimated range of 30%-40%. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability. In addition, our board recognized that management forecasts had not changed materially since the September 30, 2009 valuation report.

 

   

Management’s business outlook which considered the growth in revenue resulting from new customer arrangements as well as the potential impact to our business if Sun Microsystems were to terminate its relationship with us as a result of being acquired by Oracle.

 

   

The fair value per share of stock on November 4, 2009 was determined by our board to be $4.60 per share, the low end of the range of indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis.

 

Grants on January 27 and February 9, 2010

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of December 31, 2009 utilizing the PWERM approach resulting in an indicated fair value of $4.65 to $4.80 per share of our common stock.

 

   

The PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based on our business outlook. Management estimated a 30%-35% probability of an initial public offering, a 30%-35% probability of a sale or merger and a 30%-40% probability that we would continue as a private company. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability. In addition, our board recognized that management forecasts had not changed materially since the December 31, 2009 valuation report.

 

   

Management’s business outlook continued to reflect revenue growth anticipated from new customer engagements and expected revenue from existing engagements, as well as uncertainty surrounding continuation of the Sun Microsystems engagements.

 

63


Table of Contents
   

Our board of directors determined the fair value per share of stock to be $4.65, the low end of the indicated range of fair value reflected in the valuation analysis, which reflected the continued uncertainty to our business following the acquisition of Sun Microsystems by Oracle.

 

Grants on May 7, 2010

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of March 31, 2010 utilizing the PWERM approach resulting in an indicated fair value of $4.70 per share of our common stock.

 

   

The PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based on our business outlook. Management estimated a 33% probability of an initial public offering, a 33% probability of a sale or merger and a 33% probability that we would continue as a private company. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability. In addition, our board recognized that management forecasts had not changed materially since the March 31, 2010 valuation report.

 

   

Management’s business outlook continued to reflect revenue growth anticipated from new customer engagements and expected revenue from existing engagements, as well as uncertainty surrounding continuation of the Sun Microsystems engagements.

 

   

Our board of directors determined the fair value per share of stock to be $4.70, consistent with the indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis.

 

Grants on July 28, 2010

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of June 30, 2010 and indicated a fair value of $4.95 per share.

 

   

PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based upon our business outlook. Our management estimated a 40% probability of an initial public offering, an increase from the 33% assumption in the prior valuation; a 30% probability of a sale or merger, down from a 33% probability used in the prior valuation; and a 30% probability that we would continue as a private company, a decrease from the 33% probability used in the prior valuation. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability. In addition, our board recognized that management forecasts had not changed materially since the June 30, 2010 valuation report.

 

   

While our financial forecast remained unchanged from the forecast utilized in the March 31, 2010 valuation, the increase in the fair value of our common stock as compared to the prior valuation resulted principally from the increased probability of an initial public offering as we undertook activities in this area.

 

   

Management’s business outlook continued to reflect revenue growth from new customer engagements and anticipated revenue from new engagements or revenue from expanded engagements with existing customers. Our financial forecast decreased as a result of the notice of cancellation of the Sun Microsystems contracts.

 

   

Our board of directors determined the fair value per share of stock to be $4.95, consistent with the indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis.

 

Grants on December 16, 2010

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of September 30, 2010 and indicated a fair value of $5.80 per share.

 

   

PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based upon our business outlook. Our management estimated a 50% probability of an initial public offering, an increase from

 

64


Table of Contents
 

the 40% assumption in the prior valuation; a 25% probability of a sale or merger, down from a 30% probability used in the prior valuation; and a 25% probability that we would continue as a private company, a decrease from the 30% probability used in the prior valuation. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability.

 

   

While our financial forecast remained unchanged from the forecast utilized in the March 31, 2010 valuation, the increase in the fair value of our common stock as compared to the prior valuation resulted principally from the increased probability of an initial public offering as we undertook activities in this area.

 

   

Our board of directors determined the fair value per share of stock to be $5.80, consistent with the indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis.

 

   

On December 31, 2010, however, an independent valuation report was prepared that indicated a fair value of $6.20 per share. Based on the proximity of this valuation report relative to the December 16, 2010 grants as well as other valuation data points available to our board of directors through February 2011, we reassessed the estimate of fair value per share for financial reporting purposes and concluded that the fair value for financial reporting purposes for grants made on December 16, 2010 was $7.25.

 

Nonemployee Stock-Based Compensation

 

We account for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The measurement of stock based compensation is subject to periodic adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest, and the resulting change in value, if any, is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations during the period the related services are rendered.

 

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to nonemployees in 2010 was $0.1 million. The amount for 2008 was insignificant. There were no options granted to nonemployees in 2009.

 

There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates and if different assumptions had been used, the fair value of the equity instruments issued to nonemployee consultants could have been significantly different.

 

Capitalized Internal-Use Software

 

Commencing in 2007, we began incurring costs related to the development of our technology platform. In connection with these efforts, we capitalized external costs as well as internal labor costs related to the development of internal-use software associated with our technology platform. During 2008, 2009 and 2010, we capitalized $2.8 million, $5.0 million and $4.7 million, respectively, primarily related to the development of our technology platform and cloud applications. Capitalized amounts included costs of internal labor totaling $0.9 million and $0.8 million in 2009 and 2010, respectively, while the remainder of amounts capitalized during the periods related to costs of third-party developers. The higher spending during 2009 relative to 2010 reflects increased costs related to the development of our channel sales and analytics and reporting applications.

 

We capitalize certain internal and external costs related to the development and enhancement of our internal-use software when we enter the application development stage and until software is substantially complete and is ready for its intended use. These capitalized costs include direct external costs of services utilized in developing or obtaining internal-use software, compensation and related expenses of employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time to, internal-use software projects. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended use and the related costs are amortized over estimated useful lives ranging from 24 to 60 months. Post-implementation training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. We initiate our review of potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the capitalized internal-use software may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is assessed by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the expected future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If it is determined that the

 

65


Table of Contents

carrying value of the internal-use software is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recorded in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. There were no impairments to internal-use software in 2008, 2009 or 2010.

 

Income Taxes

 

Since inception through December 31, 2007 we conducted our U.S. operations through the LLC, a pass-through entity for tax purposes. Under this structure, we file our income tax return as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. The LLC is not subject to income taxes other than annual California limited liability company fees based on revenues. The members of the LLC, not the LLC itself, are subject to income taxes on their allocated share of the LLC’s earnings. The LLC is required to pay cash distributions to the members to fund members’ tax obligations based on the members’ allocated share of the LLC’s net income, if applicable. Effective January 1, 2008, the LLC transferred a significant portion of its U.S. operations to a wholly-owned U.S. taxable subsidiary. We also have several subsidiaries formed in foreign jurisdictions, which are subject to local income taxes.

 

We account for income taxes for our taxable subsidiaries using an asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between the tax basis and the financial reporting basis of our taxable subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be realized.

 

We adopted FASB ASC Topic 740 (“ASC 740”) on unrecognized tax benefits on January 1, 2007. The adoption of ASC 740 did not have an impact on the January 1, 2007 stockholders’ equity because we believe there were no uncertain tax positions for tax years prior to 2007. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, we did not have any unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would impact our annual effective tax rate. We account for unrecognized tax benefits using a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We establish reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. We record an income tax liability, if any, for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on our tax returns. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions change, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The reserves are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, we have not recorded any liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits.

 

Income Tax Accounting Related to the Conversion

 

We have prepared and provided unaudited pro forma disclosures in our consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets as if the entire company was taxable as a corporation beginning on January 1, 2010 with respect to our statement of operations and as of December 31, 2010 with respect to our balance sheet. The pro forma income tax expense was $         million in 2010, and the pro forma deferred tax liability on our balance sheet at December 31, 2010 was $         million. Upon our conversion from an LLC into a corporation in connection with the completion of this offering, we expect to record a non-cash income tax benefit equal to the amount of the net adjustment to the deferred tax balances, which would have been $         million on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2010.

 

Pro forma deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the pro forma carrying amounts of our assets and liabilities calculated for financial reporting purposes and the amounts that would have been calculated for our income tax returns in accordance with tax regulations and the net pro forma tax effects of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards if we had been a taxable entity.

 

66


Table of Contents

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions during the future periods in which the related temporary differences become deductible. We determined the valuation allowance on our pro forma deferred tax assets is in accordance with the accounting standard for income taxes, which require weight of both positive and negative evidence in order to ascertain whether it is more likely than not that the pro forma deferred tax assets would be realized. We evaluated all significant available positive and negative evidence, including the existence of cumulative net income, benefits that could be realized from available tax strategies and forecasts of future taxable income, in determining the need for a valuation allowance on our pro forma deferred tax assets. After applying the evaluation guidance of the accounting standard for income taxes we determined that it was more likely than not that the pro forma deferred tax assets will be realized, and as such, a valuation allowance is not required.

 

Our pro forma gross, tax effected, deferred tax assets were approximately $         million as of December 31, 2010. Our pro forma net deferred tax liabilities were $         million as of December 31, 2010.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In October 2009, Financial Accounting Standards Board, (“FASB”) issued a new accounting standard that changes the accounting for arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new standard requires an entity to allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices. This standard will become effective for us beginning January 1, 2011. This Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) removed the previous separation criteria that objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of any undelivered items must exist for the delivered item to be considered a separate unit or units of accounting. Given our current contractual arrangements, the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures. The new guidance requires additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements, amends disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets, and provides clarification regarding the level of disaggregation of fair value disclosures by investment class. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for certain Level 3 activity disclosure requirements that will be effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Accordingly, we adopted this amendment in 2010, except for the additional Level 3 requirements which will be adopted in 2011. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those whose fair market value inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-09 Subsequent Events (FASB ASC Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements . ASU 2010-09 requires an entity that is a filer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued and removes the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose a date, in both issued and revised financial statements, through which the filer had evaluated subsequent events. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-13, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718)—Effect of Denominating the Exercise Price of a Share-Based Payment Award in the Currency of the Market in Which the Underlying Equity Security Trades . ASU 2010-13 provides amendments to Topic 718 to clarify that an employee share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the entity’s equity securities trades should not be considered to contain a condition that is not a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, an entity would not classify such an award as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity. The amendments in ASU 2010-13 will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2011. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

ServiceSource is a leader in service revenue management, providing solutions that drive increased renewals of maintenance, support and subscription agreements for technology companies. Our integrated solution consists of a suite of cloud applications, dedicated service sales teams working under our customers’ brands and a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. By integrating software, managed services and data, we provide end-to-end management and optimization of the service contract renewals process, including data management, quoting, selling and service revenue business intelligence. Our business is built on our pay-for-performance model, whereby customers pay us based on renewal sales that we generate on their behalf. As of December 31, 2010, we managed over 100 engagements across more than 55 customers, representing over $5 billion in service revenue opportunity under management. We had approximately 60 and 80 engagements as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

 

We deploy our solution through offerings that provide end-to-end management of the renewals process or that are tailored to address specific challenges of this process. Our highly scalable solution allows us to sell in over 30 languages from six sales centers around the globe. It is designed to provide optimized service revenue performance irrespective of revenue models, distribution models, and segments within the technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries, including hardware, software and software-as-a-service. Based on our analysis of customer renewal rates for new engagements added in 2009, we generated renewal rates on contracts delivered to us in the first half of 2010 that on a dollar value basis increased by an average of over 15 percentage points over historical customer renewal rates calculated in our Service Performance Analysis (“SPA”).

 

Our total revenue was $100.3 million, $110.7 million and $152.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. In 2010, Oracle acquired our then-largest customer, Sun Microsystems, and terminated our contract with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010. Sun Microsystems accounted for $22.8 million, $26.3 million and $19.6 million, or 23%, 24% and 13%, of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. For summarized financial information by geographic area, see Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

For a discussion of the development of our business over the last five years, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview.”

 

Industry Background

 

The Importance of Service Revenue

 

As the technology industry matures and companies search for new drivers of growth and profitability, a new focus is emerging: service revenue. We define service revenue as the revenue companies earn from the sale of maintenance and support agreements, as well as subscription contracts. Service revenue has become increasingly important for technology companies as it represents a significant portion of total revenue, drives incremental profitability, can be highly recurring and correlates with customer satisfaction.

 

   

Service revenue is a dramatically growing component of technology industry revenue. Over the last decade, service revenue has surpassed new product and license revenue for many technology companies. The advent of software-as-a-service and cloud based solutions has further increased the contribution of service revenue to technology industry revenue. According to Gartner, total spending on maintenance and support agreements as well as SaaS/subscription contracts across the technology sector is expected to total $159 billion in 2011, including approximately $87 billion on hardware support, approximately $61 billion on software support and approximately $11 billion on software-as-a-service. 1

 

1  

Gartner, Inc., Forecast: IT Services, 2007-2014, 4Q10 Update, December 2010, Kathryn Hale et al; Forecast Analysis: Software as a Service, Worldwide, 2009-2014, Update, Sharon A. Mertz et al, November 11, 2010.

 

68


Table of Contents
   

Service revenue can deliver enhanced profitability. Service revenue is a significant contributor to the profitability of technology companies. For example, one large technology company reported approximately 90% in gross margin from support and updates revenue compared to 43% gross margin for license and product revenue for its fiscal year 2010. We believe that the support costs associated with service revenue can be relatively fixed, which allows each incremental dollar generated from improved renewal rates to fall to the bottom line without significant cost.

 

   

Service revenue is predictable and recurring . Service revenue is typically based on annual or multi-year contracts to provide ongoing maintenance and support for existing technology investments or subscriptions for continued access to products and services. Continued successful renewal of service contracts provides technology companies with highly predictable service revenue streams as well as the ongoing opportunity to renew contracts.

 

   

Service relationships increase end customer satisfaction . Service relationships allow technology companies to maintain an active dialogue with their end customers. By regularly interacting with end customers, providing them with effective service, communicating to them the value of that service and better understanding their needs, companies can increase customer satisfaction and retention. Greater customer satisfaction increases the probability of future contract renewals and new product sales.

 

Effective Service Revenue Management is Complex and Challenging

 

Just as service revenue has become increasingly important to technology companies, service revenue management has also become more complex and challenging. While technology companies have generally increased their focus on renewal rates associated with service contracts, we believe many have been unable to optimize their service revenue performance due to limited expertise in effective service revenue management and historical underinvestment in associated infrastructure. In addition, multiple factors have made effective service revenue management challenging for technology companies, including the following:

 

   

Fragmented service revenue data . Effective service revenue management requires more extensive data management than new product or license sales. Service renewals utilize data from CRM, contract, quoting, entitlement, asset management and support systems, among others. The data is often duplicative, error prone, incomplete or simply outdated and it may be cobbled together from half a dozen or more enterprise systems.

 

   

Existing infrastructure ill-equipped to optimize service revenue. Many companies have not invested in the enterprise systems, data warehouses, analytical applications and sales teams needed to optimize service revenue performance. As service contract renewals often encompass different processes and rely on information attributes not typically captured by existing systems, such as aging, contract entitlements and warranty considerations, traditional business applications are not designed to support end-to-end service revenue management. Additionally, sales teams are often not effectively trained or sufficiently incentivized to drive sales of service contracts, and are focused instead on product or license sales.

 

   

Channel complexity and misaligned incentives . Many technology companies have hundreds, if not thousands, of channel partners across one or more distribution tiers. This structure increases management complexity and can be exacerbated by misalignment of incentives and limited channel transparency. For example, companies typically measure and incentivize channel partners based on new product and license sales, not service revenue renewals. Also, channel partners sometimes may be reluctant to share end customer information, making it difficult for technology companies to maximize service revenue through the channel.

 

   

Savvy IT buyers with limited budgets. The macroeconomic landscape has put significant pressure on enterprise technology budgets, causing IT buyers to push back on service contract pricing and seek discounts. Additionally, a new group of advisors has emerged to help IT buyers better negotiate service contracts with technology companies. Furthermore, the rise of third-party vendors who provide independent maintenance and support has put further pressure on renewals.

 

69


Table of Contents
   

Lack of industry standards and benchmarks . Consistent definitions for renewal rates and meaningful benchmarks are necessary for companies to determine how they are performing relative to industry peers and how they can employ best practices to improve their service revenue performance. However, there are currently no widely accepted industry metrics for service revenue management, nor is there easy access to best practices.

 

   

Complexity due to mergers and acquisitions and global scale. Mergers and acquisitions create a unique challenge for service revenue management as the complete view of the customer and its service contracts requires the integration of disparate systems and data between merging companies, which is often fraught with challenges. Optimizing service revenue requires overcoming these challenges to gain a complete and accurate view of the customer base and develop a consistent approach to selling renewals. The global scale of many technology companies adds further complexity, as effective service revenue management requires diverse strategies and tactics across different geographies. Maintaining a global service sales effort requires significant investment in infrastructure and personnel to have the language and local selling capabilities required to engage with and sell to end customers.

 

Significant Opportunity for Service Revenue Management

 

According to Gartner, total spending on maintenance and support agreements as well as SaaS/subscription contracts across the technology sector is expected to total $159 billion in 2011, including approximately $87 billion on hardware support, approximately $61 billion on software support and approximately $11 billion on software-as-a-service. 1 Despite this market opportunity, we believe the complexity of effective service revenue management, coupled with underinvestment in this area has led to suboptimal renewal rates on service contracts. Lower renewal rates result in significant lost revenue and may give the impression that products and services are not viewed positively by end customers.

 

Effective service revenue management requires a focused and differentiated approach as well as resources that many technology companies lack. These resources include enterprise systems built specifically for service revenue data management, analytical applications that monitor service revenue performance, sales processes tailored specifically to increase service contract renewals and global service sales teams with the expertise to sell service contracts.

 

Most technology companies focus their internal investments on developing and selling new products. The historical lack of investment in service revenue performance solutions presents a compelling opportunity for us. By improving renewal rates, technology companies can generate higher service revenue, profitability and end customer satisfaction. We believe optimized service revenue performance can be a powerful earnings growth engine for the technology industry.

 

Business Customers are Increasingly Turning to Cloud Based Technology and Performance Based Solutions

 

Companies are rapidly adopting cloud based solutions as management teams strive to reduce the risk of technology implementation, focus on core competencies and improve financial performance. Cloud based solutions refers to software applications and other services delivered over the Internet, typically in place of on-premise software applications.

 

Historically, enterprises have deployed home-grown or third-party software applications on site and managed business processes internally. More recently, however, businesses have become increasingly convinced that cloud based solutions are less expensive, can be deployed more rapidly and with less risk, and have increased data analysis capability and functionality.

 

 

1   Gartner, Inc., Forecast: IT Services, 2007-2014, 4Q10 Update, December 2010, Kathryn Hale et al; Forecast Analysis: Software as a Service, Worldwide, 2009-2014, Update, Sharon A. Mertz et al, November 11, 2010.

 

70


Table of Contents

Recently, companies are also realizing the value of solutions that integrate software, managed services and data to deliver a business outcome. Rather than investing in infrastructure based on an assumed return on investment or incurring significant fees that are not tied to performance, companies are recognizing the value of paying for solutions based on business outcomes. An example of this trend is the market for Internet search, in which companies pay for a combination of advertising services, data and a technology platform, and pay for this solution on a per-click or performance basis.

 

Our Solution

 

Our solution is based on nearly a decade of experience pioneering the service revenue management category and is designed to optimize service revenue performance for our customers. It addresses the critical elements of the renewals process, including data management, quoting, selling, and service revenue business intelligence. We believe our solution, which tightly integrates software, managed services and data, reflects the growing trend of delivering enterprise services via the cloud. We believe this approach is critical to addressing the unique requirements of effective service revenue management.

 

The components of our solution consist of our proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, our suite of cloud applications, and our dedicated service sales teams. The foundation of our solution is our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, a data warehouse of transactional, analytical and industry data that grows with each service renewal transaction and customer. Our suite of cloud applications increase visibility and control of service revenue management and are utilized by customers, channel partners, end customers and our service sales teams. Our dedicated service sales teams have specific expertise in our customers’ businesses, are deployed under our customers’ brands and follow a sales process tailored specifically to increase service contact renewals.

 

We deploy our solution through five offerings to address specific needs of our customers’ different business and selling models: Direct Sales, Channel Enablement, Reseller Sales, Subscription Lifecycle Management and Enterprise. For example, the Subscription Lifecycle Management solution incorporates critical product adoption business processes unique to the software-as-a-service market that have been effective in increasing renewal rates. Likewise, the Channel Enablement solution deploys a Channel Sales application and specialized channel enablement service sales teams to navigate the challenges associated with optimizing renewal rates in a complex, multi-tier channel distribution environment.

 

Key benefits of our solution include:

 

Financial Benefits

 

   

Increased service revenue. Our solution is designed to increase customers’ service revenues. Each customer engagement begins with an in-depth analysis of customers’ current renewal rates, which we call our SPA. We actively monitor the service contract renewal rates we drive on behalf of our customers in each engagement. When we generate higher renewal rates, we not only drive incremental service revenue for the associated period, but also have a compounding effect in increasing the base number of contracts eligible for renewal in subsequent periods, which expands the opportunity to generate greater revenue in future periods.

 

   

Increased margin and profitability. We believe that the costs associated with delivering maintenance, support and subscription services by many of our customers can be relatively fixed, and thus growth of service revenue can benefit our customers’ bottom line. In addition, customers that deploy our solution can avoid infrastructure expenditures and personnel costs that would otherwise be associated with managing service renewals internally. As a result, each incremental dollar of service revenue generated by our solution can drive greater profitability for our customers.

 

71


Table of Contents

Operational Benefits

 

   

Improved end customer satisfaction. Our regular dialogue with end customers allows us to communicate the value of our customers’ maintenance, support and subscription services, and capture and address questions and concerns about our customers’ products.

 

   

Greater business insight and analytics. Our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform allows us to analyze our customers’ renewals against similar transactions and to identify areas for improvement, enabling greater insight into their renewals business. All transactions, whether or not resulting in a successful renewal by an end customer, are recorded in our intelligence platform. We leverage this platform to provide benchmarking, end customer metrics, sales efficiency data and insight into successful and unsuccessful renewal efforts. The breadth of our data allows us to provide powerful analysis across regions, industries, channel partners and product segments.

 

   

Greater visibility and forecasting tools. Our cloud applications deliver real-time analytics and visibility into a customer’s service revenue performance, sales efficiency and forecasts. We measure service revenue performance across over 100 Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) that are housed in our intelligence platform and provide real-time data to our customers through a clear and impactful web-based interface. CFOs and other executives utilize our applications to assist in forecasting their results and to measure progress against their forecasts on a real-time basis.

 

   

Strengthened channel loyalty. Our Channel Sales Cloud application and service sales teams empower our customers’ channel partners to generate higher sales by providing accurate, real-time data on their renewal opportunities and performance relative to quota as well as tools to sell more effectively to end customers. These cloud applications help our customers develop a closer relationship with their channel partners and enable our customers to increase renewals through the channel.

 

   

Global consistency. We are able to maintain a globally consistent renewals process for our customers as all of our six sales centers leverage a unified intelligence platform. Our solution automates the application of best practices to the service renewals process and provides all relevant constituencies with a consistent view of the data. This facilitates service renewals and provides reliable performance management and analytics.

 

72


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Advantages

 

We believe our business is difficult to replicate, as it incorporates a combination of several important and differentiated elements, including:

 

   

Proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. We have built a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform that aggregates the transactional, analytical and industry data we have gathered from over two million service renewal transactions. This information and associated business insight allows us to improve service revenue performance for each customer’s unique business. The intelligence platform powers substantially all of our business, including our SPA, the pricing and scoping of our solutions, performance optimization, customer benchmarking, and industry thought leadership, and influences the way in which we develop our cloud applications and our sales process tailored specifically to increase service contract renewals. We continue to enhance our intelligence platform as we grow our service revenue opportunity under management.

 

LOGO

 

   

Pay-for-performance business model. Our customers pay us based on the renewal sales that we generate on their behalf. Our business model directly aligns our interests with our customers’ interests to drive greater service revenue. This self-funding model also eliminates the need for our customers to make large upfront investments in infrastructure that offer no guarantee of improved service revenue performance. Our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform is the critical element that allows us to price effectively on a pay-for-performance basis.

 

   

Industry leadership. We were founded nearly a decade ago and we believe that we have more service revenue opportunity under management and more service revenue performance data than any other third-party provider. Our industry leadership enables us to innovate best practices, continue to enhance our intelligence platform and attract new customers.

 

   

Service revenue focused solution. Our entire solution is built from the ground up to deliver industry-leading service revenue performance across the key elements of the renewals process. We believe our combination of software, managed services and data is unmatched by any other third-party solution.

 

73


Table of Contents
   

Renewal sales methodology.  Our service sales teams leverage our intelligence platform, sales processes and best practices to manage the end customer relationship and enhance service contract renewal rates. We engage in extensive ongoing training of our service sales teams to ensure consistency of execution across our entire organization.

 

   

Global scale and expertise. Our service sales teams sell in over 30 languages from six sales centers around the globe. Our sales footprint and localized capabilities enable us to better serve the increasingly global nature of our customers’ businesses.

 

Our Strategy

 

We intend to continue our industry leadership in service revenue management with the following strategies:

 

   

Expand customer base within existing industry verticals . We believe there is a significant opportunity to increase our service revenue opportunity under management. As of December 31, 2010, we had over $5 billion in service revenue opportunity under management. According to Gartner, total spending on maintenance and support agreements as well as SaaS/subscription contracts across the technology sector is expected to total $159 billion in 2011, including approximately $87 billion on hardware support, approximately $61 billion on software support and approximately $11 billion on software-as-a-service. 1 We intend to increase investment in our sales and marketing organization to win new customers in the technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries.

 

   

Continue to build, deploy and increase the revenue we generate from our cloud applications . We intend to continue to invest in our cloud applications. We have created a variety of applications for channel partners, direct sellers and end customers that we provide as part of our offerings. In addition to extending and strengthening our suite of applications, we are exploring alternatives for packaging and pricing these applications to further monetize them.

 

   

Increase footprint with existing customers to drive greater revenue per customer . Our goal is to manage a greater portion of each customer’s service revenue. Typically, we initially manage one component of a customer’s service revenue, such as a specific product, market segment or geographic region. With our pay-for-performance model, we are able to quantify our results for the customer, frequently leading to an increase of service revenue opportunity under management for that customer, and ultimately greater revenue.

 

   

Increase our operating efficiency by developing additional technology. We have developed an intelligence platform and suite of applications that drive increases in efficiency and help to automate tasks associated with service revenue management. For example, we have created a quoting application to automate the service contract quoting process. By continuing to automate processes, we can lower operating costs, increase the efficiency of our solutions and ultimately enhance our profitability and cash flow.

 

   

Add new customers from additional industry verticals and geographic markets . We recognize that service revenue opportunities exist in sectors beyond the technology industry. We currently have a small number of technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences customers for whom we manage medical equipment maintenance and support contracts. We believe there are additional industry verticals and geographic markets that can benefit from our expertise and best practices, and we intend to pursue these opportunities.

 

1   Gartner, Inc., Forecast: IT Services, 2007-2014, 4Q10 Update, December 2010, Kathryn Hale et al; Forecast Analysis: Software as a Service, Worldwide, 2009-2014, Update, Sharon A. Mertz et al, November 11, 2010.

 

74


Table of Contents

The Components of Our Solution

 

Our solution consists of our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, cloud applications and dedicated service sales teams. The following diagram illustrates the elements of our solution:

 

LOGO

 

Service Revenue Intelligence Platform

 

Since our inception, we have developed and evolved our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, a data warehouse of transactional, analytical and industry data that powers our solution, provides insight into the business we manage on behalf of our customers, and enables us to deliver higher performance for those customers.

 

   

Transactional data. An integral part of our renewals process is the broad data capture we perform to ensure we have documented the important information about each transaction. With over two million transactions completed since inception, we have been able to build a robust data warehouse of service revenue and renewals information.

 

   

Analytical data . We track and leverage the 100 KPIs and benchmarks in our intelligence platform across our business. The data has been analyzed across a number of dimensions, such as by region, customer segment, and contract dollar value, among others.

 

   

Industry data . At the core of the intelligence platform is a service revenue-specific data model and benchmarking database that allows us to extract transactional data from customers and capture other structured and unstructured analytical data in a consistent manner. This allows us to benchmark performance across industries and perform cohort analyses to understand where we can apply best practices to increase performance.

 

The intelligence platform improves with every renewal we manage, every customer we engage, and every benchmarking study we complete. We believe this is the most comprehensive data warehouse built exclusively for managing and optimizing service revenue from maintenance, support and subscription agreements on behalf of third-party customers.

 

Supporting the intelligence platform is our Data Management Engine. We have found that customer service renewals source data is almost universally embedded in fragmented information technology systems. Our Data

 

75


Table of Contents

Management Engine extracts data from enterprise systems, such as ERP, CRM, billing and order management. This data is typically contained in different formats with disparate levels of completeness, quality and freshness. After loading the data into our system, the Data Management Engine reconciles, cleanses and reorganizes our customers’ data providing our service sales teams with more accurate and relevant data, such as an inventory of the assets owned by end users, service quote history, and current service contract terms.

 

We leverage our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform across critical business processes, including:

 

   

Service Performance Analysis . During the SPA process, we conduct interviews of our prospective customers, analyze their historical performance and future opportunity, and evaluate their service revenue business on a number of dimensions. The intelligence platform enables us to benchmark and identify service renewal opportunities and calculate our ability to improve performance based on our performance on similar types of businesses and opportunities.

 

   

Business Case, Pricing and Contract Structuring . We utilize our reservoir of data and benchmarks from the intelligence platform to estimate the critical components of the business case and pricing model that we use in discussions with prospective customers. This intelligence is fundamental to our pay-for-performance business model.

 

   

Service Revenue Performance . Once a partnership is in place with our customer, we leverage the intelligence platform to help enable, measure, analyze, benchmark, optimize, and continuously improve the performance of our service sales teams.

 

   

Customer Benchmarking and Continuous Improvement . Our intelligence platform serves as the foundation to benchmark our customers’ evolving service revenue performance against industry peers and previous period performance. As a component of our “Clients for Life” methodology, we convene quarterly business review meetings and annual partnership reviews with our customers to review performance, identify potential weaknesses and opportunities, and make recommendations that we believe will allow our customers and us to achieve higher levels of performance and efficiencies.

 

   

Developing and Delivering Applications . The intelligence platform includes the data warehouse that fuels the opportunity data, sales methodologies, metrics, and reporting dashboards that we engineer into our applications. Accordingly, we design our applications to leverage the transactional, analytical and industry data housed in our intelligence platform.

 

Cloud Applications

 

We have developed a suite of applications designed to optimize specific elements of the renewals process. Our applications reflect our experience in optimizing service revenue and are tested for usability and impact inside our own operations. Our suite of applications includes:

 

   

Analytics Cloud. Our Analytics Cloud serves as an analytics and reporting application. It provides customers with dashboards to view and analyze service revenue performance by customer, revenue tier, channel partner, product line and region. It also provides real-time visibility into expected results, conversion and up-sells, territory analysis, benchmarking and other trending reports. This tool enables the executive staff of our customers to identify trends and update sales strategies.

 

   

Service Sales Cloud. Our Service Sales Cloud provides renewals analytics and pipeline management used by our service sales teams. It includes an analytics dashboard for our teams to view their current sales pipeline, top deals and overall performance. It also includes an opportunity management view that incorporates our best practice renewal sales methodology to enable teams to focus on selling by quickly accessing quotes and customer information to maximize performance.

 

   

Channel Sales Cloud. Our Channel Sales Cloud provides channel partners and resellers with online access to their specific renewals opportunities and their performance. The application includes an executive dashboard that enables partners to view their renewals pipeline, their performance against

 

76


Table of Contents
 

key performance targets and how they are trending compared to previous quarters. In addition, an opportunity view allows partners to manage each upcoming renewal opportunity, find account, contact and asset information specific to that opportunity, download pre-built quotes and request assistance from ServiceSource to support the sales process.

 

   

eCommerce Cloud. Our eCommerce Cloud provides self-service capabilities to end customers through a secure, online portal. End customers can view their support contract information, modify their support coverage, obtain updated quotes and renew service contracts through online payment processes. In addition, it allows end customers to reach our service sales team should they require assistance or wish to make a purchase offline.

 

Service Sales Teams

 

The service sales teams consist of individuals with specific expertise in our customers’ businesses, are deployed under our customers’ brand and follow sales processes tailored specifically to increase contract renewals, which is aimed at maximizing the value of the service revenue opportunity. These teams are deployed in direct sales or channel enablement models, and in each case manage the key components of the renewals process. Our service sales teams currently sell in over 30 languages from six sales centers around the globe. They are grouped into two primary areas:

 

   

Global Selling. We employ service sales personnel that interact directly with end customers to sell service renewals. They also provide active sales enablement, support and management of channel partners. Our service sales teams act as an extension of our customers’ brands.

 

   

Sales Operations . We provide service revenue forecasting tailored to fit our customers’ bookings, revenue targets and specific reporting requirements. We supply a dedicated team of resources and tools to build and update customer and channel partner quotes and distribute them to the sales teams, channel partners and customers. Finally, we offer a business analytics team that provides analysis to maximize service revenue performance and provide insight into end customers, competitors and channel partners.

 

Our Offerings

 

We deploy our solution through five offerings aimed at addressing specific industry needs. In each of these offerings, the specific deployment of software, managed services and data is tailored to address unique challenges. These offerings include:

 

   

Direct Sales . Our direct sales offering is for customers who sell directly to their end customers. It includes teams skilled in sales of service contracts who are deployed under the customers’ brand and trained in the customers’ products, our data management infrastructure and applications to enable end customer self-service. Our dedicated service sales teams utilize sales process tailored specifically to increase contract renewals, as well as relevant best practices, to monitor each service revenue opportunity to drive higher service revenue renewals.

 

   

Channel Enablement . For customers who sell through single- or multi-tier channel distribution, our offering includes service sales teams skilled in channel enablement and management, and our Channel Sales Cloud. We help drive greater channel productivity and increased service revenue, while also enabling our customers to offload to us the complexity of managing service revenue through channel partners around the globe.

 

   

Reseller Sales. We manage service contract sales on behalf of large value-added resellers, such as leading telecom service providers responsible for selling products and services for multiple large technology vendors. We enable resellers to rely on us for sales and renewals of service contracts across their OEM partners, enabling the resellers to focus on their core business of providing services. An increase in renewal rates can impact the product discounts our resellers receive from OEMs in a financially meaningful way.

 

77


Table of Contents
   

Subscription Lifecycle Management . For software-as-a-service and other companies selling subscriptions, our offering includes custom applications and service sales teams focused not just on the renewal but on the adoption behavior critical to the renewal. Software-as-a-service companies face a distinct set of challenges with respect to customer renewals, given the lower switching cost and associated higher churn rates. Our service sales teams strive to improve customer adoption, reduce churn, increase cross-sell and up-sell opportunities and provide a detailed review of service revenue performance through our cloud based applications.

 

   

Enterprise.  Our Enterprise solution typically encompasses a combination of all of our offerings listed above as a single package. For our Enterprise customers, we manage and sell all service revenue renewals for the customer on a global basis, which allows the customer to focus on product development and sales of new products and services. Our Enterprise engagements are often the result of our success in engaging with customers on one or more of the first four offerings, which may enable us to expand our service into a broader Enterprise relationship. In some instances, we may also enter directly into an Enterprise agreement without having previously provided a smaller set of solutions.

 

How We Engage With Our Customers

 

The following illustrates the various elements of our customer engagement process:

 

   

Service Performance Analysis. As part of our pre-sales process, our solution design team works with prospects to identify aspects of their service revenue performance where we can drive incremental revenue, visibility, efficiency and end customer and channel partner satisfaction. We do this through an SPA, which is a thorough and collaborative assessment of the prospect’s renewal data that leverages our proprietary intelligence platform. The SPA includes a comparative analysis against best practices and industry peers to better assess the prospect’s service revenue performance, identify recommendations and provide the foundation for a proposed solution and business case of how we might engage with the prospect to manage their service revenue.

 

   

Implementation of our solution. Once we have engaged a new customer, we implement our solution by building out a dedicated service sales team, integrating our customer’s enterprise systems and data into our systems, and deploying applications. We recruit our sales team members based on a refined set of attributes, competencies and characteristics that typically correlate with successful service sales personnel. We couple this knowledge with a global recruiting network to build out a team of service sales personnel that acts as an extension of our customers’ brands. Our project management organization works closely with our customers to consolidate, cleanse and manage customer data from disparate systems into our data warehouse. Our implementation team configures the applications for our customer, providing the reporting capabilities and systems access to enable our service sales team to start generating revenue for our customers as little as one month after entering into the engagement.

 

   

Account management. We provide active account management, including weekly forecast reviews, issue management, and quarterly forecast and performance reviews. We hold quarterly performance reviews with customer executives that include insights into channel performance, customer loss analytics and comparisons to benchmarks from our intelligence platform. We also regularly provide tailored recommendations for generating additional increases in service revenue, profitability, and end customer satisfaction.

 

Customers

 

We sell our solutions to technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences companies. As of December 31, 2010, we managed over 100 engagements across more than 55 customers, representing over $5 billion in service revenue opportunity under management.

 

Our top ten customers accounted for approximately 65% and 54% of our revenue in 2009 and 2010, respectively. Sun Microsystems accounted for 24% and 13% of our revenue in 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

78


Table of Contents

The following table presents a list of five of our principal customers across our key sectors during the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Hardware   Hardware - Networking   Software   Resellers   Technology-Enabled
Healthcare
Hitachi Data Systems

 

Intermac Technologies

 

Isilon

 

NetApp

 

Tandberg

  Alcatel–Lucent

 

Avaya

 

Blue Coat Systems

 

Juniper Networks

 

Motorola

  Adobe

 

Intergraph

 

Sage Software

 

VMWare

 

WebEx

  British Telecom

 

NEC

 

Qwest
Communications

 

Telus

 

Verizon
Information
Systems

  Abbott

 

Agilent Technologies

 

GE Healthcare

 

Maquet

 

Roche Diagnostics

 

Customer Case Studies

 

The following are examples of how we partner with our customers to drive incremental service revenue.

 

Direct Sales. A large medical diagnostics company had low service renewal rates, leading to lost service revenue and customer frustration. Trying to build an in-house solution produced limited results, as the company did not have adequate resources, technology tools, or insight into their performance. The company engaged us to renew existing service contracts and convert warranties into comprehensive service contracts. We drove increases of over 40 percentage points in service renewal rates and warranty sales - generating a growing service revenue annuity stream. In addition, we have improved the client’s visibility into their service revenue business with the Analytics Cloud application. We also provide data management services to ensure accurate, up to date information about service revenue opportunity.

 

Channel Enablement. A global provider of networking infrastructure was not meeting expectations on service renewals and had limited visibility into its channel partners’ service revenue performance. As a result, it was difficult to hold channel partners accountable for their performance on service renewals. The company partnered with us to provide managed services and technology to drive increased service revenue through the channel. Over the history of the relationship, we have increased renewal rates over 20 percentage points and improved channel partner accountability by deploying our managed sales solution, introducing best practices and deploying our channel enablement solution. The channel enablement solution includes: timely service renewal quotes for thousands of channel partners around the world, the Channel Sales Cloud application to provide partners a comprehensive view of service revenue opportunities, and a channel partner scorecard to provide improved visibility into partner performance on service renewals.

 

Reseller Sales. A reseller of networking and telecom equipment struggled with low service contract renewal rates and limited visibility into their renewal performance. As a result, the company could not meet the performance thresholds required to obtain rebates and discounts, which negatively impacted margins. We were engaged to handle renewals for a variety of service contracts and drove an increase in renewal rates of over 20 percentage points. This improvement also enabled the customer to meet vendor performance thresholds required for rebates and higher discounts. In addition, we have driven increased up-sell of the customer’s own branded services, which now represent a more significant portion of its quarterly revenue. Finally, the customer has been able to refocus their internal resources on more strategic priorities, such as signing new accounts.

 

Subscription Lifecycle Management. A large software-as-a-service company was faced with low solution adoption and high churn in their small to medium sized customer accounts. The company’s employees who handled renewals, training, and customer service were overburdened with the activities required to drive increased retention in these segments. The company partnered with us to increase adoption and reduce churn. We

 

79


Table of Contents

drove proactive touchpoints with customers to increase solution adoption (such as customer health checks), managed the entire renewal process of the solution, and provided improved data quality and visibility into customer metrics. In addition, the customer has been able to redeploy their internal resources to focus on larger accounts.

 

The foregoing descriptions, including the specific renewal rate increases experienced by the customers, have been approved by the applicable customers.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We sell our solutions through our global sales organization. Our sales representatives are organized by geographic regions, including NALA, EMEA and APJ, and by industry verticals. We deploy quota-carrying sales and solution design professionals to target specific regions and industry verticals.

 

We generate customer leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing programs. Our marketing programs target sales, services, and finance executives within technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries. Our marketing teams and programs are organized by geography and industry segment to focus on the unique needs of customers within the specific target markets.

 

We host an annual executive summit in each of our three sales geographic regions where customers and industry players participate in a variety of programs designed to share information about the issues of service revenue performance. The summit features a variety of prominent keynote and customer speakers, panelists and presentations. The event also brings together partners, customers and other key participants in the service revenue management industry. Attendees gain insight into our technology roadmap and participate in interactive sessions that encourage them to express opinions on new features and functionality.

 

We are actively involved in the Service Executive Industry Board (“SEIB”), an independent industry board we founded to share best practices and address issues impacting the industry. The founding board members consist of 15 senior executives, including three of our executives, who manage and grow service revenue at leading technology-based hardware, software, and healthcare companies. SEIB meets regularly to establish industry standards and best practices for benchmarking and measuring the health of global maintenance, support and subscription service revenue and customer satisfaction.

 

Operations

 

Our cloud based solution is hosted in a secure third-party data center in the San Francisco Bay Area of California. Physical security features at this facility include 24x7 manned security with biometric access controls. Our technical redundancy features include redundant power, on-site backup generators, and environmental controls and monitoring. Our technology employs a wide range of security features, such as firewalls, server and user authentication access controls, data encryption, secured hosting, multi-tenant database, a global redundant network and secure encrypted offsite backup of sensitive data. We conduct regular security audits and tests for vulnerability and analysis of our infrastructure. We adhere to strict change management procedures and security policies when updating our technology. We proactively monitor and manage our infrastructure at all times for capacity, security and reliability. Our applications are secured via SSL protocols with data contained in a storage area network for high availability and security. Data backups are offsite, encrypted both during the transmission and at rest.

 

Research and Development

 

We focus our research and development efforts on enhancing our product and service offerings as well as complementary new capabilities as part of our proprietary solution. Our development strategy is to identify features, business intelligence, applications and other technology elements that are, or are expected to be, needed

 

80


Table of Contents

by service sales professionals, customers, channel partners and end customers to optimize service revenue performance. We are also investing in the development of additional cloud applications to serve our customers’ needs and enable greater operational efficiencies in our organization.

 

Our research and development expenses were $1.2 million in 2008, $2.1 million in 2009 and $7.2 million in 2010. In addition, we capitalize certain expenditures related to the development and enhancement of internal-use software. Capitalized software expenses were $2.8 million in 2008, $5.0 million in 2009, and $4.7 million in 2010.

 

Competition

 

The market for service revenue management is evolving. Historically, technology companies have managed their service renewals through internal personnel and relied upon technology ranging from Excel spreadsheets to internally-developed software to customized versions of traditional business intelligence tools and CRM or ERP software from vendors such as Oracle, SAP, salesforce.com and NetSuite. Some companies have made further investments in this area using firms such as Accenture and McKinsey for technology consulting and education services focused on service renewals. These internally-developed solutions represent the primary alternative to our integrated approach of combining software, managed services and data to provide end-to-end optimized service revenue performance.

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include the following:

 

   

service revenue industry expertise, best practices, and benchmarks;

 

   

performance-based pricing of solutions;

 

   

ability to increase service revenue, renewal rates and close rates;

 

   

global capabilities;

 

   

completeness of solution;

 

   

ability to effectively represent customer brands to end customers and channel partners;

 

   

size of upfront investment; and

 

   

size and financial stability of operations.

 

Although we believe we compete favorably with respect to many of these factors and currently have few direct competitors that offer integrated solutions at our scale, we believe that other competitors will emerge who have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, well-established relationships with customers in our markets and substantially greater financial, technical, personnel and other resources than we have. We expect competition and competitive pressure, from both new and existing competitors, to increase in the future.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely upon a combination of copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks, in addition to contractual restrictions such as confidentiality agreements, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. We currently have one registered copyright in the United States, and have registered trademarks for “ServiceSource” in the United States, the European Community, and Singapore. We also have pending trademark applications for the name ServiceSource in other locations and for other trade names in various locations.

 

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or obtain and use our technology and/or brand names to develop products with the same functionality as our solution. Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult. The laws of other countries in which we market our solutions may offer little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology. Our competitors could also

 

81


Table of Contents

independently develop technologies equivalent to ours, and our intellectual property rights may not be broad enough for us to prevent competitors from selling products incorporating those technologies. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our proprietary technology could enable third parties to benefit from our technology without paying us for it, which would significantly harm our business.

 

We expect that technology solutions in our industry may be increasingly subject to third-party patent infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Such competitors could make a claim alleging that we infringe one or more of their patents, and we do not own any patents which could be asserted against them. Third parties may currently have, or may eventually be issued, patents upon which our current solution or future technology infringe. Any of these third parties might make a claim of infringement against us at any time.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2010, we had 1,536 employees including 33 in research and development, 96 in sales and marketing, 1,323 in our service sales organization and 84 in a general and administrative capacity. As of December 31, 2010, we had 847 employees in the United States, 154 in Singapore, 71 in the United Kingdom, 100 in Malaysia and 364 in Ireland.

 

None of our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us.

 

Facilities

 

Our corporate headquarters occupy approximately 45,800 square feet in San Francisco, California under a lease that expires in June 2015.

 

We also have six globally distributed sales centers. We have three sales centers in North America: one at our corporate headquarters in San Francisco, and one in each of Denver and Nashville. We have additional international sales centers in Dublin, Ireland; Liverpool, United Kingdom; and Singapore. As of December 31, 2010, we have leased approximately 46,100 square feet in Denver expiring in 2012; approximately 73,000 square feet in Nashville expiring in 2018; approximately 38,000 square feet in Dublin expiring in 2019; approximately 11,800 square feet in Liverpool expiring in 2012; and approximately 36,100 square feet in Singapore expiring in 2013.

 

We recently opened a global sales operations center in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. We use this center to centralize key contract renewal processes that do not require regional expertise, such as customer data management and quoting. We have leased approximately 10,100 square feet in Kuala Lumpur under a lease expiring in 2011.

 

82


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, other members of executive management and directors as of the date hereof:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Michael A. Smerklo

     41       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

     50       President

David S. Oppenheimer

     53       Chief Financial Officer

Robert J. Sturgeon

     49      

Chief Delivery Officer

Ganesh Bell

     39       Executive Vice President, Products

Raymond M. Martinelli

     52       Chief People Officer

Natalie A. McCullough

     38       Chief Marketing Officer

Paul D. Warenski

     46       Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Other Executive Management:

     

Stephen M. Unterberger

     53       Chief Solutions Officer

Jay R. Ackerman

     43       Chief Services Officer

Matt Rosenberg

     39       Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Steven M. Cakebread (1)

     59       Director

Marc F. McMorris (1)(2)

     42       Director

Bruce W. Dunlevie (3)

     54       Director

Anthony Zingale (3)

     55       Director

James C. Madden, V (2)

     49       Director

Barry D. Reynolds (1)

     48       Director

 

(1)   Member of the audit committee
(2)   Member of the compensation committee
(3)   Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

 

Executive Officers

 

Michael A. Smerklo has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2003 and as Chairman of our board of directors since November 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Smerklo served as Director of Business Development at Opsware, Inc., a software company, from 2000 to 2001. From 1998 to 2000, he served as an Associate at Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, a financial services firm. We believe that Mr. Smerklo possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors. Specifically, as our founder and the longest serving member of our board of directors, Mr. Smerklo possesses a deep understanding of our business as it has evolved over time. Of particular value is the operational experience and perspective he brings as our Chief Executive Officer. We believe Mr. Smerklo is a highly regarded leader in the service revenue management industry and that his operational experience greatly enhances the overall skill set of our board.

 

Jeffrey M. Bizzack has served as our President since February 2009. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bizzack served as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer for Finance, Accounting and Human Resources Outsourcing at Accenture BPO Services LLC, a management consulting, technology services and outsourcing company, from May 2006 to May 2008. From April 2004 to April 2006, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Savista LLC, an outsourcing firm that provides business process outsourcing services for the finance and accounting sectors. From October 1988, Mr. Bizzack served in various positions with ProBusiness Services Inc., a human resources business process outsourcing company, with his last position being its Executive Vice President, Sales and Services when it was acquired by Automatic Data Processing Inc. in early 2003.

 

83


Table of Contents

David S. Oppenheimer has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Oppenheimer served as Chief Financial Officer of Mindjet Corporation, a desktop software company, from July 2007 to July 2010. From July 2005 to January 2007, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Hands-On Mobile, Inc., a mobile content company. From July 1999 to May 2005, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Digital Impact, Inc., an internet marketing company prior to its acquisition by Acxiom Corporation.

 

Robert J. Sturgeon has served as our Chief Delivery Officer since November 2010. Prior to that, he served as our Executive Vice President, Client Delivery from January 2009. He has also served as our Worldwide Executive Vice President, Client Operations from October 2007 to December 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sturgeon served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Security Products Group for Juniper Networks, Inc., an information technology and computer networking products company, from August 2005 to May 2007, and as Juniper Networks, Inc.’s Vice President, Worldwide Customer Service from December 2001 to August 2005. Mr. Sturgeon also served as Vice President of Customer Service for Lucent Technologies, Inc., a provider of solutions to deliver voice, data and video communication services, from May 2000 to December 2001.

 

Ganesh Bell has served as our Executive Vice President, Products since May 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bell served in various management positions at SAP AG, an enterprise software company, from January 2006 to April 2010, including Vice President of Product Strategy & Management for the Business Intelligence & Technology Platform Group and Vice President of Portfolio Strategy. Prior to that, Mr. Bell served as Chief Technologist for PeopleSoft, Inc., a software company that was acquired by Oracle, and as Chief Software Architect for J.D. Edwards & Company, an enterprise resource planning software company that was acquired by PeopleSoft, Inc.

 

Raymond M. Martinelli has served as our Chief People Officer since November 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Martinelli was our Executive Vice President of Human Resources since April 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Martinelli served as the Senior Vice President of Human Resources for Macromedia, Inc., a provider of web publishing products and solutions, from 2005 to 2006, before it was acquired by Adobe Systems Incorporated. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. Martinelli served as the Vice President of Human Resources for Juniper Networks, Inc., an information technology and computer networking products company.

 

Natalie A. McCullough has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since November 2010. Prior to that, Ms. McCullough was our Executive Vice President of Marketing from June 2010. She has also served as our Senior Vice President, Go To Market, from June 2009 to June 2010, our Senior Vice President of Sales Effectiveness, from March 2008 to June 2009, our Vice President of Sales Effectiveness, from December 2007 to March 2008, and our Vice President of Strategy Operations from August 2006 to December 2007. Prior to joining us, Ms. McCullough served as an Associate Principal at McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm, where she worked from August 2000 to December 2005.

 

Paul D. Warenski has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since May 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Warenski served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of BenefitStreet, Inc., a provider of solutions for corporate benefit plans, from June 2007 to November 2007. From March 2006 to May 2007, Mr. Warenski served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Intraware, Inc., a software-as-a-service company. Prior to that, Mr. Warenski served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary of Commerce One, Inc., an e-commerce software company, which filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in October 2004, serving as the Responsible Person for Commerce One in its bankruptcy proceeding. Prior to becoming General Counsel of Commerce One in September 2004, Mr. Warenski served at Commerce One as Associate General Counsel and Senior Counsel, beginning in February 2001. Mr. Warenski also was an associate, and later a partner, at the law firm of Schachter, Kristoff, Orenstein and Berkowitz in San Francisco, from 1996 to 2000.

 

84


Table of Contents

Other Executive Management

 

Stephen M. Unterberger has served as our Chief Solutions Officer since September 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Unterberger served as Vice President of HRO Strategy Services of Hewitt Associates, Inc., a provider of human resource business process outsourcing and consulting services, from October 2004 to April 2007. Mr. Unterberger has also served as the Business Model Architecture President for Exult, Inc., a provider of business services related to human resources and business process outsourcing, from June 2003 until it was acquired by Hewitt Associates, Inc. in October 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Unterberger served in various executive positions for Exult, Inc., including Corporate Executive Vice President, Business Model Operations from January 2003 to June 2003, Chief of Service Delivery from June 2001 to January 2003, and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from February 1999 to June 2001.

 

Jay R. Ackerman has served as our Chief Services Officer since December 2009. He has also served as our Executive Vice President of Client Care from December 2005 to November 2009. Prior to joining us, Mr. Ackerman served as Chief Executive Officer and President of WNS North America Inc., a business processing outsourcing company, from 2003 to 2005. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Ackerman served as Vice President Client Accounts and Sales for Exult, Inc., a provider of business services related to human resource and business process outsourcing.

 

Matt Rosenberg has served as our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales since July 2010. Prior to that, he served as our Senior Vice President of North America Sales since December 2008, and our Vice President of Sales since March 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Rosenberg served as Vice President of Sales of Visage Mobile Inc., a wireless mobility management solutions provider that was acquired by Convergys Corporation, from August 2003 to March 2007. From June 2001 to July 2003, he served as Director, Sales and Strategic Alliances of Vividence Corporation, a provider of market information services and evaluation applications to e-businesses, before it was acquired by Keynote Systems, Inc. From May 1999 to June 2001, Mr. Rosenberg served as Senior Director, Sales and Business Development of PeoplePC Inc., an internet service provider, before it was acquired by Earthlink, Inc.

 

Non-Employee Directors

 

Steven M. Cakebread has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2010. Since March 2010, Mr. Cakebread has served as Chief Financial Officer of Pandora Media, Inc., a provider of personalized internet radio and music discovery services. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of Solar Winds, Inc., a provider of information technology management software, since January 2008, and as a member of the board of directors of eHealth, Inc., an online provider of health insurance for individuals, families and small businesses, since June 2006. From August 2009 to March 2010, Mr. Cakebread was a Principal with J. Stevens & Co. LLC, a consulting company. From February 2009 to December 2009, Mr. Cakebread served as Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Xactly Corporation, a provider of on-demand sales performance management software. Mr. Cakebread also served as President and Chief Strategy Officer of salesforce.com, inc., a CRM service provider, from March 2008 to February 2009, and as salesforce.com, inc.’s Chief Financial Officer from May 2002 to March 2008. From April 1997 to April 2002, Mr. Cakebread served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Autodesk, a software company. We believe that Mr. Cakebread possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors. In particular, Mr. Cakebread has deep experience in the software industry, including software-as-a-service, which gives him a strong expertise on our business model and a valuable understanding of a large segment of our customer base. Mr. Cakebread also possesses financial expertise due to his experience as Chief Financial Officer at several technology companies and his past service as director of other technology firms.

 

Marc F. McMorris has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Mr. McMorris is a Managing Director of General Atlantic LLC, a private equity firm, where he joined in August 1999. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of SSA Global Technologies, Inc., an enterprise software company, from 2003 to 2006. From May 1998 to August 1999, Mr. McMorris served as a Vice President in the High

 

85


Table of Contents

Technology Group at Goldman Sachs & Co, an investment banking and securities firm, and as an Associate in the same group from June 1996 to May 1998. We believe Mr. McMorris possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his overall knowledge of public markets and the technology industry, and his experience as an investor in numerous other private and public companies on behalf of General Atlantic, including technology firms. Mr. McMorris also has many professional relationships in the technology industry, both individually and through his firm, General Atlantic LLC, and those relationships have proven highly valuable in providing us access to prospective customers.

 

Bruce W. Dunlevie has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2004. Since May 1995, Mr. Dunlevie has been a General Partner of Benchmark Capital, a venture capital firm. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of Rambus Inc., a technology licensing company, since March 1990. From October 2003 to October 2007, Mr. Dunlevie was a member of the board of directors of Palm, Inc., a provider of mobile products. We believe that Mr. Dunlevie possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors. In particular, Mr. Dunlevie is a longstanding member of our board of directors with a deep understanding of our business and our customer base, and he has extensive experience as an investor in technology companies on behalf of Benchmark Capital. Mr. Dunlevie brings the experience of having served on the board of several other technology companies. In addition, his professional network has given us access to numerous prospective customers.

 

Anthony Zingale has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2009. Since April 2010, Mr. Zingale has served as Chief Executive Officer of Jive Software, Inc., an independent social business software company, and from February 2010 to April 2010 he served as Jive Software, Inc.’s Interim Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Zingale has also served as a member of the board of directors of McAfee, Inc., a supplier of computer security solutions, since May 2008. From November 2005 to November 2006, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Mercury Interactive Corporation, a provider of business technology optimization solutions that included the quality, performance, availability and governance of enterprise software applications, and as Mercury Interactive Corporation’s President and Chief Operating Officer from December 2004 to November 2005. From July 2002 to November 2006, Mr. Zingale served as a member of the board of directors of Mercury Interactive Corporation. We believe Mr. Zingale possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors. Of particular value is Mr. Zingale’s operational experience, which he has obtained by leading and managing multiple technology firms, including publicly traded companies. Mr. Zingale has also served as a director of other private and publicly traded technology companies. We believe he is a highly regarded leader in the technology industry and that his operational experience greatly enhances the overall skill set of our board.

 

James C. Madden , V has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Since January 2007, Mr. Madden has been a General Partner of Accretive LLC, a private equity firm. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of Genpact Limited, a business process and technology management provider, since January 2005. From January 2005 to January 2007, Mr. Madden was a Special Advisor to General Atlantic LLC, a private equity firm. Mr. Madden also served as Chief Executive Officer of Exult, Inc., a provider of outsourced human resource services, from November 1998 to October 2004, and as Exult, Inc.’s Chairman of the Board, from February 2000 to October 2004 and as its President, from November 1998 to May 2003. We believe that Mr. Madden possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors. Specifically, as the founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Exult, Inc., Mr. Madden possesses valuable operational and director experience leading a publicly traded company, and also brings the important perspective of running a company that was an external service provider of key business processes. We believe that perspective complements the technology-oriented background of most of our other board members. Mr. Madden also provides a formidable professional network, which has served us well. We also value Mr. Madden’s perspective as a director of a business process and technology management company.

 

Barry D. Reynolds has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2003. Since January 1998, Mr. Reynolds has been a General Partner of Housatonic Partners, a private equity firm. We believe that

 

86


Table of Contents

Mr. Reynolds possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Reynolds has served as a member of our board of directors longer than any other non-management director and has a thorough understanding of our business as it has evolved over time. Mr. Reynolds also brings valuable insight as an experienced investor on behalf of his private equity firm, Housatonic Partners, and as a respected business leader.

 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other principal executive and senior financial officers. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.servicesource.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

 

Board Composition and Risk Oversight

 

Our board of directors is currently composed of seven members. Our bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors, and nine directors are currently authorized.

 

As of the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Bruce Dunlevie and Barry Reynolds, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Anthony Zingale and James Madden, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Steven Cakebread, Marc McMorris and Michael Smerklo, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014.

 

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his successor, or his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

 

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business, reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans, and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the end of each year, our board of directors will conduct an annual self-evaluation, which includes a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors have full access to our management and independent advisors.

 

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee oversees and reviews with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor

 

87


Table of Contents

or control such exposures, and our compensation committee oversees risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

 

Director Independence

 

We intend to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

 

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

In December 2010, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of the non-employee directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Cakebread, McMorris and Reynolds, who compose our audit committee, and Messrs. McMorris and Madden, who compose our compensation committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. Subsequently, in February 2011, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Dunlevie and Zingale, who compose our nominating and corporate governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for such committee established by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and primary responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

 

Audit Committee

 

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Cakebread, McMorris and Reynolds each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy established by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. Mr. Cakebread is the chairperson of our audit committee, is our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses

 

88


Table of Contents

financial sophistication as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

evaluating our independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

 

   

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing annually the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance.

 

The audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. McMorris and Madden. Mr. McMorris is the chairperson of our compensation committee. All of the members of our compensation committee meet the definition of outside directors under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our officers and employees and is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, the annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control arrangements and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

   

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans; and

 

   

reviewing annually the compensation committee charter and the committee’s performance.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Dunlevie and Zingale. Mr. Dunlevie is the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee oversees and assists our board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors and is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

evaluating and making recommendations regarding the organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

assessing the performance of members of our board of directors and making recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments;

 

   

recommending desired qualifications for board membership and conducting searches for potential board members; and

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines.

 

89


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Director Compensation

 

Our compensation committee has approved an outside director compensation policy that will become applicable to all of our non-employee directors effective upon the completion of this offering. This policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for board services:

 

   

an annual cash retainer of $20,000 for board service;

 

   

an annual cash retainer for serving as the chairman of the audit committee of $25,000, for serving as chairman of the compensation committee of $25,000, and for serving as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee of $10,000;

 

   

an annual cash retainer for serving as a member of the audit committee of $17,500, for serving as a member of the compensation committee of $17,500, and for serving as a member of the nominating and corporate governance committee of $7,500; and

 

   

upon first joining the board of directors, an automatic initial stock option grant for the purchase of 75,000 shares of common stock.

 

Directors who are employees do not receive any compensation for their service on our board of directors. We currently pay each of Messrs. Dunlevie, Madden and Reynolds $5,000 per meeting of the board of directors for regularly scheduled quarterly meetings. We have a policy of reimbursing directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board or committee meetings.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, one of our non-employee directors received options to purchase shares of common stock under the 2008 Share Option Plan. In July 2009, we granted an option to purchase 284,481 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.26 per share to Mr. Zingale in connection with his appointment to the board of directors. This option vests as to twenty-five percent of the shares as of one year from the date of grant and then in equal monthly installments over the subsequent three years.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, two of our non-employee directors received options to purchase shares of common stock of ServiceSource International, LLC under the 2008 Share Option Plan. In January 2010, we granted an option to purchase 284,147 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.65 per share to Mr. Cakebread in connection with his appointment to the board of directors. In December 2010, we granted an option to purchase 134,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.80 per share to Mr. Madden. These options vest as to twenty-five percent of the shares as of one year from the date of grant and then in equal monthly installments over the subsequent three years.

 

The 2008 Share Option Plan provides that in the event we merge with or into another corporation or undergo a change in control, as defined in the 2008 Share Option Plan, the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award under the 2008 Share Option Plan. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding options, then such options will become fully vested and exercisable. In addition, the administrator will notify participants in writing or electronically that options under the 2008 Share Option Plan will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator, and will terminate upon expiration of such period to the extent unexercised.

 

Prior to and effective upon this offering, we intend to implement standard director fees and possible equity grants to each non-employee director who is not affiliated with a significant stockholder.

 

90


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned or accrued by our non-employee directors during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

Name

   Year      Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
     Option
Awards (1)
     Total  

Steven M. Cakebread (2)

     2010               $ 666,921       $ 666,921   
     2009                           

Marc F. McMorris

     2010                           
     2009                           

Bruce W. Dunlevie

     2010       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   
     2009       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   

Anthony Zingale

     2010                           
     2009               $ 595,675       $ 595,675   

James C. Madden, V

     2010       $ 20,000       $ 541,842       $ 561,842   
     2009       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   

Barry D. Reynolds

     2010       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   
     2009       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   

R. James Ellis (3)

     2010       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   
     2009       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   

David Kennedy (4)

     2009       $ 5,000               $ 5,000   

 

(1)   The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.
(2)   Mr. Cakebread joined our board of directors in February 2010.
(3)   Mr. Ellis resigned as a member of our board of directors in December 2010.
(4)   Mr. Kennedy resigned as a member of our board of directors in March 2009.

 

91


Table of Contents

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our non-employee directors as of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

Name

   Year     Option Grant
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise  Price
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Steven M. Cakebread (1)

     2010        1/27/2010                 284,147       $ 4.65         1/27/2020   
     2009                                          

Marc F. McMorris

     2010                                          
     2009                                          

Bruce W. Dunlevie

     2010                                          
     2009                                          

Anthony Zingale (1)

     2010        7/28/2009         100,754         183,727       $ 4.26         7/28/2019   
     2009        7/28/2009                 284,481       $ 4.26         7/28/2019   

James C. Madden, V

     2010 (2)       8/1/2007         150,000               $ 4.26         8/1/2017   
     2010 (1)       12/16/2010                 134,000       $ 5.80         12/16/2020   
     2009 (2)       8/1/2007         150,000               $ 4.26         8/1/2017   

Barry D. Reynolds

     2010                                          
     2009                                          

R. James Ellis (3)

     2010                                          
     2009                                          

 

(1)   Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option shall vest on the one year anniversary of the grant date and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service.
(2)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on August 1, 2008 and 2.03% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 87,500 shares were fully vested and 62,500 shares vest monthly over the remainder of the vesting period subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2010, 125,000 shares were fully vested and 25,000 shares vest monthly over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service.
(3)   Mr. Ellis resigned as a member of our board of directors in December 2010.

 

92


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers for 2009 and 2010 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures presented below. This discussion contains forward looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs.

 

For 2009, our named executive officers were:

 

Michael A. Smerklo, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board;

 

Jeffrey M. Bizzack, who joined us in February 2009 as our President;

 

Charles D. Boynton, our Chief Financial Officer during 2009;

 

Robert J. Sturgeon, our Chief Delivery Officer;

 

Raymond M. Martinelli, our Chief People Officer; and

 

Crosbie Burns, our current Executive Vice President, EMEA, who held the position of Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales in 2009.

 

For 2010, our named executive officers were:

 

Michael A. Smerklo, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board;

 

Jeffrey M. Bizzack, our President;

 

David S. Oppenheimer, who joined us in July 2010 as our Chief Financial Officer;

 

Charles D. Boynton, our former Chief Financial Officer, who departed in June 2010;

 

Robert J. Sturgeon, our Chief Delivery Officer; and

 

Ganesh Bell, who joined us in May 2010 as our Executive Vice President, Products.

 

Objectives and Principles of Our Executive Compensation

 

Our compensation philosophy is based on the following objectives and principles:

 

   

attract, retain and motivate top-level executive talent;

 

   

provide compensation levels and structures that are both fiscally responsible and competitive within our industry and geography;

 

   

create a culture in which executive compensation aligns with our overall philosophy and pay-for-performance business model;

 

   

maintain simplicity, transparency and ease of administration; and

 

   

align the interests of our management team and shareholders by providing equity incentives, while avoiding unreasonable levels of shareholder dilution.

 

Compensation Decision Process

 

Role of the Board of Directors and Compensation Committee . We established our compensation committee several years ago to take on the responsibility of compensation matters for all of our employees, including our executives. Our board of directors formally approved a charter for our compensation committee in November

 

93


Table of Contents

2008, and we have adopted a new charter in connection with this offering to comply with the applicable rules and regulations of a public company listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. In the past several years, including 2009, 2010 and 2011 our compensation committee has met and approved compensation decisions with respect to our executive officers at the beginning of each year, typically in January or February, including approval of cash incentive bonus payments based on the results of the previously completed year. Our compensation committee deliberates with respect to compensation decisions and then recommends to the full board of directors the ratification of such compensation decisions. Our full board of directors has ratified all of such decisions to date. For a description of the composition of our compensation committee upon the completion of the offering, see “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors—Compensation Committee.” In December 2010 and February 2011, our compensation committee made certain decisions with respect to 2011 executive compensation, as described below.

 

Role of Executive Officers . Our compensation committee generally seeks input from our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief People Officer when discussing the performance of and compensation levels for named executive officers (other than their own compensation). Our Chief People Officer has the responsibility to advise the compensation committee and coordinate with third-party compensation advisors. The compensation committee also works with our Chief Financial Officer to evaluate the financial, accounting and tax implications, and with our General Counsel to evaluate legal matters, all related to our various compensation programs. None of our named executive officers participates in deliberations regarding his or her own compensation. Our compensation committee charter also specifies that our compensation committee deliberates and determines compensation decisions related to our Chief Executive Officer in executive session, outside of the presence of our Chief Executive Officer.

 

Role of Compensation Advisors . For 2009 and 2010, we retained Syzygy Consulting Group, an independent compensation consulting firm, to provide advice with respect to executive compensation decisions and comparison benchmarking. Working with management, Syzygy met with our compensation committee and provided various data and recommendations. In 2010, our compensation committee retained Compensia, an independent compensation consulting firm. Compensia advised the compensation committee for the compensation decisions with respect to 2011. Our compensation committee retains the authority to retain and dismiss any compensation consultants pursuant to its charter.

 

Benchmarking . Given that we compete for executive officer talent with companies in the technology sector and companies that provide other professional services, we rely on certain compensation benchmarking in making our compensation decisions. To determine what constitutes competitive compensation, we engaged Syzygy to benchmark our cash and equity compensation levels for each executive against data from market surveys. For the past two years we have used market compensation surveys from Aon Consulting, with its Radford Executive Compensation Survey, and Culpepper, with its Culpeper Executive Compensation Survey.

 

Using that market data, we then determined individual compensation for each executive. Although our practice has been to benchmark to the fiftieth percentile of market-data survey compensation, we did not automatically tie compensation to that benchmark level for each member of our executive management team. Rather, we considered a number of individualized factors that are unique to our business, including individual performance, skill set, industry knowledge and experience, prior employment history, compensation at previous companies, recruiting efforts and negotiations, retention risk and an executive’s overall compensation level relative to his or her peers. The specific compensation data upon which we relied for benchmarking in 2009 and 2010 are described in more detail below.

 

For 2009, Syzygy provided competitive total cash and stock compensation data for our executive positions using multiple published compensation surveys of comparable software, services and general high-technology companies. Syzygy furnished and analyzed cash and stock compensation data from its 2008 proprietary database of private companies that reflect the pay practices of a broad number of technology companies. The ultimate data

 

94


Table of Contents

used for comparison for 2009 consisted of total cash and stock compensation pay practices for executives of 164 software and services companies that:

 

   

privately raised a median of $53 million in capital since formation;

 

   

generated a median of $122 million in annual revenues in the last year; and

 

   

reported a median market valuation of $270 million.

 

In addition, for 2009 Syzygy sourced private company total cash and stock compensation data from the 2008 Culpepper Executive Compensation Survey, which consisted of survey results from a group of 146 private software companies with annual revenues from $60 million to $200 million. Syzygy also provided public company data for total cash and stock compensation from the 2008 Culpepper Executive Compensation Survey and the Aon Consulting 2008 Radford Executive Compensation Survey. For the 2008 Culpepper Executive Compensation Survey, the public company data that was benchmarked came from 63 domestic software companies with annual revenues from $60 million to $200 million. For the Aon Consulting 2008 Radford Executive Compensation Survey, the domestic public company data came from:

 

   

61 software companies with annual revenues less than $200 million;

 

   

98 Northern California technology companies with annual revenues under $200 million; and

 

   

all technology companies with annual revenues from $50 million to $200 million, which comprised 126 companies.

 

One of our named executive officers for 2009 was based in the United Kingdom. For this individual, Syzygy sourced total cash and stock compensation data using comparable Culpepper and Radford United Kingdom surveys.

 

In comparing the total market-based compensatory stock ownership data of our executives to the various surveys, we assumed one new-hire equity grant for each executive plus one follow-on equity grant for each 18 months of service of such executive, all measured as of July 1, 2009.

 

In recognition that we were growing in size and beginning to move closer to initiating an initial public offering, our initial benchmarking for 2010 compensation decisions was based upon placing each executive at the mid-point between private and public pay practices at the fiftieth percentile. As a result, for 2010, Syzygy also provided cash and stock compensation data using multiple published compensation surveys of comparable software, services and general high-technology companies. Private company compensation data was primarily sourced from Syzygy’s 2009 proprietary database of private companies. The data used for comparison consisted of total cash and stock compensation pay practices for executives of 178 software and professional services companies that:

 

   

privately raised a median of $67.5 million in capital since formation;

 

   

generated a median of $127 million in annual revenue in the last year; and

 

   

reported a median market valuation of $272.5 million.

 

In addition, for 2010, Syzygy used for benchmarking purposes the Culpepper Executive Compensation Survey, which consisted of survey results from a group of 146 private and 63 public software companies, and the Aon Consulting Radford Executive Compensation Survey, which consisted of survey results from a group of approximately 215 public companies. For the 2009 Culpepper Executive Compensation Survey, the public company data that was benchmarked came from domestic software companies with annual revenues from $60 million to $200 million. For the Aon Consulting 2009 Radford Executive Compensation Survey, the domestic public company data came from:

 

   

software companies with annual revenues less than $200 million;

 

95


Table of Contents
   

all Northern California technology companies;

 

   

Northern California technology companies with annual revenues less than $200 million; and

 

   

all technology companies with annual revenues from $50 million to $200 million.

 

The specific comparison data for cash and equity compensation for 2010 was measured using the same methodology as 2009, with the measurement dates as of July 1, 2010.

 

Our Compensation Programs

 

The four elements of our executive compensation package are base salary, variable incentive pay, equity-based rewards and employee-benefits programs. We view these components of compensation as related in reviewing the total compensation packages of our executive officers. We determine the appropriate level for each compensation component based in part, but not exclusively, on information from analysis of third-party compensation surveys consistent with our recruiting and retention goals, our view of internal equity and consistency and overall company and individual performance. We compete with many other companies in seeking to attract and retain a skilled workforce, particularly companies in the technology sector. We have not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid-out compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of non-cash compensation. However, in line with our overall pay-for-performance philosophy of rewarding our employees for results that benefit us and our customers, the compensation committee’s practice has been to make a significant portion of an employee’s total compensation performance-based, so that the employee will be rewarded through bonuses and equity if we perform well in the near term and over time. We also believe that, for technology companies, stock-based compensation continues to be a primary motivator in attracting employees.

 

On Target Earnings—Base Salary and Variable Incentive Compensation . When analyzing the cash compensation of our executive leadership team, we have viewed the total cash compensation of base salary plus the variable incentive plan compensation as the on target earnings for each of such executive officers. In analyzing this figure, we assume that we will meet the targets necessary for our executives to earn their on target bonuses. For 2009 and 2010, we analyzed these on target cash earnings as the benchmark by which to measure our named executive officers’ compensation compared to the comparable positions identified in the market surveys provided by Syzygy. While we target the fiftieth percentile of the compensation levels of the companies in such surveys, we find that the data sets for private and public technology companies vary. Overall, for 2009 and 2010, our named executive officers as a group have ranged from approximately the twentieth to the fiftieth percentiles when their on target cash earnings are compared to public companies in such surveys, but have ranged generally from the fiftieth to the one hundredth percentile compared to private companies in such surveys. Overall, the percentiles vary in range significantly based on the individual positions of our named executive officers. As noted above, given our age as a company, our size, our results and our plans to pursue our initial public offering, we believe that the on target earnings for our named executive officers have been reasonable and appropriate for 2009 and 2010.

 

Base Salary . We establish base pay that is both reasonable and competitive in relation to the market, including the benchmarking data described above. We regularly monitor competitive base pay levels and make adjustments to base pay as appropriate. In general, a named executive officer’s base pay level should reflect the executive’s overall performance and contribution to us over time. We also seek to structure competitive base pay for our named executive officers based upon applicable market data analysis. As described below, we design base pay to provide the ongoing reward for each named executive officer’s work and contribution and to be competitive in attracting or retaining the executive. We do not provide automatic salary increases for our executive team. Once base pay levels are initially determined, however, we conduct salary reviews each year based upon current market data and the executive’s specific performance achievements. We also take into account salary levels for their retention effect. Salaries are also determined based on negotiations with our executive officers. We believe this pay-for-performance approach reflects our cultural values and our business model.

 

96


Table of Contents

The following are the effective annual base salaries for each of our named executive officers for 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011:

 

     Annual Base Salary (1)  

Executive Officer

   2008      2009      2010      2011  

Michael A. Smerklo

   $ 383,250       $ 393,000       $ 410,000       $ 450,000   

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

           $ 375,000       $ 375,000       $ 400,000   

David S. Oppenheimer

                   $ 300,000       $ 307,500   

Charles D. Boynton

   $ 275,000       $ 275,000       $ 295,000           

Robert J. Sturgeon

   $ 275,000       $ 275,000       $ 275,000       $ 275,000   

Ganesh Bell

                   $ 260,000       $ 260,000   

Raymond M. Martinelli

   $ 250,000       $ 250,000                   

 

(1)   Reflects effective annual base salary. Actual amounts earned vary for those named executive officers that either joined or departed during the years specified as described above. Data not provided for any period in which an individual was not a named executive officer.

 

For the 2009 base salary compensation decisions, as a result of company performance and the levels of base compensation in relation to the benchmarking of the on target cash earnings discussed above, the compensation committee and the board determined to keep most salaries flat, with a modest increase in base salary for Mr. Smerklo. For the 2010 compensation decisions, Messrs. Smerklo and Boynton received modest increases in their base salaries as a result of the compensation committee and board acknowledgement of a mix of continued effective performance and the benchmarking analysis reflected above. Also, as Mr. Bizzack started with us in 2009 and Messrs. Oppenheimer and Bell commenced employment in 2010, their initial base salary levels reflect market benchmarking and negotiations with these individuals prior to their agreement to join us. For the 2011 compensation decisions made in December 2010, the board of directors determined to make modest increases in the base salaries of Messrs. Smerklo, Bizzack and Oppenheimer as an acknowledgement of performance and to further adjust salaries based on benchmarking provided by Compensia to comparable pre-IPO and public companies, given the developing plans for this offering. In addition, Mr. Burns’ annual base salary was £200,000 for both 2008 and 2009, denominated in British pounds given his location in the United Kingdom.

 

Variable Pay . Consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, we link a significant portion of our named executive officers’ cash compensation to individual and company performance. We design our variable pay programs to provide reasonable and competitive earnings potential relative to our industry and geography. For most of our named executive officers, we have implemented our corporate incentive bonus program as a motivational tool to achieve and exceed individual and company goals by paying for outstanding results. For those named executive officers who are sales executives, we have sales commission plans that serve as the primary motivational tool for achieving our company goals. Our variable pay programs are typically based on a formulaic assessment of our financial performance, giving consideration to an assessment of each individual’s performance. Our programs are designed to avoid entitlements, and to align actual payouts with actual results based on clearly understood metrics.

 

Our compensation committee reviews the structure and design of our variable pay plans on an annual basis, typically at the beginning of each year. For 2009 and 2010, our variable pay plans have been designed to be evaluated after the first half and the end of the applicable year. The overall business plan and related goals of our variable pay plans will be determined at the start of the year, typically in January or February. Once first half results are available, our compensation committee and board review these results and approve any payout under each plan for such first half results, typically in July of each year. Once the full-year results are available, the compensation committee and board review and approve the final, second half payouts under each plan for the full year results, typically in January or February of the following year. The compensation committee and the board of directors have the discretion to increase or decrease a payout under the variable pay plans in the event that they determine that circumstances warrant adjustment. The compensation committee and the board did not exercise any such discretion with respect to 2009. As described below, the compensation committee and the

 

97


Table of Contents

board modified the design of our variable pay plans in connection with analyzing the results for the first half of 2010 and setting the goals for the full year 2010, and exercised discretion in approving the final payment for the full year 2010.

 

2009 Corporate Incentive Bonus Plan . For 2009, all of our named executive officers participated in our 2009 Corporate Incentive Bonus Plan, which we refer to as the 2009 CIP. The 2009 CIP was designed for non-commissioned employees, generally at the manager level and above. For the named executive officers, the 2009 CIP bonus targets are set forth as a percentage of base salary, which range from approximately 30% to approximately 45% for most executives. Mr. Burns’ variable pay was based 35% upon the 2009 CIP and 65% upon a sales commission plan tied to the amount of new projected revenue sold by our worldwide service sales team in 2009. The actual targets are reflected below under “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards.”

 

The 2009 CIP was designed for semi-annual payments, with funding based upon the company achieving certain Adjusted EBITDA targets. The Adjusted EBITDA targets were set by our board of directors in early February 2009. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, the Adjusted EBITDA target was $5.9 million, which was derived from a targeted net income of $0.1 million. The following table reconciles targeted net income to the Adjusted EBITDA target for the 2009 CIP of $5.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009:

 

Targeted Net income

   $  0.1  million 

Adjusted for:

  

Stock-based compensation

     3.2   

Deprecation and amortization

     1.8   

Interest expense

     0.8   
        

Adjusted EBITDA Target

   $ 5.9  million 
        

 

The following table reconciles targeted net income to the Adjusted EBITDA target for the 2009 CIP as set by our board of directors in early February 2009 for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

Targeted Net income

   $ 10.1  million 

Adjusted for:

  

Stock-based compensation

     6.4   

Deprecation and amortization

     3.8   

Interest expense

     1.5   

Other income

     0.1   
        

Adjusted EBITDA Target

   $ 21.9  million 
        

 

In July 2009, in connection with our mid-year evaluation of our business and targets for the 2009 CIP, the board of directors set a revised full year 2009 Adjusted EBITDA target for the 2009 CIP of $23.0 million.

 

To fund the 2009 CIP, the company was required to meet 85% of its Adjusted EBITDA target for the applicable period. Upon reaching the 85% level, we would pay bonuses at 50% of target. Funding then increased as Adjusted EBIDTA achievement increased, as shown in the table below.

 

The 2009 CIP also provided upside potential if we exceeded our Adjusted EBITDA targets. If we achieved 110% of our Adjusted EBITDA target for the first half of the year, we would fund the 2009 CIP in full for the first half, and the remaining 10% over achievement would be available for payment at the end of the year provided that we met 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA target for the full year. Similarly, if we met our goal for the first half of the year, and then overachieved for the full year, we would fund the 2009 CIP based on the full year overachievement. To the extent we missed our Adjusted EBITDA target in the first half of the year, any overachievement for the full year would be

 

98


Table of Contents

offset by the amount of the first half shortfall. Funding for overachievement in any 2009 CIP bonus period was capped at 200% of target.

 

The following table illustrates potential payouts at different levels of achievement under the 2009 CIP.

 

Adjusted EBITDA Target Achievement

  

2009 CIP Funding Percentage

Below 85%

   No Payout

85%

   50%

88%

   60%

91%

   70%

94%

   80%

97%

   90%

100%

   100%

110%

   133%

120%

   166%

130% and above

   200%

 

Performance goals were assessed quarterly and paid semi-annually, subject to the company achieving the necessary Adjusted EBITDA targets to fund the 2009 CIP. Under the 2009 CIP, individual bonus payments were calculated as follows for each bonus period, with any payment for the first half of the year taken into account with respect to the payment for the full year:

 

(% Company Bonus Pool Funded) x (% Individual Performance Goals Achieved) x (Individual Salary x Individual Semi-Annual Bonus %) = Aggregate Employee Payment

 

We made semi-annual bonus payments to the participating named executive officers, and to other 2009 CIP participants, in August 2009 and February 2010 after we had results for the applicable bonus periods. For the first half of 2009 semi-annual bonus period, we achieved approximately 110% against the 2009 CIP targets, and funded the bonus pool at a 100% level, with possible upside potential that carried into the full year assessment. For the full year, we achieved approximately 88% of our Adjusted EBITDA target, and funded the bonus pool at an 80% level (based upon 60% achievement in the second half of 2009). In addition, the overachievement in the first half of 2009 did not result in any additional payments at the end of the 2009 CIP year because any overachievement payments arising from the first half year were dependent upon our achieving 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA target for the full year. As noted above, we only attained 88% of our Adjusted EBITDA target for the full year under the 2009 CIP, which negated the first-half overachievement. For the targets related to the specific named executive officers under the 2009 CIP, see “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” and for total annual payments made under the 2009 CIP for each named executive officer, see “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Tables.”

 

2010 Corporate Incentive Bonus Plan . For 2010, all of our named executive officers were eligible to participate in the 2010 Corporate Incentive Plan, to which we refer as the 2010 CIP. Like the 2009 CIP, the 2010 CIP is designed for non-commissioned employees, generally at the manager level and above. Employees paid by commission are not eligible to participate in the 2010 CIP. For the named executive officers, the 2010 CIP bonus targets are set forth as a percentage of base salary, which range from approximately 37% to approximately 49% for most executives. Mr. Sturgeon’s variable compensation for 2010 is based on a mixed target in which 60% of his overall target bonus amount is tied to the 2010 CIP and 40% is tied to a separate measurement of performance described below.

 

The 2010 CIP was designed with semi-annual payments. Unlike the 2009 CIP, however, funding for the 2010 CIP was based upon our achieving certain revenue targets, subject to a minimum level of Adjusted EBITDA. Those targets were set by our board of directors in late January 2010 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, and in July 2010 for the full year. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the revenue threshold was $63.5 million representing 95% of the 2010 first half target of $66.8

 

99


Table of Contents

million and the Adjusted EBITDA minimum was $4.5 million representing 80% of the 2010 first half target of $5.6 million. The following table reconciles our targeted net loss of $0.6 million to the Adjusted EBITDA target for the 2010 CIP of $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010:

 

Targeted Net loss

   $ (0.6)  million 

Adjusted for:

  

Stock-based compensation

     3.2   

Deprecation and amortization

     2.4   

Interest expense

     0.6   
        

Adjusted EBITDA Target

   $ 5.6  million 
        

 

For the year ending December 31, 2010, the revenue threshold was $140.6 million representing 95% of the annual target of $148.0 million and the Adjusted EBITDA minimum was $21.4 million, representing 80% of the annual target of $26.8 million. The following table reconciles our targeted net income of $9.1 million to the Adjusted EBITDA target for the 2010 CIP of $26.8 million for the year ending December 31, 2010:

 

Targeted Net income

   $ 9.1  million 

Adjusted for:

  

Stock-based compensation

     6.7   

Deprecation and amortization

     5.5   

Interest expense

     1.2   

Provision for income taxes

     4.3   
        

Adjusted EBITDA Target

   $ 26.8  million 
        

 

For the full year 2010 target, the board determined in July 2010 that the payment of certain sales commissions to our sales force, which were resulting from increased commission rates due to increased performance of our overall business, and certain previously unplanned expenses attributable to the planning and preparation for our initial public offering, would not be included as expenses in calculating the Adjusted EBITDA target. This was based on the rationale that the named executive officers and other employees eligible for the 2010 CIP should not be penalized for an otherwise lower Adjusted EBITDA due to the increased commission rates due to sales overachievement or for the added costs of pursuing this offering.

 

To fund the 2010 CIP, we were required to meet at least 80% of the Adjusted EBITDA target for the applicable period. Assuming we reached 80% of the Adjusted EBITDA target, we would fund the bonus pool based upon the level of revenue achieved, as shown in the table below.

 

Revenue Target Achievement

  

2010 CIP Funding Percentage

Below 95%

   No Payout

³ 95%

   50%

³ 96%

   60%

³ 97%

   70%

³ 98%

   80%

³ 99%

   90%

100%

   100%

 

The 2010 CIP also allowed for additional upside payments in the event that we exceed our targets for full year 2010, subject to the following conditions:

 

   

we must have achieved 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA target for the full year in order to make any upside payments;

 

   

upside payments were capped at 200% of 2010 CIP;

 

100


Table of Contents
   

no more than 50% of Adjusted EBITDA overachievement could be spent on bonuses under the 2010 CIP; and

 

   

upside payments would be determined based on the full year 2010 results after the year was completed.

 

Subject to those conditions, the potential upside payments under the 2010 CIP were as follows:

 

Annual Revenue Target Overachievement

  

Annual 2010 CIP Funding Percentage

³ 102%

   120%

³ 104%

   140%

³ 106%

   160%

³ 108%

   180%

110% and above

   200%

 

For purposes of the 2010 CIP, performance goals are assessed quarterly and bonuses are paid semi-annually, subject to our achieving the necessary Adjusted EBITDA and revenue targets to fund the 2010 CIP. Under the 2010 CIP, individual bonus payments are calculated as follows for each bonus period, with any payment for the first half of the year taken into account with respect to the payment for the full year:

 

(% Company Bonus Pool Funded) × (% Individual Performance Goal Achieved) × (Individual Salary × Individual Semi-Annual Bonus %) = Employee Payment

 

Given Mr. Sturgeon’s role and responsibility as a key manager of our service sales teams, our compensation committee and board of directors determined that Mr. Sturgeon’s 2010 bonus structure would include a separate 40% pay-for-performance target component that was tied to his operating unit, while 60% of his target bonus would continue to be tied to overall corporate performance under the 2010 CIP. This 40% target component is measured based on a gross margin statistic applicable to the service sales teams. The gross margin statistic is determined as the revenue generated by the service sales teams minus all of the direct and management costs for the service sales teams. This specific gross margin statistic is an internal financial metric that we use for measuring the performance of our service sales teams. This metric is not disclosed publicly by us and is confidential financial information to us, such that the disclosure of this metric would cause competitive harm to us. We believe this gross margin element for Mr. Sturgeon was challenging but achievable with strong performance by our service sales teams for the full year 2010.

 

We made semi-annual bonus payments to the participating named executive officers, and to other 2010 CIP participants, in July 2010. For the first semi-annual bonus period, we achieved 138% against the 2010 CIP targets, and therefore funded the bonus pool at a 100% level. We also carried the upside into the full year bonus period.

 

For the full year 2010 results, we achieved approximately 67.8% of the 2010 CIP Adjusted EBITDA target, and 102.8% of the 2010 CIP revenue target. Under the terms of the 2010 CIP as written, we would not have funded the 2010 CIP because we did not meet the 80% threshold for the Adjusted EBITDA target. Our compensation committee and board, in considering our results for the full year, the incremental costs and expenses associated with the process for preparing for this offering and various other unplanned expenses during the 2010 fiscal year, determined in February 2011 to use its discretion to fund the 2010 CIP for the full year at 100% of the targeted amount. Therefore, our named executive officers will be treated as having received discretionary bonuses for the payments relating to this full year evaluation of the 2010 CIP.

 

For the targets related to the specific named executive officers under the 2010 CIP, see “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” and for the payments made under the 2010 CIP for each named executive officer, see “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Tables.”

 

2011 Corporate Incentive Bonus Plan . In February 2011, our compensation committee and board approved a 2011 Corporate Incentive Plan, or 2011 CIP, on terms similar to the 2010 CIP. For the named

 

101


Table of Contents

executive officers, the 2011 CIP bonus targets are set forth as a percentage of base salary, which range from approximately 37% to approximately 58% for most executives, and 80% for Mr. Smerklo. Mr. Sturgeon’s CIP bonus is also set forth as a percentage of his salary, but unlike the other named executive officers, his funding threshold is not tied to a minimum EBITDA achievement. Rather, it is tied to a separate measurement of performance described below. In addition, in view of the overall design of the 2011 CIP together with the 2011 Incremental Bonus Plan described below, the compensation committee and the board decided to increase the bonus opportunity of Mr. Oppenheimer (and certain other senior executives who are not named executive officers) in the 2011 CIP in the amount of $25,000, and to deem him (and the other senior executives) not eligible to participate in the 2011 Incremental Bonus Plan. This decision was made as a matter of corporate governance in that Mr. Oppenheimer and the other affected senior executives are responsible for approving new customer contracts and/or forecasting the metrics on which the 2011 Incremental Bonus Plan is measured. The following are the target bonuses at 100% funding for each 2010 named executive officer under the 2011 CIP: Mr. Smerklo: $360,000; Mr. Bizzack: $175,000; Mr. Oppenheimer: $178,750; Mr. Sturgeon: $225,000; and Mr. Bell: $117,000.

 

The 2011 CIP was designed with semi-annual payments, with up to 35% of the annual bonus payable for the first half of the year and the rest, including any overachievement payments, payable after completion of the full year. Similar to the 2010 CIP, funding for the 2011 CIP is based upon our achieving certain revenue targets, subject to a minimum level of EBITDA. While the revenue and EBITDA targets were set in February 2011, the disclosure of these targets at this time so early in the year would cause competitive harm to us. We believe these targets are challenging because they require meaningful growth in our business for 2011.

 

To fund the 2011 CIP, we are required to meet at least 80% of the EBITDA target for the applicable period. Assuming we reach 80% of the EBITDA target, we would fund the bonus pool based upon the level of revenue achieved, as shown in the table below.

 

Revenue Target Achievement

  

2011 CIP Funding Percentage

Below 95%    No Payout
95%    50%
96%    60%
97%    70%
98%    80%
99%    90%
100%    100%

 

The 2011 CIP also allows for additional upside payments in the event that we exceed our targets for full year 2011, subject to the following conditions:

 

   

we must have achieved 100% of our EBITDA target for the full year in order to make any upside payments;

 

   

upside payments are capped at 150% of 2011 CIP (which is a decrease from the 200% cap in the 2010 CIP);

 

   

no more than half of EBITDA overachievement may be spent on bonuses under the 2011 CIP; and

 

   

upside payments will be determined based on the full year 2011 results after the year is completed.

 

Subject to those conditions, the potential upside payments under the 2011 CIP are as follows:

 

Annual Revenue Target Overachievement

  

Annual 2011 CIP Funding Percentage

102%    110%
104%    120%
106%    130%
108%    140%
110% and above    150%

 

102


Table of Contents

For purposes of the 2011 CIP, performance goals are assessed quarterly and bonuses are paid semi-annually, subject to our achieving the necessary EBITDA and revenue targets to fund the 2011 CIP. Under the 2011 CIP, individual bonus payments are calculated as follows for each bonus period, with any payment for the first half of the year taken into account with respect to the payment for the full year:

 

(% Company Bonus Pool Funded) × (% Individual Performance Goal Achieved) × (Individual Salary × Individual Semi-Annual Bonus %) = Employee Payment

 

Mr. Sturgeon’s 2011 bonus structure is identical to the 2011 CIP in all respects, except that instead of achieving a minimum EBITDA level, he must achieve a minimum level of operational efficiency within his organization.

 

2010 Incremental Incentive Bonus Plan . In addition to our 2010 CIP, our compensation committee and board of directors approved a special variable cash incentive plan for 2010 for certain of our named executive officers and a few other senior executives. This plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan, was designed to award exceptional corporate performance based on a stretch target measuring our success with customers in 2010. The specific target that we use as the measurement for the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan is an internal financial metric that we use for measuring certain customer contractual commitments based on a net recurring revenue amount in which we measure customer revenue gains offset by losses in the given measurement period. This metric is not disclosed publicly by us and is confidential financial information to us, such that the disclosure of this metric would cause competitive harm to us. We believe this target was challenging because it required achieving exceptional sales and revenue results for 2010. Of our 2010 named executive officers, Jeffrey Bizzack, David Oppenheimer, Robert Sturgeon and Ganesh Bell were eligible for the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan. We implemented the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan in order to incentivize these senior executives to drive customer acquisition and retention. Payment under the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan was designed to be in a lump sum if the stretch target was achieved by us. In February 2011, our compensation committee and board evaluated the results and our target under the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan and determined that we had obtained approximately 97.8% of the target metric required to fund the plan. As a result of this strong performance and the general accomplishments of the senior management team throughout the year, our compensation committee and board determined to use their discretion to fund the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan at 90% of the funding level that had originally been designed. Therefore, our named executive officers will be treated as having received discretionary bonuses for the payments relating to the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan.

 

For detailed targets of each of these named executive officers under the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan, see “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” and for the payments made under the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan for each named executive officer, see “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Tables.”

 

2011 Incremental Incentive Bonus Plan . In February 2011, our compensation committee and board approved a 2011 Incremental Bonus Plan on substantially the same terms as the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan. The 2011 Incremental Bonus Plan is designed to reward certain of our named executive officers and a few other senior executives for exceptional corporate performance based on a stretch target measuring our success with customers in 2011. The specific target that we use as the measurement for the 2011 Incremental Bonus Plan is the same internal financial metric that we used for the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan, with the actual target metric higher than the target metric in 2010. This metric is not disclosed publicly by us and is confidential financial information to us, such that the disclosure of this metric would cause competitive harm to us. We believe this target is challenging because it requires achieving exceptional sales and revenue results for 2011. Of our 2010 named executive officers, Jeffrey Bizzack ($100,000), Robert Sturgeon ($50,000) and Ganesh Bell ($50,000) are eligible for the 2011 Incremental Bonus Plan, with the target bonus amounts for each individual noted in the parenthesis next to his name. As mentioned above under the discussion of the

 

103


Table of Contents

2011 CIP, Mr. Oppenheimer is not eligible to participate in the 2011 Incremental Bonus Plan due to his role in approving and signing customer contracts. As in 2010, we implemented the 2011 Incremental Bonus Plan in order to incentivize these senior executives to drive customer acquisition and retention. Payment under the 2011 Incremental Bonus Plan is designed to be in a lump sum if the stretch target is achieved by us, which will be assessed after the results for 2011 are available.

 

Equity-Based Rewards . We design our equity programs to be both responsible and competitive in relation to the market. We monitor the market and applicable laws and regulations and adjust our equity programs as appropriate. Stock options are designed to reflect and reward a high level of sustained individual performance over time, as reflected in improved overall company value. As described in more detail below, we design equity-based compensation to help retain talent over a period of time and to provide named executive officers with a long-term reward that aligns their interests with those of our stockholders.

 

We historically have used stock option grants as the primary vehicle for equity compensation to our named executive officers and other employees. In order to promote the long-term incentive and retention features of equity compensation, we have typically issued our stock option grants subject to our standard one-year cliff vesting and four year vesting schedule. Under the vesting schedule, 25% of the stock option becomes exercisable one year after a specified vesting commencement date, and then vesting occurs monthly thereafter over the remaining three year period, which we believe is a common default vesting term in the technology industry. On occasion, we have also granted stock options with non-standard vesting or early exercise features, mostly in case-by-case situations for senior and other employees or candidates in high demand.

 

We anticipate using restricted stock units in addition to stock options upon becoming a publicly traded company for equity compensation, primarily to reduce the dilution associated with our equity compensation programs. We will be able to grant fewer shares of stock but still incent our executive officers based on the fact that restricted stock units will have value to the recipients in the absence of stock price appreciation.

 

We consider a number of factors to determine the size of all grants, including competitive market factors, named executive officer performance, retention value and a review of the named executive officer’s overall compensation package. Traditionally, equity awards to our named executive officers have been recommended by the compensation committee to our board of directors, which then makes the final determination as to whether to grant any equity award to a named executive officer. We anticipate that after our initial public offering, our compensation committee will make all equity grants.

 

Initial option grants upon hire are generally designed to attract experienced executives with established records of success and help retain them over the long term. The size of new hire grants has been evaluated by our compensation committee in light of the Syzygy-provided benchmarking data, and as a result of the negotiations with potential executive officers. Mr. Bizzack in 2009 and Messrs. Oppenheimer and Bell in 2010 each received new hire grants as part of their compensation packages upon joining us, the terms of which are reflected in the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table below.

 

Subsequent grants to named executive officers are intended to ensure that equity compensation remains competitive within our industry group and geography. Named executive officers whose skills and results we deem essential to our long-term success are eligible to receive higher equity grants. The decision to make such refresh grants has traditionally been based on rewarding performance, consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, and the benchmarking position of equity ownership of our named executive officers against the market surveys, taking into account the number of vested stock options that our named executive officers hold and the situation of our company as a mature private company approaching its initial public offering. Based on the benchmarking data, we determined that certain of our named executive officers in 2009, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief People Officer, held equity compensation positions that were below the fiftieth percentile of the benchmarking private company group, but were above the fiftieth percentile of the public company group. At that time in 2009, we determined not to make any additional refresh

 

104


Table of Contents

grants to those named executive officers. In connection with our 2010 compensation review for our named executive officers and other employees, our compensation committee and board of directors determined to implement an annual refresh review for all employees, with emphasis on our senior employees, in order to award future performance and potential for future contributions to our company. We also took into account the market benchmarking for private companies in evaluating the size of potential refresh grants for our executive officers, especially given our plans to pursue this offering. As a result, our compensation committee and board approved refresh stock option grants to Messrs. Smerklo and Sturgeon in February 2010, the terms of which are reflected on the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table below.

 

Currently, we do not have any policy in place that requires us to grant equity compensation on specified dates. As noted above, we have traditionally made our equity grants to our named executive officers at the next board meeting, in the case of new hires, and in our annual review of compensation by our compensation committee and our board of directors, typically in January or February of each year.

 

We traditionally have not had any equity security ownership guidelines or requirements for our executive officers or directors.

 

Benefits Programs . We provide our employees with retirement, health and welfare benefits, such as our group health insurance plans, 401(k) retirement plan, life, disability and accidental death insurance plans and our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Those plans, which are available to all employees including our named executive officers, are designed to provide a stable array of support to our employees and their families and are not performance based. Our benefits programs are generally established and adjusted by our human resources department with approval, as necessary, from senior management, the compensation committee or the board of directors, as appropriate.

 

Employment Agreements and Post-Employment Compensation

 

We enter into employment agreements with certain of our named executive officers, sometimes as part of the hiring process, that provide for at-will employment, base salary, eligibility to participate in the executive incentive bonus plan, standard employee benefit plan participation and recommendations for initial stock option grants. These agreements are subject to our standard proprietary information and invention assignment terms. Certain of the employment agreements contain certain severance and change of control benefits in favor of certain named executive officers, including our most senior executives. These arrangements provide for payments and benefits upon termination of their employment in specified circumstances, including following a change of control. These arrangements (including potential payments and terms) are discussed in more detail in the “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” section below. We believe that these agreements are an important retention tool, and will incent the named executive officers to maintain continued focus and dedication to their assigned duties to maximize stockholder value. The terms of these agreements were determined after review by the compensation committee of our retention goals for each named executive officer, as well as analysis of market data, similar agreements established in our industry and as a result of negotiations with certain of the executives.

 

Other Compensation Matters and Policies

 

Tax and Accounting Considerations . Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) limits the amount that we may deduct for compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and to each of our four most highly compensated officers to $1,000,000 per person, unless certain exemption requirements are met. Exemptions to this deductibility limit may be made for various forms of “performance-based” compensation. In addition to salary and bonus compensation, upon the exercise of stock options that are not treated as incentive stock options, the excess of the current market price over the option price, or option spread, is treated as compensation and accordingly, in any year, such exercise may cause an officer’s total compensation to exceed $1,000,000. Under certain regulations, option spread compensation from options that meet certain requirements will not be subject to the $1,000,000 cap on deductibility, and in the past, we have granted options that we believe satisfy those

 

105


Table of Contents

requirements. While the compensation committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact our compensation program in future years, the compensation committee intends to maintain an approach to executive compensation that follows our pay-for-performance philosophy. While the compensation committee has not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and our four most highly compensated officers, the compensation committee intends to consider tax deductibility under Section 162(m) as a factor in compensation decisions.

 

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code imposes additional significant taxes in the event that an executive officer, director or other service provider receives “deferred compensation” that does not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A. Although we do not maintain traditional nonqualified deferred compensation plans, Section 409A may apply to certain arrangements we enter into with our executive officers, including our change of control severance arrangements. Consequently, to assist in avoiding additional tax under Section 409A, our intent is to design any such arrangements in a manner to avoid the application of Section 409A.

 

Adjustment or Recovery of Compensation . We do not have a formal policy regarding adjustment or recovery of awards or payments if the relevant performance measures upon which they are based are restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that would reduce the size of the award or payment.

 

Compensation Risk Assessment

 

The compensation committee believes that although a portion of compensation provided to our executive officers is performance-based, our compensation programs do not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking. In fact, the design of our compensation programs encourage our executives to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals, in particular in connection with our pay-for-performance business model.

 

Summary Compensation Tables

 

The following tables provide information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus (1)     Option
Awards (2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (3)
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Michael A. Smerklo

Chief Executive Officer

   

 

2010

2009

  

  

  $

$

410,000

393,300

  

  

  $
100,000
  
  $

 

2,484,170

  

  

  $

$

100,000

146,400

  

  

  $

$

2,000

2,000

(4)  

(4)  

  $

$

3,096,170

541,700

  

  

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

President

   

 

2010

2009

  

  

  $

$

375,000

313,942

  

(5)  

  $
177,500
  
  $

$

808,720

3,527,334

  

  

  $

$

87,500

110,833

  

  

   

 


  

  

  $

$

1,448,720

3,952,109

  

  

David S. Oppenheimer

Chief Financial Officer

    2010      $ 128,409 (6)     $ 70,000      $ 1,735,001                    $ 1,933,410   

Charles D. Boynton

former Chief Financial Officer

   

 

2010

2009

  

  

  $

$

144,285

275,000

(7)  

  

         $

 

85,837

(7)  

  

  $

$

66,000

100,000

  

  

  $

$

215,500

2,000

(8) 

(4)  

  $

$

511,622

377,000

  

  

Robert J. Sturgeon

Chief Delivery Officer

   

 

2010

2009

  

  

  $

$

275,000

275,000

  

  

  $
112,500
  
  $

 

510,590

  

  

  $

$

112,500

180,000

  

  

   

 


  

  

  $

$

1,010,590

455,000

  

  

Ganesh Bell

Executive Vice President, Products

    2010      $ 157,576 (9)     $ 84,750      $ 876,976                    $ 1,119,302   

Raymond M. Martinelli

Chief People Officer

    2009      $ 250,000               $ 60,000      $ 2,000 (4)     $ 312,000   

Crosbie Burns (10)

Executive Vice President, EMEA

    2009      $ 324,400 (10)              $ 292,878 (10)            $ 617,278 (10)  

 

(1)   For 2010, all amounts represent payments earned under the 2010 CIP for the full year 2010 results plus all amounts earned under the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan which were granted on a discretionary basis as discussed under “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Our Compensation Programs—Variable Pay—2010 Corporate Incentive Bonus Plan” and “—2010 Incremental Incentive Bonus Plan.” All amounts are expected to be paid in March 2011.
(2)   The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

 

106


Table of Contents
(3)   For 2009, all amounts represent payments under either the 2009 CIP or our sales commission plan earned with respect to 2009, and paid in July 2009 and February 2010. For 2010, all amounts represent payments under the 2010 CIP or our sales commission plan earned with respect to the six months ended June 30, 2010. See the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table for additional information.
(4)   Represents matching contributions made by us with respect to the named executive officer’s 401(k) contributions. We match a maximum of $2,000 per year.
(5)   Mr. Bizzack joined us as our President in February 2009 and received a prorated base salary based on an annual base salary of $375,000.
(6)   Mr. Oppenheimer joined us as our Chief Financial Officer in July 2010 and received a prorated base salary based on an annual base salary of $300,000.
(7)   Mr. Boynton left the company in June 2010 and received a prorated base salary based on an annual base salary of $295,000. In June 2010, we modified the vesting of 260,416 options granted to Mr. Boynton such that the cancellation of the vested shares occurs twelve months after termination.
(8)   Includes a severance payment in the amount of $213,500 described further under “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” and 401(k) company matching contributions of $2,000.
(9)   Mr. Bell joined us as our Executive Vice President of Products in May 2010 and received a prorated base salary based on an annual base salary of $260,000.
(10)   Mr. Burns was a named executive officer for part of 2009 when he held the title of Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales. Since 2009, he has been our Executive Vice President of EMEA. Mr. Burns receives his cash compensation in British pounds. The amounts reported above were converted to U.S. dollars using a rate of £1.00 per $1.622, which was the exchange rate as of December 31, 2009.

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

The following table presents information concerning grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010.

 

           Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (1)
     All Other
Option Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying Options
     Exercise
or Base

Price of
Option
Awards
     Grant Date
Fair Value
Option
Awards (2)
 

Name

   Grant Date     Threshold      Target     Maximum           

Michael A. Smerklo

     12/16/2010                               325,000       $ 5.80       $ 1,314,170   
     1/27/2010      $ 100,000       $ 200,000      $ 400,000            
     2/4/2009      $ 91,500       $ 183,000      $ 366,000            
     2/9/2010                500,000       $ 4.65       $ 1,170,000   

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

     12/16/2010                               200,000       $ 5.80       $ 808,720   
     1/27/2010      $ 87,500       $ 175,000      $ 350,000            
     1/27/2010              $ 100,000 (3)                  
     2/11/2009      $ 87,500       $ 175,000      $ 350,000            
     2/27/2009                1,695,372       $ 4.26       $ 3,527,334   

David S. Oppenheimer (4)

     12/16/2010                               35,000       $ 5.80       $ 141,526   
     7/7/2010      $ 25,000       $ 50,000      $ 100,000            
     7/7/2010              $ 20,000 (3)                  
     7/28/2010                650,000       $ 4.95       $ 1,593,475   

Charles D. Boynton (5)

     1/27/2010      $ 66,000       $ 132,000      $ 264,000            
     1/27/2010              $ 50,000 (3)                  
     2/4/2009      $ 62,500       $ 125,000      $ 250,000            
     6/25/2010                               260,416       $ 4.26       $ 85,837   

Robert J. Sturgeon

     12/16/2010                               25,000       $ 5.80       $ 101,090   
     1/27/2010 (6)     $ 112,500       $ 225,000      $ 450,000            
     1/27/2010              $ 50,000 (3)                  
     2/4/2009      $ 112,500       $ 225,000      $ 450,000            
     2/9/2010                175,000       $ 4.65       $ 409,500   

Ganesh Bell

     12/16/2010                               35,000       $ 5.80       $ 141,526   
     7/28/2010      $ 58,500       $ 117,000      $ 234,000            
     7/28/2010              $ 30,000 (3)          300,000       $ 4.95       $ 735,450   

Raymond M. Martinelli

     2/4/2009      $ 37,500       $ 75,000      $ 150,000            

Crosbie Burns (7)

     2/4/2009      $ 121,650       $ 243,300      $ 486,600            

 

(1)   Represents awards granted under our 2009 CIP, 2010 CIP or 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan, which were or are based on achievement of certain levels of performance for 2009 and 2010. These columns show the awards that were possible at the threshold, target and maximum levels of performance to the extent applicable.

 

107


Table of Contents
(2)   Reflects the grant date fair value of each award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These amounts do not necessarily correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by the named executive officers. The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards are consistent with the valuation methodologies specified in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
(3)   Reflects amount payable under the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan. The target amount is a lump sum amount payable if certain financial goals are achieved as measured at the end of 2010. For a further discussion, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Our Compensation Programs—Variable Pay—2010 Incremental Incentive Bonus Plan.”
(4)   Mr. Oppenheimer joined us as our Chief Financial Officer in July 2010 and the 2010 CIP amount is a pro rated amount given his partial year of service.
(5)   Mr. Boynton left the company in June 2010 and no longer qualifies for any further payments under the 2010 CIP or the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan. In June 2010, we modified the post-termination exercise period of 260,416 options granted to Mr. Boynton such that the cancellation of the vested shares occurs twelve months after termination.
(6)   For the 2010 CIP, reflects a blended target. Mr. Sturgeon is subject to an allocation of 60% of his target bonus based on corporate performance under the 2010 CIP and 40% of his target bonus based on a gross margin statistic applicable to the inside sales organization. For further discussion, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Our Compensation Programs—Variable Pay—2010 Corporate Incentive Bonus Plan.”
(7)   Mr. Burns receives his cash compensation in British pounds. The amounts reported were converted to U.S. dollars using a rate of £1.00 per $1.622, which was the exchange rate as of December 31, 2009.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table presents certain information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers at the end of 2009 and 2010.

 

Name

   Year      Vesting
Commencement
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Michael A. Smerklo

    
 
 
 
2010


2009
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
1/1/2007
1/27/2010
12/16/2010
1/1/2007
 
 
 
  
    

 

 

 

1,800,000

1,800,000

(1)  

  

  

(1)  

   
 

 

 


500,000

325,000

  
(2)  

(2)  

  

  $

$

$

$

4.26

4.65

5.80

4.26

  

  

  

  

    
 
 
 
1/31/2017
2/9/2020
12/16/2020
1/31/2017
 
 
 
  

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

    
 
 
2010

2009
 
 
  
    
 
 
2/27/2009
12/16/2010
2/27/2009
 
 
  
    

 

 

518,030

(3)  

  

  

   

 

 

1,177,342

200,000

1,695,372

  

(2)  

(3)  

  $

$

$

4.26

5.80

4.26

  

  

  

    
 
 
2/27/2019
12/16/2020
2/27/2019
 
 
  

David S. Oppenheimer

    
 
 
2010

2009
 
 
  
    
 
 
7/28/2010
12/16/2010
 
 
  
    

 

 


  

  

  

   

 

 

650,000

35,000

(2)  

(2)  

  

  $

$

 

4.95

5.80

  

  

  

    
 
 
7/28/2020
12/16/2020
 
 
  

Charles D. Boynton

    
 
2010
2009
 
  
    
 
4/28/2008
4/28/2008
 
  
    

 

260,416

208,333

(4)  

(2)  

   

 


291,667

  

  

  $

$

4.26

4.26

  

  

    
 
4/30/2018
4/30/2018
 
  

Robert J. Sturgeon

    
 
 
 
2010


2009
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
10/1/2007
1/27/2010
12/16/2010
10/1/2007
 
 
 
  
    

 

 

 

525,000

525,000

(5)  

  

  

(5)  

   
 

 

 


175,000

25,000

  
(2)  

(2)  

  

  $

$

$

$

4.26

4.65

5.80

4.26

  

  

  

  

    
 
 
 
11/7/2017
2/9/2020
12/16/2020
11/7/2017
 
 
 
  

Ganesh Bell

    
 
 
2010

2009
 
 
  
    
 

 

5/24/2010
12/16/2010

 
  

  

    

 

 


  

  

  

   

 

 

300,000

35,000

(2)  

(2)  

  

  $

$

 

4.95

5.80

  

  

  

    
 

 

7/28/2020
12/16/2020

 
 

  

Raymond M. Martinelli

    
 
2009

 
 
    
 
 
5/1/2006
11/1/2006
1/1/2008
 
 
  
    

 

 

185,000

15,000

75,000

(6)  

(7)  

(8)  

   

 

 


  

  

  

  $

$

$

1.20

1.49

4.26

  

  

  

    
 
 
6/1/2014
6/1/2014
1/30/2018
 
 
  

Crosbie Burns

    
 
2009

 
 
    
 
 
6/1/2005
11/1/2006
1/1/2008
 
 
  
    

 

 

431,000

90,000

75,000

(9)  

(10)  

(11)  

   

 

 


  

  

  

  $

$

$

0.25

1.49

4.26

  

  

  

    
 
 
6/1/2014
6/1/2014
1/30/2018
 
 
  

 

(1)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on January 1, 2008 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2010, 1,762,500 shares were fully vested and 37,500 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us. As of December 31, 2009, 1,312,500 shares were fully vested and 487,500 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

 

108


Table of Contents
(2)   One-fourth of the shares subject to the option shall vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(3)   Of the shares awarded, 1,130,248 shares subject to the option vest over four years, with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting on February 27, 2010 and the remainder vest ratably over the following 36 months, and 565,124 shares subject to the option vest over five years with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting on February 27, 2011 and the remainder vest ratably over the following 36 months, in each case subject to continued service with us.
(4)   Mr. Boynton left the company in June 2010. Shares subject to the option no longer vest. As a result of his separation and pursuant to his release agreement with us, the option is exercisable until June 24, 2011.
(5)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on October 1, 2008 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2010, 415,625 shares were fully vested and 109,375 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period. As of December 31, 2009, 284,375 shares were fully vested and 240,625 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.
(6)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on May 1, 2007 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 158,958 shares were fully vested and 26,042 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.
(7)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on November 1, 2007 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 11,562 shares were fully vested and 3,438 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.
(8)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on January 1, 2009 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us. As of December 31, 2009, 35,937 shares were fully vested and 39,063 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.
(9)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on June 1, 2006 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 431,000 shares were fully vested.
(10)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on November 1, 2007 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 69,375 shares were fully vested and 20,625 shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(11)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on January 1, 2009 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 35,937 shares were fully vested and 39,063 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested at Fiscal Year-End

 

None of the named executive officers exercised options or vested in shares of our common stock during the specified years.

 

Other Plans

 

We do not have any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans, any traditional non-qualified deferred compensation plans or other deferred compensation plans.

 

Employment Agreements and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Smerklo, Bizzack, Oppenheimer, Sturgeon, Bell and Martinelli that provide for certain severance payments and equity vesting upon termination of their employment in specified circumstances. We believe that these agreements are an important retention tool, and will incent the named executive officers to maintain continued focus and dedication to their assigned duties to maximize stockholder value. The terms of these agreements were determined after review by the compensation committee of our retention goals for each named executive officer, as well as analysis of market data, similar agreements established within our industry, and applicable law. The employment agreements for Messrs. Smerklo, Bizzack and Sturgeon were effective in 2009. The employment agreements for Mr. Oppenheimer and Mr. Bell became effective in 2010 upon their joining the company. In addition, we entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Boynton in connection with his cessation of employment from us.

 

109


Table of Contents

Michael A. Smerklo . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated July 6, 2007, amended and restated June 8, 2010, with Michael A. Smerklo, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement sets forth Mr. Smerklo’s annual base salary of $410,000 and a target bonus of $200,000, both amounts to be reviewed annually and subject to adjustment by the board of directors. The agreement also sets forth a grant of options to purchase 1,800,000 shares of our common stock vesting over four years. Mr. Smerklo’s agreement provides further that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, either prior to a Change of Control or within twelve months following a Change of Control, he will be entitled to a severance payment in the amount of his earned, but not-yet-paid, annual target bonus for the year in which his separation occurs. In addition, if Mr. Smerklo is terminated without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, in addition to receiving his earned but not-yet-paid annual target bonus, Mr. Smerklo’s outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately become vested in full. The foregoing separation payments and benefits are conditioned on Mr. Smerklo executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Smerklo provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Smerklo will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

Jeffrey M. Bizzack . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated February 27, 2009, amended and restated December 8, 2010, with Jeffrey Bizzack, our President. The agreement sets forth Mr. Bizzack’s annual base salary of $375,000, target bonus of $175,000 and grant of options to purchase 1,695,372 shares of our common stock vesting as to 1,130,248 shares over four years and 565,124 shares over five years. If, during the first year of employment, we were to terminate Mr. Bizzack’s employment without Cause or he terminated his employment with us for Good Reason, then 282,562 shares subject to the foregoing option grant would become vested on the termination date; this provision was not triggered, however, as Mr. Bizzack has been employed with us for over a year. Mr. Bizzack’s agreement provides further that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, either prior to a Change of Control or within twelve months following a Change of Control, he will be entitled to a lump-sum severance payment equal to six months of his then current base salary, as well as six months target bonus, if any (subject to applicable tax withholdings), and the payment of premiums for up to 12 months of group health plan coverage, assuming that Mr. Bizzack has timely elected COBRA continuation coverage. In addition, if we terminate Mr. Bizzack’s employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, in addition to receiving the severance payments described above, Mr. Bizzack’s outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately become vested in full. The foregoing separation payments and benefits are conditioned on Mr. Bizzack executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Bizzack provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Bizzack will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

David S. Oppenheimer . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated July 7, 2010, with David Oppenheimer, our Chief Financial Officer, who commenced employment in July 2010. The agreement sets forth Mr. Oppenheimer’s annual base salary of $300,000, target bonus of 40% of his annual salary to be pro rated for 2010 based on actual length of service pursuant to the 2010 CIP, eligibility for participation in the one-time 2010 special incentive bonus plan up to a level of $20,000 and grant of options to purchase 650,000 shares of our common stock vesting over four years. Mr. Oppenheimer’s agreement provides that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, he will be entitled to a lump-sum severance payment equal to six months of his then current base salary, as well as 50% of his target bonus, if any (subject to applicable tax withholdings), the payment of premiums for up to 12 months of group health plan coverage, assuming that Mr. Oppenheimer has timely elected COBRA continuation coverage, and up to nine months from his termination date to exercise any stock option in which he has vested as of his termination date (which is six months longer than his stock option agreement would otherwise permit). In addition, if we

 

110


Table of Contents

terminate Mr. Oppenheimer’s employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, in addition to the severance payments described above, all of Mr. Oppenheimer’s outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately vest. The foregoing separation payments and benefits are conditioned on Mr. Oppenheimer executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Oppenheimer provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Oppenheimer will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

Robert J. Sturgeon . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated September 17, 2007, amended and restated December 8, 2010, with Robert Sturgeon, our Chief Delivery Officer. The agreement sets forth Mr. Sturgeon’s annual base salary of $275,000, target bonus of $225,000 and grant of options to purchase 525,000 shares of our common stock vesting over four years. Mr. Sturgeon’s agreement provides that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, his outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately become vested in full. The foregoing acceleration benefit is conditioned on Mr. Sturgeon executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Sturgeon provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Sturgeon will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

Ganesh Bell . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated April 13, 2010, with Ganesh Bell, our Executive Vice President, Products, who commenced employment in May 2010. The agreement sets forth Mr. Bell’s annual base salary of $260,000, target bonus of $117,000, to be pro rated based on actual length of service pursuant to the 2010 CIP, and grant of options to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock vesting over four years. Mr. Bell’s agreement provides that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, his outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately become vested in full. The foregoing acceleration benefit is conditioned on Mr. Bell executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Bell provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Bell will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

Raymond M. Martinelli . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated April 19, 2006, amended and restated December 8, 2010, with Raymond M. Martinelli, our Chief People Officer. The agreement sets forth Mr. Martinelli’s annual base salary of $270,000, potential bonus of $100,000 annually and grant of options to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock vesting over four years. Mr. Martinelli’s agreement provides that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, his outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately become vested in full. The foregoing acceleration benefit is conditioned on Mr. Martinelli executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Martinelli provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Martinelli will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

For purposes of the employment agreements described above, the following definitions apply:

 

“Change of Control” means the a sale of all or substantially all of our equity interests; a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving us following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the

 

111


Table of Contents

members of our board of directors immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of the surviving entity following the transaction; or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

“Cause” means (1) the employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (2) the employee’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against us; (3) the employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the employee and us or any statutory duty owed to us; (4) the employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (5) the employee’s gross misconduct.

 

“Good Reason” means the occurrence of any one of the following events without the employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in the employee’s job title; (2) a material, adverse change in the employee’s job responsibilities; (3) any reduction in the employees’ base salary, target bonus or aggregate level of benefits; or (4) in most cases, a relocation of the employee’s principal place of employment beyond a specified radius of between 30 and 50 miles from the company’s location at the time the agreement is entered into; provided that the employee has notified us in writing of the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above and within 30 days thereafter we have to restore the executive to the appropriate job title, responsibility, compensation or location. In the case of severance or vesting following a Change of Control, “Good Reason” is determined based on a change to the above factors as in effect immediately prior to a Change of Control.

 

Charles D. Boynton . In connection with his separation of employment from us on June 25, 2010, we entered into a release agreement with Mr. Boynton. Pursuant to the release agreement, we paid Mr. Boynton a lump sum of $213,500, representing six months of base salary and target bonus under the 2010 CIP, six months of COBRA continuation coverage, payment of the first half component of the 2010 CIP as actually calculated and determined by our board of directors and an extension of the exercise period with respect to the portion of vested stock options held by Mr. Boynton as of his separation date to June 24, 2011. In exchange, Mr. Boynton executed a standard release in favor of us. Mr. Boynton had previously entered into an employment agreement with us on terms generally similar to those described above for Mr. Bizzack except as noted on the table below.

 

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

 

The following table summarizes the estimated payments and benefits that would be provided to our named executive officers upon termination or a change-in-control under our plans and arrangements with our named executive officers described above, assuming the triggering event took place on the last business day of 2009 or 2010. For purposes of the table below, a “Qualifying Termination” means termination of employment by us without Cause, or termination of employment with us by the named executive officer for Good Reason, all as described above.

 

Name

   Year      Qualifying
Termination—

Cash Compensation
    Qualifying
Termination—

Health Care Benefits
    Qualifying Termination within one
year of a Change of Control—
Acceleration of Equity Vesting (1)
 

Michael A. Smerklo

     2010       $ 100,000 (2)       ––      $ 1,883,375 (3)  
     2009       $ 91,500 (2)       ––      $ 190,125 (3)  

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

     2010       $ 275,000 (2)     $ 16,660 (2)     $ 3,810,253   
     2009       $ 275,000 (2)     $ 16,848 (2)     $ 661,195   

David S. Oppenheimer

     2010       $ 175,000 (4)     $ 16,660 (4)     $ 1,545,750   

Robert J. Sturgeon

     2010                     $ 818,281   
     2009                     $ 93,844   

Ganesh Bell

     2010                     $ 740,750   

Raymond M. Martinelli

     2009                     $ 115,944   

Charles D. Boynton

     2010       $ 213,500 (5)     $ 8,330 (4)         
     2009       $ 200,000 (2)     $ 8,424 (2)     $ 113,750   

 

(1)   The amounts in this column represent the intrinsic value of the unvested shares subject to full equity acceleration, calculated as the sum of fair market value minus the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of unvested shares. Fair market value is equal to the value of shares of our common stock on December 31, 2009, the last business day of 2009, which was $4.65 per share, and an estimated fair market value on December 31, 2010, the last business day of 2010, which we estimate to be $7.25.

 

112


Table of Contents
(2)   Eligibility for the specified compensation and benefits occurs upon a Qualifying Termination prior to a Change of Control or within twelve months after a Change of Control. For Mr. Smerklo, the amount for 2010 represents the estimated remaining payment under his 2010 CIP bonus assuming that the target amount is paid out at 100% for the full year 2010.
(3)   Represents acceleration of the unvested portion of the applicable stock option, regardless of the early exercise provision applicable to the stock option. See “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” for further explanation of the stock options.
(4)   Eligibility for the specified compensation and benefits occurs upon a Qualifying Termination at any time.
(5)   Represents actual severance paid in June 2010 as described above.

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Our board of directors has adopted our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). The 2011 Plan will be effective upon the completion of this offering. The 2011 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units, performance shares, deferred stock units or dividend equivalents to our employees, directors and consultants and our subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

 

Shares Under the Plan . The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2011 Plan will be determined by our board of directors prior to this offering, and will equal approximately 9% of the estimated shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering. In addition, shares issuable under the 2011 Plan will include (i) any shares that, as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to awards granted under our 2004 Omnibus Share Plan (the “2004 Plan”) or 2008 Share Option Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2004 Plan or 2008 Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and (iii) any unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2004 Plan or 2008 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2011 Plan pursuant to (i) through (iii) above equal to a cap to be determined by our board of directors prior to this offering. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years, beginning with 2012, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

   

a number of shares to be specified;

 

   

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

 

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2011 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares tendered in payment of the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant or sale under the 2011 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

 

Plan Administration . The 2011 Plan will be administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “Administrator”). In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

 

Subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan, the Administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the

 

113


Table of Contents

award agreement for use under the 2011 Plan. The Administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2011 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2011 Plan and awards granted under the 2011 Plan.

 

Stock Options . The Administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under the 2011 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our common stock, or of certain of our subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares, broker-assisted cashless exercise or other consideration permitted by applicable law and acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan, the Administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting). After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her options, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Restricted Stock Units . Restricted stock units may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The Administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan, the Administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Performance Units/Performance Shares . Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the Administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of performance units and performance shares including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service, which,

 

114


Table of Contents

depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the Administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in any combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Deferred Stock Units . Deferred Stock Units may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Deferred Stock Units are restricted shares, restricted stock units, performance shares or performance units granted under the 2011 Plan that the Administrator permits to be paid out on an installment or deferred basis, in accordance with rules and procedures determined by the Administrator.

 

Dividend Equivalents . Dividend Equivalents may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Dividend Equivalents are credits, paid in cash, equal to the amount of cash dividends paid on shares represented by awards held by participants. Dividend Equivalents may be subject to the same vesting restrictions as the shares subject to an award.

 

Transferability of Awards . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the 2011 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

 

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2011 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2011 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction, and all awards, to the extent not previously exercised, will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

 

Merger or Change in Control . The 2011 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or Change in Control, as defined under the 2011 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the Administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate to the extent unexercised upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a merger or Change in Control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her awards will become fully vested and exercisable, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels.

 

Clawback Requirement . The 2011 Plan provides that if the company is required to restate its financial statements due to material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, executive officers will be required to repay compensation received pursuant to awards under the 2011 Plan during the three years preceding the restatement that is in excess of the amount to which they would be entitled under the restated financial statements, in accordance with Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Plan Amendment, Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2011 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. The 2011 Plan will automatically terminate in 2021, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.

 

115


Table of Contents

2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in February 2011. Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will be offered effective upon the completion of this offering. We believe that providing them the opportunity to participate in the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides them with a further incentive towards ensuring our success and accomplishing our corporate goals. The specific provisions of our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan are as provided for below.

 

A total of 900,000 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under the plan. In addition, our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2012, equal to the lesser of:

 

   

1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year;

 

   

1,500,000 shares; or

 

   

such other amount as may be determined by our board of directors.

 

Our compensation committee administers the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our compensation committee has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and determine eligibility to participate subject to the conditions of our 2011 Employee Stock Plan as described below.

 

All of our employees are eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

hold rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

 

Our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. Each offering period includes purchase periods, which will be the approximately six-month periods commencing with one exercise date and ending with the next exercise date. The offering periods are scheduled to start on the first trading day on or after March 1 and August 31 of each year, except for the first such offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after completion of this offering and will end on the first trading day on or after August 31, 2011.

 

Our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 10% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base salary, certain commissions and overtime, but excludes payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and certain other compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,000 shares during a six-month purchase period. Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month purchase period.

 

The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. If the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date is less than the fair market value on the first trading day of the offering period, participants will be withdrawn from the current offering period following their purchase of shares on the purchase date and will be automatically re-enrolled in a new offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

 

116


Table of Contents

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the purchase rights under the plan, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s election to purchase will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

 

Our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will automatically terminate in 2021, unless we terminate it sooner. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

2008 Share Option Plan

 

The 2008 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in December 2008 and approved by our equityholders in December 2008. The 2008 Plan was most recently amended in February 2009 to permit transfers of options for estate planning purposes. The 2008 Plan provides for the grant of stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and any of our subsidiary’s employees and consultants. As of the effective date of this offering, the 2008 Plan will be terminated and we will not grant any additional awards under the 2008 Plan. However, the 2008 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of outstanding awards granted thereunder.

 

Shares Under the Plan . As of December 31, 2010, there were 10,177,171 options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding and 2,871,848 shares were available for future grant under the 2008 Plan. Shares subject to options that expire or become unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an option (including any shares subject to options or similar awards granted under our 2004 Plan that expire or terminate without having been forfeited to or repurchased by us), will become available for future grant under the 2008 Plan, or, following this offering, under the 2011 Plan.

 

Plan Administration . Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors administers the 2008 Plan. Under the 2008 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the options, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares covering each option award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the form of consideration payable upon exercise of the option and the terms of the option agreement for use under the 2008 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2008 Plan, to amend existing options (including to reduce the option’s exercise price), to institute an exchange program by which outstanding options may be surrendered in exchange for options that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2008 Plan and options granted under the 2008 Plan.

 

Option Terms . The 2008 Plan permits the grant of stock options. The exercise price of such options must at least be equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, and the term of the options may not exceed ten years. After termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her options, to the extent vested and exercisable as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in the option agreement (which period of time must be at least three months). If termination is due to disability, or in the event of death, the options will remain exercisable for twelve months. However, in each case, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The 2008 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, as permitted by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or into trust for estate planning purposes, unless the administrator otherwise determines.

 

117


Table of Contents

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the administrator will make adjustments to the number and class of shares and exercise price of shares subject to outstanding options and the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2008 Plan. In the event of a proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all options will terminate to the extent unexercised immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

 

Merger or Change in Control . The 2008 Plan provides that in the event of our merger or change in control, the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding option. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding options, the options will become fully vested and exercisable. In addition, the administrator will notify participants in writing or electronically that options under the 2008 Plan will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator, and will terminate to the extent unexercised upon expiration of such period.

 

Plan Amendment, Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the 2008 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant, and subject to approval by our members, as defined in the LLC Agreement, if required by law. The 2008 Plan will terminate as of the effective date of this offering, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.

 

2004 Omnibus Share Plan

 

The 2004 Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our equityholders in May 2004. The 2004 Plan was most recently amended in February 2009 to permit transfers of options for estate planning purposes. The 2004 Plan expired in December 2008 upon adoption of the 2008 Plan. However, the 2004 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of outstanding awards granted thereunder. The 2004 Plan provided for the grant of stock options and restricted stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants of us and our related companies.

 

Shares Under the Plan . As of December 31, 2010, there were 7,545,776 options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding under the 2004 Plan. Shares subject to options or restricted stock that expire or otherwise terminate without having been forfeited to or repurchased by us will become available for future grant under the 2008 Plan, or, following this offering, under the 2011 Plan.

 

Plan Administration . Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors administered the 2004 Plan. Under the 2004 Plan, the administrator had the power to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares covering each award and the vesting schedule of awards. The administrator also had the authority, subject to the terms of the 2004 Plan, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2004 Plan and awards granted under the 2004 Plan.

 

Option Terms . The 2004 Plan permitted the grant of stock options. The exercise price of such options had to be at least equal to 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common membership interests on the date of grant except that the price could not be less than 110% of such fair market value with respect to any person who owned securities of more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our securities and any securities of our subsidiaries. The option term may not exceed ten years.

 

After termination of continuous service with us or a related company, an optionee may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in the option agreement (which period of time must not be less than 30 days and will be three months if no period is specified). Generally, if termination is due to disability, or in the event of death, the options will remain exercisable for one year. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The 2004 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during the optionee’s lifetime, may only be exercised by the optionee.

 

118


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock . The 2004 Plan permitted the grant of restricted stock awards. After the administrator determined that it would grant a restricted stock award, the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the award were set forth in a restricted stock agreement. The 2004 Plan generally does not allow the transfer of restricted stock other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless the administrator determines otherwise.

 

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the administrator will make adjustments to the number and type of shares and exercise price of shares subject to outstanding options and the number and type of shares that may be delivered under the 2004 Plan. If we issue any of our shares as a share dividend while options are outstanding, then each optionee, upon exercising such outstanding option, will receive such share dividends that were declared or paid while the option was outstanding.

 

Merger or Other Transaction . The 2004 Plan provides that in the event of our merger into or consolidation with another entity in which we are not the surviving entity, or we are liquidated or we sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets to another entity, then the administrator will determine the treatment of awards, which may be any of the following: (i) subject to (iii) through (v) below, upon exercise of options, optionees may receive the same consideration as holders of our common stock receive pursuant to the transaction, (ii) all options will become fully vested, (iii) all optionees will be given a 30-day period prior to the transaction to exercise their options in full, subsequent to which all unexercised options will be cancelled, (iv) optionees may exercise their options prior to the transaction to the extent such options otherwise are exercisable according to their vesting schedule, and all options will be cancelled upon consummation of the transaction, or (v) all options are cancelled in exchange for payment of the value of the option minus the exercise price.

 

Plan Amendment, Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the 2004 Plan provided such action does not adversely affect the rights of any award holder. The 2004 Plan terminated in December 2008 upon adoption of the 2008 Plan.

 

401(k) Plan

 

We have established a tax-qualified Section 401(k) retirement savings plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under this plan, participants may elect to make pre-tax contributions to the plan of up to a certain portion of their current compensation, not to exceed the applicable statutory income tax limitation. Currently, we match contributions made by participants in an amount up to $2,000 per annum. We intend for the plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, such that contributions to the plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn from the plan.

 

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

 

Our certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware

 

119


Table of Contents

law. Our bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these certificate of incorporation and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

120


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The following is a description of certain relationships and transactions since January 1, 2007 involving our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them.

 

Conversion to a Corporation

 

We are currently a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to the issuance of any of our shares of common stock in this offering, we will convert into a Delaware corporation and change our name from ServiceSource International, LLC to ServiceSource International, Inc. This conversion to a corporate form in connection with this offering will occur pursuant to our Limited Liability Company Agreement (“LLC Agreement”) and has been approved by our board of directors. As a result, we will enter into a conversion agreement with certain of our equityholders that provides that the conversion to a corporation take the form of a statutory conversion, and also provides that the conversion shall occur prior to the declaration of effectiveness by the SEC of our registration statement related to this offering without any further action on the part of our board of directors or equityholders. In conjunction with the Conversion, all of our outstanding common shares will automatically be converted into shares of our common stock based on their relative rights as set forth in our LLC Agreement. See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information regarding a description of the terms of our common stock following the Conversion and the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Also, as part of the Conversion and as contemplated by our LLC Agreement, two of our equityholders, GA SS Holding LLC, and entities controlled by investment funds controlled by General Atlantic LLC, and SSLLC Holdings, Inc., controlled by Benchmark Capital, have each elected to merge with and into ServiceSource International, Inc. In the merger, in exchange for shares of common stock of ServiceSource International, Inc., ServiceSource International, Inc. will receive all outstanding shares of GA Holdings LLC and SSLLC Holdings, Inc. In the merger agreement, the companies that will be merged into us will represent and warrant that they do not have any liabilities, operations or businesses other than activities related to holding our common stock and other than liabilities for certain tax matters with respect to the periods prior to the merger which are not yet due and payable, and will provide us with certain indemnities. Concurrently with the consummation of the conversion to a corporation, the LLC Agreement will be terminated other than certain provisions relating to certain pre-termination tax matters and liabilities.

 

ServiceSource International, LLC may be required to make tax distributions to these equityholders for the portion of 2011 prior to the Conversion. These distributions would be made within 90 days after the Conversion. ServiceSource International, LLC does not expect to make further tax distribution with respect to 2010 in 2011.

 

Historical Transactions

 

Registration Rights Agreements

 

We have entered into a Registration and Information Rights Agreement with GA SS Holding LLC, and entities controlled by investment funds controlled by General Atlantic, LLC, SSLLC Holdings, Inc., controlled by Benchmark Capital, and certain entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners, each a holder of our common stock. We have also entered into a securities purchase agreement that includes registration rights with certain of our stockholders. These agreements provide for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” below for additional information. In addition, these agreements provide for certain information rights. Following the completion of this offering, these agreements will continue in effect.

 

LLC Agreement

 

Our directors and members entered into the LLC Agreement which governs our operations. Upon the consummation of the Conversion, we will be converted into a corporation, and the LLC Agreement will no longer govern our operations and will not govern the rights of our stockholders.

 

121


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC created a board of directors to manage our business affairs. Under the LLC Agreement, there shall be up to a maximum of nine directors of the board of directors and the specific number of directors shall be set by resolution of the board of directors. Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, each member shall vote to cause and to maintain the election to the board of directors one director selected by GA SS Holding LLC, one director selected by Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, L.P. and Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, L.P., and one director selected by SSLLC Holdings, Inc. or its affiliates. The remainder of the directors shall be selected by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding common shares.

 

Under the LLC Agreement, there is one class of shares designated as common shares. Each equityholder has one vote for each common share held. The LLC Agreement also sets forth the rights of and restrictions on common shareholders, including certain rights of first refusal in favor of us and our Chief Executive Officer with respect to proposed transfers of common shares held by any officer of ServiceSource International, LLC, and certain preemptive and co-sale rights in favor of each member holding at least 5% of the equity securities of ServiceSource International, LLC that are not subject to vesting forfeiture or repurchase conditions. In addition, the LLC Agreement places certain transfer restrictions on the holders of common shares. The LLC agreement also authorizes certain equity incentive plans pursuant to which unvested common shares have been granted. In accordance with the LLC Agreement, the common shares will be converted into shares of our common stock in connection with the Conversion. The LLC Agreement includes indemnification provisions obligating ServiceSource International, LLC to indemnify its board of directors, officers, members, employees and agents.

 

Concurrently with the consummation of the Conversion, the LLC Agreement will be terminated other than certain provisions relating to certain pre-termination tax matters and liabilities.

 

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

 

We have adopted a formal written policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other independent members of our board of directors in situations in which it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

122


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2010, after giving effect to the Conversion, and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, by:

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

all selling stockholders.

 

This beneficial ownership information is presented on the following bases:

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options held by the respective person or group which may be exercised within 60 days after December 31, 2010. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2010 are included for that person or group. These shares are not deemed outstanding, however, for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person or group.

 

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 57,506,343 shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2010 after giving effect to the Conversion. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that              shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering.

 

123


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated by the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise indicated by the footnotes below, the address of each person listed in the table is c/o ServiceSource, 634 Second Street, San Francisco, California 94107.

 

    Number of Shares Beneficially Owned     Percentage of Shares Outstanding  
                After Offering     After Offering           After Offering     After Offering  

Name of beneficial owner

  Before
Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
    Shares
Being
Offered
in Over-
Allotment
    Assuming No
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
    Assuming
Full Exercise
of Over-
Allotment
Option
    Before
Offering
    Assuming No
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
    Assuming
Full Exercise
of Over-
Allotment
Option
 

5% Stockholders:

               

GA SS Holding LLC (1)

    15,286,453                26.6       

SSLLC Holdings, Inc. (2)

    11,417,860                19.9       

Entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners (3)

    9,552,500                16.6       

Michael A. Smerklo (4)

    4,663,705                7.8       

Executive Officers and Directors:

               

Michael A. Smerklo (4)

    4,663,705                7.8       

Jeffrey M. Bizzack (5)

    706,405                1.2       

David S. Oppenheimer

    0                *       

Charles D. Boynton (6)

    260,416                *       

Robert J. Sturgeon (7)

    572,395                *       

Ganesh Bell

    0                *       

Steven M. Cakebread (8)

    76,956                *       

Marc F. McMorris (9)

    15,553,573                27.0       

Bruce W. Dunlevie (10)

    11,150,740                19.4       

Anthony Zingale (11)

    112,607                *       

James C. Madden, V (12)

    150,000                *       

Barry D. Reynolds (13)

    9,552,500                16.6       

All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons) (14)

    43,145,651                70.0       

Other Selling Stockholders:

               

Additional selling stockholders to be named

               

 

(*)   Less than 1%.
(1)   GA SS Holding LLC (“GA SS”) is wholly-owned by its sole member, GA SS Holding II, LLC (“GA SS II”). GA SS II is wholly-owned by investment funds affiliated with and controlled by General Atlantic LLC (“General Atlantic”) and/or certain of its managing directors. Specifically, General Atlantic Partners 83, L.P. (“GAP 83”) owns 90.71% of GA SS II, GAP Coinvestments CDA, L.P. (“CDA”) owns 0.13% of GA SS II, GapStar, LLC (“GapStar”) owns 1.50% of GA SS II, GAP Coinvestments III, LLC (“GAPCO III”) owns 5.98% of GA SS II, GAP Coinvestments IV, LLC (“GAPCO IV”) owns 1.40% of GA SS II, GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG (“KG”, and, together with GAP 83, CDA, GapStar, GAPCO III and GAPCO IV, “General Atlantic Stockholders”) owns 0.28% of GA SS II. General Atlantic is the general partner of General Atlantic GenPar, L.P. (“GA GenPar”) and CDA. GA GenPar is the general partner of GAP 83. The officers of GapStar and managing members of GAPCO III and GAPCO IV are managing directors of General Atlantic. GAPCO Management GmbH (“GmbH Management”) is the general partner of KG. Certain managing directors of General Atlantic make investment decisions for GmbH Management. General Atlantic, GA GenPar, GAP 83, CDA, GapStar, GAPCO III, GAPCO IV, KG and GmbH Management are a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Mr. McMorris, one of the members of our board of directors, is a managing director of General Atlantic LLC and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares listed in the table above as owned by GA SS except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. There are 26 other managing directors of General Atlantic LLC. Each of these managing directors disclaims ownership of the shares owned by GA SS except to the extent he or she has a pecuniary interest therein. Other than their interest in General Atlantic LLC and its investment entities, these individuals are not affiliated with us, our management or any of the named underwriters for this offering. The address for the General Atlantic Stockholders (other than KG) is c/o General Atlantic Service Company, LLC, 3 Pickwick Plaza, Greenwich, CT 06830. The mailing address for KG and GmbH Management is c/o General Atlantic GmbH, Koenigsallee 63, 40212 Düsseldorf, Germany.

 

124


Table of Contents
(2)   Consists of shares held of record by SSLLC Holdings, Inc. (“SSLLC”), GA SS II owns 2.34% of SSLLC and the remaining 97.66% of SSLLC is owned by Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P. (“BCP V”), as nominee for BCP V, Benchmark Founders’ Fund V, L.P., Benchmark Founders’ Fund V-A, L.P., Benchmark Founders’ Fund V-B, L.P. and related individuals. Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.P. is the general partner of BCP V and its managing members are Alexandre Balkanski, Bruce W. Dunlevie, J. William Gurley, Kevin R. Harvey, Robert C. Kagle, Steven M. Spurlock, Peter H. Fenton and Mitchell H. Lasky. These individuals may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over all of the shares held by SSLLC. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities and individuals is 2480 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(3)   Includes (i) 6,084,000 shares held of record by Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, LP (“HMF SBIC”); (ii) 2,248,829 shares held of record by Housatonic Equity Investors IV, LP (“HEI IV”); (iii) 1,116,000 shares held of record by Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, LP (“HEI SBIC”); and (iv) 103,671 shares held of record by Housatonic Equity Affiliates IV, LP (“HEA IV”). Housatonic Micro Partners SBIC, LLC is the General Partner of HMF SBIC; Housatonic Equity Partners IV, LLC is the General Partner of HEI IV and HEA IV; and Housatonic Equity Partners SBIC, LLC is the General Partner of HEI SBIC. William N. Thorndike, Jr., Barry D. Reynolds, Joseph M. Niehaus, Mark G. Hilderbrand, Jill A. Raimondi, James L. Wilder, III, Karen E. Liesching, Michael C. Jackson and Eliot Wadsworth, II are managing members of one or more of the entities, or general partners of the entities, that directly or indirectly hold such shares, and as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to shares held by one or more of these entities. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities and individuals is 44 Montgomery Street, Suite 4010, San Francisco, California 94104.
(4)   Includes (i) 2,728,289 shares held of record by Michael A. Smerklo, Trustee of The True North Trust dated July 25, 2008; and (ii) 1,935,416 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010.
(5)   Consists of 706,405 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010.
(6)   Consists of 260,416 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010.
(7)   Consists of 572,395 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010, of which 495,832 are fully vested.
(8)   Consists of 76,956 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010.
(9)   Consists of the shares listed in footnotes 1 and 2 above, which are held of record by GA SS. Mr. McMorris is a managing director of GA LLC and may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by GA SS. Mr. McMorris disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
(10)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote 2 above, which are held of record by SSLLC. Mr. Dunlevie is a managing member of Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.P. and may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by SSLLC. Mr. Dunlevie disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
(11)   Consists of 112,607 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010.
(12)   Consists of 150,000 shares issuable to the James C. Madden, V Living Trust for which Mr. Madden serves as trustee, upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010, of which 134,375 are fully vested.
(13)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote 3 above, which are held by entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners. Mr. Reynolds is a managing or general partner of the Housatonic entities that directly or indirectly hold such shares, and as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to shares held by one or more of the entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners. Mr. Reynolds disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
(14)   Includes (i) 4,160,549 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by our current executive officers and directors exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010, of which 4,048,569 are fully vested.

 

125


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The description of our common stock reflects the completion of the Conversion which will occur prior to the closing of this offering.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,020,000,000 shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

   

1,000,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

   

20,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

 

As of December 31, 2010, and after giving effect to the Conversion, we had outstanding 57,506,343 shares of common stock, held of record by 212 stockholders, and no shares of preferred stock were outstanding. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, and after giving effect to the Conversion, 17,722,947 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding options. For more information on our capitalization, see “Capitalization” above.

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available therefor. In the event that we liquidate, dissolve or wind up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and all shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

Preferred Stock

 

After the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock or delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock or even the ability to issue preferred stock could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Registration Rights

 

GA SS Holding LLC, controlled by General Atlantic, LLC, SSLLC Holdings, Inc., controlled by Benchmark Capital, and certain entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners (together, the “Significant Holders”) and certain of our other stockholders (the “2003 Holders”) are entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. For the Significant Holders, these

 

126


Table of Contents

rights are provided under the terms of a Registration and Information Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). For the 2003 Holders, these rights are provided under the terms of a Registration Rights Schedule to a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Registration Rights Schedule”). Both agreements include demand registration rights, piggyback registration rights and Form S-3 registration rights. For the 2003 Holders, registration rights are only granted to each 2003 Holder that would own at least 1% of our outstanding common stock after giving effect to this offering. In connection with the offering, the 2003 holders agreed to waive, to the extent necessary, their piggyback registration rights such that the inclusion of up to 13% of their holdings in the offering shall satisfy their piggyback registration rights under the Registration Rights Schedule. We refer to these shares collectively as “registrable securities.” All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares to be registered.

 

Demand Registration Rights . The Significant Holders and the 2003 Holders are entitled to demand registration rights. If the Significant Holders request in writing that we effect a registration that has an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public of at least $10 million or if the 2003 Holders request in writing a registration that has an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public of at least $7.5 million, then we will be required, at our expense, to register all registrable securities that these respective holders request to be registered. We are required to effect only two registrations for the Significant Holders pursuant to this provision of the Registration Rights Agreement and only two registrations for the 2003 Holders pursuant to this provision of the Registration Rights Schedule. Depending on certain conditions, however, we may defer such registration for a specified number of days. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights . The Significant Holders and the 2003 Holders, respectively, are entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, after the completion of this offering the Significant Holders and the 2004 Holders are entitled to include all or part of their shares in the registration at our expense. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

 

Form S-3 Registration Rights . The Significant Holders and the 2003 Holders, respectively, are also currently entitled to short-form registration rights. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders have the right to have all or part of their shares registered by us at our expense, subject to certain exceptions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware General Corporation Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware Law, which are referred to below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of potentially discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

 

Undesignated Preferred Stock . As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire control of our company. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

 

127


Table of Contents

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting . Our certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

 

In addition, our bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals . Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Board Classification . Our board of directors is divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Board Composition and Risk Oversight.” In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that directors may be removed only for cause. The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

 

No Cumulative Voting . Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as such stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of director’s decisions regarding a takeover or otherwise.

 

Amendment of Charter Provisions . The amendment of the above provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws requires approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute . Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

the transaction is approved by our board of directors prior to the date the interested stockholder obtained such status;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

   

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

128


Table of Contents

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

 

The provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended upon the closing of this offering, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting unsolicited takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored unsolicited takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

Direct Registration System

 

From and after the time of this offering, we intend to issue our common stock in book-entry form without stock certificates. As a result, upon completion of this offering, we will issue our common stock through the Direct Registration System, and stockholders’ shares will be recorded and maintained on stock records maintained by us and our transfer agent and registrar, without the issuance of physical stock certificates. In addition to such statements as they or their brokers may from time to time request, stockholders will be provided an account statement reflecting their ownership upon acquiring shares of our common stock and will be provided annual account statements reflecting their ownership positions.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Wells Fargo Shareowner Services. The transfer agent’s address is 161 N. Concord Exchange St. South St. Paul, MN 55075, and its telephone number is (800) 468-9716.

 

Listing

 

We have applied to list our common stock for quotation on The Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “SREV.”

 

129


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or otherwise impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, based on shares outstanding on December 31, 2010, a total of              shares of common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, all shares of common stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

The remaining shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

 

As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below and under the section entitled “Underwriters,” and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date

   Number of
Shares
 

On the date of this prospectus

  

Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

 

In addition, of the 17,722,947 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2010, options to purchase 7,785,338 shares of common stock were vested as of December 31, 2010 and will be eligible for sale following the effective date of this offering, subject to the lock-up agreements as described below and in the section titled “Underwriters.”

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

The selling stockholders, all of our directors and executive officers and the holders of approximately         % of our common stock on a fully-diluted basis have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, subject to extension as described in the section titled “Underwriters.”

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to the availability of public information about us as required by Rule 144. If such

 

130


Table of Contents

a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

 

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates will be entitled to sell within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us as required by Rule 144. The shares that may be sold in compliance with Rule 144 that are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and under the section titled “Underwriters” below, will not become eligible for sale until the expiration or waiver of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

Rule 701

 

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. The shares that may be sold in compliance with Rule 701 that are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and under the section titled “Underwriters” below will not become eligible for sale until expiration or waiver of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

As of December 31, 2010, 2,286,068 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701.

 

Stock Options

 

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock option plans and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. Shares issuable upon exercise of the stock options that we have granted that are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and under the section titled “Underwriters” below will not become eligible for sale until the expiration or waiver of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

Registration Rights

 

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 40 million shares of our common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various contractual registration rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. All of these shares are subject to certain restrictions including the lock-agreements as described above and under the section titled “Underwriters” below, and the holders of these shares will not be entitled to exercise their registration rights until the expiration or waiver of such restrictions. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

131


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

 

This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not address any U.S. federal non-income tax considerations or any tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

In addition, if a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.

 

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP OR DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

 

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a U.S. person or a partnership or entity taxable as a partnership. For purposes of this discussion, you are a U.S. person if you are:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

132


Table of Contents
   

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Distributions

 

We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

 

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

 

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributed to a permanent establishment in the United States, are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates generally applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributed to a permanent establishment in the United States;

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “USRPHC”) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

 

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair

 

133


Table of Contents

market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

 

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions and credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

 

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

 

Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. holders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The legislation would apply to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

 

134


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are serving as the representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Underwriters

   Number
of Shares
 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Lazard Capital Markets LLC

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  
        

Total

  
        

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             a share under the initial public offering price. Any underwriter may allow a concession not in excess of $             a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

135


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are set forth assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional             shares of our common stock from us and the selling stockholders.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

     $                     $                     $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

   $                    $                    $                

The selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

Proceeds before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

 

 

The expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated to be approximately $            , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock.

 

The underwriters have informed us and the selling stockholders that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SREV.”

 

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors and executive officers and the holders of approximately         % of our outstanding stock on a fully diluted basis immediately prior to this offering have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock; or

 

   

in the case of us, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock;

 

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

136


Table of Contents
   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the holder;

 

   

distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock to limited partners or stockholders of the holder or to the holder’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the holder;

 

   

transfers or distributions of shares of common stock to a corporation or other entity of which the holder and/or the holder’s immediate family are at all times the direct or indirect legal and beneficial owners of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests of such corporation or other entity; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this exception or the prior two exceptions above, (i) each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter agreement and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

   

dispositions to us pursuant to our right to repurchase from the holder (or the obligation of the holder to sell or transfer to us) shares of common stock issued under the our equity incentive plans or under agreements pursuant to which such shares were issued, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period referred to in the foregoing sentence;

 

   

the receipt by the holder from us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the holder or ServiceSource;

 

   

our issuance of shares of common stock, or other securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of common stock, in connection with acquisitions, joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, in an aggregate number of shares not to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, provided that each recipient of these shares of common stock shall be subject to the lock-up restrictions described herein; or

 

   

in the case of GA SS Holding LLC, pledges of up to 5% of the shares held by GA SS Holding LLC in favor of the lenders under its credit facility as existing on the date hereof, or any transfer of such shares in connection with such pledge.

 

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period;

 

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

In order to facilitate this offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell

 

137


Table of Contents

more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of the common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in this offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments required in connection with such liabilities.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

Lazard Frères & Co. LLC referred this transaction to Lazard Capital Markets LLC and will receive a referral fee from Lazard Capital Markets LLC in connection therewith.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price earnings ratios, price sales ratios and market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

 

Directed Share Program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved             percent of the shares of common stock to be issued by us and offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to directors, officers, employees, business associates, customers and related persons of ServiceSource International, Inc. If purchased by these persons, these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of directed shares.

 

138


Table of Contents

Other Relationships

 

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future perform various financial advisory services for us.

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the “Shares”) may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any of the underwriters of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

United Kingdom

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

   

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21(1) of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Shares in circumstances in which Section 21(I) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

   

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

139


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Following this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains registration statements, reports, proxy statements and other information filed electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

 

140


Table of Contents

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Members of

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of members’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ServiceSource International, LLC and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

 

February 25, 2011

 

San Francisco, California

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

     December 31,  
   2009     2010     2010  
                 Pro Forma  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash

   $ 13,169      $ 22,652      $     

Accounts receivable, net

     28,015        49,237     

Advances to customers

     741        18     

Current portion of deferred income taxes

     713        1,155     

Prepaid expenses and other

     1,087        3,326     
                        

Total current assets

     43,725        76,388     

Property and equipment, net

     14,001        19,418     

Goodwill

     6,334        6,334     

Deferred debt issuance costs, net

     423        273     

Deferred income taxes, net of current portion

     2,882        3,780     

Other assets, net

     2,215        1,910     
                        

Total assets

   $ 69,580      $ 108,103      $     
                        

Liabilities and Members’/Stockholders’ Equity

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 1,124      $ 3,710      $     

Accrued taxes

     2,679        2,233     

Accrued compensation and benefits

     7,780        12,170     

Accrued payables to customers

     5,979        30,640     

Other accrued liabilities

     3,742        7,221     

Current portion of long-term debt

     3,322        2,279     
                        

Total current liabilities

     24,626        58,253     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     14,286        14,939     

Other long-term liabilities

     337        1,027     
                        

Total liabilities

     39,249        74,219     
                        

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7 and 8)

      

Members’/stockholders’ equity:

      

Common shares: 99,000 authorized; 57,299 and 58,007 issued; 56,885 and 57,506 outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively zero authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     30,506        34,161     

Common stock; $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

                

Treasury shares/stock

     (126     (441  

Additional paid-in capital

                

Retained earnings

                

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (49     164     
                        

Total members’/stockholders’ equity

     30,331        33,884     
                        

Total liabilities and members’/stockholders’ equity

   $ 69,580      $ 108,103      $       
                        

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Net revenue

   $ 100,280      $ 110,676      $ 152,935   

Cost of revenue

     56,965        58,877        90,048   
                        

Gross profit

     43,315        51,799        62,887   
                        

Operating expenses

      

Sales and marketing

     20,486        23,182        35,119   

Research and development

     1,160        2,054        7,188   

General and administrative

     10,571        13,777        19,378   

Amortization of intangible assets

     857        68          
                        

Total operating expenses

     33,074        39,081        61,685   
                        

Income from operations

     10,241        12,718        1,202   

Interest expense

     (2,209     (1,116     (1,271

Loss on extinguishment/modification of debt

     (561            (144

Other (expense) income, net

     (1,497     639        (207
                        

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     5,974        12,241        (420

Income tax provision

     1,153        1,866        2,147   
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,821      $ 10,375      $ (2,567
                        

Pro forma income before income taxes (Note 4, unaudited)

       $     

Pro forma provision for income taxes (Note 4, unaudited)

      
            

Pro forma net income (Note 4, unaudited)

       $     
            

Net income (loss) per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.09      $ 0.18      $ (0.04
                        

Diluted

   $ 0.08      $ 0.18      $ (0.04
                        

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share:

      

Basic

     56,209        56,750        57,284   
                        

Diluted

     58,733        58,912        57,284   
                        

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share (unaudited) (Note 4):

      

Basic

       $     
            

Diluted

       $     
            

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share (unaudited) (Note 4):

      

Basic

      
            

Diluted

      
            

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands)

 

     Common Shares     Treasury Shares     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
     Shares      Amount     Shares     Amount      

Balances at December 31, 2007

     56,093       $ 7,887             $      $ 50      $ 7,937   

Cash distributions to members

             (5,201                          (5,201

Issuance of common shares from exercise of share options

     305         207                             207   

Vesting of share options subject to repurchase

     63         16                             16   

Share-based compensation expense

             5,449                             5,449   

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share options

             178                             178   

Comprehensive income:

                  

Net income

             4,821                             4,821   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                  75        75   
                   

Total comprehensive income

                4,896   
                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2008

     56,461         13,357                      125        13,482   

Issuance of common shares from exercise of share options

     459         585                             585   

Repurchase of common shares

                    (35     (126            (126

Share-based compensation expense

             6,060                             6,060   

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share options

             129                             129   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

             10,375                             10,375   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                  (174     (174
                   

Total comprehensive income

                10,201   
                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     56,920         30,506        (35     (126     (49     30,331   

Cash distributions to members

             (2,517                          (2,517

Issuance of common shares from exercise of share options

     707         556                        556   

Repurchase of common shares

                    (86     (315            (315

Share-based compensation expense

             8,089                             8,089   

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share options

             94                             94   

Comprehensive loss:

             

Net loss

             (2,567                          (2,567

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                  213        213   
                   

Total comprehensive loss

                (2,354
                                                 

Balances at December 31, 2010

     57,627       $ 34,161        (121   $ (441   $ 164      $ 33,884   
                                                 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,821      $ 10,375      $ (2,567

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     3,356        3,527        6,137   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     172        162        186   

Loss on extinguishment/modification of debt

     561               144   

Deferred income taxes

     (1,881     (1,025     (1,340

Share-based compensation

     5,449        6,060        8,089   

Tax benefit from share-based compensation

     (178     (129     (94

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (6,408     (4,494     (21,222

Advances to customers

     (3,185     3,562        723   

Prepaid expenses and other

     (757     (1,665     (1,936

Accounts payable

     938        (1,063     1,949   

Accrued taxes

     1,749        (1,743     (352

Accrued compensation and benefits

     1,198        930        4,390   

Accrued payables to customers

     (2,077     2,470        23,642   

Other accrued liabilities

     (526     2,537        4,881   
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,232        19,504        22,630   
                        

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Acquisition of property and equipment

     (6,806     (7,476     (9,170
                        

Cash used in investing activities

     (6,806     (7,476     (9,170
                        

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

     3,500        10,600          

Repayments of revolving credit facility

     (3,500     (10,600       

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     17,500                 

Repayments on long-term debt

     (18,048     (2,967     (1,776

Payments of deferred debt issuance costs

     (587            (181

Cash distributions to members

     (5,201            (2,517

Proceeds from option exercises

     207        585        556   

Repurchases of common shares

            (126     (315

Tax benefit from share-based compensation

     178        129        94   
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (5,951     (2,379     (4,139
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (9,525     9,649        9,321   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     158        (260     162   

Cash at beginning of period

     13,147        3,780        13,169   
                        

Cash at end of period

   $ 3,780      $ 13,169      $ 22,652   
                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,835      $ 1,038      $ 917   

Cash paid for income taxes

     110        5,627        3,626   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

      

Acquisition of property and equipment under capital leases

     324        785        1,388   

Acquisition of property and equipment through accounts payable

            102        637   

Vesting of share options subject to repurchase

     16                 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. The Company

 

ServiceSource International, LLC (the “Company,” “LLC” or “ServiceSource”) manages the service contract renewals process of maintenance, support and subscription agreements on behalf of its customers. The Company’s integrated solution consists of a suite of cloud applications, dedicated service sales teams working under its customers’ brands and a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. By integrating software, managed services and data, the Company provides end-to-end management and optimization of the service contract renewals process, including data management, quoting, selling and service revenue business intelligence. The Company’s business is built on a pay-for-performance model, whereby customers pay the Company based on renewal sales that the Company generates on the customers’ behalf. The Company’s corporate headquarters are located in San Francisco, California. The Company has additional offices in Colorado, Tennessee, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Malaysia and Singapore.

 

The Company is currently established as a limited liability company and the members’ units of interest are defined as shares or common shares in the limited liability company agreement.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ServiceSource International, LLC and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of net revenue and expenses during the reporting period.

 

The Company’s significant accounting judgments and estimates include: revenue recognition; the determination and assessment of fair value of the Company’s common shares and related share-based compensation expense, realizability of deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions, and capitalization of internal-use software.

 

The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various assumptions that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances. However, future events are subject to change and estimates and judgments routinely require adjustment. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and these differences may be material.

 

Segments

 

The Company defines an operating segment on the same basis that it uses internally to evaluate performance. Management has determined that the Company operates in three segments, as it reports financial information across three geographic regions to its chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker. The Company’s three operating and reportable segments are NALA (North America and Latin America), EMEA (Europe and Middle East) and APJ (Asia Pacific and Japan).

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Significant Risks and Uncertainties

 

The Company is subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could have a material and adverse effect on its future financial position or results of operations. The Company’s customers are primarily high technology companies and any downturn in these industries, changes in customers’ sales strategies, or widespread shift away from end customers purchasing maintenance and support contracts could have an adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, accounts receivable and advances to customers. The Company is also exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

 

Cash is maintained in demand accounts at U.S., European and Asian financial institutions that management believes are credit worthy. Deposits in these institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on these deposits.

 

Accounts receivable are derived from services performed for customers located primarily in the U.S., Europe and Asia. The Company attempts to mitigate the concentration of credit risk in its trade receivables through its ongoing credit evaluation process and historical collection experience. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectibility of all accounts receivable, which takes into consideration an analysis of historical bad debts and other available information.

 

The following table summarizes net revenue and accounts receivable from customers, as included in the NALA and EMEA geographic segments (Note 13), in excess of 10% of total net revenue and accounts receivable, respectively:

 

     Revenue     Accrued Accounts Receivable  
     Years Ended December 31,     December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010     2009     2010  

Sun Microsystems, Inc

     23     24     13     19     20

VMWare, Inc

     *        *        11     *        10

 

*   Amounts represent less than 10% in the respective year.

 

The following table summarizes advances to customers and accrued payables to customers in excess of 10% of total advances and accrued payables to customers, respectively:

 

     Advances to Customers     Accrued
Payables to  Customers
 
     December 31,     December 31,  
     2009     2010     2009     2010  

Sun Microsystems, Inc

     100     100     99     100

 

In January 2010, Oracle Corporation (“Oracle”) acquired the Company’s then-largest customer, Sun Microsystems, Inc. (“Sun”). In July 2010, Oracle notified the Company that it was terminating the Sun agreements with the Company, effective in the third quarter of 2010. As of September 30, 2010, the Sun agreements were terminated. A settlement agreement in regards to the Sun termination is being negotiated between Oracle and the Company. The Company has reflected its best estimate of the expected results of the settlement as of December 31, 2010. This estimate is subject to change.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements

 

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . Under this standard, fair value is defined as the price that would be received by selling an asset or paid by transferring a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of the observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of the hierarchy are as follows:

 

Level 1    Quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
Level 2    Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.
Level 3    Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

The adoption of ASC 820 had no impact on members’ equity as of January 1, 2008.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amounts of certain financial instruments, which include cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, advances to customers, accrued payables to customers and other accrued liabilities approximates fair value due to their short-term nature. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value, assuming minimal credit risk and nonperformance risk.

 

Foreign Currency Translation and Remeasurement

 

Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment, where that local currency is the functional currency, are translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Net revenue and expenses are translated at monthly average exchange rates. The Company accumulates net translation adjustments in members’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). For non-U.S. subsidiaries whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies have been remeasured in U.S. dollars, and any resulting gains and losses are reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains of $(1.5) million, $0.6 million, and $(0.2) million were included in other income (expense), net during 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

 

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of ninety days or less at the time of purchase. The Company did not have any cash equivalents at December 31, 2009 and 2010. The Company had $0.1 million in cash held as collateral at a major financial institution which has been classified as restricted cash at December 31, 2009. The balance of restricted cash was not significant at December 31, 2010. The restricted cash included in prepaid expenses and other on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets represented cash held for collateral pledged for corporate credit cards.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable consist of receivables from the Company’s customers and are stated at their carrying values net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company evaluates the ongoing collectibility of its accounts receivable based on a number of factors such as the credit quality of its customers, the age of accounts receivable balances, collections experience and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, a specific allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated and recorded, which reduces the recognized receivable to the estimated amount that management believes will ultimately be collected. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when it is probable that receivable will not be recovered.

 

The following are changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts during 2008, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
   2008     2009     2010  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 879      $ 673      $ 79   

Additions

     313               76   

Write-offs

     (519     (594     (155
                        

Balance, end of period

   $ 673      $ 79      $   
                        

 

Advances and Accrued Payables to Customers

 

For customer contracts that include both sales of customer service contracts and other account management services, the Company collects the gross amount of payment due from the end customers’ contracts and then remits such payment to the customer, net of the commissions and fees earned by the Company. An advance to customers is recorded in instances where the Company has remitted the net payment due to the customer before the receipt of the related gross amount due under the customer contract from the end customer. An accrued payables to customers is recorded by the Company for the net amount due to the customer when it has received the related gross payment from the end customer, but has not yet remitted the corresponding net payment to the customer. At December 31, 2010, the Company did not have any active customer contracts that included both sales of customer service contracts and other account managed services.

 

Property and Equipment

 

The Company records property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of seven years for office furniture and equipment, two to three years for computer hardware and two to five years for software. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related assets, ranging from three to eight years.

 

Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to the consolidated statement of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Capitalized Internal-Use Software

 

Expenditures for software purchases and software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized over a period of two to five years on a straight-line basis. For software developed or obtained for internal use, the Company capitalizes direct external costs associated with developing or obtaining internal-use software. In addition, the Company also capitalizes certain payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with the development of such applications. Costs associated with preliminary project stage

 

F-10


Table of Contents

activities, training, maintenance and all other post-implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred and are recorded in research and development on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Capitalized costs related to internal-use software under development are treated as construction-in-progress until the program, feature or functionality is ready for its intended use, at which time amortization commences.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

In connection with an acquisition in 2003 the Company acquired certain intangible assets consisting of goodwill, customer contracts and related relationships, trade names and noncompete agreements in the NALA reporting unit. Goodwill is not amortized. Intangible assets are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of six years for customer contracts and related relationships, and five years for trade name and noncompete agreements. As of December 31, 2009, the intangible assets were fully amortized.

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. Triggering events that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset or a significant decrease in expected cash flows at a reporting unit. When impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step, identifying a potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step would need to be conducted; otherwise, no further steps are necessary as no potential impairment exists. The second step, measuring the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Any excess of the reporting unit goodwill carrying value over the respective implied fair value is recognized as an impairment loss. There was no impairment of goodwill identified during 2008, 2009 or 2010. As of December 31, 2010, the latest impairment testing date, the estimated fair value of NALA exceeds the carrying value by 461%.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company’s long-lived assets consist of property and equipment, including internal-use software, and intangible assets. The Company initiates its review of potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, significant negative industry or economic trends which may affect operating income. Determination of recoverability of long-lived assets is based on an estimate of the undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying value. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. No impairment charge was recorded for long-lived assets in 2008, 2009 or 2010.

 

Operating Leases

 

The Company’s operating lease agreements include provisions for certain rent holidays, tenant incentives and escalations in the base price of the rent payment. The Company records rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term and records the difference between expense and cash payments as deferred rent. The tenant incentives are recorded as deferred rent and amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Deferred rent is included in other accrued liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Deferred Debt Issuance Costs

 

The Company defers debt issuance costs, which consist primarily of bank and legal fees. Such costs related to the term loan (Note 7) are amortized using the effective-interest method over the term of the debt agreement. Costs related to the revolving credit facility (Note 7) are amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the credit facility. The amortization of deferred debt issuance costs is recorded as interest expense. Unamortized deferred debt issuance costs were $0.4 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs was $0.2 million in each of the years 2008, 2009 and 2010. Estimated future amortization of deferred debt issuance costs expense will approximate $0.2 million in 2011 and 2012 and $0.1 million in 2013.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of two components, net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses recorded as an element of members’ equity but are excluded from net income (loss). The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments from those subsidiaries not using the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. The Company has disclosed accumulated comprehensive other income (loss) as a separate component of members’ equity.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Substantially all of the Company’s revenue is generated from commissions earned from sales of renewals of maintenance, support and subscription contracts on behalf of its customers. Commissions are generally a fixed percentage of the overall sales value associated with the service revenue contracts sold by the Company on behalf of its customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been provided, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured from customers and no significant obligations remain unfulfilled by the Company. Customer contracts are used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Under the terms of the Company’s customer contracts, the Company’s service obligations are completed when the Company’s customers accept purchase orders from their end customers and no significant post-delivery obligations of the Company remain unfulfilled. The Company assesses whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms with customers and whether any part of the fee is subject to refund or adjustment. The Company assesses collectibility based primarily on the creditworthiness of customers as determined by credit checks and analyses as well as the payment history of its customers. Revenue is recognized on a net basis primarily because the Company is not a party to the contracts between the customers and the end customers and does not provide actual services to the end customers. Also, the Company does not set the price, terms or scope of services in the contracts with end customers.

 

Some customer agreements include performance-based commissions based on attainment of certain performance targets, including the achievement of contract renewal rates in excess of specified targets. Certain customer arrangements also entitle the Company to fees and adjustments which are invoked in various circumstances, including the failure of customers to provide the Company with a specified minimum value of service contracts to sell on their behalf. The Company’s contracts generally contain termination fees should customers elect to cancel agreements prior to their expiration. Revenue related to commission incentives and early termination fees are recorded in the period when the performance criteria have been met, or the triggering event has occurred, and the amount earned is not subject to claw-back or future adjustment. Some customers may cancel their contracts if the Company is out of compliance with certain performance obligations, as defined in the relevant customer agreement. In addition, the Company estimates an allowance for potential cancellation of service contracts and unpaid invoices from end customers, which is calculated based on historical results and the aging of the outstanding invoices and constitutes a reduction of the revenue recorded upon the sale of service contracts.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

For multiple element arrangements including deliverables such as sales of service contracts, account management services and subscriptions to the Company’s service revenue management solutions, the Company separates each revenue stream at the inception of the arrangement on a relative fair value basis, provided that each service element meets the criteria for treatment as a separate unit of accounting. An item is considered a separate unit of accounting if it has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis and there is objective and reliable fair value of the undelivered services. The fair value of the undelivered elements is determined by the price charged when the element is sold separately, or in cases where the item is not sold separately, by using other acceptable objective evidence.

 

For a limited number of customer arrangements, the Company is responsible for selling service contracts and for providing account management services such as invoicing and cash collections from end customers. Under these arrangements, revenue is recognized when the service has been delivered and the fee is fixed or determinable, which is upon receipt of cash payment from the end customer. Revenue is also reported net of sales taxes collected from end customers and remitted to state and local government authorities.

 

For a limited number of customer engagements that include sales of service contracts and subscription fees to the Company’s hosted technology platform, fees earned for selling service contracts are recognized as revenue as services are performed, while hosting revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription term, which term is generally one year.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue includes compensation and related personnel expenses directly related to service contract sales and account management services personnel. The Company allocates overhead expenses related to facilities, information technology and depreciation, including amortization of internal-use software to all departments based on headcount. As a result, allocated overhead costs are reflected in cost of revenues, sales and marketing, research and development and general administrative expenses.

 

Sales Commissions

 

Sales commissions earned by the Company’s sales representatives are generally paid in two or three installments with an initial payment shortly after entering into a new customer agreement and a final payment approximately twelve months after the Company begins to sell service contracts on behalf of the customer. Commission payments are contingent upon continued employment by the sales representatives and subject to adjustments during the service period based on the estimated value of service contracts received from the customer for sale. Commission expense is recognized over the employment service period, generally eight to fourteen months. At the time of each payment, sales commission expense recorded is in excess of each payment.

 

Advertising Costs

 

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were insignificant for all periods presented.

 

Income Taxes

 

ServiceSource International, LLC, as the parent company, files its income tax return as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. The LLC recognizes no federal, state, or local income taxes, as the members of the LLC, and not the LLC itself, are subject to income tax on their allocated share of the LLC’s earnings. The Company’s taxable subsidiaries are included in the provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as further described below. The Company is subject to an annual California LLC registration fee based on revenue. The Company generally makes an annual distribution to its limited liability company members for their estimated tax liability on allocated net income under the terms of the limited liability company agreement.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Income taxes for the Company’s taxable subsidiaries, consisting of ServiceSource International, Inc and several subsidiaries formed in foreign jurisdictions are accounted for using an asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between the tax basis and the financial reporting basis of the Company’s taxable subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be realized.

 

The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits using a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company establishes reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. The Company records an income tax liability, if any, for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the Company’s tax returns. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The reserves are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits.

 

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and tax penalties in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not accrue or pay any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits during 2008, 2009 or 2010.

 

In general, it is the practice and intention of the Company to permanently reinvest the undistributed earnings of its non-US subsidiaries. Should the Company repatriate undistributed earnings, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation giving recognition to current tax expense and foreign tax credits upon remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company did not have any significant undistributed earnings from its foreign subsidiaries.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all share-based awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values. The fair value of employee and director options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The value of awards that are ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods. Since share-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it is reduced for expected forfeitures.

 

For awards that are expected to result in a tax deduction, a deferred tax asset is established as the Company recognizes compensation expense. If the tax deduction exceeds the cumulative recorded compensation expense, the tax benefit associated with the excess deduction is considered a windfall benefit. The excess tax benefit from share compensation plans is recorded in members’ equity and classified as a financing cash flow on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company has elected to use the short-cut method for determining the historical pool of windfall tax benefits that accumulated prior to January 1, 2006.

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

 

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potential diluted shares include the dilutive effect of in-the-money options. The dilutive effect of such

 

F-14


Table of Contents

equity awards is calculated based on the average share price for each period using the treasury-stock method. Under the treasury-stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising options, the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefits that would be recorded in members’ equity when the award becomes deductible, are collectively assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In October 2009, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a new accounting standard that changes the accounting for arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new standard requires an entity to allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices. This standard will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2011. This Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) removed the previous separation criteria that objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of any undelivered items must exist for the delivered item to be considered a separate unit or units of accounting. Given the Company’s current contractual arrangements, the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures. The new guidance requires additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements, amends disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets, and provides clarification regarding the level of disaggregation of fair value disclosures by investment class. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for certain Level 3 activity disclosure requirements that will be effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Accordingly, the Company adopted this in 2010, except for the additional Level 3 requirements which will be adopted in 2011. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those whose fair market value inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-09 Subsequent Events (ASC Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements . ASU 2010-09 requires an entity that is a filer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued and removes the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose a date, in both issued and revised financial statements, through which the filer had evaluated subsequent events. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-13, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718)—Effect of Denominating the Exercise Price of a Share-Based Payment Award in the Currency of the Market in Which the Underlying Equity Security Trades . ASU 2010-13 provides amendments to Topic 718 to clarify that an employee share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the entity’s equity securities trades should not be considered to contain a condition that is not a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, an entity would not classify such an award as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity. The amendments in ASU 2010-13 will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2011. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain amounts in the 2008 and 2009 financial statements have been reclassified in order to conform to the 2010 presentation. Such reclassifications do not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated members’ equity, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

3. Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

 

The basic and diluted net income per share calculations are presented below (in thousands, except for per share amounts):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  

Basic net income (loss) per common share

        

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,821       $ 10,375       $ (2,567
                          

Weighted-average common shares outstanding (1)

     56,209         56,750         57,284   
                          

Basic net income (loss) per share (1)

   $ 0.09       $ 0.18       $ (0.04
                          

 

(1)   Outstanding unvested common shares purchased by employees are subject to repurchase by the Company and therefore are not included in the calculation of the weighted-average shares outstanding for basic net income (loss) per common share.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  

Diluted net income (loss) per common share

        

Net income (loss) used to determine diluted earnings per common shares

   $ 4,821       $ 10,375       $ (2,567
                          

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     56,209         56,750         57,284   

Adjustment for incremental shares arising from assumed exercise of options

     2,524         2,162           
                          

Weighted-average common shares for diluted net income (loss) per share

     58,733         58,912         57,284   
                          

Diluted net income (loss) per share (1)

   $ 0.08       $ 0.18       $ (0.04
                          

 

(1)   As the Company was in a net loss position in 2010, there was no dilutive effect on net loss per common share. Therefore, both basic and diluted net loss per common share were $(0.04) for 2010.

 

4. Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)

 

The pro forma information has been computed to give effect to the pro forma adjustments discussed below:

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity and pro forma deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010 have been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Company’s common shares into shares of common stock and repayment of the loan balances using proceeds from the offering of common stock and accordingly reflect:

 

   

the reclassification of the balance of members’ interests in common shares to common stock and additional paid-in capital upon a reorganization of the Company from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation and the conversion of common shares into common stock in a ratio of 1:1 based on amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2010;

 

   

adjustments to deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities in connection with the Company’s reorganization from a limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, with a resulting net adjustment of $         million to retained earnings;

 

   

adjustments to deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities obtained in connection with the merger of two corporate equityholders with the Company as part of the Company’s reorganization, which are being reflected as additional contribution from certain shareholders and resulted in a net adjustment of $         million to additional paid-in capital;

 

   

the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs of $         million, recognition of a prepayment penalty of $         million and repayment of the loan balance of $         million outstanding under the Credit Facility based on amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2010; and

 

F-16


Table of Contents
   

the issuance of              shares of common stock at the assumed initial offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) net of offering costs of $     million, where the proceeds of such issuance of shares would have been sufficient to repay outstanding loan balances as of December 31, 2010.

 

All of the aforementioned adjustments have been reflected in the pro forma balance sheet as if these events all occurred on December 31, 2010.

 

The Company does not expect to make further tax distributions based on its 2010 results, and therefore there is no corresponding adjustment that has been made to pro forma stockholders’ equity.

 

The pro forma net income applied in computing the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted income per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 is based upon the Company’s historical net income (loss) as adjusted to reflect the following:

 

   

the conversion of the Company from a LLC to a C corporation. Prior to such conversion, the LLC was treated as a partnership and generally not subject to income taxes. The pro forma net income, therefore, includes adjustments for income tax expense (benefit) as if the LLC had been a corporation and subject to income taxes at an assumed combined federal, state, and local income tax rate of         %. Upon the conversion of the LLC to a Delaware corporation, the Company expects to record a non-cash income tax benefit equal to the amount of the net adjustment to the deferred tax balances, which is estimated would have been $         million on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2010, which has not been reflected in the adjustment to pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2010; and

 

   

the elimination of historical interest expense, including the amortization of debt issuance costs, and recognition of a prepayment penalty related to the loan balances under the Company’s credit facility which is assumed to be repaid using a portion of the net proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering of its common stock.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The basic and diluted pro forma per common share calculations are presented below (in thousands, except per share amounts). The calculation of weighted average common shares used in the calculation give effect on a pro forma basis to only that number of additional shares that would have been required to be issued to prepay the loan balances outstanding under the Company’s credit facility as of December 31, 2010 assuming the issuance of such shares at an initial offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The diluted pro forma per common share calculation also assumes the conversion, exercise, or issuance of all potential common shares, unless the effect of inclusion would result in the reduction of a net loss per common share or the increase in net income per common share.

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)    Year Ended
December 31,

2010
 

Basic pro forma net income (loss) per share

  

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,567

Adjustment for pro forma income tax (benefit) expense

  

Adjustment to interest expense related to prepayment of loan balances

  
        

Pro forma net income

   $     
        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     57,284   

Adjustment to include the additional shares required to be issued to generate proceeds sufficient to prepay the outstanding loan balances

  

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic net income per common share

  
        

Basic pro forma net income per common share

   $     
        

Diluted pro forma net income (loss) per common share

  

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,567

Adjustment for pro forma income tax (benefit) expense

  

Adjustment to interest expense related to prepayment of loan balances

  
        

Pro forma net income

   $     
        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     57,284   

Adjustment for additional shares arising from assumed exercise of options

  

Adjustment to include the additional shares required to be issued to generate proceeds sufficient to prepay the outstanding loan balances

  

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding for diluted net income per common share

  
        

Pro forma diluted net income per common share

   $     
        

 

F-18


Table of Contents

5. Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment balances were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 31,  
     2009     2010  

Computers and equipment

   $ 5,556      $ 7,765   

Software

     8,779        13,169   

Furniture and fixtures

     3,986        5,503   

Leasehold improvements

     1,646        2,898   
                
     19,967        29,335   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (7,968     (13,960
                
     11,999        15,375   

Internal-use software development in process

     2,002        4,043   
                
   $ 14,001      $ 19,418   
                

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment, including amortization of assets held under capital leases of $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million, was $2.5 million, $3.5 million, $6.1 million during 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Property and equipment with a carrying value of $1.3 million and $2.0 million, net of accumulated amortization of $0.5 million and $1.1 million, were held under capital leases at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

The Company capitalized $2.8 million, $5.0 million and $4.7 million during 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, related to internal-use software development costs. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the carrying value of capitalized costs related to internal-use software, net of accumulated amortization, was $7.4 million and $9.6 million, respectively. Amortization of capitalized costs related to internal-use software was $0.5 million, $1.1 million, and $2.5 million during 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

6. Other Accrued Liabilities

 

Other accrued liabilities balances were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2009      2010  
               

Amounts refundable to end customers

   $ 1,619       $ 2,083   

Accrued professional fees

     553        
2,485
  

Deferred revenue

     608         151   

Deferred rent obligations

     3         477   

Other

     959         2,025   
                 
   $ 3,742       $ 7,221   
                 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

7. Long-Term Debt and Subsequent Events

 

Long-term debt balances were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2009      2010  
               

Current:

     

Term loan

   $ 3,251       $ 1,500   

Capital lease obligations

     71         779   
                 
     3,322         2,279   

Non-current:

     

Term loan

     13,584         13,959   

Capital lease obligations

     702         980   
                 
     14,286         14,939   
                 

Total long-term debt

   $ 17,608       $ 17,218   
                 

 

Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility

 

In April 2008, the Company entered into a credit facility (the “Credit Facility”), with various financial institutions that replaced several prior debt agreements. The Credit Facility initially provided for (i) a $20.0 million term loan and (ii) a $25.0 million revolving credit facility consisting of direct loans, standby letters of credit and trade letters of credit. The Credit Facility expires in April 2013, and is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. During 2010, the Credit Facility was amended to reduce the maximum amount available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility to $7.5 million as of December 31, 2010.

 

The repayment terms of the term loan require quarterly installments of specified amounts from June 30, 2008 to April 29, 2013. If the Company exceeds a certain level of excess cash flow, as defined in the Credit Facility, for the current year, then the Credit Facility requires additional principal payments in the next year. In March 2010, the Company obtained a waiver from the requirement to make additional principal payments in 2010 based on 2009 excess cash flow levels as defined in the Credit Facility. In December 2010, the company amended its fee arrangement with the lenders such that upon the termination of or prepayments in full of the obligations under the Credit Facility on or prior to December 31, 2011, the Company would be subject to a prepayment premium of 0.5% on the sum of the maximum revolver amount as defined in the agreement and the then-outstanding principal balance on the term loan.

 

Borrowing under the revolving credit facility is subject to limitations imposed by collateral agreements and certain other conditions in the Credit Facility. Availability under the revolving credit facility is subject to certain limitations related to the Company’s consolidated revenue, as defined in the Credit Facility. There was no amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility at December 31, 2009 or 2010. The Company had an outstanding letter of credit of $1.6 million at both December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, as required under an operating lease agreement for office space.

 

The term loan and revolving credit facility bear interest at either: (i) the Base LIBOR Rate plus an additional margin; or, (ii) the Base Rate (i.e., prime rate) plus an additional margin. The Base LIBOR Rate is to be equal to the greater of 2% or the published U.S. Dollar LIBOR rate. Prior to April 2010, the Company had elected to borrow at the Base Rate plus the additional margin as defined in the Credit Facility. In April 2010, the Company elected to borrow at the Base LIBOR Rate plus an additional margin. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the applicable interest rate under the Credit Facility was 5.25% and 5.75%, respectively. The Company is also required to pay a letter of credit fee calculated based upon 0.825% of the average daily outstanding balance of letters of credit.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The Credit Facility also has various restrictive financial covenants, which include maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, a maximum consolidated leverage ratio and restrictions, subject to certain exceptions, under which the Company can make distributions to its members. Distributions to fund tax obligations of members are permitted so long as there are no events of default, including compliance with financial covenants, immediately prior to or after giving effect to any such distribution. Distributions other than those to fund members’ tax obligations are subject to the Company achieving specified levels of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization or maintaining minimum levels of cash, as defined in the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company was in compliance with its borrowing covenants.

 

In January 2011 the Credit Facility was amended to (i) increase the maximum commitment amount under the revolving credit facility from $7.5 million to $12.5 million, (ii) eliminate the fixed charge coverage ratio test for the twelve month period ending March 31, 2011 only, (iii) require the Company to maintain a minimum liquidity level of $10 million based on unrestricted cash balances held in the U.S. and available borrowings under the revolving credit facility, as defined therein, from and after May 15, 2011, and (iv) allow for the planned conversion of the LLC to a taxable corporation, initial public offering of the Company’s stock and other specified transactions related to the Company.

 

On February 24, 2011, the Company entered into the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “New Revolver”) with two financial institutions that replaces the Credit Facility and prior amendment and increase the revolving credit facility from $12.5 million to $30.0 million. The New Revolver also retired the term loan under the Credit Facility and uncredited such balances to a balance outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Balances outstanding on the New Revolver are collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The New Revolver provides letters of credit for the account of the Company up to a maximum of $5.0 million. Outstanding letters of credit reduce the maximum available borrowing under the New Revolver. The New Revolver expires on February 25, 2013.

 

Borrowings on the New Revolver, including amounts outstanding under letter of credit, bear interest at either: (i) the LIBOR Rate plus an additional margin; or (ii) the Base Rate (i.e., prime rate) plus an additional margin. The additional margin is determined based on the Company’s financial leverage ratio.

 

The New Revolver provides for a non-use fee of 0.50% per annum based on the average monthly available borrowing base and a fee on the unused portion of the letter of credit commitment, accruing at a rate per annum ranging from 3.00% to 3.75% based on the Company’s leverage ratio and whether the Company has consummated an initial public offering of its shares.

 

The Company has the option to reduce the maximum New Revolver commitment. Each reduction must be in an amount not less than $5.0 million and in aggregate not more than $10.0 million. Once reduced, commitments under the New Revolver cannot be increased. No reductions will be permitted 90 days after the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company’s stock. The lenders also have the option to reduce the commitment under the New Revolver in the event a contract with a customer who represented 15% of revenue for any consecutive twelve-month period is terminated or in the event of a series of customer contract terminations, which in the aggregate represented more than 20% of consolidated revenues for the most recent twelve-month period. Under these circumstances, the lenders would have the discretion to reduce the commitment under the New Revolver by the aggregate amount of termination fees received that are related to the cancelled contracts. The New Revolver can be terminated by the Company and is subject to a fee if terminated on or before February 24, 2013 equal to 1.0% of the revolver commitment in effect on the date of termination.

 

The New Revolver has various restrictive financial covenants, which include maintaining minimum fixed charge coverage and liquidity ratios as well as a maximum consolidated leverage ratio. The New Revolver also contains restrictions on additional indebtedness and, subject to certain exceptions, circumstances under which the Company can make a distribution to its members. Distributions to fund tax obligations of members are permitted so long as there are no events of default, including those related to compliance with financial covenants,

 

F-21


Table of Contents

immediately prior to or after giving effect to any such distribution. Distributions other than those to fund members’ tax obligations are subject to the Company achieving specified levels of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization or maintaining minimum levels of cash, as defined in the New Revolver.

 

If the Company’s financial results in future periods were to deteriorate and result in non-compliance with the financial covenants of the New Revolver, the Company could attempt to obtain covenant relief or obtain a waiver from the lenders for specific non-compliance matters. The Company can give no assurance that it could obtain covenant relief or obtain waivers from the lenders in the event of non-compliance with financial or other covenant requirements in the New Revolver. In the event of non-compliance with the covenants provided for in the New Revolver, the lenders could declare all or any outstanding borrowings immediately due and payable or terminate the agreement.

 

Capital Leases

 

The Company has capital lease agreements that are collateralized by the underlying property and equipment and expire through September 2019. The weighted-average imputed interest rates for the capital lease agreements were 9.8%, 5.9%, and 5.6% at December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

The future contractual maturities of long-term debt, including the term loan and capital lease obligations, as of December 31, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 

2011

   $ 2,279   

2012

     1,950   

2013

     12,533   

2014

     74   

2015

     76   

Thereafter

     306   
        
   $ 17,218   
        

 

8. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating Leases

 

The Company leases its office space and certain equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements with various expiration dates through August 2018. As of December 31, 2010, future minimum payments under operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

2011

   $ 5,161   

2012

     5,093   

2013

     4,147   

2014

     3,891   

2015

     2,592   

Thereafter

     3,274   
        
   $ 24,158   
        

 

Rent expense during 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $4.2 million, $3.8 million, and $5.1 million, respectively.

 

During 2010, the Company entered into eight new operating leases resulting in aggregate future lease commitments of $6.6 million over lease periods ranging from one to three years. In February 2010, the Company recorded a $0.4 million charge to terminate an office lease prior to its expiration.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Other Matters

 

The Company may be subject to litigation or other claims in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the Company’s ultimate liability, if any, related to pending or threatened litigation or claims would not materially affect its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

9. Members’ Equity

 

Members’ equity consists of one class of common shares. Income is allocated pro rata to members as defined in the limited liability company agreement. The holder of each common share is entitled to one vote. Members are entitled to mandatory distributions for their respective income tax expense resulting from the operations of the LLC and other distributions as and when declared by the board of directors.

 

The Company repurchased 35,000 shares and 86,157 shares during 2009 and 2010, respectively, at the then estimated fair value. All of the acquired shares are held as treasury shares on the accompanying statements of members’ equity and comprehensive income (loss).

 

Other than distributions upon a redemption or liquidation event, as defined in the Company’s limited liability company Agreement, funds and assets of the Company determined by the Company’s board of directors to be available for distribution shall be distributed to all of the members, pro rata in proportion to the number of vested common shares held by each member.

 

10. Share-Based Compensation and Subsequent Event

 

Share Option Plans

 

The Company has granted options through two approved plans, the Company’s 2004 Omnibus Share Plan and the 2008 Option Plan (collectively, the “Option Plans”). The Company’s 2004 Omnibus Share Plan (the “2004 Plan”) authorizes the granting of options and restricted shares to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company. During 2008, the board of directors increased the number of authorized common shares under the 2004 Plan by 2,566,000 shares to a total of 12,950,000 shares. In December 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Option Plan (the “2008 Plan”), and currently grants options only through the 2008 Plan. A total of 10,000,000 common shares have been reserved for issuance under the 2008 Plan. The Company’s board of directors administers the Option Plans and has authority to determine the directors, officers, employees and consultants to whom options or restricted shares may be granted, the option price or restricted share purchase price, the timing of when each share is exercisable and the duration of the exercise period and the nature of any restrictions or vesting periods applicable to an option or restricted share grant.

 

Under the Option Plans, options granted are generally subject to a four-year vesting period whereby options become 25% vested after a one-year period and then vest monthly through the end of the vesting period. Vested options may be exercised up to ten years from the vesting commencement date, as defined in the Option Plans. Vested but unexercised options expire three months after termination of employment with the Company. Certain grants are exercisable before becoming vested, but the unvested optioned shares are subject to a repurchase agreement in the event the employee is terminated either voluntarily or involuntarily whereby the repurchase price is equal to the option exercise price. Proceeds from the exercise of unvested options are classified as a liability upon exercise and are reclassified to equity as the underlying shares vest to the employee. The liability for exercises of unvested options was not significant for any of the periods reported on. There were no shares subject to repurchase outstanding at December 31, 2009 or 2010.

 

There were no significant modifications or repurchases in 2008 or 2009. In June 2010, the Company modified the vesting of 260,416 share options granted to one employee such that the cancellation of the vested shares occurred 12 months after termination of the employee. This transaction was accounted for as a modification and total incremental compensation cost resulting from the modification amounted to $0.1 million.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The Company has elected to recognize the compensation cost of all share-based awards on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Further, the Company applied an estimated forfeiture rate to unvested awards when computing the share compensation expenses. The Company estimated the forfeiture rate for unvested awards based on its historical experience on employee turnover behavior and other factors during the preceding three calendar years.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

On February 9, 2011, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, under which 900,000 shares have been reserved for issuance. The 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan contains successive six-month offering periods and the share price of stock purchased under the plan is 85% of the lower of the fair value of the common stock either at the beginning or the end of the period. At the end of each fiscal year, the share reserve will increase automatically by an amount equal to 1% outstanding shares as of the end of that most recently completed fiscal year.

 

Share Awards Issued to Non Employees

 

During 2008 and 2010, the Company granted share options to purchase 8,333, and 25,000 common shares, respectively, to non employees for professional services at exercise prices ranging from $4.26 to $4.95 per share under the 2008 Plan. Share-based compensation expense related to share options granted to non employees was $0.1 million during 2010 and insignificant in 2008. The weighted-average remaining contractual terms at December 31, 2010 for the two options grants was 7.1 years and 9.6 years, respectively.

 

Determining Fair Value of Share Options

 

The estimated fair value of share options granted during 2008, 2009 and 2010, was approximately $6.6 million, $7.7 million and $20.5 million, respectively. The fair value of the share options was estimated by using the Black-Scholes option- pricing model, which takes into account inputs such as the exercise price, the value of the underlying common shares at the grant date, expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The fair market value of each grant of options during 2008, 2009 and 2010 was determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions discussed below. The Company stratifies its population of outstanding share options into two relatively homogeneous groups to estimate the expected term and forfeiture rate of options grants. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

 

Expected Term —The expected term represents the period that the Company’s share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company calculated the expected term of share options using four data points: options exercised, options expired, options forfeited and options outstanding. The weighted-average of the four data points were used to calculate the expected term.

 

Expected Volatility —The expected volatility was based on the historical stock volatility of several of the Company’s self-designated publicly listed comparable companies over a period equal to the expected terms of the options, as the Company does not have any trading history to use the volatility of its own common shares.

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues for each option grant date with maturities approximately equal to the option’s contractual term.

 

Expected Dividend Yield —The Company has not paid dividends on its common shares nor does it expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future beyond annual tax distributions to LLC members.

 

Forfeiture Rate —The Company estimated its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior, and other factors. The impact from a forfeiture-rate adjustment will be recognized

 

F-24


Table of Contents

in full in the period of adjustment, if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from that estimated by the Company.

 

Fair Value of Common Shares —The fair value of common shares underlying the share options has historically been determined by the board of directors. As there has been no public market for the Company’s common shares, the board of directors has determined the fair value of the common shares at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuation of comparable companies, the probability-weighted expected return under possible future events, such as an initial public offering, a strategic merger or sale, or remaining a private company, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital share and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The board of directors also considers work performed by valuation specialists engaged by the Company to determine the valuation of its common shares.

 

The following table reflects the weighted-average assumptions for options grants during 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 

       Years Ended December 31,
       2008      2009      2010
                      

Expected term (in years)

     4.6      4.8      5.4

Expected volatility

     55%      56%      54%

Risk-free interest rate

     2.45 - 3.07%      2.17 -2.68%      1.75 - 2.43%

Expected dividend yield

              

 

Option activity under the Option Plans for 2008, 2009 and 2010 was as follows (shares and aggregate intrinsic value in thousands):

 

           Options Outstanding  
     Shares
Available

for  Grant
    Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2008

     216        9,284      $ 2.71         

Additional shares authorized

     12,566                       

Granted

     (3,214     3,214        4.26         

Exercised

            (305     0.68         

Forfeited

     1,886        (1,886     1.78         
                        

Outstanding—December 31, 2008

     11,454        10,307        3.27         

Granted

     (3,650     3,650        4.35         

Exercised

            (459     1.27         

Forfeited

     997        (997     3.13         
                        

Outstanding—December 31, 2009

     8,801        12,501        3.67         

Granted

     (6,994     6,994        5.11         

Exercised

            (707     0.79         

Forfeited

     1,064        (1,065     4.25         
                        

Outstanding—December 31, 2010

     2,871        17,723        4.32         
                        

Options vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2009

       11,783      $ 3.67         7.2       $ 11,578   

Options exercisable—December 31, 2009

       5,982        3.07         6.4         9,179   

Options vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2010

       17,169        4.30         7.7         50,697   

Options exercisable—December 31, 2010

       7,785        3.62         6.2         28,261   

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $2.05, $2.12 and $2.93, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under the Option Plans was $1.1 million, $1.4 million and $2.8 million in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, determined as of the date of option exercise. The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the common shares on the exercise date and the exercise price of the option shares. The total estimated fair value of share options vested in 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $6.6 million, $8.5 million and $8.8 million, respectively.

 

Share-based compensation expense is based on applying calculated fair values determined at the grant date to those options granted in the year that are ultimately expected to vest. Accordingly, the fair values calculated on the total population of grants have been reduced for estimated forfeitures expected to occur in the future. The Company’s share-based compensation expense during 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $5.4 million, $6.1 million and $8.1 million, respectively. During 2008, 2009 and 2010 the tax benefit related to share-based compensation expense was $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

 

The table below summarizes share-based compensation expense as allocated within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  
                      

Cost of revenue

   $ 1,271       $ 914       $ 1,126   

Sales and marketing

     1,570         2,340         2,993   

Research and development

             541         803   

General and administrative

     2,608         2,265         3,167   
                          
   $ 5,449       $ 6,060       $ 8,089   
                          

 

The following table summarizes information about share options outstanding at December 31, 2010 (shares in thousands):

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number of
Shares
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Life (in
Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Number of
Shares
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$0.20 to $1.49

     1,605         5.1       $ 1.08         1,605       $ 1.08   

$4.26

     8,405         6.8         4.26         5,862         4.26   

$4.60 to $5.80

     7,713         9.3         5.06         318         4.64   
                          
     17,723         7.8         4.32         7,785         3.62   
                          

 

As of December 31, 2009 and 2010 there was $12.0 million and $22.6 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Option Plans, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years and 3.1 years, respectively.

 

11. Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company maintains a 401(k) defined contribution benefit plan that covers all eligible domestic employees who have attained 21 years of age and provide at least 20 hours of service per week. This plan allows U.S. employees to contribute up to 90% of their pre-tax salary in certain investments at the discretion of the employee, up to maximum annual contribution limits established by the U.S. Department of Treasury. During

 

F-26


Table of Contents

2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company matched, up to an annual limit of $2,000, the first 3% of a participant’s contributions. Matching contributions by the Company are fully vested upon completion of the first year of employment. Employer matching contributions, which may be discontinued at the Company’s discretion, amounted to $0.5 million, $0.6 million, and $0.7 million during 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

12. Income Taxes

 

Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes for the Company’s domestic and international operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  

Domestic

   $ 4,295       $ 9,562       $ (1,734

International

     1,679         2,679         1,314   
                          

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

   $ 5,974       $ 12,241       $ (420
                          

 

The income tax provision consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 2,431      $ 2,244      $ 2,448   

Foreign

     32        280        567   

State and local

     571        367        472   
                        

Total current income tax provision

     3,034        2,891        3,487   

Deferred:

      

Federal

     (1,608     (585     (687

Foreign

     514        264          

State and local

     (787     (704     (653
                        

Total deferred income tax benefit

     (1,881     (1,025     (1,340
                        

Income tax provision

   $ 1,153      $ 1,866      $ 2,147   
                        

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of income taxes provided at the federal statutory rate of 34% to the income tax provision (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

U.S. income tax at federal statutory rate for LLC

   $      $      $   

U.S. income tax at federal statutory rate for taxable subsidiaries

     2,031        4,151        (143

Benefit (provision) from income (loss) attributable to LLC

     (118     (1,432     1,711   

Benefit from change in tax status

     (758              

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     277        241        153   

Foreign tax rate differential

     (305     (476     40   

Permanent differences

     282        266        536   

State tax credits

     (249     (413     (330

Other, net

     (7     (471     180   
                        
   $ 1,153      $ 1,866      $ 2,147   
                        

 

F-27


Table of Contents

At January 1, 2008, the Company transferred a portion of its U.S. operations from its LLC to a wholly-owned U.S. taxable subsidiary. As the companies are part of this consolidated group, the amounts were eliminated in consolidation and the transaction effectively was accounted for as a change in tax status in these consolidated financial statements. For tax purposes however, the assets were transferred to the U.S. taxable subsidiary at their current book and tax basis, thereby creating new net deferred tax assets at the U.S. taxable subsidiary. As such, deferred tax assets and liabilities were established on the basis of the transferred assets and liabilities and the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $0.8 million from the change in income tax status as of January 1, 2008.

 

The following table provides the effect of temporary differences that created deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2009 and 2010. Deferred tax assets and (liabilities) represent the future effects on income taxes resulting from temporary differences and carry-forwards at the end of the respective periods (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2009     2010  

Current

    

Accrued liabilities

   $ 392      $ 1,062   

State taxes

     129        93   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     192          
                

Current deferred tax assets

     713        1,155   
                

Non-current

    

Share-based compensation expense

     2,546        3,622   

State tax credits

     609        847   

Unrealized loss on foreign exchange transactions

     93        46   

Property & equipment

     (366     (735
                

Non-current deferred tax assets, net

     2,882        3,780   
                

Total deferred tax assets, net

   $ 3,595      $ 4,935   
                

 

As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, management assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and determined that based on the available evidence, including a history of taxable income and estimates of future taxable income, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $0.9 million of state tax credits which expire beginning in 2023 if not utilized.

 

The Company files U.S. federal and state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. In the normal course of business the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. These audits include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with federal, state, local and foreign tax laws. In November 2010, the Company concluded an IRS audit of the 2008 tax year which resulted in a change to a temporary difference but with no impact on the 2008 income tax provision as previously reported. The 2006 through 2009 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal, state, and foreign tax authorities. As of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would impact the annual effective tax rate.

 

It is difficult to predict the final timing and resolution of any particular uncertain tax position. Based on the Company’s assessment of many factors, including past experience and complex judgments about future events, the Company does not expect that changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months will have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

13. Reportable Segments

 

The Company’s operations are principally managed on a geographic basis and are comprised of three reportable and operating segments: NALA, EMEA, and APJ.

 

The Company reports segment information based on the management approach. The management approach designates the internal reporting used by the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company’s reportable segments. The CODM is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The CODM allocates resources to and assesses the performance of each of the operating segment using information about its revenue and direct profit contribution, which is management’s measure of segment profitability. Management has determined that the Company’s reportable and operating segments are as follows, based on the information used by the CODM:

 

NALA —Includes operations from offices in San Francisco, California; Denver, Colorado and Nashville, Tennessee related primarily to end customer in North America.

 

EMEA —Includes operations from offices in Liverpool, United Kingdom and Dublin, Ireland related primarily to end customers in Europe.

 

APJ —Includes operations from offices in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia and Singapore related primarily to end customers in Asia Pacific and Japan.

 

The Company does not allocate sales and marketing, research and development, or general and administrative expenses to its geographic regions because management does not include the information in its measurement of the performance of the operating segments. The Company excludes certain items such as share-based compensation, overhead allocations and other items from direct profit contribution. Revenue for a particular geography reflects fees the Company earns from its customers for sales and renewals of maintenance, support and subscription contracts on their behalf and managed from the Company’s sales center in that geography.

 

Summarized financial information by geographic location for 2008, 2009 and 2010, based on the Company’s internal management reporting and as utilized by the Company’s CODM, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  
                    

Net revenue

      

NALA (1)

   $ 70,177      $ 77,283      $ 102,411   

EMEA

     30,103        31,995        43,069   

APJ

            1,398        7,455   
                        

Total net revenue

     100,280        110,676        152,935   
                        

Direct profit contribution

      

NALA

     39,643        47,035        55,463   

EMEA

     13,363        12,707        18,370   

APJ

            666        1,509   
                        

Total direct profit contribution

     53,006        60,408        75,342   
                        

Adjustments:

      

Share based compensation

     1,271        914        1,126   

Overhead allocations

     11,792        10,567        14,810   

Other

     (3,372     (2,872     (3,481
                        

Gross profit

   $ 43,315      $ 51,799      $ 62,887   
                        

 

(1)   Net revenue generated in the United States was $68.4 million, $75.5 million and $101.5 million for 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The majority of the Company’s assets were attributable to its U.S. operations at December 31, 2009 and 2010. Property and equipment information is based on the physical location of the assets. The following table presents the long-lived assets, consisting principally of property and equipment, by geographic location (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2009      2010  
               

NALA

   $ 12,658       $ 16,844   

EMEA

     1,123         1,444   

APJ

     220         1,130   
                 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 14,001       $ 19,418   
                 

 

14. Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 25, 2011, which is the date the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 were issued.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

 

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 5,348   

FINRA filing fee

     8,000   

Listing fee

     225,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     300,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,500,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,300,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     25,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     30,000   

Miscellaneous

     250,000   
        

Total

   $ 3,643,348   
        

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

On completion of this offering, the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the Registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of a corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

 

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

 

The Registrant has purchased and intends to maintain insurance on behalf of each person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

 

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the Registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

 

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

Since January 1, 2007, the Registrant has sold the following unregistered securities:

 

(1) From January 1, 2007 through February 25, 2011, ServiceSource International, LLC sold and issued to its employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 1,728,455 common shares pursuant to option exercises under the 2004 Omnibus Share Plan at prices ranging from $0.20 to $4.26 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,583,917.

 

(2) From January 1, 2007 through February 25, 2011, ServiceSource International, LLC granted options under the 2004 Omnibus Share Plan to purchase 8,197,333 common shares to its employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers, at a price of $4.26 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $34,920,638.

 

(3) From January 1, 2007 through February 25, 2011, ServiceSource International, LLC sold and issued to its employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 33,145 common shares pursuant to option exercises under the 2008 Share Option Plan at prices ranging from $4.26 to $4.60 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $151,398.

 

(4) From January 1, 2007 through February 25, 2011, ServiceSource International, LLC granted options under the 2008 Share Option Plan to purchase 11,170,693 of its common shares to its employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers, at prices ranging from $4.26 to $6.20 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $54,885,297.

 

(5) On January 12, 2007, ServiceSource International, LLC sold and issued 15,286,453 common shares to one accredited investor, at $4.2595 per share, for aggregate consideration of $65,112,646.

 

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act or Regulation S of the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and option agreements issued in such transactions.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financials statements or related notes.

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter

 

II-2


Table of Contents

has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(a) The Registrant will provide to the underwriters at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(b) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(c) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(d) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(e) For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the Registrant or used or referred to by the Registrant;

 

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the Registrant; and

 

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the Registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on February 25, 2011.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

By:

 

/s/     M ICHAEL A. S MERKLO

  Michael A. Smerklo
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ICHAEL A. S MERKLO        

Michael A. Smerklo

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

February 25, 2011

/ S /    D AVID S. O PPENHEIMER        

David S. Oppenheimer

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

February 25, 2011

                     *                        

Steven M. Cakebread

  

Director

 

February 25, 2011

                     *                        

Marc F. McMorris

  

Director

 

February 25, 2011

                     *                        

Bruce W. Dunlevie

  

Director

 

February 25, 2011

                     *                        

Anthony Zingale

  

Director

 

February 25, 2011

                     *                        

James C. Madden, V

  

Director

 

February 25, 2011

                     *                        

Barry D. Reynolds

  

Director

 

February 25, 2011

*By: /s/    D AVID S. O PPENHEIMER        

David S. Oppenheimer

Attorney-in-Fact

    

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

  1.1*   

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  2.1*   

Conversion Agreement dated as of                     , 2011, between the Registrant and the other parties thereto

  2.2*   

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of                     , 2011, between the Registrant and the other parties thereto

  3.1#   

Form of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

  3.2#   

Form of Bylaws of the Registrant

  3.3#   

Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement

  4.1   

Registration and Information Rights Agreement dated as of December 8, 2006, between the Registrant and GA SS Holding LLC, SSLLC Holdings, Inc., Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, LP and Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, LP

  4.2   

Securities Purchase Agreement and Registration Rights Schedule dated as of January 31, 2003, between the Registrant and the 2003 Holders

  5.1*   

Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

10.1# +   

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement

10.2# +   

2004 Omnibus Share Plan and forms of agreements thereunder

10.3# +   

2008 Share Option Plan and form of agreement thereunder

10.4# +   

2011 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder to be in effect upon the closing of this offering

10.5# +   

Amended and Restated Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of June 8, 2010, between the Registrant and Michael A. Smerklo

10.6# +   

Amended and Restated Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of December 8, 2010, between the Registrant and Jeffrey M. Bizzack

10.7# +   

Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of July 7, 2010, between the Registrant and David Oppenheimer

10.8# +   

Amended and Restated Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of December 8, 2010, between the Registrant and Robert Sturgeon

10.9# +   

Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of April 13, 2010, between the Registrant and Ganesh Bell

10.10# +   

Amended and Restated Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of December 8, 2010, between the Registrant and Raymond M. Martinelli

10.11# +   

Amended and Restated Employment Letter Agreement dated as of November 4, 2010, between the Registrant and Natalie A. McCullough

10.12# +   

Amended and Restated Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of December 8, 2010, between the Registrant and Paul D. Warenski

10.13+   

Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of April 7, 2008, between the Registrant and Charles D. Boynton

10.14+   

Release Letter Agreement date as of June 25, 2010, between the Registrant and Charles D. Boynton

10.15+   

2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of agreement thereunder to be in effect upon the closing of this offering

10.16   

Office Lease, dated as of October 31, 2007, between Registrant and Six Thirty-Four Second Street, LLC


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

10.17   

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 24, 2011 between the Registrant, the Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., as Administrative Agent

10.18   

Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 24, 2011 between the Registrant, ServiceSource International Inc. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., as Administrative Agent

10.19   

General Continuing Guaranty dated as of April 29, 2008 delivered by ServiceSource International Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc.

10.20   

Waiver dated as of March 19, 2010, between the Registrant, the Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent

21.1#   

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2*   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1#   

Power of Attorney (see page II-4 of the original filing)

 

*   To be filed by amendment
#   Previously filed
+   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan

Exhibit 4.1

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

REGISTRATION AND INFORMATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS R EGISTRATION A ND I NFORMATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 8 th day of December, 2006, by and among ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), GA SS Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “GA Holder”), SSLLC Holdings, Inc., a limited liability company formed under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Benchmark Holder”) and Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, LP and Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, LP (collectively, the “Housatonic Holder” and together with the GA Holder and the Benchmark Holder, and any permitted transferee of Registrable Securities and the rights hereunder in accordance with Section 2.1 and Section 2.9, the “Holders” and each of the GA Holder, the Benchmark Holder, the Housatonic Holder and any such permitted transferee being a “Holder.”).

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , as of the date hereof, the Benchmark Holder owns an aggregate of 11,417,860 Common Shares and the Housatonic Holder own an aggregate of 8,000,000 Common Shares and the GA Holder is purchasing Common Shares pursuant to that certain Common Shares Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith (the “ Financing ”);

W HEREAS , the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement; and

W HEREAS , in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to grant registration, information rights and other rights to the Holders as set forth below, which rights shall supercede and replace any such existing rights of the Housatonic Holder and the Benchmark Holder.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL .

1.1      Definitions . As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a)     “ Affiliate ” means a parent, subsidiary or other Person affiliated by common control with another Person.


(b)     “ Common Shares ” means the Common Shares of the Company as defined in the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company of even date herewith.

(c)     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(d)     “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(e)     “ Initial Offering ” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(f)     “ Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, limited liability company, government (or an agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

(g)     “ Register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(h)     “ Registrable Securities ” means each of the following: (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion or exchange of the Shares, (b) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company acquired or owned by any of the Holders prior to the Initial Offering and (c) any Common Stock of the Company issued (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued) by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise to the Holders and any shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued to the Holders upon conversion, exercise or exchange of Common Stock of the Company or Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(i)     “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(j)     “ SEC ” or “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

-2-


(k)     “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(l)     “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(m)     “ Shares ” shall mean the Common Shares held from time to time by the Holders or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(n)     “ Special Registration Statement ” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER .

2.1    Restrictions on Transfer.

(a)     Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i)     there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii)     (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b)     Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) is a general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired member, or stockholder of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, or (B) an Affiliate; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

(c)     Each certificate, if any such certificates are issued, representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

-3-


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ’) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

(d)     The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend.

(e)     Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2    Demand Registration.

(a)     Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from any of the GA Holder, the Benchmark Holder or the Housatonic Holder as a group, acting through its designee (such requesting Holder, the “ Initiating Holder ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities (a “ Demand Registration ”) with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $10,000,000 (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”), then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b)     If the Initiating Holder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by its request by means of an underwriting, it shall so advise the Company as a part of its request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a). In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Initiating Holder (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriter advises the Company that the aggregate amount of such Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering is sufficiently large to have a material adverse effect on the success of such offering, then the Company shall include in such

 

-4-


registration only the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities that the underwriter believes may be sold without any such material adverse effect and shall reduce the amount of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, first as to the Company, second as to the Holders (including the Initiating Holder) who requested to participate in such registration (as a group, if applicable), pro rata within each group based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons or the Affiliates of such Holder shall be deemed to be a single “ Holder ,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c)     The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 for any Holder:

(i)     prior to the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) of the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.10 following the Initial Offering;

(ii)     for each of the GA Holder, the Benchmark Holder and the Housatonic Holder, after the Company has effected two (2) registrations for such Initiating Holder pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and remain continuously effective for the lesser of (i) the period during which all Registrable Securities registered in such registration are sold and (ii) 120 days; provided , that (x) after such registration has become effective, such registration or the related offer, sale or distribution of Registrable Securities thereunder has not been interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court for any reason not attributable to the Initiating Holder and such interference is not thereafter eliminated and (y) the conditions specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such registration are satisfied or waived, unless any failure of such conditions to be satisfied or waived is by reason of a failure by the Initiating Holder.

(iii)     during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a public offering, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv)     if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time or (ii) the Company intends to file a registration statement for a public offering within ninety (90) days other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the

 

-5-


request of the Initiating Holder; provided that the Company’s right to delay either a Demand Registration under this Section 2.2(c)(iv), a S-3 Registration under Section 2.4(c)(iv) or to institute a Suspension Period under Section 2.6(a) shall be exercised not more than once in any twelve (12) month period and in the aggregate shall not be in effect for more than ninety (90) days in any three hundred and sixty five (365) day period; or

(v)     in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3      Piggyback Registrations . The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least twenty (20) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a)      Underwriting . If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter advises the Company that the aggregate amount of such Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering is sufficiently large to have a material adverse effect on the success of such offering, then the Company shall include in such registration only the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities that the underwriter believes may be sold without any such material adverse effect and shall allocate the amount of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, first , to the Company; second , to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third , to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners,

 

-6-


members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons or the Affiliates of such Holder shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b)      Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4    Form S-3 Registration.

(a)     If the Company shall receive a written request from any of the Holders that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement (an “ S-3 Registration ”) and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will (i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities and (ii) as expeditiously as possible, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company.

(b)      Underwriting . If the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such S-3 Registration so elects, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such S-3 Registration to be in the form of a firm commitment underwritten offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters shall be selected for such offering by the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such S-3 Registration (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriter. If the underwriter believes that the registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities which the Holders have requested to be included would materially adversely affect the success of such public offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the underwritten offering, to the extent of the amount that the underwriter believes may be sold without causing such adverse effect, first , all of the Registrable Securities to be offered for the account of the Holders, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holders; second , any other securities requested to be included in such offering. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons or the Affiliates of such Holder shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction

 

-7-


with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c )    The Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i)     if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

(ii)     if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such S-3 Registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than five million dollars ($5,000,000), or

(iii)     if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such S-3 Registration to be effected at such time or (ii) the Company intends to file a registration statement for a public offering within ninety (90) days other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided that the Company’s right to delay either a Demand Registration under Section 2.2(c)(iv), a S-3 Registration under this Section 2.4(c)(iv) or to institute a Suspension Period under Section 2.6(a) shall be exercised not more than once in any twelve (12) month period and in the aggregate shall not be in effect for more than ninety (90) days in any three hundred and sixty five (365) day period, or

(iv)     if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, or

(v)     in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(d)     Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as expeditiously as possible after receipt of the requests of the Holders. No S-3 Registration pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be deemed or counted as a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.5      Expenses of Registration . Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to

 

-8-


Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holder, with respect to a registration pursuant to Section 2.2, or the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder, with respect to a registration pursuant to Section 2.4 unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company’s finances of which the Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Initiating Holder, with respect to a registration pursuant to Section 2.2, or the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder, with respect to a registration pursuant to Section 2.4 agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) or 2.4(c)(iv), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) or 2.4(c)(iv), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration.

2.6      Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a)     prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred and twenty (120) days, or if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto or, if such Registrable Securities are offered on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, until all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold; provided , however , that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holder hereby agrees not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below); provided , further that the Company’s right to delay either a Demand Registration under Section 2.2(c)(iv), a S-3 Registration under Section 2.4(c)(iv) or to institute a Suspension Period under this Section 2.6(a) shall be exercised not more than once in any twelve (12) month period and in the aggregate shall not be in effect for more than ninety (90) days in any three hundred and sixty five (365) day period. In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent may be granted or withheld in such Holders’ sole discretion. If

 

-9-


so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b)     Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c)     Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d)     Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e)     In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering and take such other actions as are prudent and reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including causing its officers to participate in “road shows” and other information meetings organized by the managing underwriter(s). Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such underwriting agreement.

(f)     Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use best efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

-10-


(g)     Use its best efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

2.7    Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a)     No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b)     It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c)     The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8    Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a)     The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading , or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will

 

-11-


reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the Company shall not be liable to any Holder in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder.

(b)     Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriters’ discounts and commissions) from the offering received by such Holder.

(c)     Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) agrees to give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) after the receipt by the Indemnified Party of any written notice of the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation or threat thereof made in writing for which the Indemnified Party intends to claim indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability that it may have to the Indemnified Party hereunder (except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced or otherwise forfeits substantive rights or defenses by reason of such failure). If notice of commencement of any such action is given to the Indemnifying Party as above provided, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other Indemnifying Party similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party.

 

-12-


The Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Party and the indemnified Party and such parties have been advised by such counsel that either (x) representation of such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct or (y) there may be one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Party which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party. In any of such cases, the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party, it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Parties. No Indemnifying Party shall be liable for any settlement entered into without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the consent of such Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such Indemnified Party is a party and indemnity has been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d)     If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by, reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 2.8, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriters’ discounts and commissions) from the offering received by such Holder.

(e)     The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to Section 2.8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 2.8(d). No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the

 

-13-


Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f)     The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination.

2.9     Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities); provided, however , (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) business days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement and (iii) after giving effect to such transfer, such transferee shall own not less than one percent (1%) of the equity securities of the Company on a fully diluted basis.

2.10     Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711); provided, that all officers and directors of the Company are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. No Holder of Registrable Securities subject to this Section 2.10 shall be released from any obligation under any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into pursuant to this Section 2.10 unless all other Holders of Registrable Securities subject to the same obligation are also released.

2.11     Agreement to Furnish Information . Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s

 

-14-


stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.12    Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a)     Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b)     File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c)     So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.13    IPO Entity. If in lieu of a conversion to a corporation, the Company establishes a separate corporation that is a member of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company (the “ IPO Entity ”), whose shares are to be sold in the Initial Offering pursuant to an effective registration statement, all references in this Agreement to the Company shall, where appropriate, be deemed to refer to the IPO Entity. In such an event, the Company hereby agrees to cause the IPO Entity to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

2.14    Registrable Securities. For the purposes of this Agreement, Registrable Securities held by a Holder will cease to be Registrable Securities for such Holder, when (i) a registration statement covering such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act by the Commission and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement or (ii) (x) the entire amount of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder may be sold in a single sale, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and such Holder, each in their reasonable judgment, without any limitation as to volume pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision then in effect) under the Securities Act and (y) such Holder owns less than one percent (1%) the equity securities of the Company on a fully diluted basis.

SECTION 3.    INFORMATION RIGHTS.

3.1    Information Rights. The Company will furnish the GA Holder, the Benchmark Holder and the Housatonic Holder as soon as practicable:

 

-15-


(a)     as soon as available, but not less than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants selected by the Company’s Board of Directors;

(b)     as soon as available, but not less than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made;

(c)     as soon as available, but not less than thirty (30) days after the end of each month, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date; and

(d)     prior to or around the time of the Company’s first Board of Directors meeting of each fiscal year, an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year.

SECTION 4.    MISCELLANEOUS.

4.1    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of law principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any New York federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan of The City of New York or the New York State courts located in The City of New York.

4.2    Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however , that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

 

-16-


4.3    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. The parties agree that this Agreement supercedes and replaces the registration rights granted to the Benchmark Holder pursuant to Exhibit G of that Preferred Share Purchase and Resale Agreement, dated December 2, 2004, among the Benchmark Holder and the Company. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

4.4    Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

4.5    Amendment and Waiver. Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be terminated, amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of the Company and the Holders.

4.6    Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

4.7    Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

4.8    Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and

 

-17-


expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys’ and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

4.9    Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

4.10    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

4.11    Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and for the reduction of shares of Registrable Securities included in registrations under Section 2.2(c), 2.3(a) or 2.4(b).

4.12    Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

4.13    Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of a dissolution or winding up of the Company; provided, that no Initial Offering by the IPO Entity has occurred.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-18-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this R EGISTRATION AND I NFORMATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:

 

HOLDER:

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC

 

GA SS H OLDING LLC

Signature:

 

/s/ Michael Smerklo

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Christopher Lanning

Print Name:

 

Michael Smerklo

 

Print Name:

 

Christopher Lanning

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Title:

 

Managing Director

Address:

 

735 Battery Street

4th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

   
   

H OUSATONIC E QUITY I NVESTORS SBIC, L.P.

   

By: Housatonic Equity Partners SBIC, LLC

   

Its: General Partner

   

H OUSATONIC M ICRO F UND SBIC, L.P.

   

By: Housatonic Micro Partners, LLC

   

Its: General Partner

   

Signature:

 

/s/ Barry D. Reynolds

   

Print Name:

 

Barry D. Reynolds

   

Title:

 

Managing Director

   

SSLLC H OLDINGS , I NC .

   

Signature:

 

/s/ Steven M. Spurlock

   

Print Name:

 

Steven M. Spurlock

   

Title:

 

President and CFO

R EGISTRATION AND I NFORMATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


E XHIBIT  A

A DDRESSES

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC

735 Battery Street

3 rd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

GA SS H OLDING LLC

c/o General Atlantic Service Company, LLC

3 Pickwick Plaza

Greenwich, CT 06830

H OUSATONIC E QUITY I NVESTORS SBIC, L.P.

H OUSATONIC M ICRO F UND SBIC, L.P.

44 Montgomery Street

Suite 4010

San Francisco, CA 94101

SSLLC H OLDINGS , I NC .

c/o Benchmark Capital

2480 Sand Hill Road

Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

 

 

$7,537,500 16% Senior Secured Subordinated Notes due January 1, 2008

of SSource Acquisition Company, LLC

7,537,500 Class A Preferred Shares of SSource Acquisition Company, LLC

 

 

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

January 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 


SSource Acquisition Company, LLC

c/o Crystal Springs Capital, LLC

1250 Bayhill Drive, Suite 200

San Bruno, CA 94066

January 31, 2003

To the Persons listed on Schedule I hereto (each a “ Purchaser
and collectively, the “ Purchasers ”):

Ladies and Gentlemen:

SSource Acquisition Company, LLC a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), agrees with you as follows. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 11.1 .

1.             Authorization of Securities .

(a)    The Company has authorized the issue and sale of its $7,537,500 16% Senior Secured Subordinated Notes due January 1, 2008 (herein, together with any notes issued in exchange therefor or replacement thereof, called the “ Notes ”). The Notes shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(a)(i) attached hereto. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Notes shall be secured in accordance with the provisions of the Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) by and among the Purchasers of the Notes and the Company (the “ Security Agreement ”). The Security Agreement shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(a)(ii) attached hereto.

(b)    The Company has authorized the issue and sale of 7,537,500 shares of its Class A Preferred Shares (“ Class A Shares ”) (herein, such 7,537,500 shares, together with any Shares issued in exchange therefor or replacement thereof, called the “ Purchased Class A Shares ”).

(c)    The Notes and the Purchased Class A Shares are collectively referred to as the “ Securities ” and each as a “ Security ”.

(d)    The Securities are to be issued under this Agreement to each of you in the amounts set forth opposite your names on Schedule I attached hereto. The issue of Securities to each of you is a separate transaction and you shall not be liable or responsible for the acts or defaults of any other Purchaser.

2.             Sale and Purchase of Securities . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Purchasers contained in this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to the Purchasers and, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement, the Securities, the Security Agreement and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed in connection herewith and therewith, each as it may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented (the “ Operative Documents ”), the Purchasers will purchase from the Company, at the Closing, as specified in Section 3, such Securities as are specified on Schedule I attached hereto. The aggregate purchase price of the Notes and the Purchased Class A Shares shall

 

-2-


be $15,075,000 (including 450,000 shares of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC valued at $675,000), which shall be allocated (a) $7,537,500 to the Notes and (b) $7,537,500 to the Purchased Class A Shares.

3.             Closing . The closing of the sale and purchase of the Securities hereunder (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the office of Choate, Hall & Stewart, Exchange Place, 53 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, on January 31, 2003 (or on such other date as may be agreed to in writing by the Company and the Purchasers) (the “ Closing Date ”). The Closing shall occur not later than 11:00 A.M. Boston time on the Closing Date. At the Closing, the Company will deliver to you the Securities to be purchased by you at the Closing against payment of the purchase price thereof to (or for the benefit of) the Company in immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit 3 attached hereto. Delivery of the Securities to be purchased by the Purchasers at the Closing shall be made in the form of one or more Notes and Purchased Class A Shares, in such denominations and registered in such names as are specified on Schedule I attached hereto and in each case dated, and in the case of the Notes, bearing interest from the Closing Date. If at the Closing the Company shall fail to tender the Securities to be delivered to you thereat as provided herein, or if at the Closing any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to your satisfaction, you shall, at your election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any other rights you may have by reason of such failure or such non-fulfillment,

4.             Conditions to Closing . Your obligation to purchase and pay for the Securities to be purchased by you hereunder at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to your reasonable satisfaction, prior to or at the Closing, of the following conditions:

4.1     Representations and Warranties Correct . The representations and warranties made by the Company herein and in the other Operative Documents shall have been correct when made and shall be correct in all material respects at and as of the time of the Closing (after giving effect to the transactions consummated at the Closing).

4.2     Performance . The Company shall have performed all agreements and complied with all conditions contained herein and in the other Operative Documents required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

4.3     Compliance Certificate . You shall have received an Officer’s Certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or President, dated the Closing Date, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 have been fulfilled.

4.4     Capitalization . The debt and equity capitalization of the Company shall be in all respects satisfactory to you.

4.5     Organizational Documents . The First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company in the form attached as Exhibit 4.5(a) hereto (the “ LLC Agreement ”) and the Certificate of Formation of the Company in the form attached as Exhibit 4.5(b) hereto (the “ Certificate ”, and together with the LLC Agreement, the “ Company Organizational Documents ”).

 

-3-


4.6     Indemnification Agreement . The Company shall have entered into an indemnification agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 4.6 hereto, with each of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

4.7     ServiceSource Acquisition . Each of the parties to the Acquisition Agreement (as defined in Section 5.18 hereof) shall have executed and delivered to the other parties the Acquisition Agreement and any and all closing conditions relating to the consummation of such transaction shall have been satisfied or otherwise waived in writing.

4.8     Opinion of Counsel for the Company . At the Closing, you shall have received an opinion, dated the Closing Date, from Choate, Hall & Stewart, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to you in all material aspects.

4.9     Consents and Waivers . The Company shall have obtained all consents or waivers necessary to execute this Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated herein, to issue the Securities and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. All corporate and other action and governmental filings necessary to effectuate the terms of the Operative Documents, shall have been made or taken.

4.10     Minimum Investment . The Company shall have received by the Closing firm commitments for the purchase of Securities at the Closing having an aggregate value of at least $13.5 million.

4.11    [Intentionally Omitted].

4.12     Proceedings and Documents . All proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents and all agreements, documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory in substance and form to you and special counsel to Housatonic Partners, and you and special counsel to Housatonic Partners shall have received all such counterpart originals or copies thereof as you or they may reasonably request.

5.             Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the following, provided however that unless expressly stated otherwise in such representation and warranty, (i) the representations and warranties of the Company in Sections 5.1 through 5.20 give effect to the transactions consummated at the Closing without taking into account any of the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documents, as such transactions are separately addressed in Section 5.21 and (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 5.22 with respect to Crystal Springs Capital, LLC, do not give effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement:

5.1     Organization, Standing, etc . The Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite legal power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted, to issue and sell the Securities and to execute, deliver and perform each of the Operative Documents to which it is (or is to be) a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents.

 

-4-


5.2     Names; Jurisdictions of Incorporation . Exhibit 5.2 attached hereto correctly specifies (a) each jurisdiction (other than Delaware) in which the Company is qualified to do business (or in which it has submitted an application for such qualification), and (b) each jurisdiction in which any of its material properties are (or are to be) located.

5.3     Qualification . The Company is duly qualified or licensed (or has applied or will apply within 30 days of the date of this Agreement to become qualified or licensed) to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased or the nature of the activities conducted makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or licensed or to be in good standing has not resulted in, and could not reasonably be expected to result in, a material adverse change in or effect upon the condition (financial or otherwise), business, performance, operations, properties, prospects or profits of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Change ”).

5.4     Authorization . The Company has all necessary power and has taken all necessary action required for the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Operative Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or therein. The issuance of the Securities does not require any further company action and is not and will not be subject to any preemptive right, right of first refusal or the like which have not been exercised or waived. Each Operative Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, subject to bankruptcy and other laws of general applicability affecting the rights of creditors and subject to the qualification that the remedy of specific enforcement or injunctive relief is discretionary with any court before which proceedings therefor may be brought.

5.5     Capitalization .

(a)     Exhibit 5.5(a) attached hereto correctly and fully specifies as to the Company (after giving effect to the transactions consummated at the Closing) (i) its authorized and outstanding Shares and (ii) the name of each record and beneficial owner of such Shares, together with the number and class of such Shares held by each such Person and the aggregate consideration paid by such Person for such Shares (which consideration, unless otherwise noted on such exhibit, was paid in cash in full on or prior to the Closing Date). All of the outstanding Shares of the Company will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free of any and all Liens or encumbrances, and not subject to any preemptive right, right of first refusal or similar right on the part of the Company and all of such Shares have been (or will have been) offered, issued and sold in accordance with all applicable laws.

(b)    Except as set forth on Exhibit 5.5(b) attached hereto, (i) there are no outstanding rights, options, warrants or agreements for the purchase from, or sale or issuance by, the Company of any of its Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Shares; (ii) there are no agreements on the part of the Company to issue, sell or distribute any of its Shares, other securities or assets; (iii) the Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its Shares or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any distribution in respect thereof; and (iv) no Person is entitled to any rights with

 

-5-


respect to the registration of any Shares of the Company under the Securities Act (or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction).

5.6     Indebtedness and Liens . Exhibit 5.6 attached hereto correctly describes:

(a)    all of the liabilities and indebtedness of the Company to be outstanding immediately following the Closing;

(b)    all Liens to which any of the Company’s properties and assets will be subject immediately following the Closing;

(c)    to the best knowledge of the Company, after full and thorough investigation, all of its liabilities and indebtedness to be assumed by the Company as a result of the consummation of the Acquisition; and

(d)    to the best knowledge of the Company, after full and thorough investigation all Liens to which any of the Company’s properties and assets will be subject as a result of the consummation of the Acquisition.

5.7     Subsidiaries . The Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries and does not own, of record or beneficially, or control, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, securities convertible into capital stock or any other equity interest in any Person. The Company is not, directly or indirectly, a participant in any joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, trust, association or other non-corporate entity and does not have any investment in, loan to or material advance of cash or other extension of credit (other than in the ordinary course of business) to any Person.

5.8     Agreements; Action .

(a)    There are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which the Company is a party or to its knowledge by which it is bound which may involve (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, the Company in excess of $10,000, (ii) the license of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from the Company, other than licenses arising from the purchase of “off the shelf” or other standard products or the Company’s standard form of customer agreement, or (iii) indemnification by the Company with respect to infringement of proprietary rights.

(b)    The Company has not (i) declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock, (ii) incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed or any other liabilities individually in excess of $10,000 or, in excess of $20,000 in the aggregate, other than the Notes and the Working Capital Facility (as defined in Section 8.2(a)), (iii) made any loans or advances to any Person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses, or (iv) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than the sale of its inventory in the ordinary course of business.

(c)    For the purposes of subsections (a) and (b) above, all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same person or entity (including persons or entities the Company has reason to believe are affiliated

 

-6-


therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

5.9     Obligations to Related Parties . There are no obligations of the Company to officers, directors, shareholders, members, consultants or employees of the Company other than (a) for payment of salary for services rendered, (b) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and (c) for other standard employee benefits made generally available to all employees (including stock option agreements outstanding under any stock option plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company). None of the officers, directors or any members of their immediate families, or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, key employees or members of the Company are indebted to the Company (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) or have any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation which competes with the Company, other than passive investments in publicly traded companies (representing less than 1% of such company) which may compete with the Company. No officer, director or member, or any member of their immediate families, is, directly or indirectly, interested in any material contract with the Company (other than such contracts as relate to any such person’s ownership of capital stock or other securities of the Company). The Company is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other Person, firm or corporation.

5.10     Offering Valid . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers contained in Section 6 hereof, the offer, sale and issuance of the Securities will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and will have been registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws. Neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of the Securities to any Person or Persons so as to bring the sale of such Securities by the Company within the registration provisions of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

5.11     Benefit Plans . The Company presently does not maintain or contribute to, and has never maintained or contributed to, any “employee benefit plan,” as such term is defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”).

5.12     Insurance . The Company has in full force and effect fire and casualty insurance policies, in amounts and coverage consistent with similarly situated companies. The Company is not in default with respect to its obligations under any insurance policy maintained by it.

5.13     Litigation, etc . There is no claim, action, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company which (a) questions the validity of any of the Operative Documents or any action taken or to be taken pursuant thereto or (b) has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Change. There are no judgments, orders, injunctions, stipulations, decrees or awards (whether rendered by a court, administrative agency, governmental authority, by arbitration or otherwise) against the Company.

 

-7-


5.14     Compliance with Other Instruments; Absence of Restrictions, etc . The Company is not in violation of or in default under any term of the Company Organizational Documents, or of any agreement, document, instrument, judgment, decree, order, law, statute, rule or regulation applicable to it or any of its properties and assets, in any way which has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Change. Except as a result of the Operative Documents, the execution, delivery, and performance of and compliance with the Operative Documents by the Company, will not, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge, Lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company.

5.15     Consents, etc . No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or other action by, any Person (including, without limitation, any governmental authority) is required on the part of the Company as a condition precedent to the valid execution, delivery and performance of and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents and/or the exercise by any holder of any Securities of any of its rights in respect thereof.

5.16     Obligations of Management . The officers and key employees of the Company are set forth on Exhibit 5.16 . Each officer and key employee of the Company is currently devoting substantially all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee of the Company is planning to terminate his or her employment or work less than full time at the Company in the future. No officer or key employee is currently working or, to the Company’s knowledge, plans to work for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such officer or key employee is or will be compensated by such enterprise. To the best knowledge of the Company after thorough investigation, the Company is not aware that any key employee or key consultant of ServiceSource, or any group of employees or consultants of ServiceSource do not intend to perform substantially similar services to the Company following the Acquisition as they are currently performing for ServiceSource.

5.17     Small Business Concern . The Company together with its “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Section 121.103 of Title 13 of the Code of Federal Regulations (the “ Federal Regulations ”)), is a “smaller enterprise” within the meaning of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (the “ Small Business Act ”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, including Section 107.710 of Title 13 of the Federal Regulations (a “ Smaller Enterprise ”). The information delivered to each Purchaser that is a licensed Small Business Investment Company (an “ SBIC Purchaser ”) on SBA Forms 480, 652 and 1031 delivered in connection herewith is true and correct. The Company is not ineligible for financing by any SBIC Purchaser pursuant to Section 107.720 of Title 13 of the Federal Regulations. The Company acknowledges that each SBIC Purchaser is a Federal licensee under the Small Business Act.

5.18     Use of Proceeds .

(a)    The proceeds of the sale of the Securities will be used for the purpose of consummating the purchase (the “ Acquisition ”) from ServiceSource Incorporated, a California corporation (“ ServiceSource ”) of substantially all of its assets pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 (the “ Acquisition Agreement ”) by and among, ServiceSource, the Beneficial Owners named therein and the Company (the

 

-8-


Acquisition Agreement and the other agreements, documents and instruments executed or to be executed in connection therewith are sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Acquisition Documents ”), copies of which Acquisition Documents have been furnished to you and special counsel to Housatonic Partners.

(b)    Prior to the Acquisition, the Company has not engaged in any business.

(c)    The Company has not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation G of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no part of the proceeds of the sale of the Securities will be used to purchase or carry any margin security or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security or in any other manner which would involve a violation of any of the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

5.19     Broker’s Fees . The Company represents and warrants that no agent, broker, investment banker, Person or firm acting on behalf of or under the authority of such party hereto is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission directly or indirectly in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. The Company further agrees to indemnify each other party for any claims, losses or expenses incurred by such other party as a result of the representation in this Section 5.19 being untrue.

5.20     Full Disclosure . The Company has provided Purchasers with all information requested by the Purchasers in connection with their decision to purchase the Securities. Neither this Agreement, the exhibits hereto, the other Operative Documents nor any other document delivered by the Company to Purchasers or their attorneys or agents in connection herewith or therewith at the Closing contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading; provided however that any representation or warranty set forth in the Acquisition Documents are true and correct only to the extent set forth in Section 5.21 hereto.

5.21     ServiceSource Acquisition . The Company hereby represents and warrants that to the best knowledge of the Company, after full and thorough investigation, all of the representations and warranties set forth in the Acquisition Agreement related to the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) are true and correct as of the date of the Acquisition Agreement.

5.22     Crystal Springs Representations and Warranties .

(a)     Exhibit 5.22(a) attached hereto correctly and fully specifies as to Crystal Springs Capital, LLC (i) its authorized and outstanding shares and (ii) the name of each record and beneficial owner of such shares, together with the number and class of such shares held by each such Person. There are no outstanding rights, options, warrants or agreements for the purchase from, or sale or issuance by, Crystal Springs Capital, LLC, of any of its shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares. Upon Closing, the Company will own all of the outstanding equity interests of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC.

 

-9-


(b)    There is no claim, action, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC, threatened against Crystal Springs Capital, LLC which has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Change. There are no judgments, orders, injunctions, stipulations, decrees or awards (whether rendered by a court, administrative agency, governmental authority, by arbitration or otherwise) against Crystal Springs Capital, LLC.

(c)     Exhibit 5.22(c) attached hereto correctly describes, to the best knowledge of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC, all of the outstanding liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC.

6.             Purchaser Representations and Warranties . Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants, with respect to itself only, to the Company as follows:

(a)    Each Purchaser which is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other business entity, has been duly formed, validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation, has all requisite power and authority and has taken all necessary action required for the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any other agreements or instruments executed in connection herewith and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, and has not been organized, reorganized or recapitalized specifically for the purposes of investing in the Company;

(b)    Assuming due execution and delivery by the Company of each of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, each of this Agreement and the Security Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms subject to bankruptcy and other laws of general applicability affecting the rights of creditors and subject to the qualification that the remedy of specific enforcement or injunctive relief is discretionary with any court for which proceedings therefor may be brought;

(c)    Such Purchaser (i) has been advised and understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, on the basis that no distribution or public offering of the Securities is to be effected except in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, and that, in this connection, the Company is relying in part on the representations of the Purchaser set forth in this Section 6; (ii) acknowledges that the Securities will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under the Securities Act, with the result that they may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances; and (iii) represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, and is familiar with the resale restrictions imposed thereby and by the Securities Act;

(d)    Such Purchaser has been further advised and understands that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that a public market may never exist for the Securities;

 

-10-


(e)    Such Purchaser is purchasing the Securities for investment purposes, for its own account and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of Federal or state securities laws;

(f)    Such Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and, by reason of its business or financial experience, such Purchaser has the capacity to protect its own interest in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder;

(g)    Such Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 6(g) shall be deemed to vitiate or limit the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company contained in this Agreement;

(h)    No Person has or will have, as a result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, any right, interest or claim against or upon the Company for any commission, fee or other compensation as a finder or broker because of any act or omission by such Purchaser; and

(i)    Purchaser’s investment decisions are made by Persons who have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment.

7.             Confidentiality . Each holder of any Securities agrees by its acceptance thereof that any non-public information concerning the Company which is furnished by the Company to such holder pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents (collectively “ Confidential Information ”) and is identified by the Company (in good faith) as confidential information shall be kept confidential by such holder in accordance with procedures adopted by such holder in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties. The term “Confidential Information” shall not include, however, any information which (x) was publicly known or otherwise known to any holder at the time of disclosure by the Company to any holder; (y) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission of any holder or any agent of any holder or (z) becomes known to any holder otherwise than through disclosure by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder of any Securities may disclose Confidential Information: (i) with the consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); (ii) when required by law or regulation; (iii) to the officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, legal counsel and professional consultants of such holder who have a need to know such information and to any partner, Subsidiary or parent of any such holder for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the Company as long as the partner, Subsidiary or parent is advised of the confidentiality provisions of the Section 7; (iv) in connection with the preservation, exercise and/or enforcement of any of such holder’s rights or remedies under this Agreement and the other Operative Documents; (v) in connection with any contemplated transfer of any of the Securities held by such holder to any institutional investor or financial institution (so long as the recipient of such information agrees to keep such information confidential on terms substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 7);or (vi) in a response to any summons, subpoena or other legal process or in connection with any judicial or administrative proceeding or inquiry.

 

-11-


8.             Covenants .

8.1     Covenants in Favor of Holders of Class A Preferred Shares .

(a)    So long as the Purchased Class A Shares remain outstanding, the Company will duly perform and observe each and all of the covenants and agreements relating to the Class A Shares set forth in the LLC Agreement.

(b)    The Company agrees to provide the holders of the Purchased Class A Shares the registration rights set forth on Schedule I I attached hereto.

8.2     Covenants in Favor of Holders of Notes . So long as any of the Notes shall remain outstanding, the Company will duly perform and observe each and all of the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth.

(a)     Restrictions on Debt . The Company will not incur, create, assume, guarantee or in any way become liable for, or permit to exist, any indebtedness or liabilities of any kind (including contingent obligations under letters of credit or similar instruments and guarantees of indebtedness or liabilities incurred by others) other than:

(i)    indebtedness existing as of the date of this Agreement, including any extensions, modifications, renewals, refundings or refinancings thereof, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased;

(ii)    additional indebtedness incurred pursuant to working capital financing from a bank or other financial institution in a maximum principal amount not to exceed 100% of the accounts receivable of the Company outstanding from time to time (the “ Working Capital Facility ”);

(iii)    indebtedness or liabilities incurred pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement; and

(iv)    indebtedness in respect of capitalized lease obligations, not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding.

(b)     Restrictions on Liens . The Company will not directly or indirectly, create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

(i)    Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims the payment of which is not yet due;

(ii)    statutory Liens of landlords or warehousemen and Liens of carriers, mechanics, materialmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(iii)    any attachment or judgment Lien which does not constitute an Event of Default hereunder;

 

-12-


(iv)    Liens that secure obligations that are not material, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the present use of such property and have not arisen other than in the ordinary course of business, which have been expressly approved by the Company’s Board of Directors;

(v)    Liens in favor of ServiceSource, Inc. to secure payment of the Notes to be issued to ServiceSource Incorporated under the Acquisition Agreement (the “ Acquisition Notes ”), provided that such Lien is subordinated, to the Purchasers’ satisfaction, to their Lien under the Security Agreement. The Purchasers hereby agree that the provisions of the Acquisition Notes and the security agreement relating thereto, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 8.2(b)(v)(1) and Exhibit 8.2(b)(v)(2) , respectively, are satisfactory to the Purchasers;

(vi)    Liens in favor of holders of Senior Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement;

(vii)    Liens securing purchase money obligations which do not exceed the purchase price of the property acquired; and

(viii)    Liens arising under the Security Agreement; ((i) through (viii) above, “ Permitted Liens ”).

(c)     Restricted Payments . In any fiscal year, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, make any distribution on any Class A Preferred Shares or Common Shares or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any Class A Preferred Shares or Common Shares or prepay, or voluntarily or optionally redeem, repurchase, or acquire or retire for value, any indebtedness of the Company that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, provided , however, that this restriction shall not apply to (i) the repurchase of Common Shares from employees, officers, directors, consultants or any other Persons or entities performing services for the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares upon certain events if required by the relevant agreement and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and (ii) tax distributions pursuant to Section 11.02 of the LLC Agreement.

(d)     Investments . The Company shall not directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments.

(e)     Actions Requiring Consent . The Company shall not undertake any of the following actions without the prior consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes:

(i)    selling, conveying, or otherwise disposing of or encumbering all or substantially all of its property or business or merging into or consolidating with any other entity or effecting any transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the Voting Shares (as defined in Section 11.1) of the Company are disposed of;

 

-13-


(ii)    selling or disposing of, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, any material assets of the Company; and

(iii)    entering into any material transaction with any Affiliate.

(f)     Notice of Default on Senior Indebtedness . If the Company shall fail to make any payment with respect to Senior Indebtedness, the Company shall notify the holders of the Notes within 15 days of such failure and shall permit and authorize the holders of the Notes, at such holder’s discretion, to cure such default. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the documentation with respect to any Senior Indebtedness to contain provisions requiring notice of any payment default of the Company obligations to be given by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to the holders of the Notes and giving them, at their discretion, an opportunity to cure such default; provided however, that the holders of the Notes shall be under no obligation to cure such defaults.

8.3     Covenants in Favor of Holders of Securities . So long as any of the Securities remain outstanding, the Company will duly perform and observe each of the following covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth.

(a)     Expenses . The Company shall pay the Purchasers’ actual reasonable expenses in connection with the Closing of the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents, such expenses to include the legal and due diligence expenses incurred in favor of Cooley Godward, LLP, special counsel to Housatonic Partners (which legal and due diligence expenses shall be paid within 30 days of the Closing), in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents, but no other legal counsel.

(b)     Reports .

(i)    within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Company shall deliver to the holders of Notes a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year ended at the end of such fiscal quarter, without footnote disclosure, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year, and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(ii)    within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall deliver to the holders of Notes a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(iii)    within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year the Company shall furnish to the holders of Notes such information as may be needed to permit such holders to file their federal income tax returns and any required state income tax returns;

 

-14-


(iv)    as soon as practicable, but in any event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(v)    promptly upon receipt thereof, any written report, so called “management letter”, and any other communication submitted to the Company by its independent public accountants relating to the business, prospects or financial condition of the Company;

(vi)    promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of (i) all actions, suits and proceedings before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, affecting the Company and involving a claim or claims in excess of $100,000; and (ii) all defaults by the Company in excess of $100,000 (whether or not declared) under any agreement for money borrowed (unless waived or cured within applicable grace periods);

(vii)    promptly upon sending, making available, or filing the same, all reports and financial statements as the Company shall send or make available generally to the members of the Company as such or to the Securities and Exchange Commission or to the Company’s bank or any other lender; and

(viii)    such other information with regard to the business, properties or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Company as the holders of Notes may from time to time reasonably request.

(c)     Rights to Information; Books and Records . The Board of Directors shall cause the Company to keep true and correct books of account with respect to the operations of the Company. Such books shall be maintained at the principal place of business of the Company, or at such other place as the Board of Directors shall determine, and all holders of Notes shall have access to such books during reasonable business hours.

(d)     Payment of Taxes; Legal Existence; Maintenance of Properties; Compliance with Laws . The Company will:

(i)    pay and discharge promptly as they become due and payable all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or its income or upon any of its property, as well as all claims of any kind (including claims for labor, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected by law to become a Lien upon its property and could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if the amount, applicability or validity thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted with adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP;

(ii)    do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence;

 

-15-


(iii)    maintain and keep its material properties in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear and casualties excepted);

(iv)    comply in all respects with all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental authorities in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property, if the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; provided that the Company shall not be required by reason of this Section 8.3(d)(iv) to comply therewith at any time while it shall be contesting its obligation to do so in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted.

(e)     Insurance . The Company will maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to its properties and businesses against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons of established reputation engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated, in such amounts and by such methods (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as shall be customary for such Persons and reasonably deemed adequate by the Company.

(f)     Further Assurances . From time to time hereafter, the Company will execute and deliver, or will cause to be executed and delivered, such additional agreements, documents and instruments and will take all such other actions as any holder or holders of the Securities may reasonably request for the purpose of implementing or effectuating the provisions of the Operative Documents.

9.             Events of Default . If any one or more of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), that is to say:

(a)    if default shall be made in the due and punctual payment of all or any part of the principal of, or premium (if any) on, any Note when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated maturity thereof, by notice of or demand for prepayment, or otherwise;

(b)    if default shall be made in the due and punctual payment of any interest on any Note when and as such interest shall become due and payable and such default shall have continued for a period of 15 Business Days;

(c)    if there shall occur any Event of Default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness that is not waived or cured within the applicable grace period;

(d)    if there shall occur any Event of Default with respect to the Acquisition Notes which is not waived or cured within the applicable grace period;

(e)    if default shall be made in the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or conditions contained in this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents and such default shall have continued for a period of 30 days after the earlier to occur of

 

-16-


(i) the Company’s obtaining knowledge of such default or (ii) the Company’s receipt of written notice of such default;

(f)    if the Company shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or shall be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or shall file any petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, or shall file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, custodian, receiver, liquidator or fiscal agent for it or for all or any substantial part of its properties, or shall (or its directors or members shall) take any action seeking its dissolution or liquidation;

(g)    if, within 30 days after the commencement of an action against the Company seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, such action shall not have been dismissed or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of the Company stayed, or if the stay of any such order or proceeding shall thereafter be set aside, or if, within 30 days after the appointment without the consent or acquiescence of the Company of any trustee, custodian, receiver, liquidator or fiscal agent for the Company or for all or any substantial part of its properties, such appointment shall not have been vacated;

(h)    if, under the provisions of any law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the Company or of all or any substantial part of its properties and such custody or control shall not be terminated or stayed within 30 days from the date of assumption of such custody or control;

(i)    if a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $700,000 in excess of applicable insurance coverage (provided that a claim therefore has been tendered to and accepted by the applicable insurance carrier) shall be rendered against the Company and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 30 days;

(j)    if, as of its date, a representation or warranty set forth herein or in any other Operative Document or in any certificate delivered to the Purchasers by any officer of the Company pursuant to the Operative Documents or to induce Purchasers to enter into the Operative Documents contains any material misrepresentation or material misstatement.

(k)    if the obligations pursuant to any other indebtedness of the Company shall have been accelerated due a default thereunder; and

(l)    if (1) the Company effects any transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the Voting Shares of the Company are disposed of, (2) any time the Duly Elected Directors do not constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or (3) the Company conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all of its assets to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934);

 

-17-


then, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (other than one of the character described in clauses (f), (g) or (h) of this section 9) and at the option of the holder or holders of 66-2/3% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, exercised by written notice to the Company, the principal of all Notes shall forthwith become due and payable, together with interest accrued thereon, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and the Company shall forthwith upon any such acceleration pay to the holder or holders of all the Notes then outstanding the entire principal of and interest accrued on the Notes; provided , that, in the case of an Event of Default of the character described in clauses (f), (g), or (h) of this section 9, the principal of all Notes shall forthwith become due and payable, together with interest accrued thereon (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any action or proceeding under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable domestic or foreign federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, and any other interest that would have accrued but for the commencement of such proceeding, whether or not any such interest is allowed as an enforceable claim in such proceeding), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and the Company shall forthwith upon any such acceleration pay to the holder or holders of all the Notes then outstanding the entire principal of and interest accrued on the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default and of notice thereof, if any, by any holder or holders of Notes and before any judgment, decree or order for payment of the money due has been obtained by or on behalf of any holder or holders of the Notes, the Required Holders of the Notes by written notice to the Companies, may rescind and annul such Event of Default and/or notice of such Event of Default and the consequences thereof with respect to all of the Notes (including any Notes which were accelerated pursuant to the first proviso in the preceding paragraph by any holder or holders on account of an Event of Default of the character described in clause (a) or (b) of this section 9). No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

10.             Acceleration upon Liquidation . The entire principal amount and all accrued but unpaid interest with respect to the Notes shall become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of:

(a)    a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary;

(b)    consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

(c)    consummation of a merger into or consolidation of the Company which constitutes a Liquidation Event as defined in Section 9.03 of the LLC Agreement;

provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 10 may be waived by the Required Holders of Notes.

 

-18-


11.             Definitions .

11.1     Definitions of Capitalized Terms . The terms defined in this Section 11.1, whenever used in this Agreement, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate ”, as applied to any Person, means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise. Any Person, who owns beneficially or of record Shares representing more than 5% of the total outstanding Shares of Company shall be deemed an Affiliate (only for purposes of this agreement).

Acquisition ,” “ Acquisition Agreement ” and “ Acquisition Documents ” shall have the respective meanings specified in Section 5.18.

Acquisition Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.2(b).

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day which shall be in San Francisco, California, a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions therein are authorized by law to close.

Class A Shares ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

Closing ” and “ Closing Date ” shall have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.

Common Shares ” shall mean the meaning specified in the LLC Agreement.

Company Organization Documents ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.5.

Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.

Duly Elected Director ” means, at any date, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors who was nominated or elected in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States from time to time, consistently applied.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien (statutory or otherwise), preference, priority, security interest, chattel mortgage or other charge or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement, including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor and any casement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property and any lease having substantially the same effect as any of the foregoing.

 

-19-


LLC Agreement ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.5.

Material Adverse Change ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a)    (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, and (iii) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein;

(b)    the repurchase of Common Shares from employees, officers, directors, consultants or any other Persons or entities performing services for the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares upon certain events if required by the relevant agreement and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; and

(c)    bank deposits and money market deposits of any U.S. domestic commercial bank or brokerage firm of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000.

Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.2(b).

Person ” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint-stock company, a business trust or other similar organization, a partnership, a joint venture, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

Purchased Class A Shares ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

Required Holders ” as applied to describe the requisite holder or holders of any class of the Securities, shall mean, at any date, the holder or holders of a majority or more in interest of such class of Securities at the time outstanding (excluding all Securities at the time owned by the Company).

Securities ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Senior Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning specified in the Notes.

 

-20-


Shares ” of any Person shall include any and all Shares of capital stock, partnership interests, limited liability company interests, membership interests, or other Shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and of any class) in the capital of, or other ownership interests in, such Person, and, as applied to the Company, includes the Class A Shares and the Common Shares.

Subsidiary ” of any Person at any date shall mean (a) any other Person a majority (by number of votes) of the Voting Shares of which are owned by such first-mentioned Person and/or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such first-mentioned Person, (b) any Person of which the first-mentioned Person or any of its other Subsidiaries is a general partner and (c) any other Person with respect to which such first-mentioned Person and/or any one or more other Subsidiaries of such first-mentioned Person (i) is entitled to more than 50% of such Person’s profits or losses or more than 50% of such Person’s assets on liquidation or (ii) holds an equity interest in such Person of more than 50%. As used herein, unless the context clearly required otherwise, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Voting Shares ”, when used with reference to any Person, shall mean Shares (however designated) of such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors (or other governing board) of such Person, other than Shares having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency.

Working Capital Facility ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.2(a).

11.2     Other Definitions . The terms defined in this Section 11.2, whenever used in this Agreement, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meanings hereinafter specified.

this Agreement ” (and similar references to any of the other Operative Documents) shall mean, and the words “ herein ” (and “ therein ”), “ hereof ’ (and “ thereof ”), “ hereunder ” (and “ thereunder ”) and words of similar import shall refer to, such instruments as they may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented.

corporation ” shall include an association, joint stock company, business trust or other similar organization.

12.             Amendment and Waiver .

(a)    Any term of this Agreement and, unless explicitly provided otherwise therein, of any of the other Operative Documents may, with the consent of the Company, be amended, or compliance therewith may be waived, in writing only, by the Required Holders of each of the Notes and the Purchased Class A Shares entitled to the benefits of such term, provided that without the consent of the holders of all of the Notes at the time outstanding, no such amendment or waiver shall (A) change the amount of any rate of interest on the Notes or change the payment terms of any of the Notes or (B) change the percentage of holders of Notes required to approve any such amendment or effectuate any such waiver. Executed or true and correct copies of any amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 12 shall be delivered by the Company to each holder of

 

-21-


Securities forthwith (but in any event not later than ten Business Days) following the effective date thereof.

(b)    In determining whether the requisite holders of Securities have given any authorization, consent or waiver under this Section 12, any Securities owned by the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding.

13.             Method of Payment of Securities . Irrespective of any provision hereof or of the other Operative Documents to the contrary, so long as you (or your nominee) shall hold any Security, the Company will make all payments thereon to you by the method and at the address for such purpose specified in Schedule I attached hereto or by such other method or at such other address as you may designate in writing.

14.             Communications . All communications provided for herein and, unless explicitly provided otherwise therein, in any of the other Operative Documents shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such communication by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (c) by messenger. Any such communication must be sent (i) if to the Company, to it at:

Prior to March 1, 2003:

SSource Acquisition Company, LLC

c/o Crystal Springs Capital, LLC

1250 Bayhill Drive, Suite 200

San Bruno CA 94066

Attention: David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo

Telecopy No.: 650.794.2601

After March 1, 2003:

ServiceSource International, LLC

(f/k/a SSource Acquisition Company, LLC)

1668 Lombard Street

San Francisco, CA 94123

Attention:

Telecopy No.: (415) 901-6026

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Choate, Hall & Stewart

53 State Street

Boston, MA, 02184

Attention: Roslyn Daum, Esq.

Telecopy No.: 617-248-4000

 

-22-


or at such other address (or telecopy number) as may be furnished in writing by the Company to each holder of any Security and (ii) if to you, at your address for such purpose set forth in Schedule I attached hereto, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley Godward, LLP

Five Palo Alto Square

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, California 94306-2155

Attention: Thomas L. MacMitchell, Esq.

Telecopy No.: 650-849-7400

and if to any other holder of any Security, at the address of such holder as it appears on the applicable register maintained by the Company, or at such other address as may be furnished in writing by you or by any other holder to the Company. Communications under this Section 14 shall be deemed given only when actually received.

15.             Survival of Agreements, Representations and Warranties, etc . All agreements, representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Operative Documents shall be deemed to have been relied upon by you and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Operative Documents, the issue, sale and delivery of the Securities and payment therefor and any disposition of the Securities by you, whether or not any investigation at any time is made by you or on your behalf, provided that the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.21 shall be subject to the survival periods set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.

16.             Successors and Assigns; Rights of Other Holders . This Agreement and, unless explicitly provided otherwise therein, each of the other Operative Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and you, successors to the Company and your successors and assigns, and, in addition, shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each holder from time to time of any Securities who, upon acceptance thereof, shall, without further action, be entitled to enforce the applicable provisions and enjoy the applicable benefits hereof and thereof. The Company may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any of the other Operative Documents without the written consent of a majority of the holders of the Securities then outstanding.

17.             Exculpation Among Purchasers . Each Purchaser acknowledges that it is not relying upon any other Purchaser in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. Each Purchaser agrees that no Purchaser nor the respective controlling Persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Purchaser shall be liable to any other Purchaser for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the Securities.

18.             Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement and, unless explicitly provided otherwise therein, each of the other Operative Documents, including the validity hereof and thereof and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and thereunder, and all amendments and supplements hereof and thereof and all waivers and consents hereunder and

 

-23-


thereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the domestic substantive laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law or conflicts of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

19.             Miscellaneous . The headings in this Agreement and in each of the other Operative Documents are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof or thereof This Agreement (together with the other Operative Documents) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. In case any provision in this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. This Agreement and, unless explicitly provided otherwise therein, each of the other Operative Documents, may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto or thereto, as the case may be, on separate counterparts but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

-24-


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC
By   /s/ David Kennedy
  David Kennedy (Manager)

 

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

The foregoing Agreement is hereby

agreed to as of the date thereof.

[PURCHASERS]

By   /s/  illegible
  1998 Taweel Family Trust

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  AOC Partners No. 1

 

By:   /s/  Alex Slusky, Trustee
  Bellevue Trust

 

By:   /s/  Melinda Brown
  Brombies, L.L.C.

 

By:   /s/  Kevin T. Callaghan
  Kevin T. Callaghan

 

By:   /s/  Michael de Anda
  Central Illinois Anesthesia Services Ltd. Profit-Sharing Plan (Michael de Anda Trustee)

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  Chichen Itza Ventures

 

By:   /s/  illegible
 

Craig L. Burr 1985 Children’s Trust

Under Power of Attorney

 

By:   /s/  Michael de Anda
  Michael de Anda

 

By:   /s/  Neal Dempsey
  Dempsey Family Limited Partnership, LLC

 

By:   /s/  Justin Dooley
  Justin Dooley

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby agreed to as of the date thereof.
[PURCHASERS]

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  William P. Egan

 

By:   /s/  Russell James Ellis
  Russell James Ellis

 

By:   /s/   James M.P. Feuille
  James M.P. Feuille

 

By:   /s/   illegible
  Global Undervalued Securities Master Fund, LP

 

By:   /s/   Garth H. Greimann
  Garth H. Greimann

 

By:   /s/  Anthony Hanlon
  Anthony Hanlon

 

HOUSATONIC EQUITY INVESTORS SBIC, L.P. by: Housatonic Equity Partners SBIC, L.L.C., its general partner
By:   /s/  Barry D. Reynolds
 

Barry D. Reynolds

Managing Director

 

HOUSATONIC MICRO FUND SBIC, L.P.

by: Housatonic Micro Partners SBIC

By:   /s/  Barry D. Reynolds
 

Barry D. Reynolds

Manager Director

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby agreed to as of the date thereof.

 

[PURCHASERS]

 

M 2 O, Inc., General Partner
By:   /s/  M.F. O’Connell
 

IRS Partners #17

M.F. O’Connell, President

 

By:   /s/  Ross M. Jones
  Ross M. Jones

 

By:   /s/  Dennis Kinnaird and Constance McCreight

 

By:   JAMES AUGUSTINE LACCABUE AND CHRISTIN ANNE LACCABUE, TRUSTEES OF THE LACCABUE LIVING TRUST DATED JULY 31, 2000
By:   /s/  James A. Laccabue

 

By:   /s/  Paul Margolis
  Longworth Capital, LLC

 

By:   /s/  Christopher W. Mahowald

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  Mendonca Family Trust

 

By:   /s/  Rowland T. Moriarty

 

By:   /s/  Harold Mottet
  /s/  Samantha Mottet

 

By:   /s/  Pat O’Keeffe

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

The foregoing Agreement is hereby

agreed to as of the date thereof.

[PURCHASERS]

 

By:   /s/  Gerald Risk
  Gerald Risk

ROBIN-DOWNEY VENTURES, L.P.

By:   /s/  Val E. Vaden
  Val E. Vaden, General Partner

Royal Wulff Ventures, LLC

By:   /s/  illegible
  (Title)

Schumacher Living Trust

By:   /s/  illegible
  (Title)

 

By:   /s/  Melinda Brown
  Silverado Kids, L.L.C.

 

By:   /s/  Walker Simmons

 

By:   /s/  Robert J. Small

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  Stevenson Family Investment Limited Partners L.P.

SVERICA RETURNS 1

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  (Title)

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  TD Investment Company

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby agreed to as of the date thereof.
[PURCHASERS]

FOR AND BEHALF OF

NEWHAVEN NOMINEES LTD

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  Texas Enterprises Limited

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  TGK Ventures

 

By:   /s/  Martin Trust
  Martin Trust

 

By:   /s/  Douglas Tudor

 

By:   /s/  Melinda Brown
  Weber River Assets, L.L.C.

 

By:   /s/  Spencer D. Wheelwright

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  Whitehawk Ranch Investments Co, LP

 

By:   /s/  illegible
 

William P. Egan 1985 Children’s Trust

Benefit of Gregory J Eagan

 

By:   /s/  illegible
 

William P. Egan 1985 Children’s Trust

Benefit of Kristen Reed

 

By:   /s/  illegible
 

William P. Egan 1985 Children’s Trust

Benefit of Mark P. Eagan

 

By:   /s/  illegible
 

William P. Egan 1985 Children’s Trust

Benefit of William P. Egan III

 

By:   /s/  William L. Thornton
  William L. Thornton Trust

 

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


Schedule and Exhibit List

Schedule I – Purchasers

Schedule II – Registration Rights

Exhibit 1(a)(i) – Form of Senior Secured Subordinated Note

Exhibit 1(a)(ii) – Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit 3 – Wire Instructions

Exhibit 4.5(a) – Form of LLC Agreement

Exhibit 4.5(b) – Form of Certificate

Exhibit 4.6 – Form of Indemnification Agreement

Exhibit 5.2 – Jurisdictions

Exhibit 5.5 – Capitalization

Exhibit 5.6 – Indebtedness and Liens

Exhibit 5.16 – Obligations of Management

Exhibit 5.22(a) – Crystal Springs Capitalization

Exhibit 5.22(c) – Crystal Springs Liabilities

Exhibit 8.2(b)(v)(1) – Form of Acquisition Notes

Exhibit 8.2(b)(v)(2) – Form of security agreement relating to the Acquisition Notes


SCHEDULE I

Purchasers

 

Purchaser

 

Principal Amount of Note

 

Shares of Class A

Preferred

 

Purchase Price

Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount
Purchaser   Dollar Amount   Share Number   Dollar Amount


SCHEDULE II

Registration Rights

 

  1.1 Definitions . As used in this Schedule II the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

  (a) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company after the conversion of the Company into a corporation in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

 

  (b) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  (c) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

  (d) “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.10 of this Schedule II.

 

  (e) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

 

  (f) “Preferred Stock” means the preferred stock of the Company after the conversion of the Company into a corporation in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

 

  (g) “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

  (h)

“Registrable Securities” means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares and (b) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Schedule II are not assigned or (iii) held by a Holder (together with its affiliates) if, as reflected on the Company’s list of stockholders, such Holder (together with its


 

affiliates) holds less than 1% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (treating all shares of Preferred Stock on an as converted basis), the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period.

 

  (i) “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Shares that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

 

  (j) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 of this Schedule II, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

 

  (k) “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  (l) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  (m) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

 

  (n) “Shares” shall mean the Company’s Class A Preferred Shares issued pursuant to this Purchase Agreement and their permitted assigns.

 

  (o) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, including any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

 

-2-


SECTION 2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

  2.1 [Intentionally omitted]

 

  2.2 Demand Registration.

 

  (a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of a majority , of the Registrable Securities (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $7,500,000 (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”)), then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, use commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered and included in such registration by written notice.

 

  (b)

If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and

 

-3-


 

registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

 

  (c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

 

  (i) prior to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering;

 

  (ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

 

  (iii) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2, a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

 

  (iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

 

  (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or

 

  2.3

Piggyback Registrations . The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within ten (10) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent

 

-4-


 

registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

  (a) Underwriting . If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided , however that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

  (b)

Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3

 

-5-


 

prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

 

  2.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

 

  (a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

 

  (b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

 

  (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

 

  (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than two million dollars ($2,000,000), or

 

  (iii) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that such Holders were permitted to register such shares as requested to be registered pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof without reduction by the underwriter thereof;

 

  (iv)

if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form

 

-6-


 

S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period, or

 

  (v) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, or

 

  (vi) after the Company has effected seven (7) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.4, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; or

 

  (vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

 

  (c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

  2.5 Expenses of Registration . Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2 or any registration under Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 herein shall he home by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one requested registration pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, as applicable, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then the Holders shall not forfeit their rights pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 to a demand registration.

 

-7-


  2.6 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

  (a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to thirty (30) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided , however , that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that the Company may, in the absence of such delay or suspension hereunder, be required under state or federal securities laws to disclose any corporate development the disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the Company, its stockholders, a potentially significant transaction or event involving the Company, or any negotiations, discussions, or proposals directly relating thereto. No more than one (1) such Suspension Periods shall occur in any twelve (12) month period. In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

  (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

 

  (c)

Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities

 

-8-


 

Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

 

  (d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

  (e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

 

  (f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

  (g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

 

  2.7 Termination of Registration Rights . All registration rights granted under this Section 2 of this Schedule II shall terminate and be of no further force and effect five (5) years after the date of the Company’s Initial Offering.

 

-9-


  2.8 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information .

 

  (a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

  (b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

 

  (c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if, due to the operation of subsection 2.2(b), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

 

  2.9 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

 

  (a)

To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling

 

-10-


 

person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

 

  (b)

To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without

 

-11-


 

the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.9 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.9, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.9.

 

  (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

-12-


  (e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.9 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and the termination of the registration rights granted pursuant to this Schedule II. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

  2.10 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities; provided , however , (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Schedule II.

 

  2.11 Amendment of Registration Rights . Any provision of this Section 2 may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 2.11 shall be binding upon each Holder and the Company. By acceptance of any benefits under this Section 2, Holders of Registrable Securities hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereunder.

 

  2.12 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights . The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder registration rights senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder, other than the right to a Special Registration Statement.

 

  2.13

Agreement to Furnish Information . Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations hereunder. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 2.13 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period. Each Holder

 

-13-


 

agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Section 2.13. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Section 2.13 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

  2.14 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

 

  (a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

  (b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

 

  (c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the SEC; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

-14-


EXHIBIT 1(a)(i)

Form of 16% Senior Secured Subordinated Note


Exhibit 1 (a)

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TOWARDS DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, DISPOSED, PLEDGED, MORTGAGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

THE PAYMENT OF THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE ARE SUBORDINATED TO THE PAYMENT OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED) AND THE RIGHTS OF THE HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS UPON THE TERMS OF SUBORDINATION SET FORTH IN THIS NOTE.

SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC

16% Senior Secured Subordinated Note due January 1, 2008

 

No. R-   January      , 2003
$               

SSource Acquisition Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                              or its registered assigns (the “Holder”), the principal amount of                      DOLLARS ($              ) on January      , 2008, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

1. Securities Purchase Agreement. This Senior Secured Subordinated Promissory Note (the “Note”) is one of the Company’s 16% Senior Secured Subordinated Notes due January      , 2008 in the aggregate principal amount of $              (each a “Senior Subordinated Note” and collectively the “Senior Subordinated Notes”) issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated January      , 2003 (such agreement, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) among the Company and the investors named therein, and the Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Securities Purchase Agreement and the other Operative Documents referred to in the Securities Purchase Agreement, and may enforce the agreements contained therein and exercise the remedies provided for thereby or otherwise available in respect thereof, all in accordance with the terms thereof. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Company shall make all payments of principal and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes on a pro rata basis based on the total amount of outstanding principal of each Senior Subordinated Note.

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Securities Purchase Agreement.


2. Interest. This Note shall bear interest on the unpaid balance of such principal amount at the rate of sixteen percent (16%) per annum. In no event shall interest payable hereunder exceed the highest rate permitted by applicable law. Interest shall be computed based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year and twelve (12) thirty (30) day months.

3. Payments; Optional Prepayments.

3.1 Interest on the outstanding principal balance of this Note shall accrue from the date hereof and shall be payable by the Company quarterly on the first day of January, April, July and October of each year after the date hereof, commencing on January 1, 2004, until the principal hereof shall have been paid in full (whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise). Payments of principal and interest hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America by the method and at the address for such purpose specified in the Securities Purchase Agreement.

3.2 Notwithstanding any provision in Section 3.1 hereof to the contrary, commencing January      , 2004 and until the principal hereof shall have been paid in full (whether at maturity or a date fixed for prepayment or otherwise), the Company may, at its option (upon notice as provided in Section 3.2(a)), in lieu of a cash payment, pay up to one-half (1/2) of the amount of interest due and payable on this Note on any regularly scheduled interest payment date (the portion of interest that is not so paid in cash on any regularly scheduled interest payment date, the “Capitalized Interest”) by increasing the principal amount of this Note as of such regularly scheduled interest payment date (any such date on and as of which the principal amount shall be so increased an “Adjustment Date”), by an amount equal to the Capitalized Interest, provided that (a) the Company exercises such option proportionately with respect to all of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding and (b) on such regularly scheduled interest payment date, the Company pays in cash in full all interest (other than interest that is capitalized pursuant to this Section 3.2) which is due and payable on such date on all of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding. If the Company shall exercise such option, then, from and after each Adjustment Date, the outstanding principal amount of each Senior Subordinated Note shall, without further action, be increased by an amount equal to the Capitalized Interest added thereto as of such Adjustment Date.

a. Notice from the Obligor. To exercise its option under this Section 3.2, the Company shall deliver to each holder of a Senior Subordinated Note not fewer than 10 or more than 30 days prior to an Adjustment Date, a certificate of an officer of the Company (an “Officer’s Certificate) which shall specify:

(i) the applicable Adjustment Date;

(ii) the portion of the interest which is due and payable on such Adjustment Date to be treated as Capitalized Interest, (ii) the aggregate amount of Capitalized Interest to be added as of such Adjustment Date to the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding and (iii) the amount of Capitalized Interest to be added as of such Adjustment Date to the principal amount of each Senior Subordinated Note then held by such holder;

 

-2-


(iii) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid in cash on such Adjustment Date on all of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding and the amount of interest to be paid in cash on such Adjustment Date with respect to each Senior Subordinated Note then held by such holder;

(iv) the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding and the principal amount of each Senior Subordinated Note then held by such holder, in each case both before and after giving effect to the adjustments to be made as of such Adjustment Date;

(v) the aggregate amount of each interest payment to be made on and after such Adjustment Date on all of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding (if paid entirely in cash) and the amount of each such interest payment on each Senior Subordinated Note then held by such holder; and

(vi) in reasonable detail, all computations made in determining the foregoing.

In the absence of manifest error, the computations set forth in such Officer’s Certificate shall be deemed final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, unless, in any case, the Required Holders shall notify the Company in writing of their objection (in reasonable detail) to any portion of such Officer’s Certificate within 30 days of the date upon which such Officer’s Certificate was furnished to the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes. In such event, the Company shall, within 15 days following the receipt of any such notice from the Required Holders, deliver to the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes a certificate signed by a firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing (which may be the regular auditors of the Company), setting forth in reasonable detail any adjustments which, in the opinion of such accountants, should be made to the amounts set forth in such Officer’s Certificate in order for such amounts to be correct and consistent with the terms hereof and of the other Operative Documents and, in reasonable detail, all computations made in determining any such adjustments. The certificate of any such firm of accountants shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such amounts under this Section 3.2. The Company shall bear the costs and expenses of the preparation of such certificate.

3.3 Prepayments.

a. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, the Company may prepay, at its option, all or a portion of the unpaid principal amount of this Note at any time and without premium or penalty, provided that each prepayment shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest (if any) on the amount so prepaid to the date of prepayment. All such prepayments shall be applied first to accrued and unpaid interest and then to unpaid principal in the order in which such interest and principal are to become due.

b. Mandatory Prepayment.

(i) Subject to the provisions of Section 4, the entire outstanding principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable in full, without presentation, presentment, protest or demand or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company, upon a Sale of the Company. A “Sale of the Company” means (a) a sale of

 

-3-


all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (b) a merger, consolidation or recapitalization which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or of such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after said merger, consolidation or recapitalization, or (c) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a Person or group of affiliated Persons (other than an underwriter of the Company’s securities), of the Company’s securities if, after such closing, such Person or group of affiliated Persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting power of the Company.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 4, in the event that the Company makes a distribution or any other payment with respect to its then-outstanding limited liability company interests (other than cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of the Company for the purpose of paying Federal, state, local or foreign taxes (the “Taxes”) attributable to their ownership of such limited liability company interests, then the Company shall make a prepayment of principal hereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate amount paid to the Company’s holders of limited liability company interests within thirty (30) days after such payment to the Company’s holders of limited liability company interests. The amount of such prepayment shall be deducted from the unpaid principal hereunder.

4. Subordination of Senior Subordinated Notes. Payments on this Note, and the rights of the Holder and of all guarantees with respect hereto, are subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent specified in this Section 4, to Senior Indebtedness (as defined below).

4.1 Certain Definitions. As used in this Section 4, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

“Senior Indebtedness” shall mean all indebtedness of, or guaranteed by, the Company for money borrowed from any bank or financial institution, in each case, whether now existing or hereafter arising, in an amount not to exceed to 100% of the accounts receivable of the Company as of the date such indebtedness is incurred, including without limitation all principal and interest (including such interest as may accrue after the initiation of bankruptcy proceedings, without regard as to whether such interest is an allowed claim in such bankruptcy proceedings) on such indebtedness, and all premiums, fees and expenses owing by the Company to a lender in respect of such indebtedness.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” shall mean the principal amount of the indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes, together with any interest (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any action or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, and any interest that would have accrued but for the commencement of any such proceeding, whether or not any such interest is allowed as an enforceable claim in such proceeding), and premium and any other amount (including any fee or expense) due thereon or payable, if any, with respect thereto, including any such amounts payable by any guarantor thereof.

 

-4-


4.2 Insolvency Proceedings. If there shall occur any receivership, insolvency, assignment for the benefit of creditors, bankruptcy, reorganization, or arrangements with creditors (whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy or other insolvency laws), sale of all or substantially all of the assets, dissolution, liquidation, or any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of the Company, (a) no amount shall be paid by the Company in respect of the principal of, interest on or other amounts due with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness at the time outstanding, unless and until the principal of and interest on the Senior Indebtedness then outstanding shall be paid in full, and (b) no claim or proof of claim shall be filed by or on behalf of the Holder which shall assert any right to receive any payments in respect of the principal of and interest on this Note except subject to the payment in full of the principal of and interest on all of the Senior Indebtedness then outstanding.

4.3 Subordinated Indebtedness Subordinated to Senior Indebtedness; No Amendments. The Company agrees, and each holder of any Subordinated Indebtedness, by its acceptance thereof, shall be deemed to have agreed, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note or any of the other Operative Documents, that the payment of the Subordinated Indebtedness shall be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the extent and in the manner set forth in this Section 4, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all Senior Indebtedness, upon such commercially reasonable terms as may be requested by the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and that each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, shall be deemed to have acquired Senior Indebtedness in reliance upon the provisions contained in this Section 4. No present or future holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be prejudiced in the right to enforce the subordination of the Subordinated Indebtedness effected pursuant to this Section 4 by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company.

4.4 Subordination Not Affected, etc. The terms of this Section 4, the subordination effected hereby and the rights created hereby of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness shall not be affected by (a) any amendment or modification of or supplement to any Senior Indebtedness (or any renewal, extension, refinancing or refunding thereof) or any agreement, document or instrument relating thereto to the extent not prohibited by the Securities Purchase Agreement, (b) any exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy under or in respect of any Senior Indebtedness (or any security or collateral therefor) or pursuant to any agreement, document or instrument relating thereto or (c) any waiver, consent, release, indulgence, delay or other action, inaction or omission, in respect of any Senior Indebtedness (or any security or collateral therefor) or pursuant to any agreement, document or instrument relating thereto, whether or not any holder of any Subordinated Indebtedness shall have had notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing.

4.5 Obligations Unimpaired. Nothing contained in this Section 4 shall impair, as between the Company and the holders of Subordinated Indebtedness, the obligation of the Company to pay all indebtedness evidenced by this Note when and as the same becomes due and payable, nor is anything in this Section 4 intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the holder hereof and creditors of the Company other than holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor, except as otherwise provided in Section 6 hereof, shall anything herein prevent the holder hereof from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law or the Operative Documents or otherwise upon default under this Note.

 

-5-


5. Events of Default. If any Event of Default (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) occurs, in such event and at any time thereafter, subject to Section 4 and Section 6 hereof, (a) the Holder may exercise the remedies available to it as set forth in Section 9 of the Securities Purchase Agreement and Section 9 of the Security Agreement (as defined below) and (b) the Holder may exercise from time to time any rights and remedies available to it as a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of California or otherwise available to it. No delay on the part of the Holder in the exercise of any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver therefor, and no single or partial exercise by the Holder of any right or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Without limiting the foregoing, subject to the rights of the Senior Indebtedness in and to the Collateral (as defined below), upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, at the option and upon written notice to the Company of the Required Holders, the Agent (as defined in the Security Agreement) may foreclose on the security interests created pursuant to the Security Agreement by any available procedure, take possession of any or all of the Collateral, with or without judicial process, and enter any premises where any Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of, storing, dealing with, or removing the same, and the Company shall make such premises available to the Holder.

6. Obligations Secured. The obligations of the Company hereunder are secured by a Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”) dated as of January      , 2003 granting to the Holder a security interest in all of the assets of the Company (the “Collateral”). The Holder agrees to subordinate its security interest in the Collateral to a security interest in the Collateral that may be granted to a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness on such commercially reasonable terms as may be requested by such holders of Senior Indebtedness, provided that such terms are not materially inconsistent with the terms of this Note.

7. Amendments, Modifications and Waivers. This Note may be amended, modified or waived prospectively or retroactively only by a written instrument signed by the Company and the Required Holders. No delay or omission of the Holder in exercising any right under this Note shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a wavier or breach of any other breach or default.

8. General.

8.1 Registered Notes, etc. This Note is in registered form and is transferable only by surrender hereof at the principal executive office of the Company as provided in the Securities Purchase Agreements. The Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered on the Note register maintained at such office pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement as the owner hereof for all purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

8.2 Governing Law. This Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the domestic substantive laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law or conflicts of law provision or rule that would cause the application of domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Note as an instrument under seal as of the date first above written.

 

  SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC
  By  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

-7-


FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

[To be signed only upon transfer of Note]

For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the within Note, and appoints                      its attorney to transfer such Note on the books of SSource Acquisition Company, LLC with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date:

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified on the face of the Note)

 

Signed in the presence of

 

 


Exhibit 1(a)(ii)

SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated the 31st day of January, 2003 is by and among SSource Acquisition Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Debtor”) having its principal place of business and chief executive office at 1250 Bayhill Drive, Suite 200, San Bruno, California 94066 (the “Premises”), the parties identified on Exhibit A attached hereto (each a “Secured Party” and collectively the “Secured Parties”) and Housatonic Managing Partners, Inc., as agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “Agent”). Exhibit A may be amended from time to time with the joint written consent of the Debtor and the Agent to reflect the addition of additional parties as “Secured Parties.”

INTRODUCTION

Pursuant to a series of 16% Subordinated Secured Promissory Notes issued as of the date hereof by Debtor in favor of each of the Secured Parties (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, collectively, the “Notes” and each a “Note”) pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 among the Debtor and the Secured Parties, the Debtor has promised to pay the Secured Parties the aggregate principal amount of $7,537,500 pursuant to the terms set forth in the Notes. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Notes.

1. Security Interest. Debtor, for valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby pledges, transfers and assigns to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the Agent and grants to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the Agent a security interest in all of Debtor’s tangible and intangible personal property and fixtures of every type and nature whatsoever wherever located and whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all accessions and additions thereto, all replacements and substitutions therefor and all proceeds and products thereof including, without limitation, all accounts, all accounts receivable, all contract rights, all commercial tort claims, goods, inventory and equipment, furniture, fixtures, documents, instruments (including certificated securities), money, rights to the payment of money, all documents of title, policies or certificates of insurance, proceeds of condemnation or other seizure, securities, chattel paper and other documents and instruments evidencing such items, insurance refund claims and all other insurance claims and proceeds, tort claims, deposit accounts, financial assets, all investment property, all letter of credit rights, and all general intangibles and intellectual property, any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the intellectual property rights, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights, including without limitation all computer programs, computer software and hardware (including source code and object code), databases, client, customer and prospect lists and related files, goodwill, all uncertificated securities, tax refund claims, license fees, licenses, all patents, patents rights, patent applications, copyrights, copyright applications, trademarks, trademark applications, trade names, trade secrets, know-how, models, tools, engineering drawings, methodologies and techniques,


proprietary research, marketing surveys and materials, all contract rights and all claims of Debtor against third parties for loss or damage of the foregoing items (collectively, the “Collateral”).

2. Obligations Secured. The security interest granted hereby secures payment of the principal of and interest on each of the Notes and the performance and obligations of Debtor under the Operative Documents relating to the Notes or the transactions contemplated thereby (collectively, the “Obligations”). The security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to each Secured Party and the Agent upon the payment in full of the Obligations of Debtor owing to such Secured Party and the Agent in accordance with the terms of the Notes.

3. Agent for Secured Parties. The Secured Parties have appointed the Agent as their agent and attorney-in-fact with the sole and exclusive power to exercise all rights and remedies available to them as secured parties under applicable law, under this Agreement and the other Operative Documents. Debtor acknowledges the Agent’s right to act on behalf of all of the Secured Parties in exercising all rights and remedies of a secured party in respect of the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties. Until it has received notice to the contrary signed by all of the Secured Parties, Debtor shall be entitled to rely on the actions of the Agent as being the actions of the Secured Parties. To the extent not reimbursed either by the Debtor or from the application of Collateral proceeds, the Agent shall be reimbursed by each of the Secured Parties, and each Secured Party agrees to reimburse the Agent for the Secured Party’s pro rata share of such expenses.

4. Representations and Warranties. Debtor represents and warrants to the Agent and the Secured Parties as of the Date hereof, except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Schedule of Exceptions”), that:

(a) Except for Permitted Liens, Debtor is the sole legal and equitable owner of each item of the Collateral in which it purports to grant a security interest hereunder, having good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any and all Liens;

(b) No effective security agreement, financing statement, equivalent security or Lien instrument or continuation statement covering all or any part of the Collateral exists, except such as may have been filed with respect to Permitted Liens;

(c) This Agreement creates a legal and valid security interest on and in all of the Collateral in which Debtor now has rights and all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect such security interest have been duly taken. The Agent will have a fully perfected first priority security interest in all of the Collateral in which Debtor now has rights upon the filing of such UCC-1 financing statement, subject only to Permitted Liens. This Agreement along with the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement will create a legal and valid and fully perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral in which Debtor later acquires rights, when Debtor acquires those rights, subject only to Permitted Liens;

(d) Debtor’s chief executive office, principal place of business and the place where Debtor maintains its records concerning the Collateral are presently located at 1250 Bayhill Drive, Suite 200, San Bruno CA 94066. The Collateral is presently located at such address; and

 

-2-


(e) All copyrights, patents and trademarks registered or applications filed with the United States Copyright Office and/or Patent and Trademark Office now owned, held or in which Debtor otherwise has any interest are listed on Exhibit C attached hereto. Debtor shall amend Exhibit C from time to time within twenty (20) business days after the filing of any application for a patent, trademark or copyright or the issuance of any patent or registration of any trademark or copyright to reflect any additions to or deletions from this list.

5. Affirmative Covenants of Debtor. At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Agent, and at the sole expense of Debtor, Debtor hereby covenants and agrees that it shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Agent may reasonably deem necessary to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement (and any amendment hereto), including, without limitation, facilitating the filing of UCC-1 financing statements in all applicable jurisdictions with the United States Copyright Office and/or Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable, with respect to registered copyrights, patents and/or trademarks or applications thereof. Debtor also agrees to pay all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of the Agent, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the enforcement of any of its rights and remedies hereunder. Debtor hereby further covenants and agrees that, until the payment in full of the Obligations, Debtor shall promptly notify the Agent if:

(a) there is any change in the location of books and records relative to the accounts and inventory of Debtor;

(b) any equipment or inventory constituting part of the Collateral becomes located in or on any premises other than the Premises;

(c) the location of the principal place of business or chief executive office of Debtor as stated in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement has changed;

(d) Debtor conducts any of its business or operations in or from any new office or location other than the Premises or under a different name or names;

(e) any material claim is made or asserted against the Collateral by any Person or entity;

(f) any change occurs in the composition of the Collateral or other event occurs which could materially adversely affect the value of the Collateral; or

(g) Debtor changes either its form or jurisdiction of organization.

6. Negative Covenants. Debtor hereby covenants and agrees that, until the payment n full of the Obligations, Debtor shall not, unless the Agent shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned:

(a) compromise, settle or adjust any claim in a material amount relating to the Collateral, except with the consent of the holders of Senior Indebtedness;

 

-3-


(b) sell, transfer, surrender, cancel or permit the cancellation, suspension or revocation of any license issued to Debtor which is necessary or appropriate to the operation of its business as currently operated or contemplated to be operated; or

(c) sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral or any interest therein, other than licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of business, or create, incur, or permit to exist any mortgage, Lien, charge, encumbrance, or security interest whatsoever with respect to the Collateral other than in favor of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Secured Parties, and ServiceSource, Incorporated.

7. Financing Statements. Debtor hereby agrees to execute, deliver and pay the cost of filing any financing statement, or other notice or filing appropriate under applicable law, in respect of any security interest created pursuant to this Agreement which may at any time be required or which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, may at any time be necessary. In the event that any re-recording or refiling thereof (or the filing of any statements of continuation or assignment of any financing statement) is required to protect and preserve such Lien or security interest, Debtor shall, at its cost and expense, cause the same to be re-recorded and/or refiled at the time and in the manner requested by the Agent. Debtor hereby irrevocably designates the Agent and its agents, representatives and designees as agents and attorneys-in-fact for Debtor to sign such financing statements on behalf of Debtor.

8. Debtor’s Rights Until Default. In the absence of any Default (as hereinafter defined), Debtor shall have the right to possess the Collateral, manage its property and sell its inventory in the ordinary course of business.

9. Secured Parties’ Rights Upon Default. Subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, upon the occurrence and the continuance of a Default and at any time hereafter, the Agent, without presentment, demand notice, protest or advertisement of any kind, may, at the expense of Debtor, exercise any rights available to it as a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of California or any other applicable jurisdiction. Debtor appoints the Agent, and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, with full power of substitution, as Debtor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with power in its own name or in the name of the Debtor, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Notes) and subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, (a) to endorse any notes, checks, drafts, money orders or other instruments of payment in respect of the Collateral that may come into Agent’s possession, (b) to sign and endorse any drafts against the Debtor, assignments, verifications and notices in connection with accounts, and other documents relating to the Collateral, (c) to pay or discharge taxes or Liens at any time levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, (d) to demand, collect, issue receipt for, compromise, settle, and sue for monies due in respect of the Collateral, (e) to notify Persons and entities obligated with respect to the Collateral to make payments directly to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the Agent and (f) generally, to do, at the Agent’s option and at the Debtor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve and realize upon the Collateral and the Agent’s security interest therein to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as the Debtor might or could do; and the Debtor hereby ratifies all that said attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by

 

-4-


virtue hereof. This power of attorney shall be irrevocable until payment in full of the Notes in accordance with their terms.

Subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the proceeds of any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be distributed by the Agent in the following order of priorities:

First, to the Agent in an amount sufficient to pay in full the costs of the Agent in connection with such sale, disposition or other realization, including all fees, costs, expenses, liabilities and advances incurred or made by the Agent in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees;

SECOND, to the Secured Parties in an amount equal to the then-unpaid Obligations; and

Finally, upon payment in full of the Obligations, to the Debtor or its representatives, in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of California or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

10. Events of Default. Any Event of Default as defined in and under the Notes shall constitute a “Default” hereunder.

11. Debtor’s Waivers. The Debtor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) any right of redemption with respect to the Collateral, whether before or after sale hereunder, and all rights, if any, of marshalling of the Collateral or other collateral or security for the Obligations and (b) any right to require the Agent (i) to proceed against any Person or entity, (ii) to exhaust any other collateral or security for satisfaction of the Obligations, (iii) to pursue any remedy in the Agent’s power or (iv) to make or give any presentments, demands for performances, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protests or notices of dishonor in connection with any of the Collateral.

12. Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the rights of the Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of Section 6 of the Note. The Agent hereby confirms that the security interests and Liens granted or to be granted from time to time by the Debtor to secure the Senior Indebtedness shall in all respects be first and senior security interests and Liens, superior to any security interests and Liens granted or to be granted to the Secured Parties in the Collateral pursuant to the Notes, this Agreement or otherwise, it being the express intention of the parties that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all Liens and security interests granted to holders of Senior Indebtedness from time to time shall be prior and superior to any Liens or security interests granted to the Secured Parties. In foreclosing on the security interests and Liens in the Collateral of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, as long as the holders of Senior Indebtedness act in a commercially reasonable manner, the holders of Senior Indebtedness may foreclose on such security interests and Liens in any manner in which they, in their sole discretion, may choose, even though a higher price might have been realized if the holders of Senior Indebtedness had proceeded to foreclose on such security interests and Liens in another manner. Except as may be required by law, the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be under no obligation to marshall any assets in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or any other party or

 

-5-


against or in payment of any or all of the Senior Indebtedness. The Agent shall not exercise any right against the Collateral except in accordance with any subordination agreement or intercreditor agreement among the Agent and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness.

13. Ratable Rights. The rights of the Secured Parties under this Agreement shall be ratable. Any Secured Party receiving a recovery under this Agreement shall hold the same in trust for the benefit of all of the Secured Parties, and all such recoveries shall be shared among the Secured Parties on a pro rata basis.

14. Limitation on Agent’s Duty in Respect of Collateral. The Agent shall be deemed to have acted reasonably in the custody, preservation and disposition of any of the Collateral if it takes such action as the Debtor requests in writing, but failure of the Agent to comply with any such request shall not in itself be deemed a failure to act reasonably, and no failure of the Agent to do any act not so requested shall be deemed a failure to act reasonably.

15. Reinstatement. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Debtor for liquidation or reorganization, should the Debtor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Debtor’s property and assets, and shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is pursuant to applicable law rescinded or reduced in amount or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligeee of the Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

16. Miscellaneous.

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Operative Documents constitute the entire agreement with regard to the subject matter hereof between the parties. This Agreement or any part hereof cannot be changed, waived or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Agent, and waiver on one occasion shall not operate as a waiver on any other occasion.

(b) Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and, if given to Debtor shall be duly given if hand-delivered or if mailed first class postage prepaid to SSource Acquisition Company, LLC, c/o Crystal Springs Capital, LLC, 1259 Bayhill Drive, Suite 200, San Bruno, CA 94066, or, if given to the Agent, shall be duly given if hand delivered or if mailed first class postage prepaid to Housatonic Partners, 44 Montgomery Street, Suite 4010, San Francisco, CA 94104-4704 or, in either case, to such other address as may be specified by notice in writing.

(c) Governing Law. The Uniform Commercial Code and other laws of the State of California shall govern the construction of this Agreement.

 

-6-


(d) Waiver. No failure on the part of the Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any other remedies that may otherwise be available to the Agent or the Secured Parties by law or contract.

(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

(f) Headings. The headings preceding the text of this Agreement are inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement nor affect its meaning, construction of effect.

(g) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Debtor, the Agent and the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that Debtor shall not have the right to assign any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(h) Enforceability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition of unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement of affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

*****

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

DEBTOR:

 

SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC

By:

 

 

Name:  
Title:  
AGENT:

Housatonic Management Company, Inc.

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SECURED PARTIES:
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Security Agreement]

 

-8-


EXHIBIT A

Secured Parties

 

Purchaser

  

Address

Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   


Purchaser

  

Address

Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   
Purchaser   

 

-2-


EXHIBIT B

Schedule of Exceptions

The Debtor has granted a blanket security interest in and lien on all of its assets in favor of Silicon Valley Bank pursuant to an Accounts Receivable Financing Agreement and an Intellectual Property Security Agreement, each with Silicon Valley Bank (the “Bank”) and each dated as of January 31, 2003 (together, the “Bank Security Agreements”). The security interest and liens granted pursuant to this Agreement are subordinated to the security interest and lien granted under the Bank Security Agreements per the terms of a Subordination Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 among the Bank and each of the Secured Parties. The Bank has previously filed financing statements against the Debtor to evidence such security interest and lien.

The Debtor will grant a security interest in and lien on all of its assets in favor of ServiceSource, Incorporated pursuant to a security agreement among the Debtor, ServiceSource, and other parties named therein (the “ServiceSource Security Agreement”). Such security interest is subordinated to the security interest contemplated by this Agreement.

The Debtor expects that the Collateral will be located at 1668 Lombard Street, San Francisco, CA after the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 among the Debtor, ServiceSource and other parties named therein.


EXHIBIT C

Applications for Patent. Trademark and Copyright Registrations

None.


EXHIBIT 3

Wire Instructions

BANK:

ABA#:

FOR CREDIT TO:

REFERENCE:


Exhibit 4.5(a)

SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC

First Amended and Restated

Limited Liability Company Agreement

January 31, 2003


Table of Contents

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I - Organization and Powers

     1   

1.01. Organization

     1   

1.02. Purposes and Powers

     1   

1.03. Principal Place of Business

     2   

1.04. Fiscal Year

     2   

1.05. Qualification in Other Jurisdictions

     2   

ARTICLE II - Members

     2   

2.01. Members

     2   

2.02. Admission of New Members

     2   

2.03. Meetings of Members

     3   

2.04. Limitation of Liability of Members; Indemnity

     4   

2.05. Authority

     4   

2.06. No Right to Withdraw

     4   

2.07. Rights to Information; Books and Records

     4   

2.08. No Appraisal Rights

     5   

2.09. Preemptive Rights

     5   

2.10. [Intentionally Omitted]

     6   

2.11. Conversion

     6   

2.12. Redemption

     6   

ARTICLE III - Capital Structure

     7   

3.01. Classes of Shares

     7   

3.02. Certificates

     8   

3.03. Transfers

     9   

3.04. Record Holders

     9   

3.05. Record Date

     9   

ARTICLE IV - Certain Governance Matters

     9   

ARTICLE V - Directors

     10   

5.01. Powers

     10   

5.02. Election and Qualification

     10   

5.03. Powers and Duties of the Directors

     12   

5.04. Reliance by Third Parties

     12   

5.05. Tenure

     12   

5.06. Meetings

     12   

5.07. Notice of Meetings

     12   

5.08. Quorum

     13   

5.09. Action at Meeting

     13   

5.10. Action by Consent

     13   

5.11. Limitation of Liability of Directors

     13   

5.12. Reimbursements

     13   

 

i


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

     Page  

ARTICLE VI - Officers

     13   

6.01. Enumeration

     13   

6.02. Election

     14   

6.03. Qualification

     14   

6.04. Tenure

     14   

6.05. Removal

     14   

6.06. Vacancies

     14   

6.07. Powers and Duties

     14   

ARTICLE VII - Indemnification

     14   

7.01. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     14   

7.02. Indemnification of Employees and Agents

     15   

7.03. Determination of Entitlement

     16   

7.04. Advance Payments

     16   

7.05. Non-Exclusive Nature of Indemnification

     16   

7.06. Insurance

     17   

7.07. No Duplicate Payments

     17   

7.08. Amendment

     17   

ARTICLE VIII - Transactions with Interested Persons

     17   

ARTICLE IX - Capital Accounts and Contributions

     17   

9.01. Capital Accounts

     17   

9.02. Contributions, Generally

     19   

9.03. Contributions and Liquidation Preferences

     19   

ARTICLE X - Allocations

     20   

10.01. Allocation of Net Income

     20   

10.02. Allocation of Net Loss

     20   

10.03. Loss Limitation

     20   

10.04. Qualified Income Offset

     21   

10.05. Section 704(c) Allocations

     21   

10.06. Nonrecourse Deductions

     21   

10.07. LLC Minimum Gain Chargeback

     21   

10.08. Member Nonrecourse Debt

     21   

10.09. Member Minimum Gain Chargeback

     22   

10.10. Curative Allocations

     22   

10.11. Compliance with Code Section 704(b)

     22   

10.12. Preferred Return Allocations upon Redemption

     22   

ARTICLE XI - Distributions

     23   

11.01. Distribution of LLC Funds, Generally

     23   

11.02. Tax Distributions

     23   

11.03. Distributions

     23   

 

-ii-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

     Page  

11.04. Distribution Upon Liquidation or Dissolution

     24   

11.05. No Limitation

     24   

ARTICLE XII - Transfers of Interests

     24   

12.01. General Restrictions on Transfer

     24   

12.02. Permitted Transfers

     24   

12.03. Requirements for Transfer

     25   

12.04. Right of First Refusal

     25   

12.05. Co-Sale Options

     27   

12.06. Effect of Transfer

     28   

12.07. Prohibited Transfers

     28   

ARTICLE XIII - Dissolution, Liquidation, and Termination; Incorporation

     29   

13.01. Dissolution

     29   

13.02. Liquidation

     29   

13.03. Certificate of Cancellation

     29   

13.04. Right to Convert to Corporate Form

     29   

13.05. Conversion upon Initial Public Offering

     31   

ARTICLE XIV - Certain Provisions Relating to Kennedy and Smerklo Shares

     31   

ARTICLE XV - General Provisions

     31   

15.01. Notices

     31   

15.02. Entire Agreement

     31   

15.03. Consent to Jurisdiction

     32   

15.04. Amendment or Modification

     32   

15.05. Binding Effect

     32   

15.06. Governing Law; Severability

     32   

15.07. Further Assurances

     32   

15.08. Waiver of Certain Rights

     32   

15.09. Notice to Members of Provisions of this Agreement

     33   

15.10. Third Party Beneficiaries

     33   

15.11. Interpretation

     33   

15.12. Counterparts

     33   

15.13. Confidentiality

     33   

15.14. Definitions

     34   

Schedule A - Members, Capital Contributions, Liquidation Preference and Shares

Schedule B - Vesting of David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo Common and Class A Preferred Shares

Schedule C - Cross-Reference Table for Definitions

 

-iii-


SSource Acquisition Company, LLC

First Amended and Restated

Limited Liability Company Agreement

This agreement (the “Agreement”) is dated as of January 31, 2003, by and among SSource Acquisition Company, LLC (the “LLC,” or the “Company”) and the persons identified as the Directors and Members on Schedule A attached hereto (such persons and their respective successors in office or in interests being hereinafter referred to individually as “Director” or “Member” or collectively as “Directors” or “Members”), as such Schedule may hereinafter be amended.

WHEREAS, the LLC was formed as a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (as amended from time to time, the “Act”) on November 12, 2002 and a limited liability company agreement was entered into on November 12, 2002; and

WHEREAS, the Directors and the Members wish to amend, restate and set out fully their respective rights, obligations and duties regarding the LLC and its affairs, assets, liabilities and the conduct of its business;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants expressed herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I - Organization and Powers

1.01. Organization . The LLC has been formed by the filing of its Certificate of Formation with the Delaware Secretary of State pursuant to the Act. The Certificate of Formation may be restated by the Directors as provided in the Act or amended by the Directors with respect to the address of the registered office of the LLC in Delaware and the name and address of its registered agent in Delaware or to make corrections required by the Act. Other additions to or amendments of the Certificate of Formation shall be authorized by the Members as provided in Section 2.03. The Certificate of Formation, as so amended from time to time, is referred to herein as the “Certificate.” The Directors shall deliver a copy of the Certificate and any amendment thereto to any Member who so requests.

1.02. Purposes and Powers . The principal business activity and purposes of the LLC shall initially be the ownership and operation of a business that provides outsourced marketing and sales of products and services, and consulting services with respect to marketing and sales of products and services, and any business related thereto or useful in connection therewith. However, the business and purposes of the LLC shall not be limited to its initial principal business activity and, unless the Directors otherwise determine, it shall have authority to engage in any other lawful business, purpose or activity permitted by the Act, and it shall possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by the Act or which may be exercised by any person, together with any powers

 

1


incidental thereto, so far as such powers or privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business purposes or activities of the LLC.

1.03. Principal Place of Business . The initial principal office and place of business of the LLC shall be c/o Crystal Springs Capital, LLC, 1250 Bayhill Drive, Suite 200, San Bruno CA 94066. The name and address of the agent for service of process for the LLC in the state of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1201 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The initial office of the Company in the State of Delaware and the name and address of the Company’s initial agent for service of process is: The Corporation Trust Company, c/o Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801. The Directors may change the principal office, place of business and agent of process of the LLC at any time and may cause the LLC to establish other offices or places of business.

1.04. Fiscal Year . Unless otherwise required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the fiscal year of the LLC shall end on December 31 in each year or such other date as the Directors may determine from time to time.

1.05. Qualification in Other Jurisdictions . The Directors shall cause the LLC to be qualified or registered under applicable laws of any jurisdiction in which the LLC transacts business and shall be authorized to execute, deliver and file any certificates and documents necessary to effect such qualification or registration, including without limitation, the appointment of agents for service of process in such jurisdictions.

ARTICLE II – Members

2.01. Members . The Members of the LLC and their addresses are listed on Schedule A and said schedule shall be amended from time to time by the Directors to reflect the withdrawal of Members, the admission of additional Members, transfers of Shares or the issuance of additional Shares pursuant to this Agreement. The Members shall constitute a single class or group of members of the LLC for all purposes of the Act, unless otherwise explicitly provided herein. The Directors will, upon written request, provide Members with the most recently amended Schedule A, which shall constitute the record list of the Members for all purposes of this Agreement. The Directors shall have the authority to amend Schedule A without the consent of the Members to reflect any changes in the identity, Shares (as hereinafter defined) and Contributions (as hereinafter defined) of the Members and the identity of the Directors.

2.02. Admission of New Members . Additional persons may be admitted to the LLC as Members upon such terms as are established by the Directors. New Members shall be admitted at the time when all conditions to their admission have been satisfied, as determined by the Directors, and their identity, Shares and Contributions (if any) under Article IX have been established by amendment of Schedule A.

 

-2-


2.03. Meetings of Members .

(a) Notice of Meetings . A written notice stating the place, date and hour of all meetings of Members shall be given by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or other person authorized by this Agreement or by law) not less than ten (10) nor more than fifty (50) days before the meeting to each Member entitled to vote thereat and to each Member who, under this Agreement is entitled to such notice, by delivering such notice to him or by mailing it, postage prepaid, and addressed to such Member at his address as it appears in the records of the LLC. Notice need not be given to a Member if action is taken under Section 2.03(e), if a written waiver of notice is executed before or after the meeting by such Member, if communication with such Member is unlawful, or if such Member attends the meeting in question, unless such attendance was for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

(b) Quorum . The holders of majority of all Voting Shares (as hereinafter defined) issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting shall constitute a quorum, except with respect to matters for which the holders of Class A Preferred Shares shall have a separate vote under Article IV. The holders of a majority of all Class A Preferred Shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting called for the purpose of approving any matter under Article IV shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of such meeting. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present.

(c) Voting and Proxies . For all purposes of this Agreement and under the Act, only the shares designated as Voting Shares under this Agreement (the “Voting Shares”) shall have the right to vote at a meeting or execute a written consent. Members shall have one vote for each Voting Share owned by them of record according to the books of the LLC unless otherwise provided by law or by this Agreement. Members may vote either in person or by written proxy, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary or Assistant Secretary at the meeting, or at any adjournment thereof. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Member shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. The LLC shall not directly or indirectly vote any of its own Shares.

(d) Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present, any matter before the meeting shall be decided by vote of the holders of a majority of the Voting Shares voting on such matter, or in the case of matters requiring the approval of the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares under Article IV, the holders of a majority of the Class A Preferred Shares issued, outstanding and entitled to vote on the matter, except where a larger or different vote is required by law or by this Agreement.

(e) Action without a Meeting . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, any action required or permitted by law to be taken at any meeting of Members may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding Voting Shares or Class A Preferred Shares, as the case may be, having not less than the minimum number of votes

 

-3-


that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Voting Shares or Class A Preferred Shares, as the case may be, were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those holders of Voting Shares or Class A Preferred Shares, as the case may be, who have not consented in writing.

2.04. Limitation of Liability of Members; Indemnity . Except as otherwise provided in the Act, no Member of the LLC shall be obligated personally for any debt, obligation or liability of the LLC or of any other Member, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, solely by reason of being a Member of the LLC. Except as otherwise provided in the Act, by law or expressly in this Agreement, no Member shall have any fiduciary or other duty to another Member with respect to the business and affairs of the LLC, and no Member shall be liable to the LLC or any other Member for acting in good faith reliance upon the provisions of this Agreement. No Member shall have any responsibility to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account (as defined in Article IX) or to contribute to or in respect of the liabilities or obligations of the LLC or to return distributions made by the LLC except as required by the Act or other applicable law. The LLC shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the Members acting on behalf of the LLC pursuant to the terms of this Agreement from and against any claim by any third party seeking monetary damages against such Member arising out of such Member’s performance of its duties in good faith consistent with the terms of this Agreement. Such indemnity shall continue unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicates that such conduct constituted gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of the Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Member is authorized to act on behalf of the LLC except in accordance with an express resolution of the Board of Directors.

2.05. Authority . Unless specifically authorized by the Directors, no Member that is not a Director or officer of the LLC shall be an agent of the LLC or have any right, power or authority to act for or to bind the LLC or to undertake or assume any obligation or responsibility of the LLC or of any other Member.

2.06. No Right to Withdraw . Except in connection with a transfer of all of a Member’s Shares in accordance with all applicable terms of this Agreement, no Member shall have any right to resign or withdraw from the LLC without the consent of the other Members or to receive any distribution or the repayment of his Contribution except as provided in Article XIII and Article XI upon dissolution and liquidation of the LLC.

2.07. Rights to Information; Books and Records .

(a) Members shall have the right to receive from the LLC upon request a copy of the Certificate and of this Agreement, as amended from time to time, and such other information regarding the LLC as is required by the Act, subject to reasonable conditions and standards established by the Directors, as permitted by the Act, which may include, without limitation, withholding or restrictions on the use of confidential information.

(b) The Board of Directors shall cause the LLC to keep true and correct books of account with respect to the operations of the LLC. Such books shall be maintained at the principal

 

-4-


place of business of the LLC, or at such other place as the Board of Directors shall determine, and all Members shall have access to such books to the extent required by law. Such books shall be closed and balanced as of the last day of each year.

2.08. No Appraisal Rights . No Member shall have any right to have his Shares appraised and paid out under the circumstances provided in Section 18-210 of the Act, or under any other circumstances.

2.09. Preemptive Rights.

(a) If the LLC authorizes the issuance or sale of any equity security, or any rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase or otherwise acquire any equity security (“Share Equivalents”), the LLC shall first offer to sell to each Member a portion of such equity securities or Share Equivalents equal to (a) the number of Vested Shares (as hereinafter defined) and Vested Share Equivalents directly owned and held by such Member divided by (b) the total number of Vested Shares and Vested Share Equivalents directly owned and held by all Members. In order to accept an offer under this Section 2.09, each Member must, within 10 days after receipt of written notice from the LLC describing in reasonable detail the equity securities or Share Equivalents being offered, the purchase price thereof, the payment terms and such holder’s percentage allotment, deliver a written notice accepting such offer.

(b) If one or more Members elect not to accept such offer for the full amount of securities which they are entitled to purchase pursuant to this Section 2.09, the other participating Members shall have a right to purchase their pro rata share (based on Vested Shares and Vested Share Equivalents of such participating Members) of any securities which were not so purchased, and such other Members shall have an additional five (5) days from the date upon which they are notified of such opportunity in which to increase the number of securities offered hereunder to be purchased by them. During the 90 days following the expiration of such additional five day period, the LLC shall be entitled to sell any such shares or any such Share Equivalents which the Members have not elected to purchase on terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than those offered to such Members. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 2.09 shall not apply to (i) the issuance of equity securities or options to purchase equity securities or Share Equivalents approved by the Board of Directors and issued in connection with: (a) grants to employees, directors, advisors, consultants or other service providers of the LLC pursuant to an equity incentive plan, unit purchase agreement or similar compensation arrangement adopted by the Board of Directors; or (b) acquisitions, partnership arrangements or strategic alliances approved by the Board of Directors; (c) debt financings from banks, equipment lenders or other similar financial institutions approved by the Board of Directors, or (d) a firm commitment underwritten offering of securities of the LLC or any successor registered under the Securities and Exchange Commission in which the per share price is at least $3.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and the like) and gross proceeds to the LLC and the selling Members (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) of at least $10,000,000 (a

 

-5-


“Qualified IPO”) or (ii) any equity securities, Common Shares or Share Equivalents issued upon exercise of the options described in (i)(a) above.

2.10. [Intentionally Omitted]

2.11. Conversion.

(a) Conversion of Class A Preferred Shares. Each Class A Preferred Share shall be convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one Common Share.

(b) Exercise of Conversion Privilege. To exercise its conversion privilege, a holder of Class A Preferred Shares shall give written notice to the LLC at the principal office of the LLC that such holder elects to convert such shares. Such notice shall also state the name or names (with address or addresses) in which the Common Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be issued. If the Common Shares issued on conversion of such Class A Preferred Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the holder of such Class A Preferred Shares in the share register of the LLC, the conversion notice shall be accompanied by proper assignment thereof. The date the LLC receives such written notice, together with assignment, if required, shall be the “Conversion Date.” Such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the Conversion Date.

(c) Reservation of Common Shares. The LLC shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Shares, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Class A Preferred Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Class A Preferred Shares.

(d) Automatic Conversion on Qualified IPO. Effective upon the closing of a Qualified IPO, all of the then outstanding Class A Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Common Shares. All holders of record of Class A Preferred Shares will be given at least 20 days’ prior written notice of the date fixed and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Class A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Section 2.11(d). Upon the occurrence of a Qualified IPO, the outstanding Class A Preferred Shares shall be converted automatically into Common Shares without any further action by the holders of such shares.

2.12. Redemption.

(a) Redemption, Generally. On and after the seventh anniversary of the date of this Agreement, each Class A Preferred Share shall be redeemable at the option of the holder for a redemption price equal to $1.00 per Share (subject to adjustment for any share splits or share combinations occurring after the date hereof) plus the Preferred Return (as defined below) attributable to such Share, to the extent permitted under applicable law and in accordance with this Section 2.12. In the event that there has been a request by a holder for the redemption of any Class A Preferred Shares held by him pursuant to this Section 2.12, then this Section 2.12 shall apply notwithstanding the occurrence of a Liquidation Event at any time thereafter; provided, however, that such Liquidation Event did not begin prior to such request for redemption.

 

-6-


(b) Procedure for Redemption. Each holder requesting the redemption of any Class A Preferred Shares held by him shall, at least 90 days prior to the proposed redemption date for such Shares (the “Redemption Date”), deliver to the LLC and each other holder of Class A Preferred Shares a written request for redemption (a “Redemption Notice”). After the delivery of a Redemption Notice by a holder of Class A Preferred Shares, any other holder of Class A Preferred Shares wishing to have its Class A Preferred Shares redeemed on the same Redemption Date shall deliver to the LLC not later than 30 days after the date of the Redemption Notice a request to include its Class A Preferred Shares in such redemption and specifying the number of such Shares it wishes to have redeemed. In the event Class A Preferred Shares scheduled for redemption on a particular Redemption Date are not redeemed because of a prohibition under applicable law, such Shares shall be redeemed as soon as practicable, but no later than 30 days, after such prohibition ceases to exist. If the LLC honors the redemption request of all holders who have properly given notice to redeem pursuant to this Section 2.12(b) as of any particular Redemption Date, the LLC shall not be obligated to redeem any other Class A Preferred Shares until at least 6 months after such Redemption Date.

(c) Preferences Upon Redemption. If the assets of the LLC shall be insufficient to make payment in full of the redemption amounts payable to all holders of Class A Preferred Shares who have duly exercised their rights to redemption pursuant to this Section 2.12 as of a Redemption Date, the assets and funds of the LLC legally available for redemption of Class A Preferred Shares shall be distributed to the holders of Class A Preferred Shares who have duly exercised their rights to redeem on that Redemption Date in proportion to the number of Class A Preferred Shares held by them and any Shares for which redemption was requested which have not been redeemed shall remain outstanding for all purposes.

(d) No Reissuance of Class A Preferred Shares. No Class A Preferred Shares acquired by the LLC by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such Shares shall be cancelled, retired and eliminated from the Class A Preferred Shares which the LLC shall be authorized to issue.

(e) Preferred Return. The Class A Preferred Shares shall bear a preferred rate of return of 6% per annum of the Unreturned Contributions (as defined below) with respect to such Class A Preferred Shares, which shall compound annually (the “Preferred Return”) and shall be payable only on a redemption of such Shares pursuant to this Section 2.12 and not in any other circumstances. “Unreturned Contributions” with respect to the Class A Preferred Shares shall mean the excess of (i) the Total Initial Contributions made with respect to such Shares, as set forth on Schedule A. over (ii) the distributions in excess of the accumulated, unpaid Preferred Return, with respect to such Class A Preferred Shares.

ARTICLE III - Capital Structure

3.01. Classes of Shares.

(a) Interests of Members in the net income and losses (as defined in Code Section 704 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the LLC and the right of Members to distributions and allocations and a return of capital contributions and other amounts specified herein

 

-7-


shall be evidenced by shares of interest in the LLC (“Shares”). There shall initially be two classes of Shares, with voting and economic rights as follows:

(i) “Common Shares” which will generally represent a profits interest in the LLC (as described in Revenue Procedure 93-27, 1993-2 C.B. 343) and no initial capital interest. The Common Shares shall be Voting Shares. The Common Shares shall be entitled to distributions in accordance with the provisions of Article XI. Initially, there shall be 10,767,857 shares of Common Shares authorized.

(ii) “Class A Preferred Shares” which shall be Voting Shares. The Class A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to a Liquidation Preference as provided in Section 9.03(b), and shall be entitled to distributions in accordance with the provisions of Article XI. Initially, there shall be 8,375,000] shares of Class A Preferred Shares authorized.

(b) Subject to compliance with this Agreement, including the provisions of Section IV(a) and IV(b), the LLC’s Board of Directors may from time to time issue additional Shares (or options, warrants or other securities convertible into or exercisable for Shares) to existing Members or new Members and, subject to Section 4.01, may amend this Section 3.01, the provisions of Articles IX through XI and make other necessary conforming amendments to this Agreement to designate additional classes of Shares having different relative rights, powers and preferences, including without limitation, rights and powers that are superior and/or prior to those of existing classes of Shares, or the right to vote as a separate class or group on specified matters. The LLC shall have the ability to issue fractional Shares.

(c) The LLC’s Board of Directors may establish an equity incentive plan, unit purchase plan or similar equity compensation arrangement (a “Plan”) and may reserve up to 500,002 Common Shares thereunder for issuance to officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers of the LLC.

(d) Certain of the Common Shares (the “Unvested Shares”) may be issued pursuant to agreements, options or other arrangements, including this Agreement (the “Equity Agreements”) pursuant to which such Shares are subject to vesting, forfeiture or repurchase (the “Contingencies”). Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, prior to the termination of the Contingencies, the Unvested Shares shall not be entitled to any rights under this Agreement to receive distributions or to participate in the pre-emptive rights set forth in Section 2.09, the rights of first refusal set forth in Section 12.04 or any co-sale rights pursuant to Section 12.05. The Unvested Shares shall be considered outstanding for all other purposes of this Agreement, including with respect to voting. Upon the termination of the Contingencies in accordance with the terms of the Equity Agreements, the Unvested Shares shall vest and shall immediately be deemed Vested Shares for all purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 2.09 and 12.04 of this Agreement, all of the Shares held by David Kennedy and by Michael Smerklo shall be deemed “Vested Shares”.

3.02. Certificates. Unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise, the Shares need not be certificated.

 

-8-


3.03. Transfers. Subject to any restrictions on transfer under this Agreement, Shares may be transferred on the books of the LLC by the delivery to the LLC or its transfer agent of a written assignment properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the LLC or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

3.04. Record Holders. Except as may otherwise be required by law or by this Agreement, and subject to Section 3.01(d), the LLC shall be entitled to treat the record holder of Shares as shown on its books as the owner of such Shares for all purposes, including the payment of distributions and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such Shares, until such Shares have been transferred on the books of the LLC in accordance with the requirements of this Article III and in compliance with the transfer restrictions in Article XII of this Agreement.

It shall be the duty of each Member to notify the LLC of any change of address of such Member from that set forth on Schedule A hereto.

3.05. Record Date. Unless otherwise established by the Directors, (a) the record date for determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Members shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, (b) the record date for determining Members entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed, and (c) the record date for determining Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE IV - Certain Governance Matters

The following actions shall require the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the issued and outstanding Class A Preferred Shares.

(a) Any amendment or modification of this Agreement that alters or changes the voting powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges, or restrictions of the Class A Preferred Shares or Common Shares;

(b) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of Class A Preferred Shares or Common Shares;

(c) Creating, authorizing or issuing, or obligating itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security;

(d) Selling, conveying, or otherwise disposing of or encumbering all or substantially all of its property or business or merging into or consolidating with any other entity (other than a wholly owned subsidiary) or effecting any transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the LLC is disposed of;

 

-9-


(e) Making a distribution on any Class A Preferred Shares or Common Shares or redeeming, purchasing or otherwise acquiring (or paying into or setting aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any Class A Preferred Shares or Common Shares, provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of Common Shares from employees, officers, directors, consultants or any other persons or entities performing services for the LLC or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the LLC has the option to repurchase such shares upon certain events if required by the relevant agreement and approved by the LLC’s Board of Directors;

(f) Except with the approval of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors including the Housatonic Director (as hereinafter defined), incurring any indebtedness (other than indebtedness outstanding under Senior Subordinated Notes in the principal amount of $7,537,500 due 2008 , under the notes which may be issued under the Asset Purchase Agreement or in respect of working capital financing from a bank or other financial institution);

(g) Increasing the size of the Board of Directors;

(h) Selling, licensing, leasing or otherwise disposing of, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, any material assets of the LLC;

(i) Acquiring any other assets for consideration in excess of $3.0 million or any operating business whether by acquiring all or substantially of its assets, a material number of the outstanding securities of such entity, or by merger or consolidation or otherwise; or

(j) Changing the Chairman/President or the Chief Executive Officer.

ARTICLE V - Directors

5.01. Powers. The business of the LLC shall be managed by a Board of Directors who may exercise all the powers of the LLC except as otherwise provided by law or by this Agreement. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled. A Director shall be the equivalent of a “Manager” for all purposes under the Act.

5.02. Election and Qualification.

(a) Board of Directors. From and after the date of this Agreement, each Member shall vote or cause to be voted all Voting Shares, and all other voting securities of the LLC presently owned or hereafter acquired by such Member, or over which such Member has voting control, at any regular or special meeting of Members called for the purpose of filling positions on the Board of Directors, or to execute written consent in lieu of such meeting of Members for the purpose of filling positions on the Board of Directors, in favor of the following actions, and the LLC shall nominate for election to the Board of Directors the following individuals:

(i) to fix the number of Directors at six;

 

-10-


(ii) to cause and maintain the election to the Board of Directors of one Director who from time to time is selected by David Kennedy, for so long as David Kennedy is an employee of the LLC and thereafter by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Common Shares, and one Director who from time to time is selected by Michael Smerklo, for so long as Michael Smerklo is an employee of the LLC and thereafter by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Common Shares, (the “Management Directors”); and

(iii) to cause and maintain the election to the Board of Directors of up to four Directors, three of whom shall be selected by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Class A Preferred Shares (the “Investor Directors”) and one of whom shall be selected by Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, L.P. and Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, L.P. (the “Housatonic Director”).

As of the date of this Agreement, the initial directors serving pursuant to subparagraph (i) above shall be David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo, and the initial directors serving pursuant to subparagraph (ii) above shall be Barry Reynolds, Russell James Ellis, William Egan and a fourth Director who shall initially be appointed by the Board of Directors.

(b) Removal. In the event that the holders of a sufficient number of Voting Shares to select a Director pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 5.02(a) request that the Director selected by such holders be removed (with or without cause), by written notice to the other holders of Voting Shares; then in each such case, such Director shall be removed and each Member hereby agrees to vote all Voting Shares, and all other voting securities of the LLC over which such Member has voting control to effect such removal or to consent in writing to effect such removal upon such request.

(c) Vacancies. In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board of Directors at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without cause) of a Director, each Member will cause the Directors designated by it to vote for the individual designated to fill such vacancy by the Members that designated and/or approved (pursuant to Section 5.02(a) hereof) the Director whose death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without cause) resulted in such vacancy on the Board of Directors (in the manner set forth in Section 5.02(a) hereof).

(d) Proxy. If any Member shall refuse to vote the Voting Shares, or other voting securities of the LLC held by it as provided in this Section 5.02 at any meeting of members of the LLC, or shall refuse to give its written consent in lieu of a meeting, thereupon, without further action by such Member, the Chief Executive Office or President of the LLC shall be, and hereby is, irrevocably constituted the attorney-in-fact and proxy of such Member for the purpose of voting, which such proxy shall be deemed coupled with an interest, and shall vote such Voting Shares, or other voting securities of the LLC at such meeting as provided in this Section 5.02 or give such consent, as the case may be. Each such Member further agrees to take such further action and execute such other instruments as may be necessary to effectuate the irrevocable proxy.

 

-11-


(e) Committees. The Board of Directors may establish committees consisting of certain Directors and delegate to these committees such powers and authority as the Board of Directors deems necessary and advisable.

5.03. Powers and Duties of the Directors. Subject to compliance with this Agreement, the business and affairs of the LLC shall be conducted by or under the direction of the Directors, who shall have and may exercise on behalf of the LLC all of its rights, powers, duties and responsibilities under Section 1.02 or as provided by law. The Board of Directors shall function substantially in the same manner as a board of directors of a Delaware corporation, and all actions by the LLC that would require approval of a board of directors under Delaware law or for which it would be customary, using good practice, to obtain such approval, shall require the approval of the Board of Directors of the LLC. In addition, the Directors shall designate one of the Members to serve as the “Tax Matters Partner” of the LLC for purposes of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code, with power to manage and represent the LLC in any administrative proceeding of the Internal Revenue Service. The Tax Matters Partner shall initially be David Kennedy.

Any action taken by a Director, and the signature of a Director on any agreement, contract, instrument or other document on behalf of the LLC, shall with respect to any third party, be sufficient to bind the LLC and shall conclusively evidence the authority of the Director and the LLC with respect thereto.

5.04. Reliance by Third Parties. Any person dealing with the LLC, the Directors or any Member may rely upon a certificate signed by a Director as to (i) the identity of any Directors or Members; (ii) any factual matters relevant to the affairs of the LLC; (iii) the persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the LLC; or (iv) any action taken or omitted by the LLC, the Directors, the officers or any Member.

5.05. Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law or by this Agreement, Directors shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier death, disability, resignation or removal. Any Director may resign by delivering his written resignation to the LLC. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

5.06. Meetings. Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held with due notice at such time, date and place as the Majority of Directors (as defined in Section 5.08), the Chairman/President or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time determine. Meetings of the Board of Directors (as hereinafter defined) may be called, orally or in writing, by one (1) or more Directors or by the Chairman/President or the Chief Executive Officer, designating the time, date and place thereof. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

5.07. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or in case

 

-12-


of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairman/President, Chief Executive Officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each Director in person or by telephone or by telegram sent to his business and home address at least forty-eight hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice sent by overnight courier to his business or home address for delivery at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting, although a lesser notice may be permitted if sufficient for the convenient assembly of the Directors at such meeting. Notice need not be given to any Director if a written waiver of notice is executed by him before or after the meeting, or if communication with such Director is unlawful. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

5.08. Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of Directors then in office a “Majority of Directors” shall constitute a quorum. Less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice upon reaching a quorum.

5.09. Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, a majority of Directors present may take any action on behalf of the Board of Directors, unless a larger number is required by law or by this Agreement.

5.10. Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all of the Directors and filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such consent shall be treated as a vote of the Board of Directors for all purposes.

5.11. Limitation of Liability of Directors. No Director shall be obligated personally for any debt, obligation or liability of the LLC or of any Member, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, solely by reason of being or acting as Director of the LLC. No Director shall be personally liable to the LLC or to its Members (i) for acting in good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) for acting in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC or (iii) for breach of any fiduciary or other duty that does not involve acts or omissions not in good faith or which does not involve gross negligence or intentional misconduct.

5.12. Reimbursements. The LLC shall reimburse the Investor Directors for their reasonable expenses, including travel expenses, incurred in connection with their responsibilities on the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI - Officers

6.01. Enumeration. The LLC shall have such officers as are appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the LLC may have a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer and/or a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine. The initial officers shall be David

 

-13-


Kennedy, who shall be Chairman/President, Michael Smerklo who shall be Chief Executive Officer and Roslyn G. Daum, who shall be Secretary.

6.02. Election. The officers of the LLC may be elected from time to time by the Board of Directors.

6.03. Qualification. No officer need be Member or Director. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

6.04. Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by the Act or by this Agreement, each of the officers of the LLC shall hold his office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the LLC, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

6.05. Removal. The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a Majority of Directors.

6.06. Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

6.07. Powers and Duties. Subject to this Agreement, each officer of the LLC shall have such duties and powers as are customarily incident to his office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII - Indemnification

7.01. Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The LLC shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the Act as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the LLC to provide broader indemnification rights than the Act permitted the LLC to provide prior to such amendment):

(a) Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action or suit by or in the right of the LLC) by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director or officer of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such suit, action or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Notwithstanding the

 

-14-


foregoing, the LLC shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with an action, suit or proceeding initiated by such person only if the initiation and continued prosecution of such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

(b) Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the LLC to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director or officer of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duty to the LLC unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a Director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. Any such person may consult with legal or other professional counsel, and any actions taken by such person in good faith reliance on, and in accordance with, the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be deemed to be fully protected and justified and made in good faith.

7.02. Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may authorize the LLC to indemnify:

(a) Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

-15-


(b) Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the LLC to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC or the Employee Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the LLC unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

7.03. Determination of Entitlement. Any indemnification hereunder (unless required by law or ordered by court) shall be made by the LLC only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.01 or 7.02. The determination shall be made by (i) a majority vote of those Directors who are not involved in such Proceeding (the “Disinterested Directors”): (ii) by the Members; or (iii) if directed by a majority of Disinterested Directors, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion. However, if fewer than a majority of the Directors are Disinterested Directors, the determination shall be made by (i) 70% vote of a committee of one or more Disinterested Director(s) chosen by the Disinterested Director(s) at a regular or special meeting; (ii) by the Members; or (iii) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

7.04. Advance Payments. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the LLC in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, only as authorized by the Board of Directors in the specific case (including by one or more Directors who may be parties to such action, suit or proceeding), upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the LLC as authorized in this Article VII.

7.05. Non-Exclusive Nature of Indemnification. The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person, whether or not entitled to be indemnified hereunder, may be entitled under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of Members or Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Each person who is or becomes a Director or officer as aforesaid shall be deemed to have served or to have continued to serve in such capacity in reliance upon the indemnity provided for in this Article VII.

 

-16-


7.06. Insurance. The LLC may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the LLC would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the Act (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) or this Agreement.

7.07. No Duplicate Payments. The LLC’s indemnification under Section 7.01 or Section 7.02 of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be reduced by any amounts such person receives as indemnification (i) under any policy of insurance purchased and maintained on his behalf by the LLC, (ii) from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) under any other applicable indemnification provision.

7.08. Amendment. This Article VII may be amended only so as to have a prospective effect.

ARTICLE VIII - Transactions with Interested Persons

Unless entered into in bad faith, no contract or transaction between the LLC and one or more of its Directors or Members, or between the LLC and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its Directors or Members have a financial interest or are partners, directors or officers, shall be voidable solely for this reason or solely because said Director or Member was present or participated in the authorization of such contract or transaction if the material facts as to the relationship or interest of said Director or Member and as to the contract or transaction were disclosed or known to the other Directors and the contract or transaction was authorized by the requisite Directors as provided in Article IV. No Director or Member interested in such contract or transaction, because of such interest, shall be considered to be in breach of this Agreement or liable to the LLC, any Director or Member, or any other person or organization for any loss or expense incurred by reason of such contract or transaction or shall be accountable for any gain or profit realized from such contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IX - Capital Accounts and Contributions

9.01. Capital Accounts.

(a) A capital account shall be maintained on the books of the LLC for each Member. The capital account of a Member as of any date shall equal the amount of the Member’s paid-in Contributions recorded on the books of the LLC, increased by (i) any cash contributions made by such Member, (ii) the Gross Asset Value (as defined in subparagraph (b) herein of any asset contributed by such Member to the LLC (as determined immediately prior to such contribution), (iii) the Member’s distributive share of LLC profits and income (including tax exempt income), (iv) the Member’s share of any increase in the basis of LLC assets pursuant to Section 50(c) of the Code,

 

-17-


and (v) the amount of any LLC liabilities that are assumed by such Member or that are secured by any LLC properties distributed to such Member; and decreased by (i) such Member’s distributive share of LLC losses and deductions, (ii) cash distributed by the LLC to such Member, (iii) the Gross Asset Value of any LLC property distributed to such Member (as determined immediately prior to such distribution), (iv) the amount of any liabilities of such Member that are assumed by the LLC or are secured by any properties contributed by such Member to the LLC, (v) the Member’s share of expenditures of the LLC not deductible in computing its taxable income (such as syndication expenses, if any) and (vi) the Member’s share of reductions in the basis of LLC assets not otherwise taken into account (such as the reduction in basis provided by Section 50(c) of the Code). The capital accounts of all Members shall also be increased or decreased immediately prior to any Adjustment Date (as defined in subparagraph (c)) to reflect the aggregate net increase or decrease in Gross Asset Values made pursuant to subparagraph (b)(ii) as if the upward or downward change in the Gross Asset Value arising from such adjustment had been income or loss, respectively, and allocated among the Members pursuant to Article X.

For the purpose of computing the amount of income and deductions to be reflected in a capital account, tax-exempt income shall be computed as though it were taxable, and expenditures which are not deductible or capitalized shall be computed as if they were deductible and these amounts shall be allocated pursuant to Article X as if they were profits or losses.

(b) Gross Asset Value. For purposes of determining and maintaining the Members’ capital accounts, the term “Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the adjusted basis of the asset for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(i) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed to the LLC by a Member shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the LLC and the Member or Members making such contribution;

(ii) The Gross Asset Values of all LLC assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the LLC as of the following times: (a) the acquisition of an additional interest in the LLC by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution or for rendering substantial services to the LLC; (b) upon liquidation of the LLC, or upon the distribution by the LLC to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of money or other LLC property to a retiring or continuing Member as consideration for an interest in the LLC; or (c) under generally accepted industry accounting practices, provided that substantially all of the LLC’s property (excluding money) consists of stock, securities, commodities, options, warrants, futures, or similar instruments that are readily tradable on an established securities market; provided that, in the case of the acquisition of an interest in exchange for a Contribution, the value of such interest shall be deemed not less than the amount of money or fair market value of property of such Contribution; and

(iii) If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 9.01(b), such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing book profits and losses.

 

-18-


(c) Adjustment Date. The term “Adjustment Date” means the date on which any of the following occurs: (a) the acquisition of an additional interest in the LLC by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution or for rendering substantial services to the LLC; or (b) the distribution by the LLC to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of LLC property. Upon the distribution by the LLC of any assets in-kind to any Member other than in consideration of an interest in the LLC, only the Gross Asset Value of the assets actually distributed shall be adjusted.

9.02. Contributions, Generally. All contributions to the capital of the LLC (each a “Contribution”) shall be set forth on Schedule A, as amended from time to time. Except as set forth on Schedule A, no Member or Director shall be entitled or required to make any contribution to the capital of the LLC; however, the LLC may borrow from its Members as well as from banks or other lending institutions to finance its working capital or the acquisition of assets upon such terms and conditions as shall be approved by the Directors, and any borrowing from Members shall not be considered Contributions or reflected in their Capital Accounts. The value of all non-cash Contributions made by Members shall be set forth on Schedule A. No Member shall be entitled to any interest or compensation with respect to his Contribution or any services rendered on behalf of the LLC except as specifically provided in this Agreement or approved by the Directors. No Member shall have any liability for the repayment of the Contribution of any other Member and each Member shall look only to the assets to the LLC for return of his Contribution.

9.03. Contributions and Liquidation Preferences.

(a) Each Member has made the Contributions specified on Schedule A and holds an interest in the LLC represented by the Shares set forth opposite the Member’s name on Schedule A.

(b) Each Member’s initial “Liquidation Preference” with respect to its Class A Preferred Shares shall be as set forth on Schedule A hereto, which shall thereafter be decreased by any distributions with respect to any given Preferred Share pursuant to Article XI hereof (but not pursuant to Section 11.02). The term “Liquidation Event” includes, in addition to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the LLC, or any sale of all or substantially all of the LLC’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the LLC with or into another company through one or a series of related transactions in which the Members of the LLC immediately prior to the transaction possess less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction. Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the relative Liquidation Preferences shall be paid to the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares. The Liquidation Preferences of the Class A Preferred Shares shall be paid prior to any distribution to the holders of the Common Shares. If, upon a Liquidation Event, the Company’s funds and assets are insufficient to permit the payment in full of the Liquidation Preferences of the Class A Preferred Shares, the entire assets and funds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the Members holding Class A Preferred Shares in proportion to their relative Liquidation Preferences.

 

-19-


ARTICLE X – Allocations

10.01. Allocation of Net Income.

Subject to Sections 10.03 through 10.12, net income for any fiscal year or portion thereof shall be allocated among the Members in the following order of priority:

(a) To the Members, in proportion to and to the extent of the excess of the aggregate allocations made pursuant to Section 10.02(c) over the aggregate allocations previously made pursuant to this Section 10.01(a);

(b) To the holders of Class A Preferred Shares in proportion to and to the extent of the excess of the aggregate allocations made pursuant to Section 10.02(b) over the aggregate allocations previously made pursuant to this Section 10.01(b);

(c) To the Members in proportion to the relative numbers of Vested Common Shares held; provided that the allocation of Net Profit pursuant to this Section 10.01(c) with respect to any Common Share into which a Class A Preferred Share has been converted shall be the amount required to cause the Capital Accounts of all the Common Shares to be equal.

Allocations to a Member’s predecessor-in-interest shall be treated as made to such Member.

10.02. Allocation of Net Loss. Subject to Sections 10.03 through 10.12, net loss for any fiscal year or portion thereof shall be allocated among the Members in the following order of priority:

(a) To the Members in proportion to and to the extent of the excess of the aggregate allocations made pursuant to Section 10.01(c) over the aggregate distributions made pursuant to Section 11.03(b);

(b) To the holders of Class A Preferred Shares in proportion to and to the extent of the excess of (i) the sum of the Contributions with respect to the Class A Preferred Shares and the aggregate allocations made pursuant to Section 10.01(b), over (ii) the sum of the aggregate allocations previously made pursuant to this Section 10.02(b) and the aggregate distributions made pursuant to Section 11.03(b);

(c) Equally with respect to each outstanding Common and Class A Preferred Share.

Allocations to a Member’s predecessor-in-interest shall be treated as made to such Member.

10.03. Loss Limitation. Net loss allocated pursuant to Section 10.02 shall not exceed the maximum amount of net loss that can be allocated without causing or increasing a deficit balance in any Member’s Adjusted Capital Account. In the event that some but not all of the Members would have deficit balances in their Adjusted Capital Accounts as a consequence of allocations of net loss

 

-20-


pursuant to Section 10.02, the limitation set forth in this Section 10.03 shall be applied on a Member-by-Member basis, and net loss not allocable to any Member as result of this limitation shall be allocated to the other Members in proportion to the positive balances of such Members’ Adjusted Capital Accounts so as to allocate the maximum amount of net loss to each Member under Treas. Reg. § 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d). For purposes of this Article X, a Member’s “Adjusted Capital Account” shall mean the balance of the Member’s Capital Account, increased by the amount of such Member’s obligation to restore a deficit in its Capital Account, including any deemed obligation pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treas. Reg. 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5)), and reduced by the amounts described in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) , or (6) .

10.04. Qualified Income Offset. Any Member who unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) , or (6)  that causes or increases a deficit balance in his Adjusted Capital Account shall be allocated items of income and gain in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations, such deficit balance as quickly as possible. This Section 10.04 is intended to comply with the alternate test for economic effect set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith.

10.05. Section 704(c) Allocations. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code and Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(1)(vi), income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the LLC shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property and its initial Gross Asset Value. Similar principles shall apply with respect to property held by the LLC at the time other property, cash, or services are contributed to the LLC, in order to properly account for unrealized gain or loss with respect to such property.

10.06. Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated to the holders of the Class A Preferred Shares in proportion to the number of their Class A Preferred Shares. For purposes of this Section 10.06, the term “Nonrecourse Deductions” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(b)(1).

10.07. LLC Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article X, in the event there is a net decrease in LLC Minimum Gain during an LLC fiscal year, the Members shall be allocated items of income and gain in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(f). For purposes of this Article X, the term “LLC Minimum Gain” shall have the meaning for partnership minimum gain set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(b)(2), and any Member’s share of LLC Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(g)(1). This Section 10.07 is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith.

10.08. Member Nonrecourse Debt. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article X, to the extent required by Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i), any items of income, gain, deduction and loss of the LLC that are attributable to a nonrecourse debt of the LLC that constitutes Member Nonrecourse Debt (including chargebacks of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain) shall be allocated in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i). For purposes of this Article X, the term

 

-21-


“Member Nonrecourse Debt” shall have the meaning for partner nonrecourse debt set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(b)(4). This Section 10.08 is intended to satisfy the requirements of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i) (including the partner nonrecourse debt chargeback requirements) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith.

10.09. Member Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i)(4), notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X, if there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during any fiscal year, each Member who has a share of the Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of LLC income and gain for such fiscal year (and, if necessary, subsequent fiscal years) in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Member pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §s 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 10.09 is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

10.10. Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 10.03 through 10.09 (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with the requirements of Treas. Reg. §s 1.704-l(b) and 1.704-2. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article X (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, deduction and loss among the Members so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocations of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Member shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred. This Section 10.10 shall be interpreted and applied in such a manner and to such extent as is reasonably necessary to eliminate, as quickly as possible, permanent economic distortions that would otherwise occur as a consequence of the Regulatory Allocations in the absence of this Section 10.10.

10.11. Compliance with Code Section 704(b). The allocation provisions contained in this Article X are intended to comply with Code Section 704(b) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith.

10.12. Preferred Return Allocations upon Redemption. In the event that a holder of Class A Preferred Shares redeems any such Shares pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof, such holder shall be specially allocated Net Income equal to the amount of Preferred Return to which such holder shall be entitled upon redemption pursuant to Section 2.12(e) hereof. If, in the year in which such Shares are redeemed, the foregoing allocation of Net Income is not sufficient to cause the Capital Account of such holder to be increased by the amount necessary for such holder to receive a distribution of its Preferred Return, the Company shall allocate items of gross income or gain to such Member to the

 

-22-


extent necessary to increase its Capital Account by the amount necessary for such holder to receive a distribution of its Preferred Return.

ARTICLE XI - Distributions

11.01. Distribution of LLC Funds, Generally. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, other than the year in which the LLC liquidates, the Directors shall cause the LLC to make the distributions required by Section 11.02, to the extent that funds are legally available therefor. All other funds and assets of the LLC which are determined by the Directors, in their sole discretion, to be available for distribution shall be distributed to the holders of Class A Preferred Shares and Common Shares in accordance with the priorities set forth in Sections 11.03 and 11.04 below. No Member shall be entitled to any distribution or payment with respect to his interest in the LLC except as set forth in this Agreement. Distributions may be limited and repayable as provided in the Act.

11.02. Tax Distributions. With respect to each fiscal year and within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, the LLC shall distribute to the Members an aggregate amount (a “Tax Distribution”) equal to the potential federal, state and local tax obligations of the Members on account of their share of the LLC’s taxable income, at an assumed rate equal to the highest effective combined federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual resident in Massachusetts. In the event the LLC has insufficient funds to make the distributions required by this Section 11.02, any distribution under this Section shall be made to the Members in proportion to the anticipated tax payable by each such Member on the assumptions set forth in this Section 11.02.

11.03. Distributions.

(a) Other than distributions upon a redemption which shall be governed by the provisions of Section 2.12, and distributions upon a Liquidation Event, which shall be governed by Section 11.01, and subject to the provisions of Sections 11.01, 11.02 and 11.04, funds and assets of the LLC determined by the Directors to be available for distribution shall be distributed (other than distributions in liquidation of the Company) to all of the Members, pro rata in proportion to the number of Vested Common Shares held by each, assuming for this purpose that all of the Class A Preferred Shares had been converted into Common Shares (taking into account the vesting of Common Shares in accordance with Schedule B hereto).

(b) Upon a Liquidation Event, funds and assets of the LLC determined by the Directors to be available for distribution shall be distributed:

(i) First, to the Members that hold Class A Preferred Shares, pro rata in proportion to the number of Class A Preferred Shares held by each, until all unreturned Contributions in respect of the Class A Preferred Shares have been distributed by the LLC, provided that the holders of Class A Preferred Shares may elect to convert their Class A Preferred Shares into Common Shares in accordance with Section 2.11 and receive, in lieu of amounts under this Section 11.03(b)(i), their allocable share of the funds and assets distributed to the holders of Vested Common Shares in accordance with Section 11.03(b)(ii) below; and

 

-23-


(ii) Second, to all the Members that hold Common Shares, pro rata in proportion to the number of Vested Common Shares held by each (taking into account the vesting of Common Shares in accordance with Schedule B hereto).

11.04. Distribution Upon Liquidation or Dissolution. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the LLC (or a Member’s interest therein) is “liquidated” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), then any distributions shall be made pursuant to this Section 11.04 to the Members (or such Member, as appropriate) in amounts not in excess of their positive Capital Account balances pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (b)(2) , adjusted to reflect all allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and to reflect any revaluation of Capital Accounts under Section 9.01.

11.05. No Limitation. The provisions of this Article XI shall not be construed to limit the power and authority of the Board of Directors to issue additional Shares pursuant to Section 3.01, and subject to compliance with Article IV, and admit additional Members pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof, which issuance and/or admission may require the amendment or modification of some or all of the provisions of Section 3.01 and this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII - Transfers of Interests

12.01. General Restrictions on Transfer. No Member may give, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, pledge or grant a security interest in or otherwise dispose of any Shares (each such activity a “Transfer”) except as provided in this Article XII.

The LLC and its Directors and Members shall be entitled to treat the record owner of Shares as the absolute owner thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability for distributions of cash or other property made in good faith to such owner until, subject to compliance with this Article XII, such time as a written assignment of such shares has been received and accepted by the Directors and recorded on the books of the LLC. The Directors may refuse to accept and record an assignment until the end of the next successive quarterly accounting period of the LLC.

12.02. Permitted Transfers. The following Transfers shall be permitted without compliance with Section 12.04 or Section 12.05, but shall be subject to the requirements of Section 12.03 hereof:

(a) All but not less than all of a Member’s Shares may be transferred from time to time in connection with (i) any proceeding under the federal bankruptcy laws or any applicable federal or state laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or the relief of debtors and subject to the requirements and provisions thereof, or (ii) a tax-free reorganization, merger or consolidation of the LLC, provided, however, that in either case the transferee of a Member’s Shares shall obtain the economic rights of the transferring Member but shall not become a Member, and shall have no voting rights as a Member, unless authorized by the Board of Directors;

(b) All but not less than all of a Member’s Shares may be transferred from time to time to (i) the successor to such Member by way of merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of such Member’s assets, or (ii) an Affiliate of a Member. For purposes of this

 

-24-


paragraph, an “Affiliate” is any person or entity that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Member, or is a spouse, parent, sibling or lineal descendant of a Member. For the purpose of this definition, “control” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any entity, means ownership of 50% or more of the voting securities of such entity.

(c) All or any portion of a Member’s Shares may be transferred from time to time to an entity formed for estate planning purposes for the benefit of a spouse, parent, sibling or lineal descendant of a Member.

12.03. Requirements for Transfer. Every Transfer permitted hereunder, including Transfers permitted by Section 12.02, shall be subject to the following requirements:

(a) The transferee shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Directors that the proposed Transfer will not cause or result in breach of any agreement binding upon the LLC or any violation of law, including without limitation, federal or state securities laws, and that the proposed Transfer would not cause (i) the LLC to be an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended or (ii) the registration of the LLC’s securities under federal securities laws;

(b) The transferee shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Directors that the proposed Transfer would not (i) adversely affect the classification of the LLC as a partnership for federal or state tax purposes, (ii) cause the LLC to fail to qualify for any applicable regulatory safe harbor from treatment as a publicly traded partnership treated as a corporation under Code Section 7704, or (iii) have a substantial adverse effect with respect to federal income taxes payable by the LLC or Members holding a majority-in-interest of the Shares; and

(c) The transferee shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement and such other documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the Directors to reflect the provisions hereof, and the transferred Shares shall continue to be subject to all restrictions under this Agreement.

Until the foregoing requirements are met, the LLC need not recognize the transferee for any purpose under this Agreement, and the transferee shall be entitled only to the rights of a transferee who is not a Member under the Act.

12.04. Right of First Refusal.

(a) Messrs. Kennedy and Smerklo and any other officer of the LLC which holds Shares may Transfer such Shares subject to the requirements of Section 12.03, if such person (the “Offeree”) receives a written offer (an “Offer”) made in good faith by a third party (the “Offeror”) to purchase such person’s Shares for cash or cash equivalents, notes or other readily marketable funds or securities, and the Offeree gives the LLC (and each Member holding Class A Preferred Shares and/or Vested Common Shares in the event the LLC does not exercise its option under Section 12.04(b)) a right of first refusal to purchase such Shares on the same terms and conditions as are

 

-25-


stated in the Offer, as provided herein. The Offer shall be bona fide, shall be the result of arms-length negotiations between the Offeree and the Offeror and shall set forth the name of the Offeror, the Shares to be transferred, the price and other terms of the Offer and any other relevant material information available regarding the proposed Transfer. The Offeree shall deliver copies of the Offer to the Board of Directors and each of the Members holding Class A Preferred Shares and/or Vested Common Shares (the “Offer Notice”).

(b) The LLC shall have an option (exercisable by a Majority of Directors) to acquire all or any part of the Shares being offered at the price, terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice. The LLC shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of the Offer Notice by the LLC in which to notify the Offeree of its election to purchase all or a portion of the Shares being offered.

(c) In the event the LLC does not elect to purchase all of the Shares in accordance with the terms of Section 12.04(b) above, the Offeree shall deliver notice to each Member holding Class A Preferred Shares and to David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo, so long as they are Members of the LLC (each such Member and Messrs. Kennedy and Smerklo, a “ROFR Member”) (i) that the LLC has not elected to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to all or a portion of Shares proposed to be sold and (ii) offering to sell all or such portion, as the case may be, not so elected to be purchased by the LLC pursuant to 12.04(b), of the Shares proposed to be sold. Each such ROFR Member shall first have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Offeree within thirty (30) days after such ROFR Member has received the notice from the Offeree to purchase its Pro Rata Share (as defined below) at the price, terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice. A ROFR Member’s Pro Rata Share shall equal the product obtained by multiplying (i) the total number of Shares subject to the Offer Notice and not to be purchased by the LLC pursuant to Section 12.04(b) by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Class A Preferred Shares and Vested Common Shares (including Shares deemed Vested under Section 3.01(d)) owned by such ROFR Member on the date of the Offer Notice, and the denominator of which is the total number of Class A Preferred Shares and Vested Common Shares (including Shares deemed Vested under Section 3.01(d)) then held by all ROFR Members (other than the Offeree) on the date of the Offer Notice. To the extent one or more ROFR Members elects not to purchase, or fails to exercise its right to purchase, the full amount of such Shares which it is entitled to purchase pursuant to this Section 12.04(c), the remaining ROFR Members shall have the right to purchase their Pro Rata Shares (based on the participating ROFR Members) of any shares not already purchased by the LLC or the ROFR Members.

(d) The closing of the purchase by the LLC and/or ROFR Members shall take place on a date not less than ten (10) days nor more than thirty (30) days after the election to purchase has been made, as specified by the LLC and/or purchasing ROFR Members. Payment of the purchase price shall be made by check or by wire transfer to a bank account designated in writing by the Offeree.

(e) If Shares of the Offeree are not purchased by the LLC or the ROFR Members as provided herein, the Offeree may sell such Shares to the Offeror upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice (or other terms and conditions no more favorable to the Offeror), provided

 

-26-


that (i) such sale is concluded within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the period in which the LLC and Members may elect to purchase and exercise the co-sale rights set forth in Section 12.05, and (ii) the Offeror complies with all of the provisions of Section 12.03. If such sale is not concluded during such sixty (60) day period, the Offeree may not transfer such Shares unless such Offeree again complies with the provisions of this Section 12.04.

12.05. Co-Sale Options.

(a) In the event that the right of first refusal is not exercised with respect to all or part of the Shares proposed to be sold by any Offeree, such Offeree may Transfer such Shares only pursuant to and in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 12.05.

(i) each of the Members holding Class A Preferred Shares and/or Vested Common Shares shall have the right to participate in the Offer on the terms and conditions herein stated, which right shall be exercisable upon written notice to the Offeree within thirty (30) days after such Members receive notice from the Offeree that the LLC has not elected to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to all of the Shares proposed to be sold (the “Co-Sale Option”), which notice shall contain (i) the number of Shares that the Offeror proposes to acquire from the Offeree, (ii) the name and address of the Offeror, (iii) the proposed purchase price, terms of payment and other material terms and conditions of such proposed transfer, and (iv) an offer by the Offeror or Offeree to purchase, upon the purchase by the Offeror of any Shares owned by the Offeree and for the same consideration per Share (subject to subsection (d)), the number of Vested Shares of each Member holding Class A Preferred Shares and/or Common Shares determined pursuant to paragraph (ii) below.

(ii) Each of the Members with co-sale rights pursuant to section 12.05(a)(i) shall have the right to sell a portion of its Vested Shares pursuant to the Offer which is equal to or less than the product obtained by multiplying (x) the total number of Shares subject to the Offer by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Class A Preferred Shares and Vested Common Shares owned by such Member on the date of the Offer Notice, and the denominator of which is the total number of Class A Preferred Shares and Vested Common Shares then held by all Members holding Class A Preferred Shares and/or Vested Common Shares on the date of the Offer Notice. To the extent one or more Members elect not to sell, or fail to exercise their right to sell, the full amount of such Shares which they are entitled to sell pursuant to this Section 12.05(a), the rights of the other Members holding Class A Preferred Shares and/or Vested Common Shares to sell Shares shall be increased proportionately and such other Members shall have an additional five (5) days from the date upon which they are notified of such election or failure to exercise in which to increase the number of Shares to be sold by them hereunder.

(b) Within ten (10) days after the date by which the Members were first required to notify the Offeree or the Preferred Transferor, as the case may be, of their intent to participate, the Offeree or the Preferred Transferor, as the case may be, shall notify each participating Member of the number of Shares held by such Member that will be included in the sale and the date on which the Offer or Preferred Transfer, as the case may be, will be consummated, which shall be no later than the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date by which the Members were required to notify the

 

-27-


Offeree or the Preferred Transferor, as the case may be, of their intent to participate and (ii) ten (10) days after the satisfaction of any governmental approval or filing requirements, if any.

(c) Each of the participating Members may effect his participation in any Offer or Preferred Transfer hereunder by delivery to the Offeror or the Preferred Transferee, as the case may be, or to the Offeree or the Preferred Transferor, as the case may be, for delivery to the Offeror or the Preferred Transferee, as the case may be, of one or more instruments or certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, representing the Shares it elects to sell therein, together with executed copies of any purchase agreement or related documents that (i) accompanied the original Offer Notice or notice of Preferred Co-Sale Option, as the case may be, and (ii) are also executed by the Offeree or the Preferred Transferor, as the case may be. At the time of consummation of the Offer or Preferred Transfer, as the case may be, the Offeror or the Preferred Transferee, as the case may be, shall remit directly to each Member that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Member is entitled by reason of his participation therein, taking into account, if applicable, the difference in value between Class A Preferred Shares and Vested Common Shares as a result of the preference of the Class A Preferred Shares.

(d) In the event that the Offer or Preferred Transfer, as the case may be, is not consummated within the period required by subsection (c) hereof or the Offeror or the Preferred Transferee, as the case may be, fails timely to remit to each Member his portion of the sale proceeds, the Offer or Preferred Transfer, as the case may be, shall be deemed to lapse, and any Transfers of Shares pursuant to such Offer or Preferred Transfer, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be in violation of the provisions of this Agreement unless the Offeree or the Preferred Transferor, as the case may be, once again complies with the provisions of Section 12.04 and this Section 12.05 hereof with respect to such Offer or Preferred Transfer.

12.06. Effect of Transfer.

(a) If the transferee is admitted as a Member or is already a Member, the Member transferring his Shares shall be relieved of liability with respect to the transferred Shares arising or accruing under this Agreement on or after the effective date of the Transfer, unless the transferor affirmatively assumes such liability; provided, however, that the transferor shall not be relieved of any liability for prior distributions and unpaid Contributions, if any, unless the transferee affirmatively assumes such liabilities.

(b) Any person who acquires in any manner any Shares, whether or not such person has accepted and assumed in writing the terms and provisions of this Agreement or been admitted as a Member, shall be deemed by the acquisition of such Shares to have agreed to be subject to and bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such Shares, including without limitation, the provisions hereof with respect to any subsequent transfer of such Shares.

12.07. Prohibited Transfers. Any transfer in violation of any provisions of this Agreement shall be null and void and ineffective to transfer any Shares and shall not be binding upon or be recognized by the LLC, and any such transferee shall not be treated as or deemed to be a

 

-28-


Member for any purpose. In the event that any Member shall at any time Transfer Shares in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the LLC and the other Members, in addition to all rights and remedies at law and equity, shall have and be entitled to an order restraining or enjoining such transaction, it being expressly acknowledged and agreed that damages at law would be an inadequate remedy for a transfer in violation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XIII - Dissolution, Liquidation, and Termination; Incorporation

13.01. Dissolution. The LLC shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following:

(a) the written consent of a Majority of Directors, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class A Preferred Shares and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares;

(b) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the LLC;

(c) a consolidation or merger of the LLC constituting a Liquidation Event as defined in Section 9.03eb); or

(d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

The LLC shall not dissolve or be terminated upon the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of any Member.

The Directors shall promptly notify the Members of the dissolution of the LLC.

13.02. Liquidation. Upon dissolution of the LLC, the Directors shall act as its liquidating trustee or the Directors may appoint one or more Directors or Members as the liquidating trustee. The liquidating trustee shall proceed diligently to liquidate the LLC, to wind up its affairs and to make final distributions as provided in Section 11.04 and in the Act. The costs of dissolution and liquidation shall be an expense of the LLC. Until final distribution, the liquidating trustee may continue to operate the business and properties of the LLC with all of the power and authority of the Directors. As promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final liquidation, the liquidating trustee shall cause an accounting by a firm of independent public accountants of the LLC’s assets, liabilities, operations and liquidating distributions to be given to the Members.

13.03. Certificate of Cancellation. Upon completion of the distribution of LLC assets as provided herein, the LLC shall be terminated, and the Directors (or such other person or persons as the Act may require or permit) shall file a Certificate of Cancellation with the Secretary of State of Delaware under the Act, cancel any other filings made pursuant to Sections 1.01 and 1.05, and take such other actions as maybe necessary to terminate the existence of the LLC.

13.04. Right to Convert to Corporate Form. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, and without any need for consent or approval of any Member, a Majority of

 

-29-


Directors may, at any time by not less than 10 days prior written notice given to all Members, cause the LLC to convert to one or more corporations (the “Continuing Corporation”), by such means (including, without limitation, merger or consolidation or other business combination, transfer of all or a part of the LLC’s assets and/or transfer of the Members’ respective Shares) as the Majority of Directors may reasonably select. Upon such conversion:

(a) The Shares of each Member shall be exchanged for, or otherwise converted into, shares of capital stock (which may be non-voting if the Member’s Shares are non-voting) of such corporation or corporations representing an equity interest therein equivalent to such Member’s equity interest in the LLC (including, without limitation, having the same liquidation preferences, conversion rights, dividend rights, redemption rights and voting rights). The Directors and the LLC agree to use reasonable efforts to structure such conversion so that the Members’ ownership of their Shares will be “tacked” to their ownership of the shares of the continuing corporation’s capital stock for the purposes of determining such Members’ compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933.

(b) The stockholders of such corporation or corporations, and such corporation or corporations, in the event of such a conversion other than in connection with a public offering, shall enter into:

(i) a Stockholders’ Agreement on terms substantially equivalent to those contained in this Agreement, such Agreement to be in a form reasonably acceptable to the Majority of Directors, and

(ii) such other documents and instruments as are customarily entered into by stockholders of corporations entering into venture capital or similar transactions, in each case in the form customarily used for documents and instruments of similar nature in such transactions and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Majority of Directors.

(c) Each person which now or hereafter is a Member of the LLC, or serves as a Director of the LLC, by execution of this Agreement, an amendment hereto or an instrument acknowledging that such person is bound hereby, irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Board of Directors and any person designated by the Board of Directors to act on his behalf for the purposes of this Section 13.04, and each of them acting singly, such person’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in such person’s name, place and stead to execute, acknowledge, deliver, swear to, file and record at the appropriate public offices any and all agreements, instruments and other documents (including, without limitation, the organizational documents of the corporation or corporations into which the LLC maybe converted as contemplated by this Section 13.04, the agreements among the stockholders of such corporation or corporations and/or such corporation or corporations referred to in this Section 13.04, and instruments of assignment and transfer assigning the assets of the LLC or the Members’ respective Shares in the LLC, as the case may be, to such corporation or corporations in order to effectuate such conversion as contemplated by Section 13.04) as are necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Board of Directors or such person designated by it, to implement and effectuate the provisions of this Section 13.04, which the power of attorney is hereby agreed and acknowledged to be irrevocable

 

-30-


and coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that the Board of Directors will be relying upon the power of the Board of Directors or such person designated by it to act as contemplated by this Section 13.04 in connection with the conversion of the LLC into a corporation or corporations and the other matters contemplated by this Section 13.04, and shall survive any death, retirement, resignation, withdrawal, expulsion, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution or adjudication of incompetence or insanity of any Member or Director until such time as the provisions of this Section 13.04 have been implemented and effectuated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board of Directors or its relevant designee.

13.05. Conversion upon Initial Public Offering. Subject to Article IV, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 13.04, in the event that the LLC proposes to close a Qualified IPO, then: in the event the LLC is to be converted to a corporation pursuant to Section 13.04, all Common Shares and Class A Preferred Shares will, as determined by the Majority of Directors, be exchanged for either (a) equivalent securities pursuant to Section 13.04(a), or (b) common stock in the Continuing Corporation representing an equity interest therein equivalent to such Member’s equity interest in the LLC.

ARTICLE XIV - Certain Provisions Relating to Kennedy and Smerklo Shares

The 418,750 Class A Preferred Shares issued to David Kennedy and the 418,750] Class A Preferred Shares issued to Michael Smerklo shall be fully Vested as of the date of this Agreement. The 1,196,429 Common Shares held by David Kennedy and the 1,196,429 Common Shares held by Michael Smerklo as of the date of this Agreement shall vest in accordance with Schedule B.

ARTICLE XV - General Provisions

15.01. Notices. Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Agreement, all notices, requests, or consents required or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) three (3) days after the date mailed by registered or certified mail, addressed to the recipient, with return receipt requested, (ii) upon delivery to the recipient in person or by courier, or (iii) upon receipt of a facsimile transmission by the recipient. Such notices, requests and consents shall be given (x) to Members at their addresses or fax numbers on Schedule A, or such other address or fax numbers as a Member may specify by notice to the Directors or to all of the other Members, or (y) to the LLC or the Directors at the address of the principal office of LLC specified in Section 1.03, or at such other location as the LLC shall have specified in writing to the Members as its principal office. Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate or this Agreement, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

15.02. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Members and the Directors relating to the LLC and supersedes all prior contracts or agreements with respect to the LLC, whether oral or written.

 

-31-


15.03. Consent to Jurisdiction. The parties to this Agreement hereby consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and The Commonwealth of Massachusetts in connection with any matter or dispute arising under this Agreement or between them regarding the affairs of the LLC.

15.04. Amendment or Modification. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only be a written instrument signed by Members holding 66 2/3% of the Voting Shares and by a Majority of Directors; provided, however, that (a) an amendment or modification increasing any liability of a Member to the LLC or its Directors or Members, or adversely affecting the limitation of the liability of a Member with respect to the LLC, shall be effective only with that Member’s consent, (b) an amendment or modification reducing the required percentage of Voting Shares or the number of Directors for any consent or vote in this Agreement shall be effective only with the consent or vote of Members having the percentage of Voting Shares theretofore required; (c) any amendment to Article X or XI adversely affecting the rights of a Member to allocations or distributions in a manner differently from other Members holding similarly situated securities shall require the consent of such Member,(d) any amendment to Article XIV shall require the consent of David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo, (e) an amendment or modification to 5.02(ii) or 5.02(iii) shall require the approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Shares or the holders of a majority of the Class A Preferred Shares, respectively, (f) an amendment or waiver of Section 4.01(f) or 5.02(a)(iii) (with respect to the election of the Housatonic Director) shall require the consent of Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, L.P. and Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, L.P. and (g) a majority of Directors may, without the approval of the Members, unless approval of the holders of Class A Preferred Shares is required by Article IV, amend or modify Section 3.01 and Articles X and XI of this Agreement in connection with the admission of additional Members, the issuance of additional Shares or other equity interests of the LLC or a recapitalization of the LLC.

15.05. Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on Transfers set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and inures to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

15.06. Governing Law; Severability. This Agreement is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, exclusive of its conflict-of-laws principles. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any provision of the Certificate or the Act, the applicable provision of this Agreement shall control, to the extent permitted by law. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

15.07. Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Member shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions, as requested by the Directors.

15.08. Waiver of Certain Rights. Each Member irrevocably waives any right it may have to maintain any action for dissolution of the LLC, for an accounting, for appointment of a

 

-32-


liquidator, or for partition of the property of the LLC. The failure of any Member to insist upon strict performance of a covenant hereunder or of any obligation hereunder, irrespective of the length of time for which such failure continues, shall not be a waiver of such Member’s right to demand strict compliance herewith in the future. No consent or waiver, express or implied, to or of any breach or default in the performance of any obligation hereunder, shall constitute a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance of the same or any other obligation hereunder.

15.09. Notice to Members of Provisions of this Agreement. By executing this Agreement, each Member acknowledges that such Member has actual notice of (a) all of the provisions of this Agreement and (b) all of the provisions of the Certificate. Each Member hereby agrees that this Agreement constitutes adequate notice of all such provisions, and each Member hereby waives any requirement that any further notice thereunder be given.

15.10. Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Agreement are not intended to be for the benefit of any creditor or other person to whom any debts or obligations are owed by, or who may have any claim against, the LLC or any of its Members, officers or Directors, except for Members, officers or Directors in their capacities as such. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no such creditor or person shall obtain any rights under this Agreement or shall, by reason of this Agreement, be permitted to make any claim against the LLC or any Member, officer or Director.

15.11. Interpretation. For the purposes of this Agreement, terms not defined in this Agreement shall be defined as provided in the Act; and all nouns, pronouns and verbs used in this Agreement shall be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular, or plural, whichever shall be applicable. Titles or captions of Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement are inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

15.12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document, and all counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute the same instrument.

15.13. Confidentiality. Each Director and Member (each, a “Recipient”) agrees that any non-public information concerning the LLC which is furnished by the LLC to such Recipient pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement between such Recipient and the LLC and is identified by the LLC (in good faith) as confidential information shall be kept confidential by such Recipient in accordance with procedures adopted by such Recipient in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties. The term “Confidential Information” shall not include, however, any information which (x) was publicly known or otherwise known to any such Recipient at the time of disclosure by the LLC to such Recipient; (y) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission of such Recipient or any agent of such Recipient or (z) becomes known to such Recipient otherwise than through disclosure by the LLC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Recipient may disclose Confidential Information: (i) with the consent of the LLC (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); (ii) when required by law or regulation; (iii) to the officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, legal counsel and professional consultants of

 

-33-


such Recipient who have a need to know such information and to any partner, Subsidiary or parent of any such Recipient for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the LLC as long as the partner, Subsidiary or parent is advised of the confidentiality provisions of this Section 15.13, (iv) in connection with the preservation, exercise and/or enforcement of any of such Recipient’s rights or remedies under this Agreement; (v) in connection with any contemplated transfer of any of the Shares held by such Recipient to any institutional investor or financial institution (so long as the recipient of such information agrees to keep such information confidential on terms substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 15.13); or (vi) in a response to any summons, subpoena or other legal process or in connection with any judicial or administrative proceeding or inquiry.

15.14. Definitions. Schedule C to this Agreement sets forth cross-references showing the location in this Agreement where various terms are first defined.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

-34-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement under seal as of the date set forth above.

 

DIRECTORS:

 

David Kennedy

 

Michael Smerklo

 

Barry Reynolds

 

Russell James Ellis

 

William Egan

 

S-1


MEMBERS:
Class A Preferred Shares:

 

David Kennedy

 

Michael Smerklo

 

S-2


SCHEDULE A

MEMBERS

 

    Initial Contributions under Section 9.03        

Name & Address

  Value of Crystal
Springs Capital
LLC Interests
Contributed
   SSource
Acquisition
Company, LLC
Percentage
Interests
Contributed
 

Cash Contributed

 

Total Initial
Contribution

 

Number and

Class of Shares

 

Liquidation Preference

under 9.03(b)

Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member   Share number      Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount


    Initial Contributions under Section 9.03        

Name & Address

  Value of Crystal
Springs Capital
LLC Interests
Contributed
   SSource
Acquisition
Company, LLC
Percentage
Interests
Contributed
 

Cash Contributed

 

Total Initial
Contribution

 

Number and

Class of Shares

 

Liquidation Preference

under 9.03(b)

Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member        Dollar Amount   Dollar Amount   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member      Percentage     Percent Interest of SSource Acquisition Company, LLC   Share number   Dollar Amount
Member      Percentage     Percent Interest of SSource Acquisition Company, LLC   Share number   Dollar Amount

 

-2-


DIRECTORS:

David P. Kennedy

Michael A. Smerklo

William P. Egan

Russell James Ellis

Barry Reynolds

 

-3-


SCHEDULE B

VESTING OF DAVID KENNEDY AND MICHAEL SMERKLO

PREFERRED AND COMMON SHARES

The [Share Number] Class A Preferred Shares being issued to David Kennedy, the [Share Number] Class A Preferred Shares being issued to Michael Smerklo, the [Share Number] Common Shares held by David Kennedy and the [Share Number] Common Shares held by Michael Smerklo as of the date of this Agreement shall vest as follows:

1. The [Share Number] Class A Preferred Shares shall be fully vested as of the date of this Agreement.

2. [Share Number] of the Common Shares held by David Kennedy and [Share Number] of the Common Shares held by Michael Smerklo shall be “Time Vested Shares.” These Shares will vest over four years beginning as of the date of this Agreement, at the rate of 2.083% per month, provided that Messrs. Kennedy and Smerklo remain employees at each applicable vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is a Liquidity Event constituting a sale of all or substantially all of the Shares or assets of the LLC , a merger or consolidation of the LLC in which the Members of the LLC immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not own or control at least 50% of the voting securities of the surviving entity after such merger or consolidation, or a public offering, all of the Time Vested Shares that are not vested as of the date of such event shall become fully vested as of such termination or event, provided that the holder is then an employee of the LLC.

3. [Share Number] of the Common Shares held by David Kennedy and [Share Number] of the Common Shares held by Michael Smerklo shall be “Performance Vested Shares” and will be distributed to Messrs. Kennedy and Smerklo according to the following schedule, subject to a calculation of the realized net IRR (calculated using all pre-tax cash distributions to Members, including dividends, tax distributions, share repurchases and principal/interest payments on subordinated debt, taken in the aggregate) for the Members other than Messrs. Kennedy and Smerklo (the “Investors”) upon a Liquidation Event (taking into account both the Preferred Share and Subordinated Notes components of their investment):

 

Investors Net IRR

  

Additional Common Shares (Cumulative)

0.0% - 19.9%    —  
20.0% - 24.9%    Share Number
25.0% - 29.9%    Share Number
30.0% - 34.9%    Share Number
35.0% - 39.9%    Share Number
40.0% - 42.4%    Share Number
42.5% - 44.9%    Share Number
45.0% or Higher    Share Number

 

-4-


If a Liquidity Event constituting a sale of all or substantially all of the Shares or assets of the LLC or a Qualified IPO has not occurred by the end of the 54th month (4.5 years) following the date of this Agreement, the net IRR calculation for the vesting schedule above will be made based on the value of the Investors’ interests at that time assuming an enterprise value of 5.25 times the EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) of the LLC over the preceding twelve months. However, if a Liquidity Event constituting a sale of all or substantially all of the Shares or assets of the LLC or a Qualified IPO has not occurred by the end of the 54th month (4.5 years) following the date of this Agreement, but there has been an equity transaction in excess of $5,000,000 (a “Substantial Liquidity Event”) during this period, then the net IRR calculation for the vesting schedule above will be made using the EBITDA multiple of that Substantial Liquidity Event, up to a maximum of 5.9 times EBITDA. If a sale of all or substantially all of the Shares or assets of the LLC or a Substantial Liquidity Event occurs subsequent to that fifth-year calculation, any remaining unvested equity that would have been earned based on the net IRR realized in that event will immediately vest.

4. IRR shall be calculated by the LLC’s accountants, unless otherwise agreed by David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo, on the one hand, and the holders of a majority of the Class A Preferred Shares on the other hand.

5. If either Michael Smerklo or David Kennedy is terminated without cause or is unable to perform his duties as an officer of the LLC as a result of his death or disability, he will retain his Vested Shares, all of the Time Vested Shares that have vested as of the vesting date immediately preceding the date of termination, death or disability, and such of the Performance Vested Shares as would have been earned had there been a sale or refinancing of the LCC as of the date of termination, death or disability, using the appropriate EBITDA multiple, as defined above.

6. If either Michael Smerklo or David Kennedy is terminated for Cause, he will forfeit all of his Shares, whether Vested, Time Vested or Performance Vested. As used in this paragraph 6, “Cause” shall mean material dishonesty involving the LLC or conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude.

7. If either Michael Smerklo or David Kennedy voluntarily terminates his employment, he will retain his Vested Shares and all of the Time Vested Shares that have vested as of the vesting date immediately preceding the date of his termination, but he will not be entitled to his Performance Vested Shares other than those Performance Vested Shares that have vested as of the date of his termination in accordance with paragraph 3 above.

8. In addition to the foregoing, if either Michael Smerklo or David Kennedy is terminated without cause or is unable to perform his duties as an officer of the LLC as a result of death or disability at a point where some or all of his Performance Vested Shares have not vested, and there is a sale of all or substantially all of the Shares or assets of the LLC or Substantial Liquidity Event for the LLC within twelve months after such termination, he shall be entitled to be vested, as of the date of the transaction, in any additional of his Performance Vested Shares as would have vested had he been employed by the LLC as of the date of the sale of all or substantially all of the Shares or assets of the LLC or Substantial Liquidity Event (the “Look Back Shares”).

 

-5-


9. If either Michael Smerklo or David Kennedy is terminated without cause or by reason of death or disability or he voluntary terminates his employment with the LLC, the LLC will have the right to repurchase all of his Shares held as of the date of termination for their fair market value, determined by agreement with the Board of Directors and, failing that, by appraisal.

10. If any Shares issued to Michael Smerklo or David Kennedy do not become vested as the result of his termination for any reason, the other shall be allocated the Unvested Shares of the terminated employee as though he had been the sole executive of the LLC from the date of this Agreement, subject to the same vesting rules as were applicable to the terminated employee, but also subject to the right of the terminated employee or his legal representative to any Look Back Shares.

11. Other Management Pool. A total of 5% (prior to any adjustment pursuant to the sentence immediately following this sentence) of the fully-diluted equity in the form of Common Shares will be available for grants to other members of the LLC’s management team, subject to four-year tenure vesting at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Any such Common Shares issued to management will dilute all outstanding Class A Preferred Shares and Common Shares ratably.

 

-6-


SCHEDULE C

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE FOR DEFINITIONS

 

DEFINED TERM

  

FIRST SECTION REFERENCE

Act    Introduction
Adjusted Capital Account    10.03
Adjustment Date    9.01
Affiliate    12.02
Agreement    Introduction
Certificate    1.01
Code    1.04
Common Shares    3.01(a)(i)
Company    Introduction
Contingencies    3.01(d)
Continuing Corporation    13.04
Contribution    9.02
Co-Sale Option    12.05
Conversion Date    2.11
Director    Introduction
Disinterested Director    7.03
Equity Agreements    3.01
Gross Asset Value    9.01
Housatonic Director    5.02
Investor Directors    5.02
Liquidation Event    9.03
Liquidation Preference    9.03
LLC    Introduction
LLC Minimum Gain    10.07
Look Back Shares    Schedule B
Majority of Directors    5.08
Management Director    5.02(ii)
Manager    5.01
Member Nonrecourse Debt    10.04
Members    Introduction
Nonrecourse Deductions    10.06
Offer    12.04
Offer Notice    12.04
Offeree    12.04
Offeror    12.04
Other Management Pool    Schedule B
Plan    3.01
Class A Preferred Shares    3.01

 

-7-


DEFINED TERM

  

FIRST SECTION REFERENCE

Preferred Return    2.12
Qualified IPO    2.09
Redemption Date    2.12
Regulatory Allocations    10.10
Share Equivalents    2.09
Shares    3.01
Substantial Liquidity Event    Schedule B
Tax Distribution    11.02
Tax Matters Partner    5.03
Taxable Excess    11.02
Transfer    12.01
Unreturned Contribution    2.12
Unvested Shares    3.01
Vested Shares    3.01

 

-8-


Exhibit 4.5(b)

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

DKMS, LLC

This Certificate of Formation of DKMS, LLC (the “Company”), dated as of November 12, 2002, is being duly executed and filed by Roslyn G. Daum, an authorized representative, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.).

FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is DKMS, LLC.

SECOND. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801.

THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the date first above written.

 

 

Roslyn G. Daum, as authorized
Representative

 

-9-


Exhibit 4.6

FORM OF INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 31st day of January, 2003 by and between SSource Acquisition Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and              (“Director”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Director will perform a valuable service to the Company in his capacity as a director on the board of directors of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company’s limited liability company agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) providing for the indemnification of the directors, officers, employees and other agents of the Company, including persons serving at the request of the Company in such capacities with other corporations or enterprises, as authorized by the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended (the “Act”);

WHEREAS, the LLC Agreement and the Act, by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and its agents, officers, employees and other agents with respect to indemnification of such persons; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce Director to serve as director of the Company, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Director;

Now, THEREFORE, in consideration of Director’s willingness to serve as a director of the Company after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Services to the Company. Director will serve, at the will of the members of the Company (in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement) as a director of the Company (or officer, employee or other agent of Company at the request of the Company) faithfully and to the best of his ability so long as he is duly elected and qualified in accordance with the provisions of the LLC Agreement; provided, however, that Director may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any contractual obligation that Director may have assumed apart from this Agreement) and that the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Director in any such position (subject to any applicable obligations set forth in the LLC Agreement or other applicable agreement).

2. Indemnity of Director. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Director to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the LLC Agreement and the Act, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, only to the extent that such amendment

 

-10-


permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the LLC Agreement or the Act permitted prior to adoption of such amendment).

3. Additional Indemnity. In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification otherwise provided for herein, and subject only to the exclusions set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Company hereby further agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Director:

(a) against any and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), witness fees, damages, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any other reasonable amounts that Director becomes legally obligated to pay because of any claim or claims made against or by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or investigative (including an action by or in the right of the Company) to which Director is, was or at any time becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that Director is, was or at any time becomes a director, officer, employee or other agent of Company, or is or was sewing or at any time serves at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise; and

(b) otherwise to the fullest extent as may be provided to Director by the Company under the non-exclusivity provisions of the Act and the LLC Agreement.

4. Limitations on Additional Indemnity. No indemnity pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be paid by the Company:

(a) on account of any claim against Director solely for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Director of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law;

(b) on account of Director’s conduct that is established by a final judgment as knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or that constituted willful misconduct;

(c) on account of Director’s conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Director was not legally entitled;

(d) for which payment is actually made to Director under a valid and collectible insurance policy or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, bylaw or agreement, except in respect of any excess beyond payment under such insurance, clause, bylaw or agreement;

(e) if indemnification is not lawful (and, in this respect, both the Company and Director have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication); or

 

-11-


(f) in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by Director, or any proceeding by Director against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other agents, unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the Act, or (iv) the proceeding is initiated pursuant to Section 9 hereof

5. Continuation of Indemnity. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Director is a director (or officer, employee or other agent of the Company at the request of the Company) and shall continue thereafter so long as Director shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that Director was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

6. Partial Indemnification. Director shall be entitled under this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of the expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), witness fees, damages, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any other reasonable amounts that Director becomes legally obligated to pay in connection with any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 3 hereof even if not entitled hereunder to indemnification for the total amount thereof, and the Company shall indemnify Director for the portion thereof to which Director is entitled.

7. Notification and Defense of Claim. Not later than thirty (30) days after receipt by Director of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, Director will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to Director otherwise than under this Agreement. With respect to any such action, suit or proceeding as to which Director notifies the Company of the commencement thereof:

(a) the Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense;

(b) except as otherwise provided below, the Company may, at its option and jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified and electing to assume such defense, assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Director. After notice from the Company to Director of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Company will not be liable to Director under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Director in connection with the defense thereof except for reasonable costs of investigation or otherwise as provided below. Director shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such action, suit or proceeding but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Director unless (i) the employment of counsel by Director has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Director shall have reasonably concluded, and so notified the Company, that there is an actual conflict of interest between the Company and Director in the conduct of the defense of such action or (iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the

 

-12-


reasonable fees and expenses of Director’s separate counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any action, suit or proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Director shall have made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above; and

(c) the Company shall not be liable to indemnify Director under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without its written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall be permitted to settle any action except that it shall not settle any action or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Director without Director’s written consent, which may be given or withheld in Director’s sole discretion.

8. Expenses. The Company shall advance, prior to the final disposition of any proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by Director in connection with such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Director to repay said amounts if it shall be determined ultimately that Director is not entitled to be indemnified under the provisions of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement, the Act or otherwise.

9. Enforcement. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Agreement to Director shall be enforceable by or on behalf of Director in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. Director, in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting his claim. It shall be a defense to any action for which a claim for indemnification is made under Section 3 hereof (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses pursuant to Section 8 hereof, provided that the required undertaking has been tendered to the Company) that Director is not entitled to indemnification because of the limitations set forth in Section 4 hereof. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of Director is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors or its stockholders) that such indemnification is improper shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Director is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise.

10. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Director, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

11. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on Director by this Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other right which Director may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the LLC Agreement, agreement, vote of members/stockholders or directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office.

12. Survival of Rights.

 

-13-


(a) The rights conferred on Director by this Agreement shall continue after Director has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and shall inure to the benefit of Director’s heirs, executors and administrators.

(b) The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

13. Separability. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any provision hereof shall be held to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. Furthermore, if this Agreement shall be invalidated in its entirety on any ground, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Director to the fullest extent provided by the LLC Agreement, the Act or any other applicable law.

14. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

15. Amendment and Termination. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties hereto.

16. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

17. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

18. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such communication was directed or (ii) upon the third business day after the date on which such communication was mailed if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid:

(a) If to Director, at the address indicated on the signature page hereof

(b) If to the Company, to:

Prior to March 1, 2003:

 

-14-


SSource Acquisition Company, LLC

c/o Crystal Springs Capital, LLC

1250 Bayhill Drive, Suite 200

San Bruno CA 94066

Attention: David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo

Telecopy No.: 650.794.2601

After March 1, 2003:

ServiceSource International, LLC

(f/k/a SSource Acquisition Company, LLC)

1668 Lombard Street

San Francisco, CA 94123

Attention:

Telecopy No.: (415) 901-6026

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Director by the Company.

 

-15-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC
By:  

 

Print Name:
Title:
DIRECTOR
By:  

 

Print Name:
Address:

 

 

 

-16-


EXHIBIT 5.2

Jurisdictions

 

  (a) The Company is in the process of qualifying to do business in the state of California.

 

  (b) The material properties of the Company are to be located in the state of California.

 

-17-


EXHIBIT 5.5(a)

Capitalization

 

Purchaser

   Total Class A
Preferred Shares
   Total Common
Shares (restricted)
   Total shares,
assuming
conversion
   Aggregate
Consideration
Paid

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount
Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount
Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount
Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    —      Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

 

-18-


Purchaser

   Total Class A
Preferred Shares
   Total Common
Shares (restricted)
   Total shares,
assuming
conversion
   Aggregate
Consideration
Paid

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    —      Share Number    Dollar Amount

Purchaser

   Share Number    Share Number    Share Number    Percentage
interest in
SSource
Acquisition
Company,
LLC prior to
transaction

Michael Smerklo

   Share Number    Share Number    Share Number    Percentage
interest in
SSource
Acquisition
Company,
LLC prior to
transaction

Total

   Share Number    Share Number    Share Number   

 

-19-


EXHIBIT 5.5(b)

Agreements Relating to Shares

Please refer to the LLC Agreement for a description of all outstanding rights, options, warrants or agreements relating to the Shares.

 

-20-


EXHIBIT 5.6

Indebtedness and Liens

(a)

(i) The Company will be obligated to make payments to ServiceSource pursuant to the Acquisition Notes.

(ii) The Company is indebted to the Purchasers pursuant to the Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $7,537,500.

(iii) As of the date hereof borrowings pursuant to the Working Capital Facility totaled $0.

(b)

(i) The Company has granted a security interest in and lien on all of its assets in favor of the Purchasers pursuant to the Security Agreement as security for its obligations under the Notes.

(ii) The Company will grant a security interest in and lien on all of its assets in favor of ServiceSource pursuant to the security agreement relating to the Acquisition Notes. Such security interest is subordinated to the security interest described in (b)(i) immediately above.

(iii) The Company has granted a security interest in and lien on all of its assets in favor of the lenders under the Working Capital Facility as security for its obligations under the Working Capital Facility.

(c)

Reference is hereby made to Sections 2.13 ,2.18, 2.19, 2.20. 2.21, and 2.23 of the Acquisition Agreement and the disclosure schedule provisions of the Acquisition Agreement relating to such sections, including the materiality qualifiers set forth therein. See also subsection (a)(i) above.

(d)

Reference is hereby made to Sections 2.9 of the Acquisition Agreement and the disclosure schedule provisions of the Acquisition Agreement relating to such section, including the materiality qualifiers set forth therein. See also subsection (b)(ii) above.

 

-21-


EXHIBIT 5.16

Obligations of Management

Jeff Daily

Cathy Guglielmi

Joe Horne

David Kennedy

John Masterson

Darren Morris

Saum Partovi

Michael Smerklo

Jeff Tostado

 

-22-


EXHIBIT 5.22(a)

Capitalization of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC

 

Holder

 

Number of shares of Crystal

Springs Capital, LLC

Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number
Holder   Share Number

 

-23-


EXHIBIT 5.22(c)

Liabilities of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC

 

  (a) approximately $3,000 of rent for office space;

 

  (b) legal fees and expenses, including legal fees and expenses of Choate, Hall & Stewart;

 

  (c) unpaid salary for David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo totaling approximately $12,000; and

 

  (d) miscellaneous travel, phone and other expenses totaling approximately $5,000.

 

-24-


Exhibit 8.2(b)(v)(1)

THE PAYMENT OF THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER HEREOF ARE SUBORDINATED TO THE PAYMENT OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS (AS HEREIN DEFINED) AND THE RIGHTS OF THE HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS UPON THE TERMS OF SUBORDINATION SET FORTH IN THIS NOTE.

SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC

Secured Subordinated Promissory Note Due [five years from date of issue]

 

$                         [San Francisco, California]

             , 200     

In consideration for the covenants and agreements set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined), SSource Acquisition Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Purchaser”) hereby promises to pay ServiceSource Incorporated, a California corporation (the “Holder”) the principal amount of                              and 00/100 Dollars ($              ) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

1. Reference to Agreement. This Secured Subordinated Promissory Note (the “Note”) evidences an obligation under, and is subject to the provisions of, that certain Asset Purchase Agreement among the Holder, the Purchaser and the other parties named therein dated as of January 31, 2003, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “Purchase Agreement”). Terms not otherwise defined herein shall be deemed to have the meaning ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

2. Interest. This Note shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof at a rate per annum equal to six and one-half percent (6.5%), compounded semi-annually. In no event shall interest payable hereunder exceed the highest rate permitted by applicable law. Interest shall be computed based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year and twelve (12) thirty (30) day months.

3. Payments; Optional Prepayments.

3.1. On the date hereof, the Purchaser shall pay to the Holder the sum of $              , which sum equals the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount hereof during the twelve-month period commencing [the first day of test period] had this Note been issued on such date.

3.2. In addition to the payment required to be made pursuant to Section 3.1 and subject to the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6, the principal of and accrued interest under this Note shall be payable by the Purchaser in sixty (60) equal and consecutive monthly installments of $              due on the first day of each month, commencing on the first such date after the date hereof. Subject to


the provisions of Sections 4, 5 and 6, the Purchaser may prepay, at its option, all or a portion of the unpaid principal amount of this Note at any time and, without premium or penalty, provided that each prepayment shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest (if any) on the amount so prepaid to the date of prepayment and provided further that, except for prepayments made under Section 4.2, no such prepayment shall be made without the prior written consent of the Holder until the delivery by the Purchaser of a substituted Note pursuant to Section 1.8(d) of the Purchase Agreement or, if no such substituted Note shall be delivered pursuant to such subsection 1.8(d), the date that is ninety (90) days following the issue date of this Note. All optional prepayments shall be applied first to accrued and unpaid interest and then to unpaid principal in the order in which such interest and principal are to become due. All such payments shall be made in immediately available funds to the Holder, at the Holder’s address as set forth in the Purchase Agreement or at such other address or commercial bank within the United States as the Holder may designate by notice to the Purchaser prior to the date when payment under this Note is due and payable.

4. Mandatory Prepayments.

4.1. Subject to Section 6 hereof, the entire outstanding principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable in full, without presentation, presentment, protest or demand or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Purchaser, upon a Sale of the Purchaser. A “Sale of the Purchase” means (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Purchaser, (ii) a merger, consolidation or recapitalization which results in the voting securities of the Purchaser outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Purchaser or of such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after said merger, consolidation or recapitalization, or (iii) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Purchaser’s securities), of the Purchaser’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting power of the Purchaser.

4.2. Subject to Section 6 hereof, in the event that the Purchaser makes a distribution or any other payment with respect to its then-outstanding limited liability company interests (other than cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of the Purchaser for the purpose of paying Federal, state, local or foreign taxes (the “Taxes”) attributable to their ownership of such limited liability company interests, subject to the limitation set forth in Section 4.4), then the Purchaser shall make a prepayment of principal hereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate amount paid to the Purchaser’s holders of limited liability company interests within thirty (30) days after such payment to the Purchaser’s holders of limited liability company interests. The amount of such prepayment shall be deducted from the unpaid principal hereunder, first from the final (i.e. sixtieth) installment of principal to be paid hereunder and then from subsequent installments in the reverse chronological order in which such installments are to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser shall not be entitled to make any distributions or payments to its holders of limited liability company interests (other than cash distributions to the holders of limited liability

 

-2-


company interests of the Purchaser for the purpose of paying Taxes attributable to theft ownership of limited liability company interests of the Purchaser, subject to the limitation set forth in Section 4.4) unless after giving effect to the payments made in connection with such distributions or payments and to the prepayment of principal to be made pursuant to this Section 4.2:

(a) the Purchaser’s Unrestricted Cash (as hereinafter defined) plus four times the Purchaser’s Debt Service Capacity (as hereinafter defined) for the previous fiscal quarter, divided by the Purchaser’s projected Debt Service (as hereinafter defined) for the next twelve months is equal to or exceeds two (2); and

(b) the Purchaser’s Unrestricted Cash divided by the Purchaser’s projected Debt Service for the next twelve months is equal to or exceeds one-half (0.5).

4.3. For purposes hereof, the following terms shall be defined as set forth herein:

(a) “Debt Service Capacity” shall be equal to the difference between, with respect to any fiscal quarter of the Purchaser (i) the sum of the Purchaser’s net earnings plus interest expense plus depreciation plus amortization for such fiscal quarter less (ii) the sum of increases in the Purchaser’s operating working capital (calculated as current assets minus current liabilities, including any borrowing under a line of credit with any bank or financial institution maintained for the purpose of providing operating working capital to the Purchaser) plus capital expenditures less any increase in available but unused borrowing capacity of the Purchaser under a line of credit with any bank or financial institution maintained for the purpose of providing operating working capital to the Purchaser, in each case as such figures are shown on the Purchaser’s most recent financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied with respect to such fiscal quarter;

(b) “Debt Service” shall equal the aggregate amount of all principal and interest payments to be made with respect to Senior Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined), Subordinated Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined) and any other indebtedness incurred by the Purchaser having a maturity of greater than six (6) months; and

(c) “Purchaser’s Unrestricted Cash” as of any date shall equal the amount of cash and cash equivalents, plus any available borrowing capacity of the Purchaser under a line of credit with any bank or financial institution less any minimum cash reserves, if any, as may be required by such banks or financial institutions in connection with such line of credit, in each case as calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

4.4. Limitation on Certain Tax Distributions. For purposes of effecting distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of the Purchaser to pay Taxes, each calendar year each holder of a limited liability company interest may be distributed in cash out of any available cash of the Purchaser for purposes of paying Taxes an amount no greater than the sum of: (i) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of net ordinary income allocated to such holder with respect to its interest in the Purchaser (as shown on such Partners’ Schedule K-1 to the Purchaser’s IRS Form 1065) for such calendar year, (ii) thirty-four percent (34%) of the amount of net capital gain allocated to such with

 

-3-


respect to its interest in the Purchaser (as shown on such holder’s Schedule K-1 to the Partnership’s IRS Form 1065) for such calendar year as to which the maximum marginal rate of federal income tax applicable to individuals with respect to such net capital is twenty-eight percent (28%), and (iii) twenty-six percent (26%) of the amount of net capital gain allocated to such holder with respect to its interest in the Purchaser (as shown on such holder’s Schedule K-1 to the Partnership’s IRS Form 1065) for such calendar year as to which the maximum marginal rate of federal income tax applicable to individuals with respect to such net capital is twenty percent (20%). In the event of a material change in the maximum marginal rate of federal or state of California income tax applicable to individuals with respect to capital gains or ordinary income from the current rates in effect, such fifty percent (50%), thirty-four percent (34%) and twenty-six percent (26%) figures shall be appropriately adjusted.

5. Payment Contingency. This Note shall be cancelled and the Purchaser shall not be required to make any payment of principal or interest hereunder if (a) the employment of any of Jeff Daily, John Masterson or Darren Morris (each a “Key Employee” and collectively, the “Key Employees”) is terminated by the Purchaser for Cause (as such term is defined in the respective employment agreements (the “Employment Agreements”) between each of the Key Employees and the Purchaser) prior to January 31, 2004 or (b) any of the Key Employees breaches (i) Section 6 (“Trade Secrets”) of his respective Employment Agreement or (ii) Section 4.2 of the Purchase Agreement.

6. Subordination. The Purchaser agrees, and the Holder by its acceptance of this Note likewise agrees, that the payment of Subordinated Indebtedness is hereby expressly subordinated, as hereinafter set forth, in the right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Senior Indebtedness. As used herein, “Senior Indebtedness” shall mean all indebtedness of, or guaranteed by, the Purchaser for money borrowed from any bank or financial institution (“Institutional Senior Debt”) and the indebtedness incurred pursuant to those certain notes (the “Senior Note Indebtedness”) issued by the Purchaser pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 among the Purchaser and the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) and the other Operative Documents (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement), in each case, whether now existing or hereafter arising, without limit as to amount, including without limitation all principal of and interest (including such interest as may accrue after the initiation of bankruptcy proceedings, without regard as to whether such interest is an allowed claim in such bankruptcy proceedings) on such indebtedness, and all premiums, fees and expenses owing by the Purchaser to a lender in respect of such indebtedness. As used herein, “Subordinated Indebtedness” shall mean all principal of and interest on this Note and all other amounts payable by the Purchaser in respect of this Note, including without limitation, costs of collection.

6.1. General. The Holder agrees to subordinate payment of the Subordinated Indebtedness to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness constituting Institutional Senior Debt on such commercially reasonable terms as shall be requested by the holders of Institutional Senior Debt. The Holder agrees to subordinate payment of the Subordinated Indebtedness to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness constituting Senior Note Indebtedness in the manner set forth in Sections 6.2 through 6.13 set forth below.

 

-4-


6.2. Liquidation, etc. In the event of any distribution of the assets of the Purchaser upon any dissolution, winding up or liquidation (excluding a Change of Control as defined in the Purchase Agreement) of the Purchaser (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings), or upon any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or upon any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of the Purchaser for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or otherwise (a “Liquidation”):

(a) all Senior Note Indebtedness shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness;

(b) any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, which (except for the terms of this Section 6.2) would be payable or deliverable in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness shall be paid or delivered directly to the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Note Indebtedness in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution in respect of such Senior Note Indebtedness; and

(c) if, notwithstanding the foregoing terms of this Section 6.2, any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be received in a Liquidation by the holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness before all Senior Note Indebtedness shall have been paid in full as aforesaid, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid or delivered to, the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness (as provided in Sections 6.4 and 6.10) to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Note Indebtedness in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution in respect of such Senior Note Indebtedness, provided, however, that such amounts paid to the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness shall not be deemed to discharge the Subordinated Indebtedness. Upon any payment or distribution of any character referred to in this Section 6.2, the holders of Subordinated Indebtedness shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of any liquidating trustee, receiver, agent or other person making such payment or distribution for the purpose of determining the persons or entities entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Purchaser, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed in respect thereof, and all other facts pertinent thereto and to this Section 6.

6.3. Standback. The Purchaser shall not prepay, or voluntarily or optionally redeem, repurchase, defease or acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Indebtedness unless the Senior Note Indebtedness has been paid in full. The Purchaser shall not make any payment or prepayment in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness, if, at the time or immediately after giving effect to the payment of such amount, there shall exist a default or an event of default with respect to any Senior Note Indebtedness or in the instrument or instruments under which the same is outstanding, permitting (or which will, with the passage of time or notice or both, permit) the holder or holders thereof (or any representative or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to accelerate the maturity or demand immediate payment thereof (a “Senior Note Default”). The holder or holders of Subordinated Indebtedness shall not accept, ask for, or demand any payment in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness if such holder or holders are aware that, at the time or after immediately giving effect to the payment of such amount, there shall exist a Senior Note Default, unless and until

 

-5-


all Senior Note Indebtedness is paid in full or such Senior Note Default shall have been cured or waived by the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness or the benefits of this sentence shall have been waived by or on behalf of, and at the sole option of, the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the suspension of payments described in the preceding sentence shall terminate, and the Purchaser shall be obligated to make all payments of interest on this Note (including any payments not made by virtue of such suspension), if the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness have not, on or prior to the 180th day after the occurrence of the Senior Note Default, declared all unpaid principal and interest on such Senior Note Indebtedness to be immediately due and payable, unless such Senior Note Default shall have been cured or waived or otherwise ceases to exist pursuant to the terms of such Senior Note Indebtedness. The Holder agrees that so long as payments or distributions for or on account of the Subordinated Indebtedness are not permitted pursuant to this Section 6, the holders of Subordinated Indebtedness shall not, without the prior written consent of holders of Senior Note Indebtedness sufficient to bind all holders of Senior Note Indebtedness, commence, or join with any other creditor in commencing, any proceeding referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) of Section 7 or take any action to collect the Subordinated Indebtedness that may be available to the holders of Subordinated Indebtedness, either at law or at equity, by judicial proceeding or otherwise.

6.4. Payments in Respect of Senior Indebtedness. For the purposes of this Section 6, (a) Senior Note Indebtedness shall not be deemed to have been paid in full unless and until the holders thereof shall have indefeasibly received cash or, if so approved by holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness sufficient to bind all holders of Senior Note Indebtedness, securities taken at their then-market value, or both, equal to the full amount of such Senior Note Indebtedness at the time outstanding and all commitments to extend further credit to the Purchaser have terminated, and (b) any payment or distribution required to be paid or delivered to the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been received by such holders if paid or delivered to an authorized agent or agents, or representative or representatives, of such holders. If payment or distribution to which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled but for the provisions of this Section 6 shall have been applied, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6, to the payment of amounts payable under the Senior Note Indebtedness, then and in such case, the Holder shall be entitled to receive from the holders of such Senior Note Indebtedness at the time outstanding, any payments or distributions received in respect of such Senior Note Indebtedness by such holders of Senior Note Indebtedness in excess of the amount sufficient to pay in full in cash all amounts then due under or in respect of, the Senior Note Indebtedness.

6.5. Further Assurances. The Holder (a) irrevocably authorizes and empowers (without imposing any obligation on) each holder of Senior Note Indebtedness or such holder’s representatives to accelerate, demand, sue for, collect and receive such holder’s ratable share of all payments and distributions in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness which are required to be paid or delivered to the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness as provided in Section 6.2, and to execute, verify, deliver and file any proofs of claims and take all such other action (including the right to vote such holder’s ratable share of the Subordinated Indebtedness) in the name of the Holder or otherwise, as such holder of Senior Note Indebtedness or such holder’s representatives may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of such holder’s rights under Section

 

-6-


6.2, and (b) shall, at the Purchaser’s expense, execute and deliver to each holder of Senior Note Indebtedness or such holder’s representatives such other instruments confirming such authorization and such powers of attorney, proofs of claim, assigmnents of claim and/or rights, financing statements and other instruments, and shall take all such other action as may be reasonably requested by such holder or such holder’s representatives in order to enable such holder to enforce such holder’s ratable share of all Subordinated Indebtedness and all such payments and distributions in respect thereof, and to otherwise enforce the subordination provisions of this Section 6 and to perfect its rights herein; provided, however, that the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness shall not file any such claim or proof of claim referred to in this Section 6.5 unless the Holder shall fail to file a proper claim, or proof of claim, in the form or forms required, prior to 5 business days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims and (ii) the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness shall not exercise any rights under this Section 6.5 unless and until the Holder has received three business days prior written notice from the Purchaser or holders of Senior Note Indebtedness that an event of default exists under the Senior Note Indebtedness The holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness further agree not to object to or otherwise contest any borrowing from the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness or the grant of a security interest to the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness pursuant to Section 364 of the United States Bankruptcy Code by the Purchaser, as debtor-in-possession. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize any holder of Senior Note Indebtedness or its representatives to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting this Note and the rights of the Holder hereunder.

6.6. Rights of Subrogation. Upon payment in full of all Senior Note Indebtedness, the holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness shall be subrogated to the rights of such holders of Senior Note Indebtedness to receive payments and distributions in respect of Senior Note Indebtedness until all such holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness shall have been paid in full. No payment or distribution to the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness by virtue of the provisions of this Section 6, which would otherwise have been made to the holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness, shall, as between the Purchaser and its creditors other than the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness, be deemed to be a payment by the Purchaser in respect of Senior Note Indebtedness, it being understood that the terms of this Section 6 are for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness on the one hand and the holders of Subordinated Indebtedness on the other hand.

6.7. [Intentionally Omitted]

6.8. Agreements with Holders of Senior Note Indebtedness. The Holder shall, at Purchaser’s expense, promptly execute such additional agreements as any holder or holders of Senior Note Indebtedness may reasonably request to confirm the provisions of this Note and otherwise providing for the reasonable subordination of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note on terms not materially inconsistent with this Note.

 

-7-


6.9. Modification or Waiver of Note. No modification or waiver of the terms of this Section 6 shall be effective without the prior written consent of such holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness necessary to bind all of the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness.

6.10. Incorrect Payments. In the event of a Senior Note Default or Liquidation, if any payment on account of this Subordinated Indebtedness not permitted by the terms of this Note is received by the Holder hereof prior to the payment in full of the Senior Note Indebtedness, such payment shall be held in trust by such Holder for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness, and shall immediately be paid over to the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness, or their authorized representative, for application to the payment of the Senior Note Indebtedness until paid in full.

6.11. Obligation of Purchaser to Pay Absolute. Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall impair, as between the Purchaser and the Holder, the obligation of the Purchaser to pay all indebtedness evidenced by this Subordinated Promissory Note when and as the same becomes due and payable, nor is anything in this Section 6 intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holder and creditors of Purchaser other than the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness and Institutional Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein prevent Holder from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Note, subject to the provisions of this Section 6, Section 11 and to the rights of holders of Senior Note Indebtedness to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to Holder.

6.12. Notices. Purchaser covenants and agrees that for so long as any indebtedness evidenced by this Note remains outstanding, unless waived in writing by the Holder, Purchaser will give prompt written notice to Holder of the existence of any default or event of default or any event or condition which the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default under, or with respect to, the Senior Note Indebtedness and Institutional Senior Debt.

6.13. Pre-payment of Senior Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser shall not make any pre-payment of principal on the Senior Notes or payment of interest, other than the 8% periodic interest due under such Senior Notes, (a “Prepayment”) unless (i) a Prepayment is unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Purchaser, (ii) the Board of Directors of the Purchaser, in good faith and using its best judgment, believes that after giving effect to such Prepayment, the Purchaser will be able to meet its obligations under this Note, including payment of any principal and interest as they become due and (iii) after giving effect to such Prepayment:

(a) the Purchaser’s Unrestricted Cash (as defined in Section 4.3(c)) plus four times the Purchaser’s Debt Service Capacity (as defined in Section 4.3(a)) for the previous fiscal quarter, divided by the Purchaser’s projected Debt Service (as defined in Section 4.3(b)) for the next twelve months is equal to or exceeds two (2); and

(b) the Purchaser’s Unrestricted Cash divided by the Purchaser’s projected Debt Service for the next twelve months is equal to or exceeds four tenths (0.4).

 

-8-


7. Event of Default; Acceleration. If one or more of the following occurs (each an “Event of Default”):

(a) The acceleration upon default of any Senior Indebtedness;

(b) The Purchaser shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or shall file a voluntary petition for bankruptcy, or shall file any petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, or shall file any answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against the Purchaser in any such proceeding, or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Purchaser, or of all or any substantial part of the properties of the Purchaser, or the Purchaser or its respective directors, managers, members or partners shall take any action looking to the dissolution or liquidation of the Purchaser;

(c) Within thirty (30) days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Purchaser seeking any bankruptcy reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, such proceeding shall not have been dismissed, or within thirty (30) days after the appointment without the consent or acquiescence of the Purchaser of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Purchaser or of all or any substantial part of the properties of the Purchaser, such appointment shall not have been vacated;

(d) The Purchaser shall have failed to pay any installment of principal or interest due hereunder within 10 days after the date the payment of such installment was due, which failure has not been cured within 45 days of the date that the payment of such installment was originally due; and

(e) The Purchaser shall fail to observe or perform any other obligation to be observed or performed under this Note and such failure has not been cured within 30 days after written notice from the Holder to perform or observe such obligation,

then, in such event and at any time thereafter, subject to Section 6, (a) at the option of the Holder and upon written notice to the Purchaser, the outstanding principal of and all accrued but unpaid interest in respect of this Note and all other amounts owing under this Note or the Security Agreement shall be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Purchaser and (b) the Holder may exercise from time to time any rights and remedies available to it as a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the state of California, or otherwise available to it. No delay on the part of the Holder in the exercise of any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver therefor, and no single or partial exercise by the Holder of any right or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Without limiting the foregoing, subject to the rights of the Senior Indebtedness (other than the Senior Notes) in and to such collateral, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 7 hereof, at the option and upon the declaration of the Holder, the Holder (or its agents) may foreclose on the security interests

 

-9-


created pursuant to the Security Agreement by any available procedure, take possession of any or all of the collateral, with or without judicial process, and enter any premises where any collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of, storing, dealing with, or removing the same, and the Purchaser shall make such premises available to the Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in paragraphs (b) or (c) hereof occurs, the principal balance of and accrued interest on this Note shall become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Holder.

8. Set Off. Payment of any Subordinated Indebtedness is expressly subject to the Purchaser’s right, at its sole discretion, to offset any amount under this Note (whether or not then due and payable) against any amount owed by the Holder to the Purchaser or its affiliates pursuant to a Claim (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement), which arises from fraud or the breach of a Specified Representation (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement) if and only to the extent that the Escrow Amount (as defined in the Escrow Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 by and among the Purchaser, ServiceSource, Inc., the Escrow Agent and the Sellers named therein) is unavailable or insufficient to satisfy such Claim and if and to the extent that the Purchaser would have been entitled to receive and retain a distribution from the Escrow Fund had the Indemnity Escrow been sufficient to satisfy such Claim and the provisions of Section 5 of the Escrow Agreement had been followed; provided, however, that no set off pursuant to this Section 8 shall be made without the prior approval of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Purchaser (the “Board”), including the member of the Board nominated by Housatonic Partners.

9. Waiver of Demand; Costs of Collection. Except as expressly set forth herein, the Purchaser hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note. Subject to Section 6, the Purchaser agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses of collection of the Holder, including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees, in the event collection procedures are commenced by the Holder in accordance with the terms of this Note after any amount hereunder becomes due and payable. Purchaser shall indemnify and hold Holder harmless from any loss, cost, liability and legal or other expense, including attorneys’ fees of Holder’s counsel, which Holder may directly or indirectly suffer or incur by reason of the failure of the Purchaser to perform any of its obligations under this Note or the Security Agreement, provided, however, the indemnity agreement contained in this section shall not apply to liabilities which Holder may directly or indirectly suffer or incur by reason of Holder’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

10. Information Rights. The Purchaser shall, upon request, deliver to the Holder:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Purchaser, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Purchaser and statement of owners’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Purchaser;

 

-10-


(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Purchaser, an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter; and

(c) within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year, the Purchaser shall provide the Holder with the opportunity to review, upon reasonable notice and for up to three hours, the Purchaser’s financial reports for such fiscal year and the Purchaser’s projections and budget for the succeeding fiscal year with the Purchaser’s then-Chief Executive Officer, President and/or Chairman.

11. Obligations Secured. The obligations of the Purchaser hereunder are secured by a Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Security Agreement”) dated as of January 31, 2003 granting to the Holder a security interest in all of the assets of the Purchaser (the “Collateral”). The Purchaser agrees to subordinate its security interest in the Collateral to a security interest in the Collateral that may be granted to a holder or holders of Institutional Senior Debt on such commercially reasonable terms as may be requested by such holders. The Holder agrees to subordinate its security interest in the Collateral to the security interest in the Collateral that has been granted to holders of Senior Note Indebtedness pursuant to a Security Agreement (the “Senior Note Indebtedness Security Agreement”) dated as of January 31, 2003 among the Purchaser and the holders of Senior Indebtedness in the manner set forth in Sections 11.1 through 11.3 below. Notwithstanding the respective dates of attachment or perfection of the security interest of the Holder in the Collateral and the security interest of the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness in the Collateral, the security interest of the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness in the Collateral shall at all times be prior to the security interest of the Holder in the Collateral.

11.1. Standback. The Holder agrees not to exercise any rights against the Collateral which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise hereunder or pursuant to the Security Agreement upon an Event of Default if at such time there shall exist a Senior Note Default, unless and until all Senior Note Indebtedness has been paid in full or such Senior Note Default shall have been cured or waived by the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness or the benefits of this sentence have been waived by or on behalf of, and at the sole option of, the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the suspension of the right to exercise such rights against the Collateral shall terminate, and the Holder may exercise such rights, if the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness have not, on or prior to the 180th day after the occurrence of the Senior Note Default, declared all unpaid principal and interest on the Senior Note Indebtedness to be immediately due and payable, unless such Senior Note Default shall have been cured or waived or otherwise ceases to exist pursuant to the terms of the Senior Note Indebtedness.

11.2. Agreement Not to Contest; Agreement to Release Liens. The Holder agrees that it will not contest the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the liens and security interests securing the Senior Note Indebtedness. The Holder agrees that in the event that (i) any Collateral securing Senior Note Indebtedness is sold, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of and (ii) such sale, transfer, conveyance or disposal is permitted by the Senior Notes or otherwise consented

 

-11-


to by the holders of the Senior Note Indebtedness (any such sale, transfer, conveyance or disposal a “Permitted Sale”), the Holder shall be deemed to have consented to such Permitted Sale, and the property that is the subject of such Permitted Sale shall be transferred free and clear of all liens and security interests securing the obligations of the Purchaser under this Note.

11.3. Application of Proceeds from Sale or Other Disposition of Collateral. In the event of any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (including a casualty loss or taking through eminent domain) of the Collateral, the proceeds resulting therefrom (including insurance proceeds) shall be applied in accordance with the Senior Notes or as otherwise consented to by the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness in a commercially reasonable manner until such time as the Senior Note Indebtedness is indefeasibly paid in full.

12. Choice of Law. This Note is governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof.

13. Notice. Any notice, delivery or communication delivered hereunder to the Purchaser or the Holder shall be in writing and made in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 of the Purchase Agreement.

14. Enforceability. This Note shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision hereof shall be prohibited or invalid under any such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating or nullifying the remainder of such provision or any other provisions of this Note. This Note shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors and administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

15. Captions. The captions of the sections of this Note are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Note.

16. Modifications and Waivers. Subject to Section 6.9, this Note shall be amended, modified or waived only by a written instrument signed by the Purchaser and the Holder. No delay or omission in exercising any right under this Note shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver or breach of any other breach or default.

17. Dispute Resolution. If any party has any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Note, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such assertion, describing the basis for its controversy, claim or dispute (the “Asserted Claim”) in reasonable detail and specifying, if possible, the dollar amount of such Asserted Claim (the “Claim Notice”). The parties shall each appoint a representative (the “Representative”) to attempt to resolve the Asserted Claim in good faith. In the event that the parties are unable to resolve such Asserted Claim within 30 days from the date of receipt of the Claim Notice, any party shall have the right to pursue all available remedies by bringing any action or proceeding in respect of any claim arising out of or related to this Note, whether in tort or in contract and whether at law or in equity, exclusively in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California in San Francisco, or, if such court does not have

 

-12-


jurisdiction, in the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of San Francisco (the “Chosen Courts”). Each party (a) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Courts, (b) waives any objection to laying venue in any such action or proceeding in the Chosen Courts, (c) waives any objection that the Chosen Courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over any party hereto and (d) agrees that service of process upon such party in any such action or proceeding shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with Section 9.1 of the Purchase Agreement. Until changed by the Holder, the Representative for the Holder shall be Jeff Daily and until changed by the Purchaser, the Representative for the Purchaser shall be Michael Smerklo.

 

-13-


The undersigned has caused this Secured Subordinated Promissory Note to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC
By  

 

  (title)
ACKNOWLEDGED:
HOLDER
SERVICESOURCE INCORPORATED
By  

 

  (title)

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE]

 

-14-


Exhibit 8.2(b)(v)(2)

SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated the          day of              , 200      is by and between SSource Acquisition Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Debtor”) having its principal place of business and chief executive office at 1668 Lombard Street, San Francisco, CA 94123 (the “Premises”) and ServiceSource, Incorporated, a California corporation (the “Secured Party”).

INTRODUCTION

Pursuant to a Secured Subordinated Promissory Note issued as of the date hereof by Debtor in favor of Secured Party (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Note”), the Debtor has promised to pay Secured Party the principal amount of $              pursuant to the terms set forth therein. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Note.

1. Security Interest. Debtor, for valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby pledges, transfers and assigns to the Secured Party and grants to the Secured Party a security interest in all of Debtor’s tangible and intangible personal property and fixtures of every type and nature whatsoever wherever located and whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and all accessions and additions thereto, all replacements and substitutions therefor and all proceeds and products thereof including, without limitation, all accounts, all accounts receivable, all contract rights, goods, inventory and equipment, furniture, fixtures, documents, instruments (including certificated securities), chattel paper, money, rights to the payment of money, all documents of title, policies or certificates of insurance, proceeds of condemnation or other seizure, securities, chattel paper and other documents and instruments evidencing such items, insurance refund claims and all other insurance claims and proceeds, tort claims, deposit accounts, financial assets and all general intangibles and intellectual property, including without limitation all computer programs, computer software and hardware (including source code and object code), databases, client, customer and prospect lists and related files, goodwill, all uncertificated securities, tax refund claims, license fees, licenses, all patents, patents rights, patent applications, copyrights, copyright applications, trademarks, trademark applications, trade names, trade secrets, know-how, models, tools, engineering drawings, methodologies and techniques, proprietary research, marketing surveys and materials, all contract rights and all claims of Debtor against third parties for loss or damage of the foregoing items (the “Collateral”).

2. Obligations Secured. The security interest granted hereby secures payment of the principal of and interest on the Note. The security interest granted hereby shall terminate upon the payment in full of the Note in accordance with its terms.

3. Affirmative Covenants of Debtor. Debtor hereby covenants and agrees that, until the payment in full of the Note, Debtor shall promptly notify the Secured Party if:


(a) there is any change in the location of books and records relative to the accounts and inventory of Debtor;

(b) any equipment or inventory constituting part of the Collateral becomes located in or on any premises other than the Premises;

(c) the location of the principal place of business or chief executive office of Debtor as stated in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement has changed;

(d) Debtor conducts any of its business or operations in or from any new office or location other than the Premises or under a different name or names;

(e) any material claim that is made or asserted against the Collateral by any person or entity;

(f) any change occurs in the composition of the Collateral or other event occurs which could materially adversely affect the value of the Collateral; or

(g) Debtor changes either its form or jurisdiction of organization.

4. Negative Covenants. Debtor hereby covenants and agrees that, until the payment in full of the Note, Debtor shall not, unless the Secured Party shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned:

(a) Compromise, settle or adjust any claim in a material amount relating to the Collateral, except with the consent of the holders of Senior Indebtedness;

(b) Sell, transfer, surrender, cancel or permit the cancellation, suspension or revocation of any license issued to Debtor which is necessary or appropriate to the operation of its business as currently operated or contemplated to be operated; or

(c) Sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral or any interest therein, other than licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of business, or create, incur, or permit to exist any mortgage, lien, charge, encumbrance, or security interest whatsoever with respect to the Collateral other than in favor of the holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Secured Party.

5. Records and Insurance. Debtor will at all times keep in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Secured Party accurate and complete records of the Collateral and will keep the Collateral insured to the extent similarly situated companies insure their assets.

6. Financing Statements. Debtor hereby agrees to execute, deliver and pay the cost of filing any financing statement, or other notice or filing appropriate under applicable law (including chattel mortgages, assignments, copyright security agreements or collateral assignments, patent or trademark security agreements or collateral assignments and fixture filings) (collectively, “Financing

 

-2-


Statements”), in respect of any security interest created pursuant to this Agreement which may at any time be required or which, in the reasonable opinion of the Secured Party, may at any time be necessary. In the event that any re-recording or refiling thereof (or the filing of any statements of continuation or assignment of any Financing Statement) is required to protect and preserve such lien or security interest, Debtor shall, at its cost and expense, cause the same to be re-recorded and/or refiled at the time and in the manner requested by the Secured Party. Debtor hereby irrevocably designates the Secured Party, its agents, representatives and designees as agents and attorneys-in-fact for Debtor to sign such Financing Statements on behalf of Debtor.

7. Debtor’s Rights Until Default. In the absence of any Default (as hereinafter defined), Debtor shall have the right to possess the Collateral, manage its property and sell its inventory in the ordinary course of business.

8. Secured Party’s Rights Upon Default. Subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, upon the occurrence and the continuance of a Default and at any time thereafter, the Secured Party (or its agents), without presentment, demand notice, protest or advertisement of any kind, may, at the expense of Debtor, exercise any rights available to it as a secured party under the California Uniform Commercial Code. Debtor appoints Secured Party, and any officer, employee or agent of the Secured Party, with full power of substitution, as Debtor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with power in its own name or in the name of the Debtor, effective upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) and subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness set forth in documentation relating to such Senior Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the rights of the holders of Senior Note Indebtedness set forth in that certain Security Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 executed by the Company in favor of such holders and in those certain 16% Senior Subordinated Secured Notes issued by the Company to such holders and the rights of any holders of Institutional Senior Debt as set forth in any documentation relating thereto, (a) to endorse any notes, checks, drafts, money orders or other instruments of payment in respect of the Collateral that may come into the Secured Party’s possession, (b) to sign and endorse any drafts against Debtor, assignments, verifications and notices in connection with accounts, and other documents relating to the Collateral, (c) to pay or discharge taxes or liens at any time levied or placed upon or threatened against the Collateral, (d) to demand, collect, issue receipt for, compromise, settle and sue for monies due in respect of the Collateral, (e) to notify persons and entities obligated with respect to the Collateral to make payments directly to the Secured Party, and (f) generally, to do, at Secured Party’s option and at Debtor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Secured Party deems necessary to protect, preserve and realize upon the Collateral and Secured Party’s security interest therein to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as Debtor might or could do; and Debtor hereby ratifies all that said attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney shall be irrevocable until payment in full of the Note in accordance with its terms.

9. Events of Default. Any Event of Default as defined in and under the Note shall constitute a Default hereunder.

 

-3-


10. Debtor’s Waivers. The Debtor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) any right of redemption with respect to the Collateral, whether before or after sale hereunder, and all rights, if any, of marshaling of the Collateral or other collateral or security for the obligations underlying the Note and (b) any right to require the Secured Party (i) to proceed against any person or entity, (ii) to exhaust any other collateral or security for satisfaction of the obligations underlying the Note, (iii) to pursue any remedy in the Secured Party’s power or (iv) to make or give any presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protests or notices of dishonor in connection with any of the Collateral.

11. Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the rights of the Secured Party hereunder are subject to the provisions of Section 6 of the Note. The Secured Party hereby confirms that the security interests and liens granted or to be granted from time to time by the Debtor to secure the Senior Indebtedness shall in all respects be first and senior security interests and liens, superior to any security interests and liens granted or to be granted to the Secured Party in assets of the Debtor pursuant to the Note or otherwise, it being the express intention of the parties that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all liens and security interests granted to holders of Senior Indebtedness from time to time shall be prior and superior to any liens or security interests granted to the Secured Party. In foreclosing on the security interests and liens in the Collateral of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, as long as the holders of Senior Indebtedness act in a commercially reasonable manner, the holders of Senior Indebtedness may foreclose on such security interests and liens in any manner in which they, in their sole discretion, may choose, even though a higher price might have been realized if the holders of Senior Indebtedness had proceeded to foreclose on such security interests and liens in another manner. Except as may be required by law, the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be under no obligation to marshall any assets in favor of the Secured Party or any other party or against or in payment of any or all of the Senior Indebtedness. The Secured Party shall not exercise any right against the Collateral except in accordance with any subordination agreement or intercreditor agreement among the Secured Party and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness.

12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Note constitute the entire agreement with regard to the subject matter hereof between the parties. This Agreement or any part thereof cannot be changed, waived or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Secured Party, and waiver on one occasion shall not operate as a waiver on any other occasion.

(b) Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and, if given to Debtor shall be duly given if hand-delivered or if mailed first class postage prepaid to 1668 Lombard Street, San Francisco, CA 94123, Attention: David Kennedy, or, if given to the Secured Party, shall be duly given if hand delivered or if mailed first class postage prepaid to 1668 Lombard Street, San Francisco, CA 94123, Attention: Jeff Daily or, in either case, to such other address as may be specified by notice in writing.

(c) Governing Law. The Uniform Commercial Code and other laws of The State of California shall govern the construction of this Agreement.

 

-4-


(d) Waiver. No failure on the part of the Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any other remedies that may otherwise be available to the Secured Party by law or contract.

(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

(f) Headings. The headings preceding the text of this Agreement are inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement nor affect its meaning, construction of effect.

(g) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Debtor and the Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, except that Debtor shall not have the right to assign any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Secured Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(h) Enforceability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition of unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement of affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

[The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally.]

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

DEBTOR:
SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SECURED PARTY:
ServiceSource Incorporated
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Security Agreement

 

-6-


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC
By  

 

  (Title)

The foregoing Agreement is hereby

agreed to as of the date thereof.

 

[PURCHASERS]

By  

 

[Signature Page to Security Purchase Agreement]

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.13

EMPLOYMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT

In consideration for employment by ServiceSource International, LLC (hereinafter “ServiceSource”) of Chuck Boynton (“Employee”), ServiceSource and Employee acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS . ServiceSource hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts employment with ServiceSource upon all of the terms and conditions described in this Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), with such employment to commence on TBD (the “Commencement Date”).

2. DUTIES .

(a) Responsibilities . Employee’s initial position is Chief Financial Officer of ServiceSource, reporting to the Mike Smerklo, Chief Executive Officer. Employee shall be responsible for and expected to perform all duties and tasks as directed by ServiceSource.

(b) Loyal and Full Time Performance of Duties . While employed by ServiceSource, Employee shall not directly or indirectly, engage in any Competitive Activity. For the purpose of this Agreement, “Competitive Activity” is any activity which is the same as or competitive with any activity engaged in by ServiceSource, during Employee’s employment by ServiceSource. Competitive Activities may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the provision of (a) outsourced sales and/or marketing services (b) consulting services for a client with respect to sales and marketing aimed at such client’s Installed Base of Users, where such clients are companies that compete in the industries in which ServiceSource’s current customers and ServiceSource’s prospective customers are engaged, including, without limitation, manufacturing and sales and distribution companies in the following industries:

 

  (A) Information technology hardware (such as laptops, desktops, work stations, servers, mainframes, networking equipment, storage equipment, point of sale equipment, ATMs, handheld devices, electronic appliances, printing/imaging devices and other peripheral devices);

 

  (B) Computer software;

 

  (C) Telecommunications equipment (both wireless and wireline);

 

  (D) Medical equipment and devices;

 

  (E) Test and measurement equipment;

 

  (F) Recording systems; and

 

  (G) Data security and data management services


(c) ServiceSource Policies . Employee agrees to abide by ServiceSource’s rules, regulations, policies and practices, written and unwritten, as they may from time to time be adopted or modified by ServiceSource at its sole discretion. ServiceSource’s written rules, policies, practices and procedures shall be binding on Employee unless superseded by or in conflict with this Agreement.

3. EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Employee and ServiceSource acknowledge and agree that during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource the parties intend to strictly maintain an at-will employment relationship. This means that at any time during the course of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee is entitled to resign with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Similarly, ServiceSource specifically reserves the same right to terminate Employee’s employment at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Nothing in this Agreement or the relationship between the parties now or in the future may be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship for a specific length of time or a right to continued employment. Employee and ServiceSource understand and agree that only ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer possesses the authority to alter the at-will nature of Employee’s employment status and the binding arbitration of employment-related disputes, and that any such change may be made only by an express written employment contract signed by ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer. No implied contract concerning any employment-related decision or term or condition of employment can be established by any other statement, conduct, policy or practice.

4. COMPENSATION . In consideration for the services and covenants described in this Agreement, ServiceSource agrees to pay Employee an annual base salary of $275,000, paid on ServiceSource’s normal payroll dates. In addition, Employee will be eligible for a potential annual target bonus amount of $125,000. The bonus is discretionary, not guaranteed; Employee must be employed as of the scheduled bonus payment in order to be eligible. The exact parameters of how such bonus amount will be calculated will be determined following the Commencement Date, but it is expected to include the achievement of objectives specific to finance management. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee’s annual target bonus for 2008 will be prorated to $100,000. An exception will be made this year and the employee will be eligible on June 31, 2008, upon completion of objects to receive a portion of his annual incentive bonus, which is $31,250.

5. EMPLOYEE’S PURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES . Employee will be eligible to participate in the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan, as amended (the “Plan”). Subject to (a) approval by ServiceSource’s Board of Directors, (b) the terms of the Plan, and (c) the terms of Employee’s Option Agreement under the Plan, Employee will be granted, shortly following the Commencement Date, an option to purchase up to 500,000 of ServiceSource’s Common Shares at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of a single Common Share as of the grant date, as determined by the Board of Directors on the grant date. Such option will vest over four years, with 25% vesting on the one year anniversary of the Commencement Date and the remainder vesting on a pro rata basis over the following 36 months.

6. BENEFITS . As a full-time employee, Employee shall be entitled to all of the benefits provided to ServiceSource executive employees, in accordance with any benefit plan or policy adopted by ServiceSource from time to time during the existence of this Agreement. Employee’s rights and those of Employee’s dependents under any such benefit plan or policy shall

 

-2-


be governed solely by the terms of such plan or policy. ServiceSource reserves to itself or its designated administrators exclusive authority and discretion to determine all issues of eligibility, interpretation and administration of each such benefit plan or policy.

7. PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION (INCLUDING TRADE SECRETS) . Employee acknowledges that his/her employment with ServiceSource will allow him/her access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Employee understands that Proprietary and Confidential Information includes customer and applicant lists, whether written or solely a function of memory, data bases, whether on computer disc or not, business files, contracts and all other information which is used in the day-to-day operation of ServiceSource which is not known by persons not employed by ServiceSource and which ServiceSource undertakes efforts to maintain its secrecy. Employee understands and agrees that this is confidential information which the law treats as privileged, therefore protecting an employer from use without consent.

(a) Definition . “Proprietary and Confidential Information” is defined as all information and any idea in whatever form, tangible or intangible, of a confidential or secret nature that pertains in any manner to the business of ServiceSource. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall include any and all non-public information relating to ServiceSource or its business, operations, financial affairs, performance, assets, technology, research and development, processes, products, contracts, customers, licensees, sublicensees, suppliers, personnel, plans or prospects, whether or not in written form and whether or not expressly designated as confidential, including (without limitation) any such information consisting of or otherwise relating to trade secrets, know-how, technology (including software and programs), designs, drawings, photographs, samples, processes, license or sublicense arrangements, formulae, proposals, product specifications, customer lists or preferences, pricing lists, referral sources, marketing or sales techniques or plans, operating manuals, service manuals, financial information or projections, lists of suppliers or distributors or sources of supply.

Proprietary and Confidential Information shall include both information developed by Employee for ServiceSource and information Employee obtained while in ServiceSource’s employment. All Proprietary and Confidential Information, whether created by Employee or other employees, shall remain the property of ServiceSource.

(b) Non-Disclosure and Return . Employee agrees that he will not, under any circumstances, or at any time, whether as an individual, partnership, or corporation, or employee, principal, agent, partner or shareholder thereof, in any way, either directly or indirectly, divulge, disclose, copy, use, divert or attempt to divulge, disclose, copy, use or divert ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information, except to the extent authorized and necessary to carry out Employee’s responsibilities during employment with ServiceSource, or as required by law. Upon termination of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee shall immediately return to ServiceSource all property in Employee’s possession or control that belongs to ServiceSource, including all property in electronic form and all copies of Proprietary and Confidential Information.

(c) Former Employer Information . Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that Employee will not bring onto the premises of ServiceSource any unpublished document or

 

-3-


proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. Employee represents and warrants to ServiceSource that Employee is not in breach of any agreement with any former Employer by accepting employment with ServiceSource.

(d) Third Party Information . Employee recognizes that ServiceSource may have received and in the future may continue to receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information as they may so designate, subject to a duty on ServiceSource’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for ServiceSource consistent with ServiceSource’s agreement with such third party.

(e) Notification to New Employer . In the event that Employee’s employment with ServiceSource ends, Employee consents to notification by ServiceSource to any subsequent employer, Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(f) No Solicitation of Clients Using Proprietary and Confidential Information . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the names, addresses, and contact information of ServiceSource’s clients and all other confidential information relating to those clients, have been compiled by ServiceSource at great expense and represent a real asset of ServiceSource. Employee further understands and agrees that this information is deemed confidential by ServiceSource and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Employee understands that this information has been provided to Employee in confidence, and Employee agrees that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of ServiceSource’s trade secrets obtained by Employee during employment with ServiceSource constitutes unfair competition. Employee agrees and promises not to engage in any unfair competition with ServiceSource. Employee further agrees not to, directly or indirectly, during or after termination of employment, make known to any person, firm, or company any information concerning any of the clients of ServiceSource which, as Employee acknowledges, is confidential and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Nor shall Employee use any such confidential and trade secret information to solicit, take away, or attempt to call on, solicit or take away any of the clients of ServiceSource on whom Employee called or whose accounts Employee had serviced during employment with ServiceSource, whether on Employee’s own behalf or for any other person, firm, or ServiceSource.

(g) No Solicitation of Employees . Employee understands and acknowledges that as an employee of ServiceSource he has certain fiduciary duties to ServiceSource which would be violated by the solicitation and/or encouragement of ServiceSource employees to leave the employ of ServiceSource. Employee therefore agrees that he will not, either during his/her employment or for a period of one year after employment has terminated, solicit any of ServiceSource’s employees for a competing business or otherwise induce or attempt to induce such employees to terminate employment with ServiceSource. Employee agrees that any such solicitation during that period of time would constitute unfair competition.

(h) Assignment of Rights . All Proprietary and Confidential Information and all patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, trademark rights and other rights (including, without limitation, intellectual property rights) owned by or otherwise belonging to ServiceSource

 

-4-


anywhere in the world in connection therewith, is and shall be the sole property of the ServiceSource. Employee hereby assigns to ServiceSource any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or acquire in ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information and ServiceSource’s property.

8. SEVERANCE BENEFITS .

(a) Prior to Change of Control . If ServiceSource should terminate Employee’s employment hereunder without “Cause” (as hereinafter defined) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as hereinafter defined) within 60 days of the events constituting “Good Reason” then ServiceSource shall pay Employee a lump sum severance benefit equal to 6 months of Employee’s then base salary ($137,500), as well as 6 months target bonus ($62,500) if any (subject to applicable withholding for taxes and reduction on account of any amounts then owed by Employee to ServiceSource) and shall pay on behalf of Employee the premiums for up to an additional 6 months of group health plan coverage, assuming that Employee has timely elected such coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”); the foregoing lump sum payment and COBRA premiums are hereinafter referred to as the “Severance Benefit”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by ServiceSource in its sole discretion: (i) Employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Employee’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against ServiceSource; (iii) Employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Employee and ServiceSource or any statutory duty owed to ServiceSource; (iv) Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (v) Employee’s gross misconduct. For purposes of the foregoing, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job responsibilities; (3) a reduction in Employee’s base salary, target bonus and/or aggregate level of benefits (4) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 30 miles from the Company’s location at the time this Agreement is entered; provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2) or (3) above and within 30 days thereafter ServiceSource has failed to restore Employee to the appropriate job title, responsibility, compensation or location.

(b) Following Change of Control . If ServiceSource or a successor should terminate Employee’s employment without Cause (as defined in Section 8(a) above) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as hereinafter defined), in either case within 12 months following a “Change of Control” (as hereinafter defined), then (i) ServiceSource shall provide the Severance Benefit to Employee, and (ii) the stock option provided for in Section 6 will be fully accelerated such that all options shall be 100% vested. For purposes of the foregoing, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job responsibilities from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; 3) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 30 miles from its location immediately prior to the Change of Control; (4) any reduction in Employee’s base salary, target bonus or aggregate level of benefits measured against such compensation or benefits as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in

 

-5-


writing of the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above and ServiceSource (or its successor) has within 30 days thereafter failed to restore Employee to the appropriate job title, responsibility or location. For purposes of the foregoing, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events: a sale of all or substantially all of the equity interests of ServiceSource; or a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving ServiceSource following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource or the surviving entity following the transaction, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company

(c) Release . All of the payments and benefits provided under Sections 8(a) and 8(b) above are subject to Employee’s execution of a general release of claims, in the form requested by ServiceSource, and such release becoming effective in accordance with its terms.

9. AGREEMENT TO BINDING ARBITRATION . Employee and ServiceSource acknowledge and agree that in the event that there is any dispute arising out of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, including but not limited to any dispute over the interpretation, application or breach of this Agreement, and any dispute over the termination of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, or allegations of discrimination or harassment arising under state or federal antidiscrimination statutes (such as the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act) or otherwise, if the parties are unable to resolve such a dispute through informal means, Employee and ServiceSource agree to submit all such disputes exclusively to FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION pursuant to the Mutual Arbitration Agreement. Such disputes or claims shall not be subject to trial by jury or by a court of any jurisdiction.

10. SEVERABILITY . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by an arbitrator or by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable to any extent, such term or provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the law and all remaining terms and provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect.

11. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT . This Agreement may be modified only in writing. Any such writing must specifically state that it is intended to modify the parties’ Agreement and state which specific provision or provisions this writing intends to modify. Such written modification will only be effective if signed by ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer or President. Any attempt to modify this Agreement orally, or by a writing signed by any person other than ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer or President, or by any other means, shall be null and void. This Agreement is intended to be the final and complete statement of the parties’ agreement concerning the legal nature of their employment relationship in any and all disputes arising from that relationship.

12. COMPLETE AND VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subject covered. The parties expressly warrant that they have read and fully understand this Agreement; that they have had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of their own choosing to have the terms of this Agreement fully explained to them; that they are not executing this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or

 

-6-


inducements other than those contained herein; and that they are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion.

13. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by California law, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

14. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . This Agreement will be binding upon Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of ServiceSource, its successors, and its assigns.

15. GOLDEN PARACHUTE BEST AFTER TAX RESULTS . If any of the payments to Employee (prior to any reduction, below) provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which Employee has the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), of which the Company is a member (the “Payments”) would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), and if the Safe Harbor Amount is greater than the Taxed Amount, then the total amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount. The “Safe Harbor Amount” is the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax set forth at Section 4999 of the Code (“Excise Tax”). The “Taxed Amount” is the total amount of the Payments (prior to any reduction, above) notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Solely for the purpose of comparing which of the Safe Harbor Amount and the Taxed Amount is greater, the determination of each such amount, shall be made on an after-tax basis, taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax, (all of which shall be computed at the highest applicable marginal rate). If a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount is necessary, then the reduction shall occur in the following order unless the Employee elects in writing a different order (provided, however, that such election shall be subject to Company approval if made on or after the date on which the event that triggers the Payments occurs): reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Employee’s participant’s stock awards unless the Employee elects in writing a different order for cancellation. The Company and its tax advisors shall make all determinations and calculations required to be made to effectuate this paragraph at the Company’s expense.

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

 

By:  

 

   

 

Its:  

 

    Date
EMPLOYEE    

/s/  Chuck Boynton

   

4-7-08

CHUCK BOYNTON     Date

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.14

June 25, 2010

Charles D. Boynton

 

  Re: Release Agreement

Dear Chuck:

As you know, we have agreed that your employment with ServiceSource will terminate on June 25, 2010. In accordance with your April 7, 2008 Employment and Confidential Information Agreement (“Employment Agreement”), and our transition agreement dated March 15, 2010 (“Transition Agreement”), you are required to sign this release agreement (“Release”) as a condition for receiving the following severance benefits:

 

  (1) A lump-sum payment equal to six months’ of your base salary and one half of your annual target bonus, as provided in Section 8 of your Employment Agreement;

 

  (2) Payment of your COBRA premiums for a six-month period following your departure, as provided in Section 8 of your Employment Agreement;

 

  (3) Payment of your H1, 2010 bonus at the percentage approved by the Company’s Board of Directors for plan participants generally, as provided in your Transition Agreement. This bonus payment will be in addition to the severance bonus payment in Section 1 above;

 

  (4) An extension of your exercise period to exercise your vested stock options, as provided in your Transition Agreement. Subject to this Release taking effect without revocation, the deadline to exercise your vested stock options will be June 24, 2011.

As you know, these payments and promises would not otherwise be due and owing to you as a departing employee of the Company and are intended as “extra consideration.”

In exchange for these payments and promises, you agree, by signing below, to release and hold the Company harmless from any and all claims that you might have arising out of your employment with the Company and the termination of your employment. This includes, but is not limited to, all wrongful discharge, discrimination (including Age Discrimination in Employment Act), contract, tort, statutory and constitutional claims of any type, and includes any claims for wages, vacation pay, severance pay, attorneys’ fees and costs, to the fullest extent such claims are releasable by law. This release applies, to the Company and to each of its officers, directors, agents and employees individually. It applies to all claims that may exist up to the date you sign this agreement, whether you know about the claims or not. This means that if California law applies this release, you will be waiving your rights under California Civil Code 1542, which provides as follows:


Re: Separation Agreement

June 25, 2010

Page 2

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor [employee] does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor [employer].”

You further agree that you will not file or pursue any charge, claim or action of any kind against the Company or its officers, directors, agents or employees, in any court, agency or other forum, except that this agreement will not preclude the filing of an administrative complaint with the EEOC, NLRB or similar administrative agency in any state, provided that you waive any claim for monetary relief in connection with any such administrative complaint.

Neither you nor the Company will make any disparaging statements about the other or engage in any conduct harmful to the other’s interests. You also agree to provide reasonable cooperation and assistance, as necessary, on any transitional issues and furnish information or answers to questions about any business matters as to which you have knowledge.

Entering into this agreement is purely voluntary on your part. You may take up to 21 days to decide whether you wish to do so. You are encouraged to consult an attorney regarding this agreement, if you wish. If you sign the agreement, you will then have seven days to revoke it by providing a signed notice of revocation to Ray Martinelli, Executive Vice President of Human Resources. You may provide this notice by email to Ray at rmartinelli@servicesource.com. By offering this severance agreement, the Company admits no liability or wrongdoing. This offer of severance will remain open for twenty-one days, after which the offer will expire. Accordingly, in order for you to receive severance benefits, your signed letter must be received by Ray Martinelli no later than July 16, 2010 .

Whether or not you elect to sign this agreement, we would like to remind you of your continuing obligation not to disclose or use any Company proprietary information without the Company’s express written consent. Please immediately return all Company property, including any computer equipment, files, cell phones, documents and keys, if you have not already done so.

If you have any questions, let me know. If these terms are acceptable to you, please sign and date the letter below and return the original copy to Ray Martinelli. An extra copy is enclosed for your records.


Re: Separation Agreement

June 25, 2010

Page 3

We appreciate your contributions to ServiceSource. Whatever may be your decision regarding this proposed agreement, we wish you all the best in your future career endeavors.

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Paul Warenski
Paul Warenski
SVP & General Counsel

I UNDERSTAND AND VOLUNTARILY AGREE TO THE TERMS ABOVE:

 

Signature:  

/s/ Charles D. Boynton

Printed Name:  

Charles D. Boynton

Date:  

June 25, 2010

Exhibit 10.15

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

2011 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.         Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated payroll deductions. The Company’s intention is to have the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

2.         Definitions .

(a)        “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b)        “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c)        “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d)        “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)      A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii)      A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause, if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii)      A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the following


will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’ s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

(e)        “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f)        “ Committee ” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

(g)        “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(h)        “ Company ” means ServiceSource International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i)        “ Compensation ” means an Eligible Employee’s cash compensation reportable on Form W-2, including without limitation base straight time gross earnings, sales commissions, payments for overtime, shift premiums, incentive compensation, incentive payments and bonuses, plus any amounts contributed by the Eligible Employee to the Company’s 401(k) Plan from compensation paid to the Eligible Employee by the Company. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

(j)        “ Designated Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan.

(k)        “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(l)        “ Eligible Employee ” means any individual who is a common law employee of an Employer and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the

 

-2-


commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Offering Date for all options to be granted on such Offering Date, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is an officer or other manager, or (v) is a highly compensated employee under Section 414(q) of the Code.

(m)        “ Employer ” means any one or all of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries. With respect to a particular Eligible Employee, Employer means the Company or Designated Subsidiary, as the case may be, that directly employs the Eligible Employee.

(n)        “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(o)        “ Exercise Date ” means the first Trading Day on or after March 1 and August 31 of each year. The first Exercise Date under the Plan will be August 31, 2011.

(p)        “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii)      If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii)      In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator; or

(iv)      For purposes of the Offering Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “ Registration Statement ”).

(q)        “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

 

-3-


(r)        “ New Exercise Date ” means a new Exercise Date set by shortening any Offering Period then in progress.

(s)        “ Offering Date ” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

(t)        “ Offering Periods ” means the periods of approximately six (6) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, (i) commencing on the first Trading Day on or after August 31 of each year and terminating on the first Trading Day on or following March 1, approximately six (6) months later, and (ii) commencing on the first Trading Day on or after March 1 of each year and terminating on the first Trading Day on or following August 31, approximately six (6) months later; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s Registration Statement effective and will end on August 31, 2011. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4 and 20.

(u)        “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(v)        “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan.

(w)        “ Plan ” means this ServiceSource International, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(x)        “ Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator, in its discretion, subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code or pursuant to Section 20.

(y)        “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(z)        “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

3.         Eligibility .

(a)         First Offering Period . Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

(b)         Subsequent Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Offering Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.

(c)         Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such

 

-4-


Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.

4.         Offering Periods . The Plan will be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or after August 31 and March 1 each year, or on such other date as the Administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date upon which the Company’s Registration Statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and end on August 31, 2011. The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter.

5.         Participation .

(a)         First Offering Period . An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 3(a) only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in a form determined by the Administrator (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A) to the Company’s designated plan administrator (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such S-8 registration statement or such other period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “ Enrollment Window ”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

(b)         Subsequent Offering Periods . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) by (i) submitting to the Company’s payroll office (or its designee), on or before a date prescribed by the Administrator prior to an applicable Offering Date, a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure prescribed by the Administrator.

6.         Payroll Deductions .

(a)        At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have payroll deductions made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding ten percent (10%) of the Compensation which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have the payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the

 

-5-


subsequent Offering Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b)        Payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Offering Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

(c)        All payroll deductions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and will be withheld in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d)        A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10. If permitted by the Administrator, as determined in its sole discretion, for an Offering Period, a Participant may increase or decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions during the Offering Period by (i) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s payroll office (or its designee), on or before a date prescribed by the Administrator prior to an applicable Exercise Date, a new subscription agreement authorizing the change in payroll deduction rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator. If a Participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of payroll deductions, the rate of his or her payroll deductions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Offering Period and future Offering Periods (unless terminated as provided in Section 10). The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit the nature and/or number of payroll deduction rate changes that may be made by Participants during any Offering Period. Any change in payroll deduction rate made pursuant to this Section 6(d) will be effective as of the first full payroll period following five (5) business days after the date on which the change is made by the Participant (unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, elects to process a given change in payroll deduction rate more quickly).

(e)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(c), a Participant’s payroll deductions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during an Offering Period. Subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(c) hereof, payroll deductions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Offering Period which is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

(f)        At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, or any other tax liability payable to any authority, national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock. At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax

 

-6-


deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee.

7.         Grant of Option . On the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date with respect to an Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Offering Period more than 1,000 shares of the Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19), and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(c) and 13. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed subscription agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 5(a) on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any future Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5(b). The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

8.         Exercise of Option .

(a)        Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 10. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

(b)        If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Offering Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Offering Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or terminate all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Offering Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Offering Date.

 

-7-


9.         Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9.

10.         Withdrawal .

(a)        A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s payroll office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form prescribed by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit B) , or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure prescribed by the Administrator. All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(b)        A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods, which commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

11.         Termination of Employment . Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated.

12.         Interest . No interest will accrue on the payroll deductions of a Participant in the Plan.

13.         Stock .

(a)        Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which will be made available for sale under the Plan will be 900,000 shares, plus an annual increase to be added on

 

-8-


the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2012 Fiscal Year, equal to the least of (i) 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (iii) an amount determined by the Administrator.

(b)        Until the shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

(c)        Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

14.         Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Plan, the Administrator may adopt rules or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures for jurisdictions outside of the United States. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions, making of contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates which vary with local requirements.

15.         Designation of Beneficiary .

(a)        A Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

(b)        Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if

 

-9-


no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

(c)        All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time.

16.         Transferability . Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

17.         Use of Funds . The Company may use all payroll deductions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

18.         Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

19.         Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control .

(a)         Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13.

(b)         Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

 

-10-


(c)         Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date and will end on the New Exercise Date. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

20.         Amendment or Termination .

(a)        The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts which have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under local laws) as soon as administratively practicable.

(b)        Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 20(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan.

(c)        In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i)      amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

(ii)      altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

 

-11-


(iii)      shortening any Offering Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(iv)      reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as payroll deductions; and

(v)      reducing the maximum number of Shares a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan Participants.

21.         Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22.         Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23.         Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years, unless sooner terminated under Section 20.

24.         Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-12-


EXHIBIT A

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

2011 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

         Original Application    Offering Date:                                                  
         Change in Payroll Deduction Rate   
         Change of Beneficiary(ies)   

1.                                           hereby elects to participate in the ServiceSource International, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan.

2.        I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of          % of my Compensation on each payday (from 0 to 10%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.) For the first Offering Period under the Plan, this will only apply to remaining paydays during the first Offering Period.

3.        I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

4.        I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

5.        Shares of Common Stock purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of                      (Eligible Employee or Eligible Employee and Spouse only).

6.        I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Plan within two (2) years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or one (1) year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price that I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for Federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock . The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the two (2)-year and one (1)-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for federal


income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

7.        I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

8.        In the event of my death, I hereby designate the following as my beneficiary(ies) to receive all payments and shares due me under the Plan:

 

NAME: (please print)   

 

               First                          Middle                        Last

 

    

 

Relationship     

 

    

 

Percentage Benefit     
    

 

     Address
NAME: (please print)   

 

               First                         Middle                         Last

 

    

 

Relationship     

 

    

 

Percentage Benefit     
    

 

     Address

 

 

-2-


Employee’s Social

Security Number:

 

 

Employee’s Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated:  

 

     

 

        Signature of Employee
Dated:  

 

     

 

        Spouse’s Signature (If beneficiary other than spouse)


EXHIBIT B

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

2011 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned Participant in the Offering Period of the ServiceSource International, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on                      ,              (the “ Offering Date ”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Date:  

 

Exhibit 10.16

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

The undersigned hereby agree to the following terms of this Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”). This Summary is hereby incorporated into and made a part of the attached Office Lease (this Summary and the Office Lease to be known collectively as the “ Lease ”) which pertains to the office building (the “ Building ”) which is located at 634 Second Street, San Francisco, California. Each reference in the Office Lease to any term of this Summary shall have the meaning as set forth in this Summary for such term. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Summary and the Office Lease, the terms of the Office Lease shall prevail. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Office Lease.

 

TERMS OF LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION

a.) Date:

 

October 31, 2007

b.) Landlord:

 

Six Thirty-Four Second Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

c.) Address of Landlord:

 

c/o Manchester Capital Management

3657 Main Street

Manchester Village, Vermont 05254

d.) Tenant:

 

ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

e.) Address of Tenant (Paragraph 8):

 

634 Second Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

Attn: John Adams, CFO

f.) Premises (Paragraph 1):

 

45,881 rentable square feet of space comprising all rentable space on all of the floors (ground, mezzanine, second and third floors) of the Building, excepting only 878 rentable square feet of retail space located on the ground and mezzanine floors, all as more particularly set forth in the attached Exhibit A .

g.) Building (Paragraph 1):

 

634 Second Street, San Francisco, California.

 

Total square footage of rentable space of the Building: approximately 46,759 rentable square feet.

 

i


 

TERMS OF LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION

h.) Term (Paragraph 2):

 

(i) Lease Commencement Date:

 

Upon Substantial Completion of both the Landlord’s Work and the Initial Improvements to be constructed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter (estimated to be May 1, 2008)

(ii) Lease Expiration Date:

 

The day immediately preceding the seven (7) year anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date.

i.) Renewal Option (Paragraph 2.2):

 

One additional five (5) year term, subject to 18 month advance notice.

j.) Monthly Basic Rent (NNN; Paragraph 4):

 

Months 1 through 12:

Months 13 through 24:

Months 25 through 36:

Months 37 through 48:

Months 49 through 60:

Months 61 through 72:

Months 73 through 84

 

$114,702.50

$118,525.92

$122,349.33

$126,172.75

$129,996.17

$133,819.58

$137,643.00

Subject to adjustment to Fair Market Rental Value at the commencement of the Extended Term.

k.) Security Deposit (Paragraph 6):

 

$1,000,000 in a letter of credit or cash, at Tenant’s election, subject to periodic reduction pursuant to Paragraph 6.

1.) Prepaid Rent (Paragraph 4.1):

 

$114,702.50

m.) Operating Expenses (Paragraph 5):

 

All Operating Expenses of the Building, consisting of property taxes, insurance premiums and deductibles, utility charges, and maintenance and repairs, shall be Tenant’s responsibility, excepting only separately metered electricity to the 966 rentable square feet of the Building not a part of the Premises (the “ Retail Space ”).

n.) Tenant’s Share (Paragraph 5):

 

98.12%

 

ii


 

TERMS OF LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION

o.) Brokers (Paragraph 9):

 

Tenant’s Broker:

 

NAI BT Commercial

(Chad Clemetson)

 

Landlord’s Broker:

 

Newmark Knight Frank

(Mike Brown)

p.) Work Letter:

 

Attached as Exhibit B .

The foregoing terms of this Summary are agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.

 

LANDLORD:

   

TENANT:

S IX T HIRTY -F OUR S ECOND S TREET LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey S. Hall

   

By:

 

/s/ Mike Smerklo

Name:

 

Jeffery S. Hall

   

Name:

 

Mike Smerklo

Its:

 

Agent

   

Its:

 

CEO

 

iii


Table of Contents

 

          Page  
1.   

The Premises

     1   
2.   

Term

     2   
3.   

Early Access and Possession

     2   
4.   

Monthly Basic Rent/Rent Increases

     3   
5.   

Payment of Taxes, Operating Expenses and Utilities; Other Charges

     4   
6.   

Security Deposit

     8   
7.   

Use

     10   
8.   

Payments and Notices

     12   
9.   

Brokers

     12   
10.   

Holding Over

     13   
11.   

Taxes on Tenant’s Property

     13   
12.   

Condition of Premises

     14   
13.   

Alterations

     14   
14.   

Repairs and Maintenance

     18   
15.   

Liens

     19   
16.   

Entry by Landlord

     19   
17.   

Utilities and Services

     19   
18.   

Indemnification

     20   
19.   

Damage to Tenant’s Property

     21   
20.   

Insurance

     21   
21.   

Damage or Destruction

     24   
22.   

Eminent Domain

     25   
23.   

Bankruptcy

     26   
24.   

Defaults and Remedies

     27   
25.   

Assignment and Subletting

     29   
26.   

Quiet Enjoyment

     31   
27.   

Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment

     31   
28.   

Estoppel Certificate

     31   
29.   

Conflict of Laws

     32   
30.   

Successors and Assigns

     32   
31.   

Surrender of Premises

     32   
32.   

Professional Fees

     32   
33.   

Performance by Tenant

     32   
34.    Landlord Mortgagee and Senior Lessor Protection; Landlord Waiver and Consent Agreements in Favor of Tenant’s Lenders      33   
35.   

Definition of Landlord

     33   
36.   

Waiver

     34   
37.   

Identification of Tenant

     34   
38.   

Terms and Headings

     34   
39.   

Examination of Lease

     34   
40.   

Time

     34   
41.   

Prior Agreement; Amendments

     34   
42.   

Severability

     35   


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

43.

  

Recording

     35   

44.

  

Limitation on Liability

     35   

45.

  

Signs

     35   

46.

  

Parking

     35   

47.

  

Modification For Lender

     36   

48.

  

Accord and Satisfaction

     36   

49.

  

Financial Statements

     36   

50.

  

Tenant as Corporation

     36   

51.

  

No Partnership or Joint Venture

     36   

52.

  

Counterparts

     37   


OFFICE LEASE

THIS LEASE, dated October 31, 2007, for purposes of reference only, is made and entered into by and between Six Thirty-Four Second Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tenant ”).

1. The Premises .

1.1 Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises designated in the Summary of Basic Lease Information (“ Summary ”) attached hereto, and which is more particularly described and outlined on the floor plan attached hereto and marked Exhibit A, all of which is incorporated herein by this reference. The Premises is located in the building at the address designated in the Summary (the “ Building ”), and located on the parcel of real property (the “ Site ”) under the Building. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, Building, or Site except as specifically stated in this Lease. The parties hereto agree that said letting and hiring is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth and Tenant and Landlord covenant as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed, and this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance.

1.2 Tenant acknowledges that certain furniture, fixtures and equipment is located within the Premises, and that the Premises currently contains certain data communication cabling within the wall and ceiling. All of such personal property and cabling shall remain at the Premises and Tenant shall have the right to use all of the same during the Term. Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall return all of the original personal property to Landlord in good condition and repair, subject to normal wear and tear and casualty.

1.3 Landlord agrees to construct the Initial Improvements, as defined in the Work Letter, in connection with Tenant’s intended use of the Premises. The rights and obligations of the parties regarding the Initial Improvements, including the parties’ respective monetary obligations for the construction of the Initial Improvements, are described in, and shall be controlled by, the work letter (the “ Work Letter ”) attached to this Lease as Exhibit B . The provisions of the Work Letter shall control in the event of an inconsistency between the Work Letter and the provisions of this Lease.

1.4 References in this Lease to “rentable square feet”, “rentable square footage” and “rentable area” shall have the same meanings, and Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the rentable square footage of the Premises shall be deemed, and is, 45,881 rentable square feet, and the rentable square footage of the Building shall be deemed, and is, 46,759 rentable square feet. Landlord represents that the foregoing square footage determinations were the result of a measurement made of the Building and the Premises in accordance with BOMA standards. The parties agree that the 45,881 rentable square foot measurement of the Premises and the 46,759 rentable square foot measurement of the Building shall not be changed, and no adjustment in the Monthly Basic Rent, any monetary or other obligation of Tenant, or any other term of this Lease

 

1


shall be made by reason of a change in the rentable square footage of the Premises or the Building except in connection with a physical change in the size of the Premises.

2. Term .

2.1 The term of this Lease (“ Term ”) shall be for the period designated in the Summary. The Term shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the Lease Expiration Date, unless the Term shall be sooner terminated or extended as hereinafter provided.

2.2 Tenant shall have one option (the “ Extension Option ”) to extend the Term, for an additional five (5) year period (the “ Extended Term ”) on all the terms and conditions contained in this Lease with the exception of the Monthly Basic Rent which shall be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Paragraphs 4.2. In order to exercise the Extension Option, Tenant shall deliver written notice of its exercise of the option (“ Option Notice ”) to Landlord at least eighteen (18) months before the expiration of the initial Term. The Extension Option shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) The Extension Option may be exercised only by delivery of the Option Notice as provided in this Paragraph and only if, as of the date of delivery of the Option Notice and the commencement date of the Extended Term, Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods.

(b) The rights contained in this Paragraph shall be personal to the originally named Tenant and may be exercised only by the originally named Tenant (or an entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any entity resulting from the merger or consolidation with Tenant or to any person or entity which acquires substantially all of the assets of Tenant as a going concern) and only if the originally named Tenant (or an entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any entity resulting from the merger or consolidation with Tenant or to any person or entity which acquires substantially all of the assets of Tenant as a going concern) occupies at least 50% of the Premises as of the date it exercises the Extension Option in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph.

(c) If Tenant properly exercises the Extension Option and is not in default, beyond applicable notice and cure periods, under this Lease at the end of the initial Term, the Term shall be extended for the applicable Extended Term.

References in this Lease to the “Term” shall include the initial Term of seven (7) years, and shall, in addition, include the Extended Term, if applicable.

3. Early Access and Possession . Landlord shall allow Tenant, and Tenant’s contractors, vendors and service providers, access to the Premises and the Building at any time after March 1, 2008 for the purpose of installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other personal property, and to prepare the Premises for Tenant’ occupancy; provided, however, that Tenant’s activities shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid any interference with construction of the Initial Improvements. Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonable written evidence of liability insurance pursuant to Paragraph 20.1(a) prior to Tenant’s entry onto the Premises for fixturization. Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any damage to Tenant’s

 

2


property stored or kept on the Premises, whether prior or subsequent to the Lease Commencement Date.

4. Monthly Basic Rent/Rent Increases .

4.1 Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, on a monthly basis, the Monthly Basic Rent designated in the Summary, including all annual increases described in the Summary. Tenant shall pay the Monthly Basic Rent in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during said Term, except that the Monthly Basic Rent due for the first month of the Term shall be paid upon the execution hereof. In the event that the Lease Commencement Date occurs other than on the first day of a calendar month, and the full first month’s Monthly Basic Rent has been previously paid as provided in this Lease, then the rent for the initial partial calendar month of the Lease Term shall be prorated in the proportion that the number of days this Lease is in effect during such calendar month bears to the actual number of days in the first month of the Term, and the prepaid first month’s Monthly Basic Rent shall be applied to such prorated amount with the balance of the prepaid first month’s Monthly Basic Rent being applied to reduce the payment of Monthly Basic Rent to be paid on the first day of the first full calendar month of the Term of this Lease. Monthly Basic Rent shall be paid to Landlord without any prior demand therefor and without any deduction or offset whatsoever, except as expressly provided herein, in lawful money of the United States of America, which shall be legal tender at the time of payment, at the address of Landlord designated in Subparagraph (c) of the Summary or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. For purposes of this Lease, any amount due to Landlord from Tenant, including without limitation Monthly Basic Rent, shall be considered “rent”.

4.2 In the event Tenant exercises its option to extend the Term pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2, the Monthly Basic Rent shall be adjusted at the commencement of the Extended Term to reflect 100% of the “then-Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph. Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s good faith estimation of the Fair Market Rental Value in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Option Notice. If Tenant does not agree with Landlord’s estimation, Tenant shall deliver written notice of Tenant’s objection to Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice from Landlord, or Landlord’s estimation of the Fair Market Rental Value shall be final. If Tenant timely objects to Landlord’s estimation, Landlord and Tenant shall diligently attempt in good faith to agree on the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises on or before the thirtieth (30 th ) day following delivery of Tenant’s written objection to Landlord’s estimation (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”). If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the new Monthly Basic Rent by the Outside Agreement Date, the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises shall be determined by real estate brokers pursuant to this Paragraph. The parties shall each select a broker within thirty (30) days of the Outside Agreement Date, who together shall attempt to determine the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises. If either party fails to appoint a broker within such time period, the broker timely appointed by the other party shall be the sole broker, whose determination shall be binding on both parties. If two brokers are timely appointed, but they are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises within sixty (60) days of the Outside Agreement Date, they shall mutually select a third broker and the third broker shall, within thirty (30) days of his/her selection, choose either of the first two brokers’ determination of Fair Market Rental Value as the applicable determination based on which of the two (2) it believes to be closest to

 

3


its own determination. The third broker shall have no option but to select one or the other of the first two brokers’ determination, and shall not have the power to propose a different Fair Market Rental Value. Each party shall bear the cost of their respective brokers; if a third broker is necessary, the parties shall share equally the cost of the third broker. All brokers shall be licensed as such by the State of California, and shall have a minimum of ten (10) years experience in the leasing of commercial properties in the San Francisco south of Market Street area. The Fair Market Rental Value shall be based on comparable space in San Francisco taking into consideration location, views, quality and nature of improvements, and parking availability, which shall (i) not be subleased, and (ii) shall be leased for a term comparable to the subject option term, upon terms comparable to those contained in this Lease other than Monthly Base Rent. The Monthly Basic Rent shall be adjusted to reflect the Fair Market Rental Value, as so determined; provided, however, in no event shall the Monthly Basic Rent decrease. The brokers shall expressly consider in their determination of Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises the date on which the Extended Term is to commence, acknowledging that the date on which the determination is made may be several months prior to the date on which the Extended Term commences. The determination of Fair Market Rental Value shall also include the determination of annual increases in the Monthly Basic Rent throughout the Extended Term, to the extent that such increases are typically being applied in the leases of comparable properties used in determining the Fair Market Rental Value.

4.3 All payments received by Landlord from Tenant shall be applied to the oldest payment obligation owed by Tenant to Landlord. No designation by Tenant either in a separate writing or in a check or money order, shall modify this clause or have any force or effect.

5. Payment of Taxes, Operating Expenses and Utilities: Other Charges .

5.1 Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Tenant-owned leasehold improvements, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or elsewhere. When possible, Tenant shall cause its leasehold improvements other than the Initial Improvements, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Landlord.

5.2 Landlord shall pay prior to delinquency all Real Property Taxes (as defined below) which accrue in connection with the Building beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter throughout the Term of this Lease, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Share of all Real Property Taxes paid by Landlord relating to the Premises within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor and evidence of payment. If any installment of Real Property Taxes paid by Landlord covers any period of time prior to the Commencement Date or after expiration of the Term, Tenant’s Share of the Real Property Taxes shall be equitably prorated to cover only the period of time on and after the Commencement Date that this Lease is in effect, and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any overpayment by reason of such proration.

As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of real estate tax, any tax levied on the collection of rent payable under this Lease (whether in the form of a business tax or rental income tax), any general, special, ordinary or extraordinary assessment,

 

4


any improvement bond, levy or similar tax (or any other fee, charge, or excise which may be imposed as a substitute for any of the foregoing) imposed upon the Building by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage or other improvement district, levied against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises. Tenant shall not be responsible for the payment of any estate, inheritance, transfer, gift, state or federal income or franchise taxes, or any penalties or interest accrued in connection with the Real Property Taxes (unless the result of Tenant’s failure to comply with its obligations under this Lease). Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any increase in Real Property Taxes during the Term resulting from construction of the Initial Improvements or any subsequent improvements constructed by Tenant during the Term. To the extent any Real Property Taxes may permit the payment in installments (such as a special assessment), Landlord shall elect to cause the same to be paid in installments, and Tenant shall only be responsible for paying those installments to the extent accruing during the Term of the Lease.

Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) prior to contesting any Real Property Taxes Tenant is obligated to pay hereunder, and in the event of such tax contest by Tenant, Tenant shall (i) fully indemnify Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and (ii) bear the full cost of any such contest including without limitation the cost of any interest and penalties which may be assessed. If a change in Real Property Taxes is obtained for any year of the Term, then Real Property Taxes for that year shall be retroactively adjusted to reflect any actual reduction realized by Landlord and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the actual adjustment. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of any material change in any tax assessment or reassessment of the Building and the Site within sufficient time to allow Tenant to review (and protest or appeal, if appropriate) such assessment or reassessment. Landlord shall cooperate at no more than a nominal cost to Landlord and in good faith with Tenant in connection with any protest or contest of taxes or assessments made by Tenant.

5.3 Tenant shall contract for and pay directly prior to delinquency all charges for electricity, telecommunications, janitorial (which Tenant shall provide at a level commensurate with similar class buildings in the general area of the Building), and security for, delivered to and consumed at the Premises, beginning on the Lease Commencement Date and continuing thereafter throughout the Term of the Lease. Landlord shall not be liable, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of Rent (including without limitation Monthly Basic Rent), for the reduction, interruption or suspension of any utility service to the Premises unless caused by the negligent act or omission of Landlord or its agents; provided, however, that Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant at Tenant’s request to reestablish any such interrupted services. No such interruption, reduction or suspension of utilities shall constitute an eviction of Tenant from the Premises.

5.4 Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share (as defined in Paragraph (n) of the Summary) of all expenses incurred by Landlord in the operation of the Building, excluding any expenses paid directly by any tenant of the Building, (the “ Operating Expenses ”) pursuant to this Paragraph; provided, however, that during periods during the Term that the Retail Space is not leased or occupied, Tenant shall pay 100% of Operating Expenses. Operating Expenses are intended to be inclusive of all costs of operating and maintaining the Building and the real

 

5


property on which it is situated. Landlord agrees to make reasonable efforts to minimize costs insofar as such efforts are not inconsistent with Landlord’s intent to operate and maintain the Building in a first class manner. Operating Expenses may include, but shall not be limited to, the following: All costs and expenses of repairing, operating and maintaining the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system for the Building, the elevators, and all other major systems and components of the Building, including maintenance contracts therefore; all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in providing water and sewer service to the Building, and other utilities and services not directly provided and paid for by Tenant; all costs incurred by Landlord for accountants and other professionals reasonably necessary in making the computations required hereunder; all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in operating, managing, maintaining and repairing the Building including without limitation, all sums expended in connection with the general maintenance and repair of the Building, window washing, maintenance and repair of elevators, stairways, Building signs, sprinkler systems, planting and landscaping (if any), fire protection and life safety systems, automatic sprinkler systems, lighting systems, electrical, plumbing and other utility systems, costs of supplies and personnel to implement such services, rental and/or depreciation of machinery and equipment used in providing maintenance and other services, fire protection services, and trash removal services. Landlord may cause any or all of said services to be provided by an independent contractor or contractors, or the Building management company, provided that any salary, wage or other similar charges or expenses payable by Landlord in excess of the management fee specified in Paragraph 5.6 below shall not be included in the Operating Expenses other than (i) direct labor costs incurred by Landlord to perform maintenance and repairs and other services at the Building, and (ii) a portion of the salary of a building manager/superintendent to the extent the same is dedicated to the Building and the cost thereof is passed through to Landlord by Landlord’s building management company. Operating Expenses may also include all costs of capital improvements or replacements made to the Building or any Building system (other than those which are Landlord’s sole responsibility pursuant to Paragraph 14 below) in order to conform to changes subsequent to the date of this Lease in any applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Building, or any capital improvements or replacements that reduce Operating Expenses or improve the performance or efficiency of any Building system. Expenditures for the foregoing shall be amortized including interest at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum over the useful life of such capital improvement or replacement as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“GAAP”). Costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in operating, managing and maintaining the Building which are incurred exclusively for the benefit of a specific tenant of the Building will not be included in the Operating Expenses.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the following shall not be included within Operating Expenses: (i) leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees, costs, disbursements, and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with tenants, or in connection with leasing, renovating, or improving space for tenants or other occupants or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building; (ii) the cost of any service sold to any tenant (including Tenant) or other occupant for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed as an additional charge or rental over and above the basic rent and escalations payable under the lease with that tenant; (iii) depreciation other than depreciation on exterior window coverings provided by Landlord and carpeting in public corridors and common areas and the personal property referred to above; (iv) expenses in connection with services or other

 

6


benefits of a type that are not provided to Tenant but which are provided another tenant or occupant of the Building; (v) overhead profit increments paid to Landlord’s subsidiaries or affiliates for management or other services on or to the building or for supplies or other materials to the extent that the cost of the services, supplies, or materials exceeds the cost that would have been paid had the services, supplies, or materials been provided by unaffiliated parties on a competitive basis; (vi) all interest, loan fees, and other carrying costs related to any mortgage or deed of trust or related to any capital item, and all rental and other payable due under any ground or underlying lease, or any lease for any equipment ordinarily considered to be of a capital nature (except janitorial equipment which is not affixed to the Building); (vii) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants, or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord; (viii) advertising and promotional expenditures; (ix) costs of repairs and other work occasioned by fire, windstorm, or other casualty of an insurable nature; (x) any costs, fines, or penalties incurred due to violations by Landlord of any governmental rule or authority, this Lease or any other lease in the Building, or due to Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct; (xi) the cost of correcting any building code or other violations which were violations prior to the Lease Commencement Date; (xii) the cost of containing, removing, or otherwise remediating any contamination of the Building (including the underlying land and ground water) by any toxic or Hazardous Materials (defined in Paragraph 7.2(b)) where such contamination was not caused by Tenant; (xiii) any management fees (Paragraph 5.6 below addresses Landlord’s management fee); (xiv) costs for sculpture, paintings, or other objects of art (and insurance thereon or extraordinary security in connection therewith); (xv) wages, salaries, or other compensation paid to any executive employees above the grade of building manager; and (xvi) any other expense that under generally accepted accounting principles and practice consistently applied would not be considered a normal maintenance or operating expense.

Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term one-twelfth of Tenant’s Share of the estimated annual Operating Expenses, which estimated amount Landlord shall provide to Tenant in writing. At anytime and from time to time during the Term, Landlord may furnish Tenant with written notice of a re-estimation of the annual Operating Expenses to reflect more accurately, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the then-current Operating Expenses. Commencing on the first day of the calendar month next succeeding delivery of such notice to Tenant, and continuing on the first day of each subsequent calendar month during the term (until subsequently re-estimated), Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth of the Tenant’s Share of the estimated annual Operating Expenses, as re-estimated.

After the commencement of each calendar year during the Term hereof Landlord shall furnish to Tenant an itemized statement, certified as correct by Landlord, setting forth the total Operating Expenses for the preceding calendar year, the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the payments made by Tenant with respect to such calendar year (“ Landlord’s Statement ”). If Tenant’s Share of the actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds the payment so made by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement. If the payments so made by Tenant exceed Tenant’s Share of the actual Operating Expenses, Tenant shall be entitled to offset the excess against the next payment(s) due to Landlord because of Operating Expenses, or cash in such amount, within thirty days if the Lease has terminated. Until Tenant receives Landlord’s Statement pursuant to this Paragraph setting forth a new amount of Tenant’s estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the new calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay such Tenant’s Share at the rate

 

7


being paid for the year just completed. Within 90 days after receipt of Landlord’s Statement, Tenant shall have the right to audit at Landlord’s local offices, at Tenant’s expense, Landlord’s accounts and records relating to Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes. Such audit shall be conducted by an employee of Tenant or by a certified public accountant approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In no event shall Tenant use an auditing service that performs operating expense audits on a “contingency” or “percentage savings” basis. If such audit reveals that Landlord has overcharged Tenant, the amount overcharged shall be credited against Tenant’s next Operating Expenses payment obligation, or paid in cash within thirty days, if the Lease has terminated. In the event the audit reveals Tenant has underpaid its portion of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall remit the shortfall to Landlord within thirty (30) days.

5.5 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord intends to obtain a LEED-EB certification for the Building (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design – Existing Building), and that the cost of obtaining such certification (not to exceed $0.55 per rentable square foot of the Building), in the form of installing certain systems and equipment to obtain compliance, will be amortized over the useful life of such systems calculated in accordance with GAAP, and the monthly amortized cost thereof (including an annual interest rate factor of eight percent (8%)) shall be included as a part of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant. Tenant also agrees to cooperate with Landlord to obtain and maintain the LEED-EB certification, including without limitation complying with Landlord’s rules and regulations regarding recycling, use of “green” cleaning products and the like, as the same may be required in connection with the LEED-EB program.

5.6 In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on a monthly basis a Building management fee not to exceed four percent (4%) of the sum of (i) the Monthly Basic Rent, (ii) Tenant’s Share (estimated on a monthly basis and subject to year end reconciliation) of all (A) Operating Expenses, (B) Real Property Taxes and (C) insurance premiums, and (iii) janitorial, utility, and maintenance and repair expenses, but expressly excluding any and all salary reimbursements.

6. Security Deposit .

6.1 As and for security for Tenant’s full and faithful performance of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant, Tenant, upon execution of this Lease, shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit of $1,000,000 in cash or an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit (“ LOC ”) in favor of Landlord in a form and from a financial institution reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If at any time during the Term, any item constituting rent as provided herein, or any other sum payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, shall be overdue and unpaid beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, then Landlord may, at the sole option of Landlord, but without any requirement to do so, and without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have, access the cash deposit or draw down or make a claim or demand for draw against the LOC the sum equal to the overdue and unpaid amount, together with Landlord’s actual and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the default, and apply such sum to payment of such overdue rent or other sum. The LOC shall provide that any draw thereunder shall be accompanied by a certificate of an officer of Landlord stating that Tenant is in default under the Lease and that Landlord or its authorized agent is entitled to draw down on the LOC the amount requested pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Further in the event

 

8


of the failure of Tenant to keep and perform any non-monetary term, covenant or condition of this Lease to be kept or performed by Tenant beyond any applicable cure periods and the receipt of any required notice, at the sole option of Landlord, and without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have, Landlord may access the cash deposit or draw down the entire LOC, or so much thereof as may be necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage sustained or suffered by Landlord, or which Landlord may sustain or suffer, due to such breach on the part of Tenant. In the event that all or any portion of the cash deposit is accessed or the LOC is drawn down by Landlord to pay overdue rent or other sums due and payable to Landlord by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand of Landlord, deliver to Landlord a sufficient amount in an additional letter of credit (or cash, as the case may be) to restore Landlord’s security to the original, total amount of the security deposit as provided in this Paragraph, or such other sum as is required pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 6.2 below. Any failure on the part of Tenant to do so within ten (10) days following the date on which written demand for restoration is deemed given hereunder, shall constitute a default of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 24.1 below without further written notice to Tenant. The LOC shall be maintained by Tenant during the entire Term of this Lease (subject to reduction as provided below) and for a period of thirty (30) days thereafter (the last day of such thirty day period shall be referred to as the “ Return Date ”). If the LOC is to expire before the Return Date, Tenant shall replace the LOC by providing Landlord with a substitute LOC at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration date of the then effective LOC being held by Landlord in the applicable amount required hereunder and the failure to do so shall constitute a default entitling Landlord to draw the full amount of the LOC and hold the proceeds thereof as a cash security deposit hereunder. The LOC shall provide, in part, that the LOC shall be automatically renewed through and including at least the Return Date unless the issuer gives written notice to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the LOC that such issuer does not intend to renew the LOC. In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to draw the full amount of the LOC and hold the proceeds thereof as a cash security deposit hereunder unless a substitute LOC is delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of the then existing LOC. Any cash deposit held by Landlord as security shall be non-interest bearing and may be commingled by Landlord with other funds of Landlord. In the event Landlord transfers the security deposit to any successor in interest of Landlord to title of the Site and Building, then, in such event, Landlord shall be discharged from any further obligation or liability with respect to the security deposit. Any LOC issued in favor of Landlord shall allow for transfer by Landlord of the LOC to a lender holding a mortgage or deed of trust on the Site and Building. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 and all other provisions of law now in force or that become in force after the date of execution of this Lease that provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damages caused by Tenant, or to clean the Premises. Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by the act or omission by Tenant or Tenant’s officers, agents, employees, independent contractors or invitees as elsewhere provided herein. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return to Tenant within twenty (20) days of Tenant vacating the Premises so much of the security deposit as has not been applied or entitled to be held by Landlord to be applied to cure any and all defaults by Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages or loss suffered or which may be suffered by Landlord resulting from the default or breach by Tenant.

 

9


6.2 Provided that Tenant has not previously been in default of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period, beginning on the second anniversary of the Commencement Date and on each anniversary thereafter, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant to allow Tenant to reduce the security deposit by the sum of $200,000 per year; provided, however, that in no event shall the security deposit be reduced below $400,000.

7. Use .

7.1 Tenant shall use the Premises for general office purposes, including administrative functions, and all purposes reasonably incident thereto, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day/ 365 days per year. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of any recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Site or of any law, code, regulation, rule, order, or injunction or of the Certificate of Occupancy issued for the Building. Upon five (5) business days written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall discontinue any specific use of the Premises which is declared by any governmental authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Site or of any law, code, regulation, rule, order, or injunction or of the Certificate of Occupancy. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s installation of antennae on the roof of the Building. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any governmental authority having jurisdiction which shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s specific use or alteration of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Site, the Building, the Premises, and/or property located therein and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the Pacific Fire Rating Bureau or any other organization performing a similar function. Upon demand, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord as additional rent for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 7. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Site, the Building and/or the Premises, or allow any noxious odors to exist at or emanate from the Site, the Building and/or the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Site, the Building and/or the Premises and shall keep the Premises in good repair and appearance. Tenant shall not place a load upon the Premises which exceeds the average pounds of live load per square foot of floor area specified for the Building by Landlord’s architect, with the partitions to be considered a part of the live load. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, files and heavy equipment which Tenant desires to place in the Premises so as to distribute properly the weight thereof. Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment which cause vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure or to any other space in the Building shall be so installed, maintained and used by

 

10


Tenant as to eliminate such vibration or noise. Tenant shall be responsible for all structural engineering required to determine structural load. Tenant shall fasten all files, bookcases and like furnishings to walls in a manner to prevent tipping over in the event of earth movements. Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage or liability for such events.

7.2 Except for the normal and proper use and storage of typical cleaning fluids and solutions, and office equipment supplies (such as copier toner), in amounts commensurate with Tenant’s permitted use and occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall not use, introduce to the Site, the Building and/or the Premises, generate, manufacture, produce, store, release, discharge or dispose of, on, under or about the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or transport to or from the Site, the Building and/or the Premises any Hazardous Material (as defined below in Paragraph 7.2(b)) or allow its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or any other person or entity to do so. Tenant warrants that it shall not make any use of the Site, the Building and/or the Premises which may cause contamination of the soil, the subsoil or ground water. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be in violation of any laws regarding Hazardous Materials brought onto the Premises by Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors; provided however that nothing in this Lease shall be construed to impose responsibility on Tenant for the remediation of Hazardous Materials that (i) were present in, on or under the Building on the Lease Commencement Date, (ii) are introduced into the Premises by Landlord’ its employees, agents or contractors, or (iii) which may migrate to the Premises through the air water or soil through no fault of Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors. Tenant shall give immediate written notice to Landlord of (i) any action, proceeding or inquiry by any governmental authority or any third party with respect to the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or the migration thereof from or to other property or (ii) any spill, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials that occurs with respect to the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or Tenant’s operations, of which Tenant has notice. Landlord shall give immediate written notice to Tenant of (i) any action, proceeding or inquiry by any governmental authority or any third party with respect to the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or the migration thereof from or to other property or (ii) any spill, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials that occurs with respect to the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or Landlord’s operations, of which Landlord has notice.

(a) Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its directors, officers, members, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively “ Landlord Parties ”, individually a “ Landlord Party ”) from and against any and all claims arising from Tenant’s use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on the Site, the Building and/or the Premises in violation of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Paragraph 7. The indemnity shall include all costs, fines, penalties, judgments, losses, attorney’s fees, expenses and liabilities incurred by any of the Landlord Parties for any such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon including, without limitation, (a) all actual damages; and (b) the costs of any cleanup, detoxification or other ameliorative work of any kind or nature required by any governmental agency having jurisdiction thereof, including without limitation all costs of monitoring and all fees and expenses of consultants and experts retained by and of the Landlord Parties. This indemnity shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. In any action or proceeding brought against any of the Landlord Parties by reason of any such claim, upon notice from such Landlord Party if such Landlord Party does not elect to retain separate counsel, Tenant shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel reasonably

 

11


satisfactory to such Landlord Party. Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant, its directors, officers, members, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively “ Tenant Parties ”, individually a “ Tenant Party ”) from and against any and all claims arising from the use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on the Site, the Building and/or the Premises occurring prior to the Lease Commencement Date or during the Lease Term as a result of Landlord’s or Landlord Parties’ use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on the Site, the Building and/or the Premises.

(b) As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” shall mean any substance or material which has been determined by any state, federal or local governmental authority to be capable of posing a risk of injury to health, safety or property, including all of those materials and substances designated as hazardous or toxic by the city or state in which the Premises are located, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Food and Drug Administration, the California Water Resources Control Board, the Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region, the California Air Resources Board, CAL/OSHA Standards Board, Division of Occupational Safety and Health, the California Department of Food and Agriculture, the California Department of Health Services, and any federal agencies that have overlapping jurisdiction with such California agencies, or any other governmental agency now or hereafter authorized to regulate materials and substances in the environment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Hazardous Material” shall included all of those materials and substances defined as “hazardous materials” or “hazardous waste” in Sections 66680 through 66685 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 30, as the same shall be amended from time to time, petroleum, petroleum-related substances and the by-products, fractions, constituents and sub-constituents of petroleum or petroleum-related substances, asbestos, and any other materials requiring remediation now or in the future under federal, state or local statutes, ordinances, regulations or policies.

8. Payments and Notices . All rents and other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be paid to Landlord by check or cash at the address designated by Landlord in the Summary or at such other places as Landlord may hereafter designate in writing. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and may be given by personal delivery, certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier. If notice is given by personal delivery, such notice shall be deemed to be given upon delivery. If notice is given by certified mail addressed to Tenant or to Landlord at the address designated in the Summary, then such notice shall be deemed given three (3) business days following deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Tenant or to Landlord at the addresses designated in the Summary. If notice is given by overnight courier, notice shall be deemed given the next business day following delivery to the courier, charges prepaid, addressed as stated above. Either party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes except that Landlord may in any event use the Premises as Tenant’s address for notice purposes. If more than one person or entity constitutes the “Tenant” under this Lease, the giving of any notice upon any one of said persons or entities shall be deemed as giving notice to all of said persons or entities.

9. Brokers . The parties recognize that the brokers who negotiated this Lease are the brokers whose names are stated in Paragraph (o) of the Summary, and agree that Landlord shall be solely

 

12


responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to said brokers. Tenant shall have no responsibility therefor. As part of the consideration for the granting of this Lease, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that no other broker, agent or finder was hired by Tenant, negotiated with Tenant or, to Tenant’s knowledge, was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this Lease and to Tenant’s knowledge there is no other real estate broker, agent or finder who is, or might be, entitled to a commission or compensation in connection with this Lease. Any broker, agent or finder of Tenant whom Tenant has failed to disclose herein shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall hold Landlord (and/or each of the Landlord Parties) harmless from all damages and indemnify Landlord (and/or each of the Landlord Parties) for all said damages paid or incurred by Landlord (and/or each of the Landlord Parties) resulting from any claims that may be asserted against Landlord (and/or each of the Landlord Parties) by any broker, agent or finder who has, or has claimed to have, rendered services to Tenant undisclosed by Tenant herein. Landlord shall hold Tenant harmless from all damages and indemnify Tenant for all said damages paid or incurred by Tenant resulting from any claims that may be asserted against Tenant by any broker, agent or finder who has, or has claimed to have, rendered services to Landlord undisclosed by Landlord herein.

10. Holding Over . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with Landlord’s express consent, Tenant’s occupancy shall be a month to month tenancy at a rent agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant but, in no event less than the Monthly Basic Rent payable under this Lease during the last full month before the date of expiration or earlier termination. The month to month tenancy shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease except as provided in the preceding sentence and the Lease clauses concerning extension rights. If Tenant holds over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof without the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, at a rental rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Basic Rent which would be applicable to the Premises upon the date of expiration of the Term (prorated on a daily basis), and otherwise subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable including, without limitation, the obligation to pay increased Operating Expenses as provided in Paragraph 5. Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not constitute a consent to a holdover hereunder or result in a renewal. The foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 10 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re-entry or any rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises within ten (10) days of written demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability arising out of such failure, including without limitation, any claim made by any succeeding tenant founded on or resulting from such failure to surrender. No provision of this Paragraph 10 shall be construed as implied consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Paragraph 10 shall not be considered to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided in this Lease or at law; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be entitled to consequential damages except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 10.

11. Taxes on Tenant’s Property . Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, taxes levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against

 

13


Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed value of the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such personal property or trade fixtures of Tenant, and if Landlord, after ten (10) business days’ prior written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon such increased assessments, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof, but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, then, upon demand Tenant shall repay to Landlord the taxes levied against Landlord, or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at no expense or cost to Landlord, Tenant shall have the right, in the name of Landlord and with Landlord’s full cooperation, to bring a good faith suit in any court of competent jurisdiction to recover the amount of any such taxes so paid under protest, any amount so recovered to belong to Tenant.

12. Condition of Premises . Other than with respect to the completion of Landlord’s construction obligations set forth in the Work Letter, which shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, and other than as expressly stated in this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any of the Landlord Parties have made any representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever with respect to the Site, the Premises and/or the Building or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant is relying solely upon Tenant’s own inspection of the Site, the Building and the Premises, and Tenant is not relying on any representation or warranty from the Landlord regarding the Site, the Premises or the Building, except as specifically set forth in this Lease, including, without limitation, any representation or warranty as to the physical condition, design or layout of the Site, the Building and the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord expressly represents and warrants that all Building systems serving the Premises are, or will be as of the Lease Commencement Date, in good working condition and shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation the Americans With Disabilities Act (“ADA”), and all applicable codes relating to restroom facilities.

13. Alterations .

13.1 Other than changes to the roof, the structural portions of the Building and/or structural portions of the Premises, and to the foundation, Tenant may, at any time and from time to time during the Term of this Lease, at its sole cost and expense, make alterations, additions, installations, substitutions, improvements and decorations (hereinafter collectively called “ Changes ” and individually, a “ Change ”) in and to the Premises, on the following conditions, provided that such Changes will not result in a violation of applicable laws, codes, regulations, orders or injunctions or require a change in the Certificate of Occupancy applicable to the Premises:

(a) The outside appearance, character or use of the Building shall not be affected, and no Changes shall weaken or impair the structural strength or, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, lessen the value of the Building, the Site, and/or the Premises or create the potential for unusual expenses to be incurred upon the removal of Changes and the restoration of the Premises upon the termination of this Lease.

(b) No part of the Building outside of the Premises shall be physically affected (other than tie ins to Building systems pursuant to approved plans).

 

14


(c) The proper functioning of any of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary and other service systems or installations of the Building (“ Service Facilities ”) shall not be adversely affected, and there shall be no construction which might interfere with Landlord’s free access to the Service Facilities or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing the Service Facilities.

(d) In performing the work involved in making such Changes, Tenant shall be bound by and observe all of the conditions and covenants contained in this Paragraph 13, and Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with or unreasonably disturb any other tenants (of such tenants, invitees, employees, or agents) use and enjoyment of the Site and the Building.

(e) All work shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord from time to time may reasonably designate.

(f) Tenant shall not be permitted to install and make part of the Premises any materials, fixtures or articles which are subject to liens, conditional sales contracts or chattel mortgages.

(g) At the date upon which the Term of this Lease shall end, or the date of any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord in writing at the time Tenant seeks Landlord’s consent to the subject Change (and Landlord shall be obligated to advise Tenant upon Tenant’s request for consent whether or not Landlord will require removal of the Change), restore the Premises to their condition prior to the making of any Changes permitted by this Paragraph, reasonable wear and tear, and damage for which Tenant is not liable, excepted, If Tenant fails to complete the restoration before expiration of the Term, Landlord may complete the restoration and charge the cost of the restoration to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to restore the Premises to its condition prior to the construction of the Initial Improvements contemplated by Paragraph 1.3.

13.2 Before proceeding with any Change (exclusive only of changes to items constituting Tenant’s personal property), Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications for the work to be done, which shall in all cases require Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. At Tenant’s sole cost and expense Landlord may confer with consultants in connection with the review of such plans and specifications. If Landlord or such consultant(s) shall disapprove of any of the Tenant’s plans, Tenant shall be advised of the reasons of such disapproval. In any event, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the reasonable out of pocket cost of such consultation and review immediately upon receipt of invoices either from Landlord or such consultant(s). Any Change for which approval has been received shall be performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications, and no material amendments or additions to such plans and specifications shall be made without the prior written consent of Landlord.

13.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent, shall be permitted to make Cosmetic Alterations, provided that: (a) Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing within thirty (30) days of completion of the Cosmetic Alteration, and (b) Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s request, remove the Cosmetic Alteration at the termination of the Lease and restore the Leased Premises to their condition prior to such Cosmetic Alteration. As used herein, the term “Cosmetic Alterations” shall mean any Changes

 

15


which do not affect the Building’s structural components, or systems, are not visible from the outside of the Leased Premises, and on an aggregate basis in any one year do not cost in excess of $20,000.

13.4 If the proposed Change requires approval by or notice to the lessor of a superior lease or the holder of a mortgage, no Change shall be commenced until such approval has been received, or such notice has been given, as the case may be, and all applicable conditions and provisions of said superior lease or mortgage with respect to the proposed Change or alteration have been met or complied with at Tenant’s expense; and Landlord, if it approves the Change, will request such approval or give such notice, as the case may be.

13.5 Tenant shall submit to Landlord the name and address of each contractor intended to be used by Tenant in connection with construction of Changes. If Landlord does not object to a contractor within ten (10) business days of receipt of Tenant’s written notification of the identity of the contractor, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the contractor. No contractor which is unacceptable to Landlord shall be engaged by Tenant. All costs and expenses incurred in Changes shall be paid by Tenant prior to delinquency. If Landlord approves the construction of specific interior improvements in the Premises by contractors or mechanics selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, then Tenant’s contractors shall obtain on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of Tenant’s Changes and for final approval thereof upon completion, and (ii) at Landlord’s request with respect to any Change or Changes which exceed $150,000.00 in cost, a completion and lien indemnity bond, or other security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, for the Changes. In the event Tenant shall request any Changes in the work to be performed after the submission of the plans referred to in this Paragraph 13, such additional Changes shall be subject to the same approvals and notices as the Changes initially submitted by Tenant.

13.6 All Changes and the performance thereof shall at all times comply with (i) all laws, rules, orders, ordinances, directions, regulations and requirements of all governmental authorities, agencies, offices, departments, bureaus and boards having jurisdiction thereof, (ii) all rules, orders, directions, regulations and requirements of the Pacific Fire Rating Bureau, or of any similar insurance body or bodies, and (iii) all rules and regulations of Landlord, and Tenant shall cause Changes to be performed in compliance therewith and in good and first class workmanlike manner, using materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to the installations of the Building. Changes shall be performed in such manner as not to unreasonably interfere with the occupancy of any other tenant in the Building nor delay or impose any additional expense upon Landlord in construction, maintenance or operation of the Building, and shall be performed by Contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord and submitted to Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph, who shall coordinate their work in cooperation with any other work being performed with respect to the Site and/or the Building. Throughout the performance of Changes, Tenant, at its expense, shall carry, or cause to be carried, workmen’s compensation insurance in statutory limits, and general liability insurance for any occurrence in or about the Building, of which Landlord and its managing agent shall be named as parties insured, in such limits as Landlord may reasonably prescribe, with insurers reasonably satisfactory to Landlord all in compliance with Subparagraph 20.2. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be required to undertake any alteration or any improvements of any kind

 

16


whatsoever in connection with the Premises or the Building as a result of or in connection with any Changes being made by Tenant. Without limitation to the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements or alteration of any kind whatsoever in order to comply with any applicable laws, orders, ordinances, regulations or building codes which may be required in connection with Changes being made by Tenant.

13.7 Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Building for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, will be discharged by Tenant, by bond (pursuant to California Civil Code Section 3143) or otherwise, within thirty (30) days after notice to Tenant of the filing thereof, at the cost and expense of Tenant. All alterations, decorations, additions or improvements upon the Premises, made by either party, including (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) all wall covering, built-in cabinet work, paneling and the like, shall, unless Landlord elects otherwise, become the property of Landlord, and shall remain upon, and be surrendered with the Premises, as a part thereof, at the end of the Term hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may by written notice, given to Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Term, require Tenant to remove all partitions, counters, railings, changes and the like installed by Tenant, and Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises arising from such removal or, at Landlord’s option, shall pay to the Landlord all of Landlord’s costs of such removal and repair. Notwithstanding the sentence immediately above, Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore any Changes which Landlord agreed in accordance with the provisions of Subparagraph 13.1(g) need not be removed or restored.

13.8 All articles of personal property and all business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, furniture and movable partitions owned by Tenant or installed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises shall be and remain the property of Tenant. Tenant may remove such items at Tenant’s sole cost and expense at any time during the Term, and Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal. Tenant shall restore and repair all damage to the Premises caused by such removal, and shall otherwise perform such removal in accordance with Landlord’s reasonably imposed scheduling and other requirements. If Tenant shall fail to remove all of its effects from said Premises upon termination of this Lease for any cause whatsoever, Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose, and store said effects without liability to Tenant for loss thereof. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord upon demand any and all expenses incurred in such removal, including court costs and attorneys’ fees and storage charges on such effects for any length of time that the same shall be in Landlord’s possession, or Landlord may, at its option, without notice, sell said effects, or any of the same, at private sale and without legal process, for such price as Landlord may obtain. Landlord shall apply such proceeds of such sale upon any amounts due under this Lease from Tenant to Landlord and upon the expense incident to the removal and sale of said effects.

13.9 Subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right at any time and from time to time without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to make such changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the Site or the Building (including the Premises if required so to do by any law or regulation) and to the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages and stairways thereof; provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid

 

17


unreasonable interference with Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord may change the name by which the Building is commonly known, as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13, shall be deemed to relieve Tenant of any duty, obligation or liability of Tenant with respect to the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, to making any repair, replacement or improvement required hereby, or to complying with any law, order or requirement of any government or other authority. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13, shall be deemed or construed to impose upon Landlord any obligation, responsibility or liability whatsoever, for the care, supervision of repair of the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or any part thereof other than as provided in this Lease.

13.10 The construction of the Initial Improvements pursuant to the provisions of the Work Letter attached to this Lease as Exhibit B shall be governed by the terms of such Work Letter to the extent inconsistent with the provisions of this Paragraph 13.

13.11 Within thirty (30) days of completion of any Changes (other than for mere decorative Changes), Tenant shall provide Landlord with a set of final “as-built” plans.

14. Repairs and Maintenance .

14.1 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall be responsible for repairing and maintaining the Building and all components and systems which are a part of or serve the Building, and the corresponding costs of maintenance and repairs shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses and paid by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 5 above. Tenant shall be responsible for performing janitorial, maintenance and repairs to the Premises. Tenant shall upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term surrender the Premises to Landlord in good condition, reasonable wear and tear and items for which Landlord bears responsibility for repair and maintenance excepted. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof (except as provided in the Work Letter and this Lease), and the parties hereto affirm that Landlord has made no representations to Tenant respecting the condition of the Premises except as specifically set forth in this Lease.

Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, repair and maintain the structural components of the Premises (consisting of the exterior and other load bearing walls, footings, columns, structural floors and foundations) except to the extent such maintenance and repairs (i) are caused by the act, neglect, fault of or omission of any duty of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees or (ii) are necessitated by any Changes Tenant performs to the Premises or the Building, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, the reasonable cost of such maintenance and repairs caused thereby. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs, or to perform any maintenance, required of Landlord unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant. There shall be no abatement of Rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 and of any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

18


15. Liens . Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s, material men’s or other liens to be filed against the real property of which the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises form a part, nor against the Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises. Landlord shall have the right at all reasonable times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Lease to the contrary, if any such liens are filed, and the same are not removed by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the notice of such filing, Landlord may, without waiving its rights and remedies based on such breach of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations, cause such liens to be released by any means it shall deem proper, including payment in satisfaction of the claim giving rise to such lien. Thereafter Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, upon notice by Landlord, any sum paid by Landlord to remove such liens, together with interest at the lesser of 10% or the maximum rate per annum permitted by law from the date of such payment by Landlord.

16. Entry by Landlord . Landlord reserves and shall at any and all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant of not less than twenty four (24) hours (except in the case of emergency) have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to submit said Premises to prospective purchasers or mortgagors/lenders or, to post notices of non-responsibility, to alter, improve or repair the Premises or any other portion of the Building, to show the Premises during the last six (6) months of the Term of this Lease to prospective tenants, all without being deemed guilty of any eviction of Tenant and without abatement of rent; provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to avoid unreasonable interference with Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises. In order to carry out such purposes, Landlord may erect scaffolding and other necessary structures where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided that the business of Tenant shall be interfered with as little as is reasonably practicable. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. Landlord agrees to use its good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises. For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes), and Landlord shall have the means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises. Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means shall not, under any circumstances, be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. It is understood and agreed that no provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed herein to be performed by Landlord. In the exercise of its rights under this Paragraph 16, or in entering the Premises to make any repairs pursuant to Paragraph 14, Landlord shall use good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises.

17. Utilities and Services . Tenant shall contract directly for and obtain (and Landlord is to have no responsibility for) utilities and services necessary for the operation of the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason of the discontinuation of utilities to the Premises where such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes of any character,

 

19


or for other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; provided, however, that to the extent there is an interruption in utility service resulting from a particular cause which, if the Rent were to abate, such rental abatement would be covered by insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 20, then in such event, and to the extent Landlord actually receives payment under such policy, Monthly Basic Rent due hereunder, and all other monetary payments and additional Rent owed by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (but only to the extent Tenant’s use thereof has been diminished), shall abate. Additionally, in the event of an interruption of utility services, Landlord shall cooperate with and assist Tenant as reasonably requested by Tenant (and at no more than nominal cost to Landlord) to reestablish such services as soon as is possible. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1) or any other applicable existing or future law, ordinance or governmental regulation permitting the termination of this Lease due to the interruption or failure of or inability to provide any services required to be provided by Landlord hereunder.

18. Indemnification .

18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except to the extent caused by the negligence or misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, or by Landlord’s breach of this Lease, Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, protect and hold Landlord and Landlord Parties harmless against and from any and all loss, cost, damage or liability arising in whole or in part from Tenant’s use of the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises or the conduct of its business or from any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees in or about the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises arising from any act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant, or of its agents, employees or invitees, and from and against all costs, attorneys’ fees, expenses and liabilities incurred for such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties by reason of any such claim, Tenant upon notice from Landlord hereby agrees to defend Landlord and the Landlord Parties at Tenant’s expense by counsel approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord, hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises from any cause whatsoever except that which is caused by Landlord’s negligence or intentional misconduct or breach of this Lease, and Tenant hereby waives all its claims in respect thereof against Landlord.

18.2 To the fullest extent permitted by law Landlord hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, protect and hold Tenant harmless against and from any and all loss, cost, damage or liability suffered by Tenant arising in whole or in part from the negligence (to the extent covered by liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease) or misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, employees or invitees in or about the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises, including without limitation any liability or injury to the person or property of Tenant, its officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, invitees or guests. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Tenant by reason of any such claim, Landlord upon notice from Tenant hereby agrees to defend Tenant at Landlord’s expense by counsel approved in writing by Tenant (provided, that any counsel appointed by an insurance carrier shall be deemed acceptable to Tenant). Nothing herein shall relieve Tenant of liability for its own willful acts or negligence.

 

20


19. Damage to Tenant’s Property . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 18 to the contrary, except to the extent caused by the negligence (to the extent covered by liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease) or misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, or Landlord’s breach of this Lease, Landlord and each of the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for any damage to property entrusted to employees of the Building, or for loss of or damage to any property by theft or otherwise, or for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building (including, but not limited to, the Premises) or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or sub-surface or from any other place or resulting from dampness or any other patent or latent cause whatsoever. Landlord and each of the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for interference with the light, air, view or intangible characteristics or qualities of the Premises. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the Premises or in the Building or of defects known to Tenant therein or in the fixtures or equipment located therein. Notwithstanding any provision of Paragraph 18 to the contrary, neither Landlord nor any partner, director, officer, member, agent, servant or employee of Landlord shall be liable: (i) for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about the Building, or caused by operations in the construction of any private, public or quasi-public work (the limitations of liability set forth in this clause (i) shall not apply to any damage or liability caused by the negligence (to the extent covered by liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease) or intentional misconduct of Landlord Parties); or (ii) for consequential damages, including lost profits, of Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant.

20. Insurance .

20.1 During the Term hereof, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall obtain and keep in force the following insurance:

(a) Commercial general liability insurance designating Landlord as a named insured against any and all claims for bodily injury and property damage occurring in, or about the Premises (including without limitation damage or injury to vehicles or persons in the parking lot located on the Site) arising out of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises. Such insurance shall have a combined single limit of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence with a Five Million Dollar ($5,000,000) aggregate limit. Such liability insurance shall be primary and not contributing to any insurance available to Landlord and any insurance maintained by Landlord shall be excess thereto. In no event shall the limits of such insurance be considered as limiting the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

(b) Personal property insurance insuring all equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, fixtures and personal property located on or in the Premises for perils covered by the causes of loss -special form (all risk) and in addition, and boiler and machinery (if applicable). Such insurance shall be written on a replacement cost basis in an amount equal to the full replacement value of the aggregate of the foregoing less any applicable deductible.

(c) Workers’ compensation insurance in accordance with statutory law.

 

21


(d) Loss of income and extra expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as result of such perils.

(e) Policies of insurance in the name of Landlord, with loss payable to Landlord and any Mortgagee identified in writing by Landlord, insuring the loss of the full rental and other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease for an aggregate amount equal to such amounts as are payable for a period of not less than the ensuing year. Such insurance shall provide that in the event that the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year’s loss of Rent from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed evaluation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted bi-annually to reflect the projected Rent payable by Tenant for the next twelve (12) month period. Tenant shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of a loss.

20.2 The policies required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder shall be with companies rated AVIII or better in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Reports. Insurers shall be licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and domiciled in the USA. Any deductible amounts under any insurance policies required hereunder shall not exceed $10,000.00 (with the exception of the earthquake coverage, Tenant’s responsibility for which shall not exceed $50,000). Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the Tenant’s entry onto the Premises to fixturize the Premises and annually thereafter at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration date of the old policy. Tenant shall have the right to provide insurance coverage which it is obligated to carry pursuant to the terms hereof in either or both a blanket or umbrella policy, provided such blanket or umbrella policy expressly affords coverage to the Premises and to Landlord as required by this Lease. Each policy of insurance, to the extent consistent with insurance industry practices for the type of insurance, shall provide that Landlord (and any mortgagee) are additional insureds and shall provide notification to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to any cancellation or modification to reduce the insurance coverage.

20.3 Landlord shall maintain fire and casualty insurance, with loss payable to Landlord and to any Mortgagee, insuring against loss or damage to the Building. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the estimated replacement cost of the Building (as the same may increase during the Term), exclusive of foundations, as the same shall exist from time to time, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age of the improvements involved, such latter amount is less than full replacement cost. Landlord shall additionally maintain earthquake insurance on the Building in an amount equal to thirty percent (30%) of the replacement cost of the Building, and a policy of building liability insurance in a commercially reasonable amount. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Share of the premiums for earthquake, fire and casualty, and liability insurance (subject to proration to the extent the premium covers a period prior or subsequent to the Term) within fifteen (15) days of receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor. The insurance required by this Paragraph shall, in addition, include coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the Premises

 

22


required to be demolished, and shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause and waiver of subrogation. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, then Tenant shall be liable for the full deductible amount; provided, however, that Tenant’s responsibility for earthquake insurance deductible shall not exceed $25,000 per occurrence. Landlord shall not be required to insure against any damage caused by flood, terrorism, mold or environmental contamination.

20.4 Tenant will not knowingly keep, use, sell, or offer for sale in, or upon, the Premises any article which may be prohibited by any insurance policy periodically in force covering the Premises. If Tenant’s occupancy or business in, or on, the Premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same, results in any increase in premiums for the insurance required or actually carried by Tenant and/or Landlord with respect to the Premises, Tenant shall pay any such increase in premiums as additional Rent. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Premises showing the various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up such rate. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or any present or future insurer relating to the Premises.

20.5 If any insurance policy required to be maintained by Tenant shall be canceled or cancellation shall be threatened or the coverage thereunder reduced or threatened to be reduced in any way because of the specific use of the Premises or any part thereof by Tenant or any assignee or sub-tenant of Tenant or by anyone Tenant permits on the Premises and, if Tenant fails to remedy the condition giving rise to such cancellation, threatened cancellation, reduction of coverage, threatened reduction of coverage, increase in premiums, or threatened increase in premiums, within five (5) business days after written notice thereof, Landlord may, at its option, enter upon the Premises and attempt to remedy such condition, and Tenant shall promptly pay all costs thereof to Landlord as additional Rent. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury caused to any property of Tenant or of others located on the Premises resulting from such entry. If Landlord is unable, or elects not, to remedy such condition, then Landlord shall have all of the remedies provided for in this Lease in the event of a default by Tenant.

20.6 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss of, or damage to, either parties’ property, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured by an insurance policy required to be in effect at the time of such loss or damage. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by its insurer whereby the insurer waives its rights of subrogation against the other party.

20.7 In the event Tenant does not purchase the insurance required by this Lease or keep the same in full force and effect, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to purchase the necessary insurance and pay the premium. The Tenant shall repay to Landlord, as additional Rent, the amount so paid promptly upon demand. In addition, Landlord may recover from Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay, as additional Rent, any and all reasonable expense (including attorneys’ fees) and damages which Landlord may sustain by reason of the failure to Tenant to obtain and maintain such insurance.

 

23


21. Damage or Destruction .

21.1 In the event that the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty which is covered under insurance pursuant to the provisions of the foregoing Paragraph, Landlord shall restore such damage provided that: (i) the insurance proceeds, plus the amount of any deductible (the payment of which shall be Tenant’s responsibility), are sufficient to pay substantially all of the cost of restoration; and (ii) in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the restoration can be completed within three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the date of the damage or casualty under the laws and regulations of the state, federal, county and municipal authorities having jurisdiction. Landlord shall notify Tenant whether or not the Building will be restored under this Paragraph within forty-five (45) days of the occurrence of the casualty. If such conditions apply so as to require Landlord to restore such damage pursuant to this Paragraph, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of Monthly Basic Rent at all times during which Tenant’s use of the Premises is interrupted, such proportionate reduction to be based on the extent to which the damage and restoration efforts actually interfere with Tenant’s business in the Premises. Tenant’s right to a reduction of Rent hereunder shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in connection with any such damage.

21.2 In the event that the Building is damaged by a casualty against which Tenant is not required to maintain insurance pursuant to this Lease, and Landlord is not required to restore such damage in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding Paragraph, Landlord shall have the option to either (i) repair or restore such damage, with the Lease continuing in full force and effect, but Monthly Basic Rent to be proportionately abated as provided above; or (ii) give notice to Tenant at any time within forty-five (45) days after the occurrence of such damage terminating this Lease as of a date to be specified in such notice which date shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date on which such notice of termination is given. In the event of the giving of such notice of termination, this Lease shall expire and all interest of Tenant in the Premises shall terminate on the date so specified in such notice and the Monthly Basic Rent, reduced by any proportionate reduction in Monthly Basic Rent as provided for above, shall be paid to the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Subparagraph, if within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice Tenant elects to provide the funds necessary to make up the shortage (or absence) of insurance proceeds and provides Landlord with reasonable assurance thereof, Landlord shall restore the Building as provided in this Subparagraph provided that the Building are reasonably subject to restoration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which the casualty occurs.

21.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease if the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty (and the reasonably estimated cost of restoration of the Building exceeds ten percent (10%) of the then replacement value of the Building) and such damage or casualty occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term of this Lease (or the Term of the Extended Term, if applicable) by giving the other written notice thereof at any time within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such damage or casualty. Such notice shall specify the date of such termination, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice of termination is given. In the event of the giving of such notice of termination, this Lease shall expire and all interest of Tenant in the

 

24


Premises shall terminate on the date so specified in such notice and the Rent shall be paid to the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if damage or casualty occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term if Tenant timely exercises the Extension Option within twenty (20) days after the date of such damage or casualty.

21.4 In the event that the damage to the Building cannot be restored as required herein under applicable laws and regulations within one hundred eighty (180) days of the damage or casualty, notwithstanding the availability of insurance proceeds, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving the other notice thereof within thirty (30) days of date of the occurrence of such casualty specifying the date of termination which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice of termination is given. In the event of the giving of such notice of termination, this Lease shall expire and all interest of Tenant in the Premises shall terminate on the date so specified in such notice and the Monthly Basic Rent, reduced by any proportionate reduction in Rent as provided for above, shall be paid to the date of such termination.

21.5 Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Paragraph, the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except for (i) items which have already accrued and are then unpaid by either Tenant or Landlord under the Lease, (ii) any prepaid (and unearned) Monthly Basic Rent or unused security deposit amounts, and (iii) any amount owed by either Tenant to Landlord under the Work Letter.

21.6 Tenant shall not be released from any of its obligations under this Lease except to the extent and upon the conditions expressly stated in this Paragraph 21. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 21, should Landlord be delayed or prevented from repairing or restoring the damaged Premises within one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant may give Landlord written notice terminating this Lease, and in the event Landlord does not substantially complete the reconstruction of the Premises within sixty (60) days of receipt of such notice, this Lease shall terminate.

21.7 In connection with Landlord’s performance of its obligation to rebuild, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent to modifications to the Initial Improvements or the Building proposed by Landlord, provided that such modifications do not increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises. The repair and restoration of Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures, and to any uninsured Changes, shall be the obligation of Tenant.

21.8 Tenant hereby waives California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), providing for termination of hiring upon destruction of the thing hired and Sections 1941 and 1942, providing for repairs to and of premises.

22. Eminent Domain .

22.1 In case the whole of the Premises, or such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof, shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any

 

25


lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority. Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or the taking authority for any compensation because of such taking (provided that Tenant may present a separate claim for Tenant’s relocation costs and lost personal property, so long as such claim does not diminish any award otherwise available to Landlord), and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant. In the event the amount of property or the type of estate taken shall not substantially interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire amount of the award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant. If this Lease is not so terminated, Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Premises to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking, and a proportionate allowance shall be made to Tenant for the rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the part of the Premises of which, Tenant shall be so deprived on account of such taking and restoration. Nothing contained in this Paragraph shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in any award separately made to Tenant for the taking of personal property and trade fixtures belonging to Tenant or for moving costs incurred by Tenant in relocating Tenant’s business. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that if Landlord is obligated to repair or restore the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 22.1, Landlord shall be obligated to make such repairs or restoration only of those portions of the Premises which were originally provided at Landlord’s expense (including the Initial Improvements) and only to the extent of any award amount received by Landlord.

22.2 In the event of taking of the Premises or any part thereof for temporary use, (i) this Lease shall be and remain unaffected thereby and rent shall not abate, and (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself such portion or portions of any award made for such use with respect to the period of the taking which is within the Term, provided that if such taking shall remain in force at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall then pay to Landlord a sum equal to the reasonable cost of performing Tenant’s obligations under Paragraph 14 with respect to surrender of the Premises and upon such payment shall be excused from such obligations. For purpose of this Subparagraph 22.2, a temporary taking shall be defined as a taking for a period of 270 days or less.

22.3 Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and any other applicable existing or future law, ordinance or governmental regulation providing for, or allowing either party to petition the courts of the state of California for, a termination of this Lease upon a partial taking of the Premises and/or the Building.

23. Bankruptcy . If Tenant shall file a petition in bankruptcy under any chapter of federal bankruptcy law as then in effect, or if Tenant be adjudicated a bankrupt in involuntary bankruptcy proceedings and such adjudication shall not have been vacated within ninety (90) days from the date thereof, or if a receiver or trustee be appointed of Tenant’s property and the order appointing such receiver or trustee not be set aside or vacated within ninety (90) days after the entry thereof, or if Tenant shall assign Tenant’s estate or effects for the benefit of creditors, or if this Lease shall otherwise by operation of law pass to any person or persons other than Tenant, then in any such event Landlord may, if Landlord so elects, with or without notice of

 

26


such election and with or without entry or action by Landlord, forthwith terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Lease, Landlord, in addition to any and all rights and remedies allowed by law or equity, shall upon such termination be entitled to recover damages in the amount provided in Subparagraph 24.2 below. In the event of such termination, neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant or by virtue of any statute or order of any court shall be entitled to possession of the Premises, and Tenant shall forthwith quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain as damages by reason of any such termination an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of damages recoverable under the provisions of this Paragraph 23.

24. Defaults and Remedies .

24.1 The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, as provided by California law.

(b) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Monthly Basic Rent, additional rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder as and when due, where such failure continues for a period of five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure 1161.

(c) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Subparagraph 24.1(a) or 24.1(b) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure 1161; provided, further, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently and without interruption prosecute such cure to completion.

(d) (1) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (2) the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within ninety (90) days); (3) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within ninety (90) days; or (4) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease where such seizure is not discharged within ninety (90) days.

 

27


24.2 In the event of any such default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder. Upon such termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to recover damages from Tenant as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 or any other applicable existing or future law, ordinance or regulation providing for recovery of damages for such breach, (but not consequential damages except as provided in Civil Code Section 1951.2) including but not limited to the following:

(a) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform his obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

As used in Subparagraphs 24.2(a) and 24.2(b) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the maximum rate permitted by law per annum. As used in Subparagraph 24.2(c) above, the Worth at the time of awards is computed by discounting to present value at the time of the award such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

24.3 If a default exists under this Lease, Landlord may exercise its rights under California Civil Code Section 1951.4 and may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant has breached this Lease and abandoned the Premises and Landlord may recover rent as it becomes due; provided, however that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign this Lease, subject to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

24.4 During the continuance of a default, Landlord may enter the Premises without terminating this Lease and remove all of Tenant’s personal property, and any of Tenant’s trade fixtures from the Premises and store them at Tenant’s risk and expense. If Landlord removes such property from the Premises and stores it at Tenant’s risk and expense, and if Tenant fails to pay the cost of such removal and storage after written demand therefor and/or to pay any rent then due, then after the property has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more Landlord may sell such property at public or private sale, in the manner and at such times and places as Landlord deems commercially reasonable Landlord shall provide reasonable notice to Tenant of the time and place of such sale. The proceeds of any such sale shall be applied first to the

 

28


payment of the expenses for removal and storage of the property, the preparation for and the conducting of such sale, and for attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith; and the balance shall be applied to any past due amount owing hereunder.

Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord’s reentering and taking possession of the Premises or removing and storing Tenant’s personal property pursuant to this Paragraph 24, and Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss, cost or damage resulting from any such act. No reentry by Landlord shall constitute or be construed as a forcible entry by Landlord.

24.5 All rights, options’ and remedies of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be construed and held to be cumulative, and no one of them shall be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided by law, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in said waiver. The consent or approval or Landlord to or of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar acts by Tenant.

25. Assignment and Subletting . Except in connection with a “Permitted Transfer” (defined below) Tenant shall not voluntarily assign, hypothecate or encumber its interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or sublease all or any part of the Premises, or allow any other person or entity to occupy or use all or any part of the Premises, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation or sublease without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be voidable, at Landlord’s election, and shall constitute a default. No consent to any assignment, encumbrance, or sublease shall constitute a further waiver of the provisions of this Paragraph. No later than thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease other than a Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s intent to assign, encumber, hypothecate or sublease, the name of the proposed assignee or sublessee, information concerning the financial responsibility of the proposed assignee or sublessee and the terms of the proposed assignment or subletting, and Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such written notice as well as any additional information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s financial responsibility, elect one of the following:

(a) Consent to such proposed assignment, encumbrance or sublease;

(b) Refuse such consent, which refusal shall be on reasonable grounds, including but not limited to those matters set forth hereinbelow;

(c) Elect to terminate this Lease in the case of a request for assignment or to sublet 50% or more of the Premises (or in the event of a request to sublet a portion of the Premises for all or substantially all of the remainder of the term of the Lease, that portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet). In the event that Landlord elects to terminate the Lease by reason of a proposed

 

29


assignment or by reason of a proposed sublease as described immediately above, Landlord shall give such election (“ Recapture Notice ”) to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant of the proposed assignment or sublease, as well as any additional information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s financial responsibility. The Recapture Notice, if given, shall in addition to stating Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease, state the date of termination of the Lease, which, in no event, shall be earlier than thirty (30) days following the date on which the Recapture Notice is given, nor later than 90 days following the date on which the Recapture Notice is given.

Without limiting the other instances in which it may be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in the following instances: (i) if at the time consent is requested Tenant is in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease; (ii) if the proposed assignee or subtenant’s credit, character and business or professional standing does not meet the reasonable standards of Landlord; or (iii) if the proposed assignee is an existing tenant of the Building (unless Landlord is not able to accommodate such existing tenant) or Landlord is currently actively marketing comparable space (which marketing shall include a written proposal from Landlord and a tour of the proposed space) in the Building to such proposed assignee.

In the event that Landlord shall consent to any assignment or sublease under the provisions of this Paragraph, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable processing costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in giving such consent (not to exceed $2,500). Landlord’s consent to any assignment or sublease, including without limitation in connection with a Permitted Transfer, shall not release or relieve Tenant from its obligations for the full and timely performance of each and every term and condition to be performed by Tenant hereunder. If for any proposed assignment or sublease Tenant receives Rent or other consideration, either initially or over the term of the assignment or sublease, in excess of the Rent and monthly amortization of Transfer Costs (defined below) called for hereunder, or, in case of the sublease of a portion of the Premises, in excess of the monthly amortization of all Transfer Costs and such Rent fairly allocable to such portion, after appropriate adjustments to assure that all other payments called for hereunder are taken into account, Tenant shall, except where such assignee or subtenant is an affiliate of Tenant, pay to Landlord as additional Rent hereunder 50% of the excess of each such payment of Rent or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after its receipt. As used herein, “Transfer Costs” shall mean commercially reasonable brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees, and reasonable tenant improvement costs, incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease, such Transfer Costs to be amortized for the purposes of Tenant’s recovery of same from excess consideration, on a straight-line basis without interest over the then remaining Term of this Lease as of the effective date of such assignment or subletting. Landlord’s waiver or consent to any assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises, or any portion thereof, without Landlord’s consent, to any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant; to any entity which results from a merger of, reorganization of, or consolidation with Tenant; or to any entity which acquires substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant, as a going concern, with respect

 

30


to the business that is being conducted in the Premises (hereinafter each a “ Permitted Transfer ”). In addition, a sale or transfer of the capital stock of Tenant shall be deemed a Permitted Transfer if (1) such sale or transfer occurs in connection with any bona fide financing or capitalization for the benefit of Tenant, or (2) Tenant becomes a publicly traded corporation. Landlord shall have no right to terminate the Lease in connection with, and shall have no right to any sums or other economic consideration resulting from, any Permitted Transfer.

26. Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the rent required under this Lease and paying all other charges and performing all of the covenants and provisions aforesaid on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises in accordance with this Lease.

27. Subordination, Non-disturbance and Attornment . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, as of the Lease Commencement Date, there is no mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Premises and agree that if any loan is subsequently obtained by Landlord to be secured by the Premises, upon request Tenant shall agree to subordinate this Lease to the lien of such mortgage or deed of trust pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 25. Tenant agrees that in the event that any future mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, if requested by the mortgagee or beneficiary, as applicable, agree in writing to attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord provided that in all events Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall not be affected absent any uncured Default by Tenant. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, upon request by Landlord and in the form reasonably requested by Landlord, any additional documents evidencing the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such future mortgage or deed of trust, provided that such documents shall confirm that Tenant’s leasehold interest and its rights under Paragraphs 49 and 50 below, and any offset rights of Tenant expressly set forth in this Lease, shall not be terminated or otherwise affected as a result of such financing or any exercise by lender of any rights against Landlord or the Premises thereunder.

28. Estoppel Certificate .

28.1 Within ten (10) business days following any written request which Landlord or Tenant (“ Requesting Party ”) may make from time to time, Tenant or Landlord, as applicable (“ Responding Party ”) shall execute and deliver to Requesting Party a statement, in a form acceptable to Requesting Party, certifying; (i) the Lease Commencement Date; (ii) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications hereto, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (iii) the date to which the rental and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (iv) the fact that to the knowledge of the Responding Party, there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in such statement; and (v) such other matters reasonably requested by the Requesting Party. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Paragraph 28 may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser, assignee or subtenant of the Premises or any interest therein or any auditor of either Landlord or Tenant.

 

31


28.2 The Responding Party’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Responding Party (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Requesting Party, (ii) that there are no known uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) that not more than one (1) month’s Rent has been paid in advance.

29. Conflict of Laws . This Lease shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California.

30. Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representative, successors and assigns.

31. Surrender of Premises . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies. Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Premises and all alterations and additions thereto broom-clean, in good order, repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not liable excepted. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or to Landlord’s agent or any employee thereof shall not be sufficient to constitute a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

32. Professional Fees .

32.1 In the event that Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provisions of this Lease, or for any other relief against Tenant or Landlord hereunder, or should either party bring suit against the other with respect to matters arising from or growing out of this Lease, then all costs and expenses, including without limitation, its reasonable professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

32.2 Should Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord and/or such Landlord Party its costs and expenses incurred in such suit as and when incurred, including without limitation, its reasonable professional fees such as appraiser’s, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees.

33. Performance by Tenant . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such cost being extremely difficult and impractical to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance and note secured by any encumbrance covering the Premises or the Building of which the Premises are a part. Therefore if any amount due Landlord from Tenant

 

32


hereunder has not been received on or before five (5) days after written notice is delivered to Tenant that the required payment has not been received by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without notice or demand, as additional rent, seven percent (7%) of the overdue amount as a late charge; provided, however, that Tenant’s first late payment of Monthly Basic Rent in any twelve (12) consecutive month period shall not give rise to assessment of a late fee. Such overdue amount shall also bear interest, as additional rent, at the maximum rate permissible by law calculated, as appropriate, from that date which is five (5) days following the date of receipt of said notice until the date of payment to Landlord. Landlord’s acceptance of any late charge or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or any law now or hereafter in effect.

34. Landlord’s Mort g agee and Senior Lessor Protection: Landlord Waiver and Consent Agreements in favor of Tenant’s Lenders .

34.1 No default hereunder on the part of Landlord which would entitle Tenant under the terms of this Lease, or by law, to be relieved of Tenant’s obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease (if any), shall result in a release of such obligations or a termination of this Lease unless (a) Tenant has given notice to Landlord and to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgage covering the Site and/or the Building (or any portion thereof) and to the lessor under any master or ground lease covering the Building, the Site or any interest therein whose identity and address shall have been furnished in writing to Tenant, and (b) Tenant offers such beneficiary, mortgagee or lessor a reasonable opportunity (but in no event less than thirty (30) days) to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or of judicial foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure (but only if the beneficiary, lender or mortgagee responds to Tenant’s notice within a reasonable time confirming that such beneficiary, lender or mortgagee intends to cure the subject default). Landlord shall, from time to time, give Tenant written notice of the identity and address of the beneficiary of any deed of trust or mortgage covering the Site and/or the Building (or any portion thereof) and/or the lessor under any master or ground lease.

34.2 Upon request by Tenant, Landlord agrees to execute and deliver to Tenant and Tenant’s lenders a commercially reasonable form of Landlord Waiver and Consent Agreement required by Tenant’s lenders relating to Landlord’s waiver of any lien on Tenant’s personal property and such lender’s right to remove Tenant’s personal property (not including the personal property of Landlord describe in Paragraph 1.2 above) from the Premises, within ten (10) business days of Tenant’s request therefore.

35. Definition of Landlord . The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean, and include only, the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title to, or a lessee’s interest in a ground lease of the Site or master lease of the Building. In the event of any transfer, assignment or other conveyance or transfer of any such title or interest, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then grantor) shall be automatically freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance of all liability accruing thereafter with respect to the performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed and, without further agreement, the

 

33


transferee of such title or interest shall be deemed to have agreed to observe and perform any and all obligations of Landlord hereunder, during its ownership of the Premises. Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises without the consent of Tenant and such transfer or subsequent transfer shall not be deemed a violation on Landlord’s part of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

36. Waiver . The failure of Landlord or Tenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon strict performance of, any term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such violation or prevent a subsequent act which would have originally constituted a violation from having all the force and effect of an original violation, nor shall any custom or practice which may become established between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof be deemed a waiver of, or in any way affect, the right of Landlord or Tenant to insist upon the performance by Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, in strict accordance with said terms. The subsequent acceptance or payment of rent hereunder by Landlord or Tenant shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant or Landlord of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.

37. Identification of Tenant . If more than one person executes this Lease as Tenant, (a) each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, and (b) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally and the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy or this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

38. Terms and Headings . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in any gender include other genders. The Paragraph headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof. Terms capitalized but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Summary.

39. Examination of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for Lease and it is not effective as a Lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

40. Time . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time or performance is a factor.

41. Prior Agreement; Amendments . This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease, and no prior agreement or understanding, oral or written, express or implied, pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an

 

34


agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. The parties acknowledge that all prior agreements, representations and negotiations are deemed superseded by the execution of this Lease to the extent they are not incorporated herein.

42. Severability . Any provision of this Lease which shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal in no way affects, impairs or invalidates any other provision hereof, and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

43. Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease nor a short memorandum thereof without the consent of Landlord and if such recording occurs, it shall be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, including any documentary transfer taxes or other expenses related to such recordation.

44. Limitation on Liability . The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the individual partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord or Tenant, and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall seek recourse against the individual partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord or Tenant, or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability in respect to this Lease. In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant and all successors and assigns covenant and agree that in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord, the sole and exclusive remedy shall be against Landlord’s interest in the Building.

45. Signs . Tenant shall have the right to place signage on the exterior walls of the Building facing Second Street and Stanford Street subject to Landlord’s reasonable consent as to size, location and style. All signs shall be constructed, erected and affixed to the Building at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall be responsible for the removal of such signage, and the repair of any damage to the Premises caused thereby, at the end of the Term. All signs shall be in full compliance with all applicable ordinances, statutes and regulations imposed by all applicable governmental authorities. Landlord agrees to reasonably assist Tenant at no material cost to Landlord in obtaining governmental approval of all Landlord approved signage. Tenant shall also be permitted to install signage in the lobby/ground floor entrance to the Building and in the elevator lobbies on all floors of the Building occupied by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s reasonable consent and at Tenant’s cost.

46. Parking . Landlord has certain rights to a parking lot located across Stanford Street from the Building (the “Lot”), and hereby agrees to allow Tenant to rent up to twenty-five (25) of the parking spaces located in the Lot to which Landlord has rights. Tenant shall give Landlord at least sixty-five (65) days advance notice of its desire to utilize any of the allotted spaces, and any such utilization shall be subject to Landlord’s agreement with the owner of the Lot and shall require that the user of the space enter into a parking agreement with the owner of the Lot. Landlord’s obligations under this Paragraph are subject to the provisions of Landlord’s agreement with the owner of the Lot. Landlord represents that it has secured the parking rights described above for the benefit of the Building, and Landlord will not modify the parking agreement in a manner which would decrease its rights thereunder without Tenant’s prior consent. Tenant acknowledges receiving a copy of the parking agreement.

47. Modification for Lender . If in connection with obtaining construction, interim or permanent financing for the Premises, the lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a

 

35


condition to such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created or Tenant’s rights hereunder, and provided further that such modifications are essentially ministerial in nature.

48. Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this lease or imposed by any statute or at common law.

49. Financial Statements . If requested by Landlord in connection with a potential sale or financing of the Site and/or the Building (or any interest therein), Tenant shall, upon fifteen (15) business days prior written notice from Landlord, provide Landlord with Tenant’s last financial statement, year to date financial statements and, to the extent prepared and existing, financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year for Tenant. Additionally, Tenant shall provide to Landlord calendar quarter financial statements and yearly audited financial statements within fifteen (15) days of the end of each calendar quarter and year, respectively, without request from Landlord. Such statement shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, shall either be audited by an independent certified public accountant or certified by an officer of Tenant. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of any such statement and to request that any proposed buyer or lender similarly treat the information contained in such statement as being confidential in nature, such that such information shall only be disclosed to the consultants, analysts or counsel as may be reasonably necessary in order to evaluate a potential purchase of, or loan upon, the Site and/or the Building (or any interest thereof).

50. Tenant as Corporation . If Tenant executes this Lease as a legal entity, then Tenant represents and warrants that (a) the individuals executing this Lease on Tenant’s behalf are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on the entity’s behalf and (b) that this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms.

51. No Partnership or Joint Venture . Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to constitute Landlord and Tenant as partners or joint venturers. It is the express intent of the parties hereto that their relationship with regard to this Lease be and remain that of landlord and tenant.

 

36


52. Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

   

TENANT:

S IX T HIRTY -F OUR S ECOND S TREET LLC,

   

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC, a

a Delaware limited liability company

   

Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey S. Hall

   

By:

 

/s/ Mike Smerklo

Name:

 

Jeffrey S. Hall

   

Name:

 

Mike Smerklo

Its:

 

Agent

   

Its:

 

CEO

 

37


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

[Attached]

 

38


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

TENANT WORK LETTER

634 Townsend Street, San Francisco, California

This Tenant Work Letter (“ Work Letter ”) is entered into effective October 31, 2007, and shall set forth the terms and conditions controlling the construction of the Landlord’s Work (as defined in Paragraph 1.1 below) and the Initial Improvements (as defined in Paragraph 2.1 below) to the Premises. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in that certain lease between ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company Inc. (“ Tenant ”), and Six Thirty-Four Second Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), dated October 31, 2007 of which this Exhibit B forms a part (the “ Lease ”).

ARTICLE 1

LANDLORD’S WORK

1.1 Landlord’s Work . In conjunction with Landlord’s construction of the Initial Improvements, which shall be performed by Landlord pursuant to Article 2 below and the cost of which shall be included within the scope of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as defined below), Landlord shall Substantially Complete (as defined in Paragraph 4.1 below) the following additional work to the Building at Landlord’s sole cost and expense: (i) convert the existing freight elevator into a second (2 nd ) passenger elevator that travels to the roof level in addition to each floor of the Building; (ii) construct a new ground floor Building lobby in the area of the ground floor where the newly converted second passenger elevator exists; (iii) perform agreed upon cosmetic improvements to the existing passenger elevator; (iv) replace the existing roof surface of the Building; (v) construct a roof deck at a location and of a size and material agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, but subject to obtaining all necessary permissions and approvals from the City and County of San Francisco, and (vi) cause all Building systems required to reasonably serve the Premises (including, without limitation, HVAC, electrical, fire sprinkler, life safety systems renovation and relocation) to be, as of the Lease Commencement Date, in good working condition and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation the Americans With Disabilities Act (“ADA”), and all applicable codes relating to restroom facilities (collectively, “ Landlord’s Work ”).

1.2 Design of Landlord’s Work . Landlord’s Work, to the extent necessary but expressly excluding installation of a new roof surface, shall be designed, diagramed and planned by Huntsman and Associates (the “ Architect ”) in conjunction with the design and planning of the Initial Improvements as provided below.

ARTICLE 2

INITIAL IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance . Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) in the amount of Thirty Dollars ($30.00) for each of the 45,881 rentable square feet of the Premises which shall be applied toward the costs of the initial design and construction of those certain improvements to

 

39


the Premises mutually agreed upon and contemplated by this Work Letter which shall include without limitation the cost of (i) any project supervisor retained by Tenant, (ii) all architectural drawings and space plans for the Initial Improvements, (iii) the cost to demolish, remove and where necessary, lift, workstations, and (iv) paint and carpet. (excluding the Landlord’s Work, the “ Initial Improvements ”). The parties agree that the Architect has prepared a basic space plan dated August 30, 2007 upon which the parties have agreed for the Premises depicting the Initial Improvements, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “ Space Plan ”), and the parties agree that the Initial Improvements shall be finally planned and constructed substantially pursuant to the design of the Premises set forth in the Space Plan. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance; provided, however, that Tenant may elect to have Landlord contribute up to an additional Five Dollars ($5.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises toward the cost of the Initial Improvements (the “ Additional Allowance ”). In the event Tenant elects to have Landlord contribute the Additional Allowance, the amount of the Additional Allowance will be fully amortized over the first sixty (60) months of the Term at an interest rate equal to the Bank of America Reference Rate as the same may adjust from time to time, and shall be payable as Additional Rent, along with Monthly Basic Rent. Provided that Landlord shall have presented to Tenant prior to commencement of construction of the Initial Improvements (or such later date as the parties may agreed upon in writing) a budget showing the projected costs of Initial Improvements and provided further that Tenant shall have approved such budget in writing (the “ Budget ”), Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost of the Initial Improvements in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (and the Additional Allowance in the event Tenant elects to utilize it) (the “ Excess Cost ”) and shall provide Landlord with reasonable assurances that Tenant has segregated the necessary funds to cover the Excess Cost. Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant escrow the Excess Cost funds, upon reasonable terms, to ensure their availability to pay for the Excess Cost as and when due.

2.2 Disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance . The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord directly to the Architect and Contractor (as defined below) as and when due, subject to any holdback arrangement negotiated by Landlord.

2.3 Unused Allowance . In the event that there remains any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance following all required disbursements by Landlord in connection with completing the Initial Improvements, any such amount shall be retained by Landlord. Tenant shall have no entitlement to any excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance not in good faith consumed in the construction of the Initial Improvements.

ARTICLE 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1 Construction Drawings . Landlord shall retain the Architect to prepare the Construction Drawings (as defined below) for the Initial Improvements in conformity with the Space Plan, and shall further retain such engineering consultants (the “ Engineers ”) as necessary to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work required to the Premises as a consequence of the Initial Improvements. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers for the Initial Improvements shall be known collectively as the “ Construction Drawings ”. All

 

40


Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications determined by Landlord, and shall be subject to Tenant’s and Landlord’s reasonable approval, not to be unreasonably delayed. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Paragraph shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its representatives (other than the Architect and the Engineers), and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s representatives, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings.

3.2 Final Working Drawings . Upon the approval of the Construction Drawings by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “ Final Working Drawings ”) and shall submit the same to Landlord and Tenant for their approval. Once approved, Architect shall supply Landlord with four (4) copies of the Final Working Drawings signed as approved by Tenant.

3.3 Approved Working Drawings . The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Tenant (the “ Approved Working Drawings ”) prior to the commencement of construction of the Premises by Landlord. After approval by Tenant of the Final Working Drawings, they shall be submitted to the City of San Francisco for all applicable building permits. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord and Tenant, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall approve and/or comment with respect to the Construction Drawings, Final Working Drawings and Approved Working Drawings within five (5) business days of receipt Tenant’s receipt thereof. Any delay in Tenant’s approvals or comments shall increase day by day the Outside Date (as defined below).

ARTICLE 4

CONSTRUCTION

4.1 Selection of Contractor; Construction . The Landlord’s Work and Initial Improvements shall be constructed by a licensed, bonded general contractor selected by Landlord reasonably acceptable to Tenant (the “ Contractor ”) pursuant to a written contract between Landlord and Contractor. Tenant shall have right to enter the Premises during construction to monitor progress, and Landlord shall keep Tenant reasonably advised of the status of construction. Landlord shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to cause Contractor to substantially complete the Initial Improvements and Landlord’s Work in the shortest time possible, but in no event later than July 31, 2008 (the “ Outside Date ”), in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all applicable laws and the plans for the Initial Improvements approved in writing by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter, and a temporary certificate of occupancy or its equivalent has been issued (“ Substantial Completion ”), subject to any delay incurred as a result of obtaining the necessary governmental permissions and approvals, demand on construction industry resources, inclement weather and other events and circumstances

 

41


outside the parties’ control (“ Force Majeure ”). As used in the Lease or any Exhibit, the foregoing definition of Substantial Completion shall apply with equal force to the phrases “Substantial Completion,” “Substantially Complete” or “Substantially Completed,” as the context may require.

4.2 Change Orders . No change to the Approved Working Drawings or the scope of the Initial Improvements shall be made unless agreed upon by the parties and set forth in a written change order.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Dave Dunlap as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

5.2 Landlord’s Representative . Landlord has designated Bart Kraft as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

5.3 Incorporated into the Lease . For all purposes, this Work Letter shall be and is hereby deemed a part of the Lease and to the extent necessary, they shall together be construed as one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Work Letter on the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

   

TENANT:

S IX T HIRTY -F OUR S ECOND S TREET LLC,

   

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC, a

a Delaware limited liability company

   

Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey S. Hall

   

By:

 

/s/ Mike Smerklo

Name:

 

Jeffrey S. Hall

   

Name:

 

Mike Smerklo

Its:

 

Agent

   

Its:

 

CEO

 

42


SCHEDULE 1 TO WORK LETTER

August 30, 2007 SPACE PLAN

 

43


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 10.17

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

by and among

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS THAT ARE SIGNATORIES HERETO

as the Lenders,

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.

as the Arranger and Administrative Agent,

and

COMERICA BANK

as Documentation Agent

Dated as of February 24, 2011

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  
1.    DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION      1   
   1.1    Definitions      1   
   1.2    Accounting Terms      1   
   1.3    Code      1   
   1.4    Construction      1   
   1.5    Schedules and Exhibits      2   
2.    LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT      2   
   2.1    Revolver Advances      2   
   2.2    [Intentionally Omitted]      2   
   2.3    Borrowing Procedures and Settlements      2   
   2.4    Payments      7   
   2.5    Overadvances      9   
   2.6    Interest Rates and Letter of Credit Fee: Rates, Payments, and Calculations      9   
   2.7    Cash Management      10   
   2.8    Crediting Payments      11   
   2.9    Designated Account      11   
   2.10    Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations      11   
   2.11    Fees      11   
   2.12    Letters of Credit      11   
   2.13    LIBOR Option      14   
   2.14    Capital Requirements      16   
   2.15    Reduction in Revolver Commitments      16   
3.    CONDITIONS; TERM OF AGREEMENT      16   
   3.1    Conditions Precedent to the Initial Extension of Credit      16   
   3.2    Conditions Precedent to all Extensions of Credit      17   
   3.3    Term      17   
   3.4    Effect of Termination      17   
   3.5    Early Termination by Borrower      17   
   3.6    Conditions Subsequent to the Initial Extension of Credit      18   
4.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      18   
   4.1    No Encumbrances      18   
   4.2    [Intentionally Omitted]      19   

 

-i-


   4.3    [Intentionally Omitted]      19   
   4.4    Equipment      19   
   4.5    Location of Equipment      19   
   4.6    [Intentionally Omitted]      19   
   4.7    Jurisdiction of Organization; Location of Chief Executive Office; Organizational Identification Number; Commercial Tort Claims      19   
   4.8    Due Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries      19   
   4.9    Due Authorization; No Conflict      20   
   4.10    Litigation      21   
   4.11    No Material Adverse Change      21   
   4.12    Fraudulent Transfer      21   
   4.13    Employee Benefits      21   
   4.14    Environmental Condition      21   
   4.15    Intellectual Property      22   
   4.16    Leases      22   
   4.17    Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts      22   
   4.18    Complete Disclosure      22   
   4.19    Indebtedness      22   
   4.20    Patriot Act      23   
5.    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      23   
   5.1    Accounting System      23   
   5.2    Collateral Reporting      23   
   5.3    Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates      23   
   5.4    Guarantor Reports      23   
   5.5    Inspection      23   
   5.6    Maintenance of Properties      23   
   5.7    Taxes      23   
   5.8    Insurance      24   
   5.9    Location of Equipment      24   
   5.10    Compliance with Laws      24   
   5.11    Leases      24   
   5.12    Existence      24   
   5.13    Environmental      24   
   5.14    Disclosure Updates      25   
   5.15    Control Agreements      25   
   5.16    Formation of Subsidiaries      25   

 

-ii-


   5.17    Further Assurances      25   
6.    NEGATIVE COVENANTS      26   
   6.1    Indebtedness      26   
   6.2    Liens      26   
   6.3    Restrictions on Fundamental Changes      26   
   6.4    Disposal of Assets      27   
   6.5    Change Name      27   
   6.6    Nature of Business      27   
   6.7    Prepayments and Amendments      27   
   6.8    Change of Control      27   
   6.9    [Intentionally Omitted]      27   
   6.10    Distributions      28   
   6.11    Accounting Methods      28   
   6.12    Investments      28   
   6.13    Transactions with Affiliates      29   
   6.14    Use of Proceeds      29   
   6.15    Equipment with Bailees      29   
   6.16    Financial Covenants      29   
   6.17    Certain Calculations      30   
7.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT      31   
8.    THE LENDER GROUP’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES      32   
   8.1    Rights and Remedies      32   
   8.2    Remedies Cumulative      33   
9.    TAXES AND EXPENSES      33   
10.    WAIVERS; INDEMNIFICATION      33   
   10.1    Demand; Protest; etc      33   
   10.2    The Lender Group’s Liability for Collateral      33   
   10.3    Indemnification      34   
11.    NOTICES      34   
12.    CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE      35   
13.    ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS      37   
   13.1    Assignments and Participations      37   
   13.2    Successors      39   
14.    AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS      39   

 

-iii-


   14.1    Amendments and Waivers      39   
   14.2    Replacement of Holdout Lender      40   
   14.3    No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies      40   
15.    AGENT; THE LENDER GROUP      40   
   15.1    Appointment and Authorization of Agent      40   
   15.2    Delegation of Duties      41   
   15.3    Liability of Agent      41   
   15.4    Reliance by Agent      41   
   15.5    Notice of Default or Event of Default      42   
   15.6    Credit Decision      42   
   15.7    Costs and Expenses; Indemnification      42   
   15.8    Agent in Individual Capacity      43   
   15.9    Successor Agent      43   
   15.10    Lender in Individual Capacity      43   
   15.11    Withholding Taxes      44   
   15.12    Collateral Matters      45   
   15.13    Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments      46   
   15.14    Agency for Perfection      46   
   15.15    Payments by Agent to the Lenders      46   
   15.16    Concerning the Collateral and Related Loan Documents      47   
   15.17    Field Audits and Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information      47   
   15.18    Several Obligations; No Liability      47   
   15.19    Bank Product Providers      48   
16.    GENERAL PROVISIONS      48   
   16.1    Effectiveness      48   
   16.2    Section Headings      48   
   16.3    Interpretation      48   
   16.4    Severability of Provisions      48   
   16.5    Counterparts; Electronic Execution      48   
   16.6    Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations      48   
   16.7    Confidentiality      49   
   16.8    Lender Group Expenses      49   
   16.9    USA PATRIOT Act      49   
   16.10    Integration      49   
   16.11    No Novation      49   

 

-iv-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of February 24, 2011, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages hereof (such lenders, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Lender ” and collectively as the “ Lenders ”), WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., as the arranger and administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), COMERICA BANK , as documentation agent, and SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”), with reference to the following facts:

WHEREAS, Agent (which was formerly known as Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc.), certain lenders and Borrower entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008 (as amended from time to time, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Agent and the Lenders amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement to, among other things, increase the $15,000,000 revolving credit facility under the Existing Credit Agreement to a $30,000,000 revolving credit facility hereunder and eliminate the term loan contained in the Existing Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Agent and the Lenders have agreed to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement, as set forth herein, and will convert the outstanding amount of the term loan under the Existing Credit Agreement to advances under the revolving loan facility hereunder concurrently with the effectiveness of this Agreement.

The parties agree to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified therefor on Schedule 1.1 .

1.2 Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. Whenever the term “Borrower” is used in respect of a financial covenant or a related definition, it shall be understood to mean Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

1.3 Code . Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein; provided , however , that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern.

1.4 Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Loan Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references

 

-1-


herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein or in any other Loan Document to the satisfaction or repayment in full of the Obligations shall mean the repayment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms hereof) of all Obligations other than unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding and that are not required by the provisions of this Agreement to be repaid or cash collateralized. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Loan Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

1.5 Schedules and Exhibits . All of the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

 

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1 Revolver Advances .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and during the term of this Agreement, each Lender with a Revolver Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make advances (“ Advances ”) to Borrower in an amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of an amount equal to the Maximum Revolver Amount less the Letter of Credit Usage at such time.

(b) Anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1 notwithstanding, Agent shall have the right to establish reserves against the borrowing formula set forth in subsection (a) above in such amounts, and with respect to such matters, as Agent in its Permitted Discretion shall deem necessary or appropriate, including reserves with respect to (i) sums that Borrower or its Subsidiaries are required to pay under any Section of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (such as taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, or, in the case of leased assets, rents or other amounts payable under such leases) and has failed to pay, and (ii) amounts owing by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to any Person to the extent secured by a Lien on, or trust over, any of the Collateral (other than a Permitted Lien), which Lien or trust, in the Permitted Discretion of Agent likely would have a priority superior to the Agent’s Liens (such as Liens or trusts in favor of landlords, warehousemen, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, or Liens or trusts for ad valorem , excise, sales, or other taxes where given priority under applicable law) in and to such item of the Collateral.

(c) Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1 may be repaid and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, reborrowed at any time during the term of this Agreement. The outstanding principal amount of the Advances, together with interest accrued thereon, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date or, if earlier, on the date on which they are declared due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2.2 [Intentionally Omitted] .

2.3 Borrowing Procedures and Settlements .

(a) Procedure for Borrowing. Each Borrowing shall be made by an irrevocable written request by an Authorized Person delivered to Agent. So long as Swing Lender is obligated to make a Swing

 

-2-


Loan, such notice must be received by Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the Business Day that is the requested Funding Date specifying (i) the amount of such Borrowing, and (ii) the requested Funding Date, which shall be a Business Day; provided , however , that if Swing Lender is not obligated to make a Swing Loan as to a requested Borrowing, such notice must be received by Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the Business Day prior to the date that is the requested Funding Date. At Agent’s election, in lieu of delivering the above-described written request, any Authorized Person may give Agent telephonic notice of such request by the required time. In such circumstances, Borrower agrees that any such telephonic notice will be confirmed in writing within 24 hours of the giving of such telephonic notice, but the failure to provide such written confirmation shall not affect the validity of the request.

(b) Making of Swing Loans. In the case of a request for an Advance and so long as either (i) the aggregate amount of Swing Loans made since the last Settlement Date plus the amount of the requested Advance does not exceed $2,000,000, or (ii) Swing Lender, in its sole discretion, shall agree to make a Swing Loan notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, Swing Lender shall make an Advance in the amount of such Borrowing (any such Advance made solely by Swing Lender pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) being referred to as a “ Swing Loan ” and such Advances being referred to collectively as “ Swing Loans ”) available to Borrower on the Funding Date applicable thereto by transferring immediately available funds to Borrower’s Designated Account. Each Swing Loan shall be deemed to be an Advance hereunder and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to other Advances, except that all payments on any Swing Loan shall be payable to Swing Lender solely for its own account. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d)(ii) , Swing Lender shall not make and shall not be obligated to make any Swing Loan if Swing Lender has actual knowledge that (i) one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 will not be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing, or (ii) the requested Borrowing would exceed the Availability on such Funding Date. Swing Lender shall not otherwise be required to determine whether the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 have been satisfied on the Funding Date applicable thereto prior to making any Swing Loan. The Swing Loans shall be secured by the Agent’s Liens, constitute Obligations hereunder, and bear interest at the rate applicable from time to time to Advances that are Base Rate Loans.

(c) Making of Loans.

(i) In the event that Swing Lender is not obligated to make a Swing Loan, then promptly after receipt of a request for a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3(a) , Agent shall notify the Lenders, not later than 1:00 p.m. (California time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the Funding Date applicable thereto, by telecopy, telephone, or other similar form of transmission, of the requested Borrowing. Each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the requested Borrowing available to Agent in immediately available funds, to Agent’s Account, not later than 10:00 a.m. (California time) on the Funding Date applicable thereto. After Agent’s receipt of the proceeds of such Advances, Agent shall make the proceeds thereof available to Borrower on the applicable Funding Date by transferring immediately available funds equal to such proceeds received by Agent to the Designated Account; provided , however , that, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d)(ii) , Agent shall not request any Lender to make, and no Lender shall have the obligation to make, any Advance if Agent shall have actual knowledge that (1) one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 will not be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing unless such condition has been waived, or (2) the requested Borrowing would exceed the Availability on such Funding Date.

(ii) Unless Agent receives notice from a Lender prior to 9:00 a.m. (California time) on the date of a Borrowing, that such Lender will not make available as and when required hereunder to Agent for the account of Borrower the amount of that Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, Agent may assume that each Lender has made or will make such amount available to Agent in immediately available funds on the Funding Date and Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent any Lender shall not have made its full amount available to Agent in immediately available funds and Agent in such circumstances

 

-3-


has made available to Borrower such amount, that Lender shall on the Business Day following such Funding Date make such amount available to Agent, together with interest at the Defaulting Lender Rate for each day during such period. A notice submitted by Agent to any Lender with respect to amounts owing under this subsection shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. If such amount is so made available, such payment to Agent shall constitute such Lender’s Advance on the date of Borrowing for all purposes of this Agreement. If such amount is not made available to Agent on the Business Day following the Funding Date, Agent will notify Borrower of such failure to fund and, upon demand by Agent, Borrower shall pay such amount to Agent for Agent’s account, together with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Advances composing such Borrowing. The failure of any Lender to make any Advance on any Funding Date shall not relieve any other Lender of any obligation hereunder to make an Advance on such Funding Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other Lender on any Funding Date.

(iii) Agent shall not be obligated to transfer to a Defaulting Lender any payments made by Borrower to Agent for the Defaulting Lender’s benefit, and, in the absence of such transfer to the Defaulting Lender, Agent shall transfer any such payments to each other non-Defaulting Lender member of the Lender Group ratably in accordance with their Commitments (but only to the extent that such Defaulting Lender’s Advance was funded by the other members of the Lender Group) or, if so directed by Borrower and if no Default or Event of Default had occurred and is continuing (and to the extent such Defaulting Lender’s Advance was not funded by the Lender Group), retain same to be re-advanced to Borrower as if such Defaulting Lender had made Advances to Borrower. Subject to the foregoing, Agent may hold and, in its Permitted Discretion, re-lend to Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender the amount of all such payments received and retained by Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender. Solely for the purposes of voting or consenting to matters with respect to the Loan Documents, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” and such Lender’s Commitment shall be deemed to be zero. This Section shall remain effective with respect to such Lender until (x) the Obligations under this Agreement shall have been declared or shall have become immediately due and payable, (y) the non-Defaulting Lenders, Agent, and Borrower shall have waived such Defaulting Lender’s default in writing, or (z) the Defaulting Lender makes its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Advance and pays to Agent all amounts owing by Defaulting Lender in respect thereof. The operation of this Section shall not be construed to increase or otherwise affect the Commitment of any Lender, to relieve or excuse the performance by such Defaulting Lender or any other Lender of its duties and obligations hereunder, or to relieve or excuse the performance by Borrower of its duties and obligations hereunder to Agent or to the Lenders other than such Defaulting Lender. Any such failure to fund by any Defaulting Lender shall constitute a material breach by such Defaulting Lender of this Agreement and shall entitle Borrower at its option, upon written notice to Agent, to arrange for a substitute Lender to assume the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, such substitute Lender to be acceptable to Agent. In connection with the arrangement of such a substitute Lender, the Defaulting Lender shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder, and agrees to execute and deliver a completed form of Assignment and Acceptance in favor of the substitute Lender (and agrees that it shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such document if it fails to do so) subject only to being repaid its share of the outstanding Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations, but including an assumption of its Pro Rata Share of the Risk Participation Liability) without any premium or penalty of any kind whatsoever; provided , however , that any such assumption of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any of the Lender Groups’ or Borrower’s rights or remedies against any such Defaulting Lender arising out of or in relation to such failure to fund.

(d) Protective Advances and Optional Overadvances.

(i) Agent hereby is authorized by Borrower and the Lenders, from time to time in Agent’s sole discretion, (A) after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, or (B) at any time that any of the other applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 are not satisfied, to make Advances to Borrower on behalf of the Lenders that Agent, in its Permitted Discretion deems necessary or desirable (1) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (2) to enhance the

 

-4-


likelihood of repayment of the Obligations (other than the Bank Product Obligations), or (3) to pay any other amount chargeable to Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including Lender Group Expenses and the costs, fees, and expenses described in Section 9 (any of the Advances described in this Section 2.3(d)(i) shall be referred to as “ Protective Advances ”).

(ii) Any contrary provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Lenders hereby authorize Agent or Swing Lender, as applicable, and either Agent or Swing Lender, as applicable, may, but is not obligated to, knowingly and intentionally, continue to make Advances (including Swing Loans) to Borrower notwithstanding that an Overadvance exists or thereby would be created, so long as after giving effect to such Advances, the outstanding Revolver Usage (except for and excluding amounts charged to the Loan Account for interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses) does not exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount. In the event Agent obtains actual knowledge that the Revolver Usage exceeds the amount permitted by the immediately foregoing provisions, regardless of the amount of, or reason for, such excess, Agent shall notify the Lenders as soon as practicable (and prior to making any (or any additional) intentional Overadvances (except for and excluding amounts charged to the Loan Account for interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses) unless Agent determines that prior notice would result in imminent harm to the Collateral or its value), and the Lenders with Revolver Commitments thereupon shall, together with Agent, jointly determine the terms of arrangements that shall be implemented with Borrower intended to reduce, within a reasonable time, the outstanding principal amount of the Advances to Borrower to an amount permitted by such foregoing provisions. In such circumstances, if any Lender with a Revolver Commitment objects to the proposed terms of reduction or repayment of any Overadvance, the terms of reduction or repayment thereof shall be implemented according to the determination of the Required Lenders. Each Lender with a Revolver Commitment shall be obligated to settle with Agent as provided in Section 2.3(e) for the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any unintentional Overadvances by Agent reported to such Lender, any intentional Overadvances made as permitted under this Section 2.3(d)(ii) , and any Overadvances resulting from the charging to the Loan Account of interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses.

(iii) Each Protective Advance and each Overadvance shall be deemed to be an Advance hereunder, except that no Protective Advance or Overadvance shall be eligible to be a LIBOR Rate Loan and all payments on the Protective Advances shall be payable to Agent solely for its own account. The Protective Advances and Overadvances shall be repayable on demand, secured by the Agent’s Liens, constitute Obligations hereunder, and bear interest at the rate applicable from time to time to Advances that are Base Rate Loans. The provisions of this Section 2.3(d) are for the exclusive benefit of Agent, Swing Lender, and the Lenders and are not intended to benefit Borrower in any way.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the aggregate principal amount of Protective Advances and intentional Overadvances outstanding at any time shall not exceed $2,000,000 without the consent of the Required Lenders.

(e) Settlement. It is agreed that each Lender’s funded portion of the Advances is intended by the Lenders to equal, at all times, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Advances. Such agreement notwithstanding, Agent, Swing Lender, and the other Lenders agree (which agreement shall not be for the benefit of Borrower) that in order to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, settlement among the Lenders as to the Advances, the Swing Loans, and the Protective Advances shall take place on a periodic basis in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Agent shall request settlement (“ Settlement ”) with the Lenders on a weekly basis, or on a more frequent basis if so determined by Agent (1) on behalf of Swing Lender, with respect to the outstanding Swing Loans, (2) for itself, with respect to the outstanding Protective Advances, and (3) with respect to Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Collections received, as to each by notifying the Lenders by telecopy, telephone, or other similar form of transmission, of such requested Settlement, no later than 2:00 p.m.

 

-5-


(California time) on the Business Day immediately prior to the date of such requested Settlement (the date of such requested Settlement being the “ Settlement Date ”). Such notice of a Settlement Date shall include a summary statement of the amount of outstanding Advances, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances for the period since the prior Settlement Date. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein (including Section 2.3(c)(iii) ): (y) if a Lender’s balance of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) exceeds such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) as of a Settlement Date, then Agent shall, by no later than 12:00 p.m. (California time) on the Settlement Date, transfer in immediately available funds to a Deposit Account of such Lender (as such Lender may designate), an amount such that each such Lender shall, upon receipt of such amount, have as of the Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances), and (z) if a Lender’s balance of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) is less than such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) as of a Settlement Date, such Lender shall no later than 12:00 p.m. (California time) on the Settlement Date transfer in immediately available funds to the Agent’s Account, an amount such that each such Lender shall, upon transfer of such amount, have as of the Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances). Such amounts made available to Agent under clause (z) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied against the amounts of the applicable Swing Loans or Protective Advances and, together with the portion of such Swing Loans or Protective Advances representing Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, shall constitute Advances of such Lenders. If any such amount is not made available to Agent by any Lender on the Settlement Date applicable thereto to the extent required by the terms hereof, Agent shall be entitled to recover for its account such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate.

(ii) In determining whether a Lender’s balance of the Advances, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances is less than, equal to, or greater than such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances as of a Settlement Date, Agent shall, as part of the relevant Settlement, apply to such balance the portion of payments actually received in good funds by Agent with respect to principal, interest, fees payable by Borrower and allocable to the Lenders hereunder, and proceeds of Collateral. To the extent that a net amount is owed to any such Lender after such application, such net amount shall be distributed by Agent to that Lender as part of such next Settlement.

(iii) Between Settlement Dates, Agent, to the extent no Protective Advances or Swing Loans are outstanding, may pay over to Swing Lender any payments received by Agent, that in accordance with the terms of this Agreement would be applied to the reduction of the Advances, for application to Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances. If, as of any Settlement Date, Collections of Borrower or its Subsidiaries received since the then immediately preceding Settlement Date have been applied to Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances other than to Swing Loans, as provided for in the previous sentence, Swing Lender shall pay to Agent for the accounts of the Lenders, and Agent shall pay to the Lenders, to be applied to the outstanding Advances of such Lenders, an amount such that each Lender shall, upon receipt of such amount, have, as of such Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Advances. During the period between Settlement Dates, Swing Lender with respect to Swing Loans, Agent with respect to Protective Advances, and each Lender (subject to the effect of agreements between Agent and individual Lenders) with respect to the Advances other than Swing Loans and Protective Advances, shall be entitled to interest at the applicable rate or rates payable under this Agreement on the daily amount of funds employed by Swing Lender, Agent, or the Lenders, as applicable.

(f) Notation. Agent shall record on its books the principal amount of the Advances owing to each Lender, including the Swing Loans owing to Swing Lender, and Protective Advances owing to Agent, and the interests therein of each Lender, from time to time and such records shall, absent manifest error, conclusively be presumed to be correct and accurate.

(g) Lenders’ Failure to Perform. All Advances (other than Swing Loans and Protective Advances) shall be made by the Lenders contemporaneously and in accordance with their Pro Rata

 

-6-


Shares. It is understood that (i) no Lender shall be responsible for any failure by any other Lender to perform its obligation to make any Advance (or other extension of credit) hereunder, nor shall any Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of any failure by any other Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, and (ii) no failure by any Lender to perform its obligations hereunder shall excuse any other Lender from its obligations hereunder.

2.4 Payments.

(a) Payments by Borrower.

(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower shall be made to Agent’s Account for the account of the Lender Group and shall be made in immediately available funds, no later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the date specified herein. Any payment received by Agent later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue until such following Business Day.

(ii) Unless Agent receives notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that Borrower will not make such payment in full as and when required, Agent may assume that Borrower has made (or will make) such payment in full to Agent on such date in immediately available funds and Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the extent Borrower does not make such payment in full to Agent on the date when due, each Lender severally shall repay to Agent on demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date repaid.

(b) Apportionment and Application.

(i) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided with respect to Defaulting Lenders, all principal and interest payments shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders (according to the unpaid principal balance of the Obligations to which such payments relate held by each Lender) and all payments of fees and expenses (other than fees or expenses that are for Agent’s separate account) shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders having a Pro Rata Share of the type of Commitment or Obligation to which a particular fee or expense relates. All payments to be made hereunder by Borrower shall be remitted to Agent and all (subject to Section 2.4(b)(iv) hereof) such payments, and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent, shall be applied, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to reduce the balance of the Advances outstanding and, thereafter, to Borrower (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

(ii) At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided with respect to Defaulting Lenders, all payments remitted to Agent and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent shall be applied as follows:

(A) first , to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to Agent under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

(B) second , to pay any fees or premiums then due to Agent under the Loan Documents until paid in full,

(C) third , to pay interest due in respect of all Protective Advances until paid in full,

 

-7-


(D) fourth , to pay the principal of all Protective Advances until paid in full,

(E) fifth , ratably to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

(F) sixth , ratably to pay any fees or premiums then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents until paid in full,

(G) seventh , ratably to pay interest due in respect of the Advances (other than Protective Advances) and the Swing Loans,

(H) eighth , ratably (i) to pay the principal of all Swing Loans until paid in full, (ii) to pay the principal of all Advances until paid in full, (iii) to Agent, to be held by Agent, for the ratable benefit of Issuing Lender and those Lenders having a Revolver Commitment, as cash collateral in an amount up to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, and (iv) to Agent, to be held by Agent, for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers, as cash collateral in an amount up to the amount of the Bank Product Reserve established prior to the occurrence of, and not in contemplation of, the subject Event of Default,

(I) ninth , to pay any other Obligations (including the provision of amounts to Agent, to be held by Agent, for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers, as cash collateral in an amount up to the amount determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion as the amount necessary to secure Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ obligations in respect of Bank Products), and

(J) tenth , to Borrower (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

(iii) Agent promptly shall distribute to each Lender, pursuant to the applicable wire instructions received from each Lender in writing, such funds as it may be entitled to receive, subject to a Settlement delay as provided in Section 2.3(e) .

(iv) In each instance, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Section 2.4(b)(i) shall not apply to any payment made by Borrower to Agent and specified by Borrower to be for the payment of specific Obligations then due and payable (or prepayable) under any provision of this Agreement.

(v) For purposes of Section 2.4(b)(ii) , “paid in full” means payment of all amounts owing under the Loan Documents according to the terms thereof, including loan fees, service fees, professional fees, interest (and specifically including interest accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding), default interest, interest on interest, and expense reimbursements, whether or not any of the foregoing would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(vi) In the event of a direct conflict between the priority provisions of this Section 2.4 and any other provision contained in any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such provisions be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and provisions of this Section 2.4 shall control and govern.

(c) Optional Prepayments. Borrower may prepay the principal of any Advance at any time in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except for Borrower’s obligation to indemnify the Lender Group with respect to Funding Losses).

 

-8-


2.5 Overadvances . If, at any time or for any reason, the amount of Obligations owed by Borrower to the Lender Group pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.12 is greater than any of the limitations set forth in Section 2.1 or Section 2.12 , as applicable (an “ Overadvance ”), Borrower immediately shall pay to Agent, in cash, the amount of such excess, which amount shall be used by Agent to reduce the Obligations in accordance with the priorities set forth in Section 2.4(b) . Borrower promises to pay the Obligations (including principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses) in Dollars in full on the Maturity Date or, if earlier, on the date on which the Obligations are declared due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2.6 Interest Rates and Letter of Credit Fee: Rates, Payments, and Calculations .

(a) Interest Rates. Except as provided in Section 2.6(c) , all Obligations (except for undrawn Letters of Credit and except for Bank Product Obligations) that have been charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the terms hereof shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof as follows (i) if the relevant Obligation is an Advance that is a LIBOR Rate Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin, and (ii) otherwise, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Base Rate Margin.

(b) Letter of Credit Fee. Borrower shall pay Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Lenders with a Revolver Commitment, subject to any agreements between Agent and individual Lenders), a Letter of Credit fee (in addition to the charges, commissions, fees, and costs set forth in Section 2.12(e) ) which shall accrue at a rate equal to the LIBOR Rate Margin times the Daily Balance of the undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

(c) Default Rate. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default (and at the election of Agent or the Required Lenders),

(i) all Obligations (except for undrawn Letters of Credit and except for Bank Product Obligations) that have been charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the terms hereof shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof at a per annum rate equal to 2 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable hereunder, and

(ii) the Letter of Credit fee provided for in Section 2.6(b) shall be increased to 2 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable hereunder.

(d) Payment. Except as provided to the contrary in Section 2.11 or Section 2.13(a) , interest, Letter of Credit fees, and all other fees payable hereunder shall be due and payable, in arrears, on the first day of each month at any time that Obligations or Commitments are outstanding. Borrower hereby authorizes Agent, from time to time without prior notice to Borrower, to charge all interest and fees (when due and payable), all Lender Group Expenses (as and when incurred), all charges, commissions, fees, and costs provided for in Section 2.12(e) (as and when accrued or incurred), all fees and costs provided for in Section 2.11 (as and when accrued or incurred), and all other payments as and when due and payable under any Loan Document (including any amounts due and payable to the Bank Product Providers in respect of Bank Products up to the amount of the Bank Product Reserve) to the Loan Account, which amounts thereafter shall constitute Advances hereunder and shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by being charged to the Loan Account and shall thereafter constitute Advances hereunder and shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans.

(e) Computation. All interest and fees chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In the event the Base Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the rates of interest hereunder based upon the Base Rate automatically and immediately shall be increased or decreased by an amount equal to such change in the Base Rate.

 

-9-


(f) Intent to Limit Charges to Maximum Lawful Rate. In no event shall the interest rate or rates payable under this Agreement, plus any other amounts paid in connection herewith, exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable. Borrower and the Lender Group, in executing and delivering this Agreement, intend legally to agree upon the rate or rates of interest and manner of payment stated within it; provided , however , that, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if said rate or rates of interest or manner of payment exceeds the maximum allowable under applicable law, then, ipso facto , as of the date of this Agreement, Borrower is and shall be liable only for the payment of such maximum as allowed by law, and payment received from Borrower in excess of such legal maximum, whenever received, shall be applied to reduce the principal balance of the Obligations to the extent of such excess.

2.7 Cash Management .

(a) Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Domestic Subsidiaries to (i) establish and maintain cash management services of a type and on terms satisfactory to Agent at one or more of the banks set forth on Schedule 2.7(a) to the Disclosure Letter (each a “ Cash Management Bank ”), and shall request in writing and otherwise take such reasonable steps to ensure that all of its and its Domestic Subsidiaries’ Account Debtors forward payment of the amounts owed by them directly to such Cash Management Bank, and (ii) deposit or cause to be deposited promptly, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after the date of receipt thereof, all of their Collections (including those sent directly by their Account Debtors to Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries) into a bank account in Agent’s name (a “ Cash Management Account ”) at one of the Cash Management Banks.

(b) Each Cash Management Bank shall establish and maintain Cash Management Agreements with Agent and Borrower or Borrower’s Domestic Subsidiaries. Each such Cash Management Agreement shall provide, among other things, that (i) the Cash Management Bank will comply with any instructions originated by Agent directing the disposition of the funds in such Cash Management Account without further consent by Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries, as applicable, (ii) the Cash Management Bank has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against the applicable Cash Management Account other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such Cash Management Account and for returned checks or other items of payment, and (iii) it will forward, by daily sweep, all amounts in the applicable Cash Management Account to the Agent’s Account until the consummation of a Qualified IPO and Borrower’s election to terminate such daily sweep; provided that if the daily sweep feature is terminated after the consummation of a Qualified IPO, Agent shall have the right, in its discretion, to reinstate the daily sweep if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing or the amount of Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash is less than $5,000,000 at any time.

(c) So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may amend Schedule 2.7(a) to the Disclosure Letter to add or replace a Cash Management Bank or Cash Management Account; provided , however , that (i) such prospective Cash Management Bank shall be reasonably satisfactory to Agent, and (ii) prior to the time of the opening of such Cash Management Account, Borrower (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) and such prospective Cash Management Bank shall have executed and delivered to Agent a Cash Management Agreement. Borrower (or its Subsidiaries, as applicable) shall close any of its Cash Management Accounts (and establish replacement cash management accounts in accordance with the foregoing sentence) promptly and in any event within 30 days of notice from Agent that the creditworthiness of any Cash Management Bank is no longer acceptable in Agent’s reasonable judgment, or as promptly as practicable and in any event within 60 days of notice from Agent that the operating performance, funds transfer, or availability procedures or performance of the Cash Management Bank with respect to Cash Management Accounts or Agent’s liability under any Cash Management Agreement with such Cash Management Bank is no longer acceptable in Agent’s reasonable judgment.

(d) Each Cash Management Account shall be a cash collateral account subject to a Control Agreement.

 

-10-


2.8 Crediting Payments . The receipt of any payment item by Agent (whether from transfers to Agent by the Cash Management Banks pursuant to the Cash Management Agreements or otherwise) shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment item is a wire transfer of immediately available federal funds made to the Agent’s Account or unless and until such payment item is honored when presented for payment. Should any payment item not be honored when presented for payment, then Borrower shall be deemed not to have made such payment and interest shall be calculated accordingly. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, any payment item shall be deemed received by Agent only if it is received into the Agent’s Account on a Business Day on or before 11:00 a.m. (California time). If any payment item is received into the Agent’s Account on a non-Business Day or after 11:00 a.m. (California time) on a Business Day, it shall be deemed to have been received by Agent as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day.

2.9 Designated Account . Agent is authorized to make the Advances, and Issuing Lender is authorized to issue the Letters of Credit, under this Agreement based upon telephonic or other instructions received from anyone purporting to be an Authorized Person or, without instructions, if pursuant to Section 2.6(d) . Borrower agrees to establish and maintain the Designated Account with the Designated Account Bank for the purpose of receiving the proceeds of the Advances requested by Borrower and made by Agent or the Lenders hereunder. Unless otherwise agreed by Agent and Borrower, any Advance, Protective Advance, or Swing Loan requested by Borrower and made by Agent or the Lenders hereunder shall be made to the Designated Account.

2.10 Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations . Agent shall maintain an account on its books in the name of Borrower (the “ Loan Account ”) on which Borrower will be charged with all Advances (including Protective Advances and Swing Loans) made by Agent, Swing Lender, or the Lenders to Borrower or for Borrower’s account, the Letters of Credit issued by Issuing Lender for Borrower’s account, and with all other payment Obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (except for Bank Product Obligations), including, accrued interest, fees and expenses, and Lender Group Expenses. In accordance with Section 2.8 , the Loan Account will be credited with all payments received by Agent from Borrower or for Borrower’s account, including all amounts received in the Agent’s Account from any Cash Management Bank. Agent shall render statements regarding the Loan Account to Borrower, including principal, interest, fees, and including an itemization of all charges and expenses constituting Lender Group Expenses owing, and such statements, absent manifest error, shall be conclusively presumed to be correct and accurate and constitute an account stated between Borrower and the Lender Group unless, within 30 days after receipt thereof by Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Agent written objection thereto describing the error or errors contained in any such statements.

2.11 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Agent, as and when due and payable under the terms of the Agent Fee Letter and the Lender Fee Letter, the fees set forth in the Agent Fee Letter and the Lender Fee Letter.

2.12 Letters of Credit .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Issuing Lender agrees to issue letters of credit for the account of Borrower (each, an “ L/C ”) or to purchase participations or execute indemnities or reimbursement obligations (each such undertaking, an “ L/C Undertaking ”) with respect to letters of credit issued by an Underlying Issuer (as of the Restatement Effective Date, the prospective Underlying Issuer is to be Wells Fargo) for the account of Borrower. Each request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or the amendment, renewal, or extension of any outstanding Letter of Credit, shall be made in writing by an Authorized Person and delivered to the Issuing Lender and Agent via hand delivery, telefacsimile, or other electronic method of transmission reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension. Each such request shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Lender in its Permitted Discretion and shall specify (i) the amount of such Letter of Credit, (ii) the

 

-11-


date of issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension of such Letter of Credit, (iii) the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, (iv) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof (or the beneficiary of the Underlying Letter of Credit, as applicable), and (v) such other information (including, in the case of an amendment, renewal, or extension, identification of the outstanding Letter of Credit to be so amended, renewed, or extended) as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew, or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Lender, Borrower also shall be an applicant under the application with respect to any Underlying Letter of Credit that is to be the subject of an L/C Undertaking. The Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue a Letter of Credit if any of the following would result after giving effect to the issuance of such requested Letter of Credit:

(i) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed $5,000,000, or

(ii) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount less the outstanding amount of Advances less the Bank Product Reserve, and less the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, established by Agent under Section 2.1(b) .

Borrower and the Lender Group acknowledge and agree that certain Underlying Letters of Credit may be issued to support letters of credit that already are outstanding as of the Restatement Effective Date. Each Letter of Credit (and corresponding Underlying Letter of Credit) shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Lender (in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion), including the requirement that the amounts payable thereunder must be payable in Dollars. If Issuing Lender is obligated to advance funds under a Letter of Credit, Borrower immediately shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement to Issuing Lender by paying to Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement not later than 11:00 a.m., California time, on the date that such L/C Disbursement is made, if Borrower shall have received written or telephonic notice of such L/C Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., California time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 11:00 a.m., California time, on the Business Day that Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., California time, on the date of receipt, and, in the absence of such reimbursement, the L/C Disbursement immediately and automatically shall be deemed to be an Advance hereunder and, initially, shall bear interest at the rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans. To the extent an L/C Disbursement is deemed to be an Advance hereunder, Borrower’s obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Advance. Promptly following receipt by Agent of any payment from Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Lender or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to Section 2.12(b) to reimburse the Issuing Lender, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Lender as their interests may appear.

(b) Promptly following receipt of a notice of L/C Disbursement pursuant to Section 2.12(a) , each Lender with a Revolver Commitment agrees to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Advance deemed made pursuant to the foregoing subsection on the same terms and conditions as if Borrower had requested such Advance and Agent shall promptly pay to Issuing Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Lender or the Lenders with Revolver Commitments, the Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have granted to each Lender with a Revolver Commitment, and each Lender with a Revolver Commitment shall be deemed to have purchased, a participation in each Letter of Credit, in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Risk Participation Liability of such Letter of Credit, and each such Lender agrees to pay to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any payments made by the Issuing Lender under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender with a Revolver Commitment hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Lender and not reimbursed by Borrower on the date due as provided in Section 2.12(a) , or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to Borrower for any reason. Each Lender with a Revolver Commitment acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to deliver to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, an amount equal to its respective Pro Rata Share of

 

-12-


each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12(b) shall be absolute and unconditional and such remittance shall be made notwithstanding the occurrence or continuation of an Event of Default or Default or the failure to satisfy any condition set forth in Section 3 . If any such Lender fails to make available to Agent the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Lender in respect of such Letter of Credit as provided in this Section, such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender and Agent (for the account of the Issuing Lender) shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate until paid in full.

(c) Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, save, defend, and hold the Lender Group harmless from any loss, cost, expense, or liability, and reasonable attorneys fees incurred by the Lender Group arising out of or in connection with any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be obligated hereunder to indemnify for any loss, cost, expense, or liability to the extent that it is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or any other member of the Lender Group. Borrower agrees to be bound by the Underlying Issuer’s regulations and interpretations of any Underlying Letter of Credit or by Issuing Lender’s interpretations of any L/C issued by Issuing Lender to or for Borrower’s account, even though this interpretation may be different from Borrower’s own, and Borrower understands and agrees that the Lender Group shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letter of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto. Borrower understands that the L/C Undertakings may require Issuing Lender to indemnify the Underlying Issuer for certain costs or liabilities arising out of claims by Borrower against such Underlying Issuer. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, save, defend, and hold the Lender Group harmless with respect to any loss, cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys fees), or liability incurred by the Lender Group under any L/C Undertaking as a result of the Lender Group’s indemnification of any Underlying Issuer; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be obligated hereunder to indemnify for any loss, cost, expense, or liability to the extent that it is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or any other member of the Lender Group. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the Lender Group nor the Issuing Lender shall be responsible for delays, errors, or omissions resulting from the malfunction of equipment in connection with any Letter of Credit.

(d) Borrower hereby authorizes and directs any Underlying Issuer to deliver to the Issuing Lender all instruments, documents, and other writings and property received by such Underlying Issuer pursuant to such Underlying Letter of Credit and to accept and rely upon the Issuing Lender’s instructions with respect to all matters arising in connection with such Underlying Letter of Credit and the related application.

(e) Any and all issuance charges, commissions, fees, and costs incurred by the Issuing Lender relating to Underlying Letters of Credit shall be Lender Group Expenses for purposes of this Agreement and immediately shall be reimbursable by Borrower to Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender; it being acknowledged and agreed by Borrower that, as of the Restatement Effective Date, the issuance charge imposed by the prospective Underlying Issuer is .825% per annum times the undrawn amount of each Underlying Letter of Credit, that such issuance charge may be changed from time to time, and that the Underlying Issuer also imposes a schedule of charges for amendments, extensions, drawings, and renewals.

(f) If by reason of (i) any change after the Restatement Effective Date in any applicable law, treaty, rule, or regulation or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (ii) compliance by the Underlying Issuer or the Lender Group with any direction, request, or requirement (irrespective of whether having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority or monetary authority including, Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board as from time to time in effect (and any successor thereto):

(i) any reserve, deposit, or similar requirement is or shall be imposed or modified in respect of any Letter of Credit issued hereunder, or

 

-13-


(ii) there shall be imposed on the Underlying Issuer or the Lender Group any other condition regarding any Underlying Letter of Credit or any Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto,

and the result of the foregoing is to increase, directly or indirectly, the cost to the Lender Group of issuing, making, guaranteeing, or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount receivable in respect thereof by the Lender Group, then, and in any such case, Agent may, at any time within a reasonable period after the additional cost is incurred or the amount received is reduced, notify Borrower, and Borrower shall pay on demand such amounts as Agent may specify to be necessary to compensate the Lender Group for such additional cost or reduced receipt, together with interest on such amount from the date of such demand until payment in full thereof at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder. The determination by Agent of any amount due pursuant to this Section, as set forth in a certificate setting forth the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, shall, in the absence of manifest or demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all of the parties hereto.

2.13 LIBOR Option .

(a) Interest and Interest Payment Dates. In lieu of having interest charged at the rate based upon the Base Rate, Borrower shall have the option (the “ LIBOR Option ”) to have interest on all or a portion of the Advances be charged (whether at the time when made (unless otherwise provided herein), upon conversion from a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan, or upon continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan) at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate. Interest on LIBOR Rate Loans shall be payable on the earliest of (i) the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the date on which all or any portion of the Obligations are accelerated pursuant to the terms hereof, or (iii) the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. On the last day of each applicable Interest Period, unless Borrower properly has exercised the LIBOR Option with respect thereto, the interest rate applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan automatically shall convert to the rate of interest then applicable to Base Rate Loans of the same type hereunder. At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower no longer shall have the option to request that Advances bear interest at a rate based upon the LIBOR Rate and Agent shall have the right to convert the interest rate on all outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans to the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder.

(b) LIBOR Election.

(i) Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, elect to exercise the LIBOR Option by notifying Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (California time) at least 3 Business Days prior to the commencement of the proposed Interest Period (the “ LIBOR Deadline ”). Notice of Borrower’s election of the LIBOR Option for a permitted portion of the Advances and an Interest Period pursuant to this Section shall be made by delivery to Agent of a LIBOR Notice received by Agent before the LIBOR Deadline, or by telephonic notice received by Agent before the LIBOR Deadline (to be confirmed by delivery to Agent of a LIBOR Notice received by Agent prior to 5:00 p.m. (California time) on the same day). Promptly upon its receipt of each such LIBOR Notice, Agent shall provide a copy thereof to each of the affected Lenders.

(ii) Each LIBOR Notice shall be irrevocable and binding on Borrower. In connection with each LIBOR Rate Loan, Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders harmless against any loss, cost, or expense incurred by Agent or any Lender as a result of (A) the payment of any principal of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (B) the conversion of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (C) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any LIBOR Rate Loan on the date specified in any LIBOR Notice delivered pursuant hereto (such losses, costs, or expenses, “ Funding Losses ”). Funding Losses shall, with respect to Agent or any Lender, be deemed to equal the amount determined by Agent or such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (1) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such LIBOR Rate Loan had such event not occurred, at the

 

-14-


LIBOR Rate that would have been applicable thereto, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert, or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period therefor), minus (2) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which Agent or such Lender would be offered were it to be offered, at the commencement of such period, Dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period in the London interbank market. A certificate of Agent or a Lender delivered to Borrower setting forth any amount or amounts that Agent or such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iii) Borrower shall have not more than 5 LIBOR Rate Loans in effect at any given time. Borrower only may exercise the LIBOR Option for LIBOR Rate Loans of at least $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof.

(c) Conversion. Borrower may convert LIBOR Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans at any time; provided , however , that in the event that LIBOR Rate Loans are converted or prepaid on any date that is not the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, including as a result of any automatic prepayment through the required application by Agent of proceeds of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Collections in accordance with Section 2.4(b) or for any other reason, including early termination of the term of this Agreement or acceleration of all or any portion of the Obligations pursuant to the terms hereof, Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders and their Participants harmless against any and all Funding Losses in accordance with Section 2.13 (b)(ii) above.

(d) Special Provisions Applicable to LIBOR Rate.

(i) The LIBOR Rate may be adjusted by Agent with respect to any Lender on a prospective basis to take into account any additional or increased costs to such Lender of maintaining or obtaining any eurodollar deposits or increased costs, in each case, due to changes in applicable law occurring subsequent to the commencement of the then applicable Interest Period, including changes in tax laws (except changes of general applicability in corporate income tax laws) and changes in the reserve requirements imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), excluding the Reserve Percentage, which additional or increased costs would increase the cost of funding or maintaining loans bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate. In any such event, the affected Lender shall give Borrower and Agent notice of such a determination and adjustment and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and, upon its receipt of the notice from the affected Lender, Borrower may, by notice to such affected Lender (y) require such Lender to furnish to Borrower a statement setting forth the basis for adjusting such LIBOR Rate and the method for determining the amount of such adjustment, or (z) repay the LIBOR Rate Loans with respect to which such adjustment is made (together with any amounts due under Section 2.13(b)(ii) ).

(ii) In the event that any change in market conditions or any law, regulation, treaty, or directive, or any change therein or in the interpretation of application thereof, shall at any time after the date hereof, in the reasonable opinion of any Lender, make it unlawful or impractical for such Lender to fund or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans or to continue such funding or maintaining, or to determine or charge interest rates at the LIBOR Rate, such Lender shall give notice of such changed circumstances to Agent and Borrower and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and (y) in the case of any LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender that are outstanding, the date specified in such Lender’s notice shall be deemed to be the last day of the Interest Period of such LIBOR Rate Loans, and interest upon the LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender thereafter shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans, and (z) Borrower shall not be entitled to elect the LIBOR Option until such Lender determines that it would no longer be unlawful or impractical to do so.

(e) No Requirement of Matched Funding. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, neither Agent, nor any Lender, nor any of their Participants, is required actually to acquire

 

-15-


eurodollar deposits to fund or otherwise match fund any Obligation as to which interest accrues at the LIBOR Rate. The provisions of this Section shall apply as if each Lender or its Participants had match funded any Obligation as to which interest is accruing at the LIBOR Rate by acquiring eurodollar deposits for each Interest Period in the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loans.

2.14 Capital Requirements . If, after the date hereof, any Lender determines that (i) the adoption of or change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital requirements for banks or bank holding companies, or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the administration thereof, or (ii) compliance by such Lender or its parent bank holding company with any guideline, request, or directive of any such entity regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law), has the effect of reducing the return on such Lender’s or such holding company’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s Commitments hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such holding company could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such holding company’s then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming the full utilization of such entity’s capital) by any amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then such Lender may notify Borrower and Agent thereof. Following receipt of such notice, Borrower agrees to pay such Lender on demand the amount of such reduction of return of capital as and when such reduction is determined, payable within 90 days after presentation by such Lender of a statement in the amount and setting forth in reasonable detail such Lender’s calculation thereof and the assumptions upon which such calculation was based (which statement shall be deemed true and correct absent manifest error). In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

2.15 Reduction in Revolver Commitments .

(a) Optional by Borrower. The Revolver Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date. Subject to the limitations set forth below, Borrower may reduce the Revolver Commitments to an amount not less than the sum of (i) the Revolver Usage as of such date, plus (ii) the principal amount of all Advances not yet made as to which a request has been given by Borrower under Section 2.3(a) , plus (iii) the amount of all Letters of Credit not yet issued as to which a request has been given by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.12(a) . Each such reduction shall be (A) in an amount that is not less than $5,000,000 and (B) made by providing not less than 10 Business Days prior written notice to Agent and shall be irrevocable. All such reductions shall be completed no later than 90 days after the consummation of a Qualified IPO and shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate. Once reduced, the Revolver Commitments may not be increased. Each such reduction of the Revolver Commitments shall reduce the Revolver Commitments of each Lender proportionately in accordance with its Pro Rata Share thereof

(b) Discretion of Required Lenders. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall lose, fail to keep in force, suffer the termination, suspension or revocation of or terminate, or forfeit (i) any contract or contracts with a customer or customers during any period of 60 consecutive days, the effect of which would be the loss of 20% or more of Consolidated Revenues, as calculated for the 12 month period most recently ended, or (ii) any Material Contract, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to reduce the Revolver Commitments by an amount equal to the aggregate amount of termination/cancellation fees or penalties to be received by Borrower or such Subsidiary pursuant to the affected contract or contracts. In the event of any such reduction, Borrower shall promptly repay Advances to the extent necessary to reduce the Revolver Usage (including Advances and Letters of Credit that have been requested but not yet funded or issued) to a level at or below the amount of the reduced Revolver Commitments.

 

3. CONDITIONS; TERM OF AGREEMENT.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to the Initial Extension of Credit . The obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit provided for hereunder, is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of Agent and each Lender of each of the conditions precedent set forth on Schedule 3.1 (the making of such

 

-16-


initial extension of credit by a Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent).

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Extensions of Credit . The obligation of the Lender Group (or any member thereof) to make any Advances hereunder (or to extend any other credit hereunder) at any time shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such extension of credit, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date);

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such extension of credit, nor shall either result from the making thereof;

(c) no injunction, writ, restraining order, or other order of any nature restricting or prohibiting, directly or indirectly, the extending of such credit shall have been issued and remain in force by any Governmental Authority against Borrower, Agent, or any Lender; and

(d) no Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since September 30, 2010.

3.3 Term . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on February 25, 2013 (the “ Maturity Date ”). The foregoing notwithstanding, the Lender Group, upon the election of the Required Lenders, shall have the right to terminate its obligations under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default.

3.4 Effect of Termination . On the date of termination of this Agreement, all Obligations (including contingent reimbursement obligations of Borrower with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit and including all Bank Product Obligations) immediately shall become due and payable without notice or demand (including (a) either (i) providing cash collateral to be held by Agent for the benefit of those Lenders with a Revolver Commitment in an amount equal to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, or (ii) causing the original Letters of Credit to be returned to the Issuing Lender, and (b) providing cash collateral (in an amount determined by Agent as sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers with respect to the Bank Product Obligations). No termination of this Agreement, however, shall relieve or discharge Borrower or its Subsidiaries of their duties, Obligations, or covenants hereunder or under any other Loan Document and the Agent’s Liens in the Collateral shall remain in effect until all Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full and the Lender Group’s obligations to provide additional credit hereunder have been terminated. When this Agreement has been terminated and all of the Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) have been paid in full and the Lender Group’s obligations to provide additional credit under the Loan Documents have been terminated irrevocably, Agent will, at Borrower’s sole expense, execute and deliver any termination statements, lien releases, mortgage releases, re-assignments of trademarks, discharges of security interests, and other similar discharge or release documents (and, if applicable, in recordable form) as are reasonably necessary to release, as of record, the Agent’s Liens and all notices of security interests and liens previously filed by Agent with respect to the Obligations.

3.5 Early Termination by Borrower . Borrower has the option, at any time upon 30 days prior written notice to Agent, to terminate this Agreement and terminate the Commitments hereunder by paying to Agent, in cash, the Obligations (including (a) either (i) providing cash collateral to be held by Agent for the benefit of those Lenders with a Revolver Commitment in an amount equal to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, or (ii) causing the original Letters of Credit to be returned to the Issuing Lender, and (b) providing cash

 

-17-


collateral (in an amount determined by Agent as sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers with respect to the Bank Product Obligations), in full, but excluding unasserted contingent indemnification obligations. If Borrower has sent a notice of termination pursuant to the provisions of this Section, then the Commitments shall terminate and Borrower shall be obligated to repay the Obligations (including (a) either (i) providing cash collateral to be held by Agent for the benefit of those Lenders with a Revolver Commitment in an amount equal to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, or (ii) causing the original Letters of Credit to be returned to the Issuing Lender, and (b) providing cash collateral (in an amount determined by Agent as sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers with respect to the Bank Product Obligations, but excluding unasserted contingent indemnification obligations), in full, on the date set forth as the date of termination of this Agreement in such notice.

3.6 Conditions Subsequent to the Initial Extension of Credit . The obligation of the Lender Group (or any member thereof) to continue to make Advances (or otherwise extend credit hereunder) is subject to the fulfillment, on or before the date applicable thereto, of each of the conditions subsequent set forth below (the failure by Borrower to so perform or cause to be performed constituting an Event of Default):

(a) Within 60 days after the Restatement Effective Date (or such longer period as may be agreed to by Agent in its sole discretion), Borrower shall have closed its Deposit Account number [account number] at Union Bank, N.A. and, in replacement thereof, shall have opened an account with Comerica Bank.

(b) Within 60 days after the Restatement Effective Date (or such longer period as may be agreed to by Agent in its sole discretion), Agent shall have received a duly executed Control Agreement with respect to the Deposit Account at Comerica Bank referenced in Section 3.6(a) .

(c) Within 30 days after the Restatement Effective Date (or such longer period as may be agreed to by Agent in its sole discretion), Agent shall have received, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the stock certificates for ServiceSource International Singapore Pte. Ltd, ServiceSource International Malaysia SDN. BHD. and GlobalSource Maintenance Renewals ULC, together with undated stock powers executed in blank.

(d) Within 90 days after the Restatement Effective Date (or such longer period as may be agreed to by Agent in its sole discretion), Agent shall have received a duly executed trademark security agreement and copyright security agreement with respect to the trademark and copyright registered by Borrower in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, respectively.

 

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

In order to induce the Lender Group to enter into this Agreement, Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender Group which shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects, as of the date hereof, and shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects, as of the Restatement Effective Date and at and as of the date of the making of each Advance (or other extension of credit) made thereafter, as though made on and as of the date of such Advance (or other extension of credit) (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date) and such representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

4.1 No Encumbrances . Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good and indefeasible title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, their personal property assets and good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, their Real Property, in each case, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens.

 

-18-


4.2 [Intentionally Omitted] .

4.3 [Intentionally Omitted] .

4.4 Equipment . Each material item of Equipment of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is used or held for use in their business and is in good working order, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted.

4.5 Location of Equipment . The Equipment (other than vehicles or Equipment out for repair) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not stored with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar party and are located only at, or in-transit between, the locations identified on Schedule 4.5 to the Disclosure Letter (as such Schedule may be updated pursuant to Section 5.9 ).

4.6 [Intentionally Omitted] .

4.7 Jurisdiction of Organization; Location of Chief Executive Office; Organizational Identification Number; Commercial Tort Claims .

(a) The name of (within the meaning of Section 9-503 of the Code) and jurisdiction of organization of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is set forth on Schedule 4.7(a) to the Disclosure Letter (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 6.5 or Section 5.16 ).

(b) The chief executive office of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is located at the address indicated on Schedule 4.7(b) to the Disclosure Letter (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 5.9 or Section 5.16 ).

(c) Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ tax identification numbers and organizational identification numbers, if any, are identified on Schedule 4.7(c) to the Disclosure Letter (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 6.5 or Section 5.16 ).

(d) As of the Restatement Effective Date, Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not hold any commercial tort claims, except as set forth on Schedule 4.7(d) to the Disclosure Letter.

4.8 Due Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries .

(a) Borrower is duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and qualified to do business in any state where the failure to be so qualified reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 4.8(b) to the Disclosure Letter (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 6.3 ), is a complete and accurate description of the authorized capital Stock of Borrower, by class, and, as of the Restatement Effective Date, a description of the number of shares of each such class that are issued and outstanding. Other than as described on Schedule 4.8(b) to the Disclosure Letter, as of January 31, 2011, there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, or calls relating to any shares of Borrower’s capital Stock, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument. As of the Restatement Effective Date, Borrower is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of its capital Stock.

 

-19-


(c) Set forth on Schedule 4.8(c) to the Disclosure Letter (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 5.16 ), is a complete and accurate list of Borrower’s direct and indirect Subsidiaries, showing: (i) the jurisdiction of their organization, (ii) the number of shares of each class of common and preferred Stock authorized for each of such Subsidiaries, and (iii) the number and the percentage of the outstanding shares of each such class owned directly or indirectly by Borrower. All of the outstanding capital Stock of each such Subsidiary has been validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.8(c) to the Disclosure Letter, there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, or calls relating to any shares of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ capital Stock, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ capital Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any such capital Stock.

4.9 Due Authorization; No Conflict .

(a) The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrower.

(b) The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party do not and will not (i) violate any provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to Borrower, the Governing Documents of Borrower, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on Borrower, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligation of Borrower, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any properties or assets of Borrower, other than Permitted Liens, or (iv) require any approval of Borrower’s interestholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any material contractual obligation of Borrower, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(c) Other than the filing of financing statements and other filings or actions necessary to perfect Liens granted to Agent in the Collateral, the execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any Governmental Authority, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(d) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party, and all other documents contemplated hereby and thereby, when executed and delivered by Borrower will be the legally valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

(e) The Agent’s Liens are validly created, perfected (other than (i) in respect of motor vehicles and (ii) any Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts not subject to a Control Agreement as permitted by Section 6.12 ), and first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens.

(f) The execution, delivery, and performance by each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Guarantor.

(g) The execution, delivery, and performance by each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not and will not (i) violate any provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation

 

-20-


applicable to such Guarantor, the Governing Documents of such Guarantor, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on such Guarantor, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligation of such Guarantor, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any properties or assets of such Guarantor, other than Permitted Liens, or (iv) require any approval of such Guarantor’s interestholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any material contractual obligation of such Guarantor, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(h) Other than the filing of financing statements and other filings or actions necessary to perfect Liens granted to Agent in the Collateral, the execution, delivery, and performance by each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any Governmental Authority, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(i) The Loan Documents to which each Guarantor is a party, and all other documents contemplated hereby and thereby, when executed and delivered by such Guarantor will be the legally valid and binding obligations of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

4.10 Litigation . Other than those matters disclosed on Schedule 4.10 to the Disclosure Letter and other than matters arising after the Restatement Effective Date that reasonably could not be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, there are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

4.11 No Material Adverse Change . All financial statements relating to Borrower and its Subsidiaries that have been delivered by Borrower to the Lender Group have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the lack of footnotes and being subject to year-end audit adjustments) and present fairly in all material respects, Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ financial condition as of the date thereof and results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a Material Adverse Change with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries since September 30, 2010.

4.12 Fraudulent Transfer .

(a) Each of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is Solvent.

(b) No transfer of property is being made by Borrower or its Subsidiaries and no obligation is being incurred by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

4.13 Employee Benefits . None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their ERISA Affiliates maintains or contributes to any Benefit Plan.

4.14 Environmental Condition . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 to the Disclosure Letter, (a) to Borrower’s knowledge, none of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has ever been used by Borrower, its Subsidiaries, or by previous owners or operators in the disposal of, or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or transport, any Hazardous Materials, where such use, production, storage, handling, treatment, release or transport was in violation, in any material respect, of any applicable Environmental Law, (b) to Borrower’s knowledge, none of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has ever been designated or identified in any manner pursuant to any environmental protection statute as a Hazardous Materials disposal

 

-21-


site, (c) neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice that a Lien arising under any Environmental Law has attached to any revenues or to any Real Property owned or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and (d) neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries has received a summons, citation, notice, or directive from the United States Environmental Protection Agency or any other federal or state governmental agency concerning any action or omission by Borrower or its Subsidiaries resulting in the releasing or disposing of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

4.15 Intellectual Property . Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or hold licenses in, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, and licenses that are necessary to the conduct of its business as currently conducted, and attached to the Disclosure Letter as Schedule 4.15 (as updated from time to time) is a true, correct, and complete listing of all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, copyrights, and copyright registrations as to which Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries is the owner or is an exclusive licensee; provided , however , that Borrower may amend such Schedule 4.15 to add additional property so long as such amendment occurs by written notice to Agent not less than 30 days after the date on which Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower acquires any such property after the Restatement Effective Date; provided , further , however , that at any time that 20% or more of Consolidated Revenues arises from the sale or licensing of software during any fiscal quarter of Borrower, the foregoing notice to Agent, from and after the end of such quarter, shall be provided 10 days before the date on which any such property is acquired.

4.16 Leases . Borrower and its Subsidiaries enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases material to their business and to which they are parties or under which they are operating, and all of such material leases are valid and subsisting and no material default by Borrower or its Subsidiaries exists under any of them.

4.17 Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts . Set forth on Schedule 4.17 to the Disclosure Letter (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted under Section 6.12 ) is a listing of all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, including, with respect to each bank or securities intermediary (a) the name and address of such Person, and (b) the account numbers of the Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts maintained with such Person.

4.18 Complete Disclosure . All factual information (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender (including all information contained in the Schedules hereto or in the Disclosure Letter or other Loan Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any transaction contemplated herein or therein is, and all other such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated herein or therein will be, true and accurate, in all material respects, on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided. On the date on which any Projections are delivered to Agent, such Projections represent Borrower’s good faith estimate of its and its Subsidiaries future performance for the periods covered thereby based upon assumptions believed by Borrower to be reasonable at the time of the delivery thereof to Agent (it being understood that such projections and forecasts are subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and no assurances can be given that such projections or forecasts will be realized).

4.19 Indebtedness . Set forth on Schedule 4.19 to the Disclosure Letter is a true and complete list of all Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding immediately prior to the Restatement Effective Date that is to remain outstanding after the Restatement Effective Date and such Schedule accurately sets forth the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and the principal terms thereof.

 

-22-


4.20 Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the Untied States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) (Title 111 of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”). No part of the proceeds of the loans made hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations), Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to do all of the following:

5.1 Accounting System . Maintain a system of accounting that enables Borrower to produce financial statements in accordance with GAAP and maintain records pertaining to the Collateral that contain information as from time to time reasonably may be requested by Agent. Borrower agrees not to change in any material way its accounting practices that are in effect as of the Restatement Effective Date without obtaining the prior written consent of Agent. Borrower also shall keep a reporting system that shows all additions, sales, claims, returns, and allowances with respect to its and its Subsidiaries’ sales.

5.2 Collateral Reporting . Provide Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) with each of the reports set forth on Schedule 5.2 at the times specified therein.

5.3 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Deliver to Agent, with copies to each Lender, each of the financial statements, reports, or other items set forth on Schedule 5.3 at the times specified therein. In addition, Borrower agrees that no Subsidiary of Borrower will have a fiscal year different from that of Borrower.

5.4 Guarantor Reports . Cause each Guarantor to deliver its annual financial statements at the time when Borrower provides its audited financial statements to Agent, but only to the extent such Guarantor’s financial statements are not consolidated with Borrower’s financial statements.

5.5 Inspection . Permit Agent, each Lender, and each of their duly authorized representatives or agents to visit any of its properties and inspect any of its assets or books and records, to examine and make copies of its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances, and accounts with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers and employees at such reasonable times and intervals as Agent or any such Lender may designate and, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, with reasonable prior notice to Borrower.

5.6 Maintenance of Properties . Maintain and preserve all of its properties which are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear, tear, and casualty excepted (and except where the failure to do so could not be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change), and comply at all times with the provisions of all material leases to which it is a party as lessee, so as to prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder.

5.7 Taxes . Cause all assessments and taxes, whether real, personal, or otherwise, due or payable by, or imposed, levied, or assessed against Borrower, its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective assets to be paid in full, before delinquency or before the expiration of any extension period, except to the extent that the validity of such assessment or tax shall be the subject of a Permitted Protest. Borrower will and will cause its

 

-23-


Subsidiaries to make timely payment or deposit of all tax payments and withholding taxes required of it and them by applicable laws, including those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, and will, upon request, furnish Agent with proof satisfactory to Agent indicating that Borrower and its Subsidiaries have made such payments or deposits.

5.8 Insurance .

(a) At Borrower’s expense, maintain insurance respecting its and its Subsidiaries’ assets wherever located, covering loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, and all other hazards and risks as ordinarily are insured against by other Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses. Borrower also shall maintain business interruption, public liability, and product liability insurance, as well as insurance against larceny, embezzlement, and criminal misappropriation. All such policies of insurance shall be in such amounts and with such insurance companies as are reasonably satisfactory to Agent. Borrower shall deliver copies of all such policies to Agent with an endorsement naming Agent as the sole loss payee (under a satisfactory lender’s loss payable endorsement) or additional insured, as appropriate. Each policy of insurance or endorsement shall contain a clause requiring the insurer to give not less than 30 days prior written notice to Agent in the event of cancellation of the policy for any reason whatsoever.

(b) Borrower shall give Agent prompt notice of any loss exceeding $1,000,000 covered by such insurance. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the exclusive right to adjust any losses payable under any such insurance policies which are less than $1,000,000. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, or in the case of any losses payable under such insurance exceeding $1,000,000, Agent shall have the exclusive right to adjust any losses payable under any such insurance policies, without any liability to Borrower whatsoever in respect of such adjustments.

5.9 Location of Equipment . Keep Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Equipment (other than vehicles and Equipment out for repair) only at the locations identified on Schedule 4.5 to the Disclosure Letter and their chief executive offices only at the locations identified on Schedule 4.7(b) to the Disclosure Letter; provided , however , that Borrower may amend Schedule 4.5 to the Disclosure Letter or Schedule 4.7(b) to the Disclosure Letter so long as such amendment occurs by written notice to Agent not less than 15 days prior to the date on which such Equipment is moved to such new location or such chief executive office is relocated, so long as such new location is within the continental United States, and so long as, at the time of such written notification, Borrower provides Agent a Collateral Access Agreement with respect thereto.

5.10 Compliance with Laws . Comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders of any Governmental Authority, other than laws, rules, regulations, and orders the non-compliance with which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.11 Leases . Pay when due all rents and other amounts payable under any material leases to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which Borrower’s or any such Subsidiaries’ properties and assets are bound, unless such payments are the subject of a Permitted Protest.

5.12 Existence . At all times preserve and keep in full force and effect Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries, valid existence and good standing and, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, any rights, franchises, permits, licenses, accreditations, authorizations, or other approvals material to their businesses.

5.13 Environmental .

 

-24-


(a) Keep any property either owned or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries free of any Environmental Liens or post bonds or other financial assurances sufficient to satisfy the obligations or liability evidenced by such Environmental Liens, (b) comply, in all material respects, with Environmental Laws and provide to Agent documentation of such compliance which Agent reasonably requests, (c) promptly notify Agent of any release of a Hazardous Material in any reportable quantity from or onto property owned or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries and take any Remedial Actions required to abate said release or otherwise to come into compliance with applicable Environmental Law, and (d) promptly, but in any event within 5 days of its receipt thereof, provide Agent with written notice of any of the following: (i) notice that an Environmental Lien has been filed against any of the real or personal property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (ii) commencement of any Environmental Action or notice that an Environmental Action will be filed against Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and (iii) notice of a violation, citation, or other administrative order which reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.14 Disclosure Updates . Promptly and in no event later than 5 Business Days after obtaining knowledge thereof, notify Agent if any written information, exhibit, or report furnished to the Lender Group contained, at the time it was furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which made. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, any notification pursuant to the foregoing provision will not cure or remedy the effect of the prior untrue statement of a material fact or omission of any material fact nor shall any such notification have the effect of amending or modifying this Agreement or any of the Schedules hereto or the Schedules to the Disclosure Letter or any other Loan Document.

5.15 Control Agreements . Subject to Section 6.12 , take all reasonable steps in order for Agent to obtain control in accordance with Sections 8-106, 9-104, 9-105, 9-106, and 9-107 of the Code with respect to (subject to the proviso contained in Section 6.12 ) all of the Securities Accounts, Deposit Accounts, electronic chattel paper, investment property, and letter-of-credit rights of Borrower or any Guarantor.

5.16 Formation of Subsidiaries . Within 30 days after the time that Borrower or any Guarantor forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary after the Restatement Effective Date, Borrower or such Guarantor shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Agent a joinder to the Guaranty and the Security Agreement, together with such other security documents (including Mortgages with respect to any Real Property of such new Subsidiary), as well as appropriate financing statements (and with respect to all property subject to a Mortgage, fixture filings), all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent (including being sufficient to grant Agent a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Agent a pledge agreement (or an addendum to the Security Agreement) and appropriate certificates and powers or financing statements, hypothecating all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, and (c) provide to Agent all other documentation, including one or more opinions of counsel satisfactory to Agent, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above (including policies of title insurance or other documentation with respect to all property subject to a Mortgage). Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 5.16 shall be a Loan Document.

5.17 Further Assurances . At any time upon the request of Agent, Borrower shall execute or deliver to Agent, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to execute or deliver to Agent, any and all financing statements, fixture filings, security agreements, pledges, assignments, endorsements of certificates of title, mortgages, deeds of trust, opinions of counsel, and all other documents (collectively, the “ Additional Documents ”) that Agent may request in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, to create, perfect, and continue perfected or to better perfect the Agent’s Liens in all of the properties and assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired, tangible or intangible, real or personal), to create and perfect Liens in favor of Agent in any Real Property acquired by Borrower or its Subsidiaries after the Restatement Effective Date, and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated

 

-25-


hereby and under the other Loan Documents. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower authorizes Agent to execute any such Additional Documents in Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s name, as applicable, and authorizes Agent to file such executed Additional Documents in any appropriate filing office.

 

6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations), Borrower will not and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the following:

6.1 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, guarantee, or otherwise become or remain, directly or indirectly, liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with Indebtedness owed to Underlying Issuers with respect to Underlying Letters of Credit,

(b) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 4.19 to the Disclosure Letter and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,

(c) Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,

(d) endorsement of instruments or other payment items for deposit,

(e) Indebtedness composing Permitted Investments,

(f) guaranties by Borrower of Indebtedness of a Guarantor or guaranties by a Subsidiary of Borrower of Indebtedness of Borrower or a Guarantor with respect, in each case, to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.1,

(g) Indebtedness of any Guarantor to Borrower or to any other Guarantor, or of Borrower to any Guarantor; provided , (i) all such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by promissory notes and all such notes shall be subject to a Lien pursuant to the Security Agreement, (ii) all such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and (iii) any payment by any such Guarantor under any Guaranty shall result in a pro tanto reduction of the amount of any Indebtedness owed by such Guarantor to Borrower or to any of its Subsidiaries for whose benefit such payment is made,

(h) Other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries which is unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations in a manner satisfactory to Agent in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time $1,000,000; and

(i) obligations owing under Hedge Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

6.2 Liens . Create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on or with respect to any of its assets, of any kind, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, except for Permitted Liens.

6.3 Restrictions on Fundamental Changes .

 

-26-


(a) Other than in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or the Permitted Fundamental Change, enter into (provided that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassification of its Stock, if Borrower or such Subsdiary has disclosed to the other Persons party to the transaction any required consent of Agent and the Lenders hereunder) or consummate any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassify its Stock,

(b) Liquidate, wind up, or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or

(c) Suspend or go out of a substantial portion of its or their business;

provided that none of the foregoing restrictions shall apply to any Subsidiary of Borrower so long as (i) the occurrence of any such action or circumstance described above could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (ii) such Subsidiary is not a Guarantor or a Pledged Subsidiary, and (iii) no Event of Default exists at the time of the consummation of such transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Subsidiaries of Borrower may merge with and into Borrower or any Guarantor.

6.4 Disposal of Assets . Other than Permitted Dispositions, convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into an agreement to convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of; provided that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may enter into such an agreement if it has disclosed to the other Persons party to the subject transaction any required consent of the Lender Group hereunder) any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets.

6.5 Change Name . Other than as disclosed to Agent in connection with the Permitted Fundamental Change, change Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name, organizational identification number, state of organization or organizational identity; provided , however , that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may change their names upon at least 15 days prior written notice to Agent of such change and so long as, at the time of such written notification, Borrower or its Subsidiary provides any financing statements necessary to perfect and continue perfected the Agent’s Liens.

6.6 Nature of Business . Engage in any business other than (a) the business engaged in by Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Restatement Effective Date and similar or related businesses and (b) such other lines of business as may be consented to by the Required Lenders.

6.7 Prepayments and Amendments . Except in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1 ,

(a) optionally prepay, redeem, defease, purchase, or otherwise acquire any Indebtedness of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, other than payment of the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement and payment of intercompany loans (but subject to the terms of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement),

(b) make any payment on account of Indebtedness that has been contractually subordinated in right of payment if such payment is not permitted at such time under the subordination terms and conditions, or

(c) directly or indirectly, amend, modify, alter, increase, or change any of the terms or conditions of any agreement, instrument, document, indenture, or other writing evidencing or concerning Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(b) or (c) .

6.8 Change of Control . Cause, permit, or suffer, directly or indirectly, any Change of Control.

6.9 [Intentionally Omitted] .

 

-27-


6.10 Distributions . Make any distribution or declare or pay any dividends (in cash or other property, other than in common Stock) on, or purchase, acquire, redeem, or retire any of Borrower’s Stock, of any class, whether now or hereafter outstanding; provided that so long as it is permitted by law and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately prior to or after giving effect to any such distribution:

(a) Borrower may make distributions to its members pursuant to Article XI Section 11.02 of Borrower’s Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended from time to time, on account of tax obligations of such members;

(b) At any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, Borrower may make an additional distribution to its members one time during any 12 month period if (i) EBITDA of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended 12 month period was at least $18,500,000, (ii) the financial results of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended 12 month period have been reviewed by a Nationally Recognized Accounting Firm and include at least some portion of an audited year by such firm, and (iii) Borrower has at least $5,000,000 of Excess Availability and Qualified Cash after giving effect to such distribution;

(c) Borrower may make distributions to former employees, officers, or directors of Borrower (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) on account of repurchases of Stock of Borrower held by such Persons, provided , however , that the aggregate amount of such repurchases made by Borrower during the term of this Agreement does not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate;

(d) Borrower may make distributions to former employees, officers, or directors of Borrower (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing), solely in the form of forgiveness of Indebtedness of any such Person owing to Borrower on account of purchases of the Stock of Borrower held by such Persons; provided that such Indebtedness was incurred by such Persons solely to acquire Stock of Borrower;

(e) Borrower may effect the Permitted Fundamental Change;

(f) Borrower may issue common Stock in connection the exercise or conversion of securities exercisable for or convertible into Borrower’s Stock; and

(g) Borrower may pay cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any stock dividend or split or combination of Borrower’s Stock or upon the exercise or conversion of securities exercisable for or convertible into Borrower’s Stock.

6.11 Accounting Methods . Modify or change its fiscal year or its method of accounting (other than as may be required to conform to GAAP) or enter into, modify, or terminate any agreement currently existing, or at any time hereafter entered into with any third party accounting firm or service bureau for the preparation or storage of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ accounting records without said accounting firm or service bureau agreeing to provide Agent information regarding Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ financial condition.

6.12 Investments . Except for Permitted Investments, directly or indirectly, make or acquire any Investment; provided , however , that (a) Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries shall not have Permitted Investments (other than in the Cash Management Accounts) in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000 at any one time unless Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries, as applicable, and the applicable securities intermediary or bank have entered into Control Agreements governing such Permitted Investments in order to perfect (and further establish) the Agent’s Liens in such Permitted Investments and (b) Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries shall not have Permitted Investments in Deposit Accounts

 

-28-


or Securities Accounts in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 at any one time. Subject to clause (a) in the foregoing proviso, Borrower shall not and shall not permit its Domestic Subsidiaries to establish or maintain any Deposit Account or Securities Account unless Agent shall have received a Control Agreement in respect of such Deposit Account or Securities Account.

6.13 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries except for:

(a) transactions (other the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, or advisory fees) between Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, so long as such transactions (i) are upon fair and reasonable terms, (ii) are fully disclosed to Agent if they involve one or more payments by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in excess of $50,000 for any single transaction or series of transactions, and (iii) are no less favorable to Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate;

(b) the payment of reasonable fees, compensation, or employee benefit arrangements to, and any indemnity provided for the benefit of, outside directors of Borrower in the ordinary course of business and consistent with industry practice;

(c) the payment of compensation to officers and other employees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with industry practice;

(d) transactions between Borrower and any Guarantor;

(e) transactions permitted by Section 6.1 , Section 6.3 , Section 6.4 , Section 6.7 , or Section 6.10 or Permitted Investments; and

(f) service, cost-sharing, subscription and management agreements entered into between or among Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business so long as such agreements are fully disclosed to Agent.

6.14 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Advances for any purpose other than (a) on the Restatement Effective Date, to repay the term loan under the Existing Credit Agreement and pay transactional fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (b) thereafter, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, for its working capital and general corporate purposes.

6.15 Equipment with Bailees . Except as permitted by Section 5.9 , Store the Equipment of Borrower or its Subsidiaries at any time now or hereafter with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar party.

6.16 Financial Covenants .

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a fiscal quarter-end basis, less than the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Ratio

 

Applicable Period

1.00:1.00  

For the 12 month period

ending December 31, 2011

 

-29-


1.25:1.00  

For the 12 month period

ending March 31, 2012

1.50:1.00  

For the 12 month periods

ending June 30, 2012

and the 12 month period ending at the end of

each quarter thereafter

(b) Leverage Ratio. Have a Leverage Ratio, measured on a fiscal quarter-end basis, more than the applicable ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto.

 

Applicable Ratio

 

Applicable Period

2.50:1.00

 

For the 12 month period

ending March 31, 2011

2.50:1.00

 

For the 12 month period

ending June 30, 2011

2.50:1.00

 

For the 12 month period

ending September 30, 2011

2.50:1.00

 

For the 12 month period

ending December 31, 2011

1.50:1.00

 

For the 12 month period

ending March 31, 2012

and the 12 month period ending at the end of

each quarter thereafter

(c) Liquidity Ratio . Have a Liquidity Ratio, measured on a monthly basis, less than the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable date set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Ratio

 

Applicable Date

1.25:1.00  

As of the last day of each month from February 28, 2011

through December 31, 2011

1.50:1.00  

As of January 31, 2012 and as of the last day of each month

thereafter

6.17 Certain Calculations . With respect to any period during which a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Disposition has occurred (each, a “ Subject Transaction ”), for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.16 , EBITDA and the components of Fixed Charges shall be calculated with respect to such period on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to a specific transaction, are factually supportable and are expected to

 

-30-


have a continuing impact, in each case determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC) using the historical audited financial statements of any business so acquired or to be acquired or sold or to be sold and the consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be reformulated as if such Subject Transaction, and any Indebtedness incurred or repaid in connection therewith, had been consummated or incurred or repaid at the beginning of such period (and assuming that such Indebtedness bears interest during any portion of the applicable measurement period prior to the relevant acquisition at the weighted average of the interest rates applicable to outstanding loans incurred during such period).

 

7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default (each, an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

7.1 If Borrower fails to pay when due and payable, or when declared due and payable, (a) all or any portion of the Obligations consisting of interest, fees, or charges due the Lender Group, reimbursement of Lender Group Expenses, or other amounts (other than any portion thereof constituting principal) constituting Obligations (including any portion thereof that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), and such failure continues for a period of 3 Business Days, or (b) all or any portion of the principal of the Obligations;

7.2 If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries:

(a) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of Sections 2.7 , 5.2 , 5.3 , 5.4 , 5.5 , 5.8 , 5.12 , 5.14 , 5.16 , 5.17 and 6.1 through 6.16 of this Agreement or Section 6 of the Security Agreement;

(b) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of Sections 5.6 , 5.7 , 5.9 , 5.10 , 5.11 and 5.15 of this Agreement and such failure continues for a period of 10 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of Borrower or (ii) written notice thereof is given to Borrower by Agent; or

(c) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement, or in any of the other Loan Documents, in each case, other than any such covenant or agreement that is the subject of another provision of this Section 7 (in which event such other provision of this Section 7 shall govern), and such failure continues for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of Borrower or (ii) written notice thereof is given to Borrower by Agent;

7.3 If any material portion of the assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any third Person and the same is not discharged before the earlier of 30 days after the date it first arises or 5 days prior to the date on which such property or asset is subject to forfeiture by Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary;

7.4 If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

7.5 If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any of the following events occur: (a) Borrower or such Subsidiary consents to the institution of such Insolvency Proceeding against it, (b) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not timely controverted, (c) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not dismissed within 60 calendar days

 

-31-


of the date of the filing thereof, (d) an interim trustee is appointed to take possession of all or any substantial portion of the properties or assets of, or to operate all or any substantial portion of the business of, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (e) an order for relief shall have been issued or entered therein;

7.6 If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of the business affairs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

7.7 If one or more judgments, orders, or awards involving an aggregate amount of $2,500,000, or more (except to the extent fully covered by insurance pursuant to which the insurer has accepted liability therefor in writing) shall be entered or filed against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to any of their respective assets, and the same is not released, discharged, bonded against, or stayed pending appeal before the earlier of 30 days after the date it first arises or 5 days prior to the date on which such asset is subject to being forfeited by Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary;

7.8 If there is a default in one or more agreements to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with one or more third Persons relative to Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Indebtedness involving an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or more, and such default (i) occurs at the final maturity of the obligations thereunder, or (ii) results in a right by such third Person(s), irrespective of whether exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary’s obligations thereunder;

7.9 If any warranty, representation, statement, or Record made herein or in any other Loan Document or delivered to Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document proves to be untrue in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of the date of issuance or making or deemed making thereof;

7.10 If the obligation of any Guarantor under the Guaranty is limited or terminated by operation of law or by such Guarantor, or any such Guarantor becomes the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding;

7.11 If the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document that purports to create a Lien, shall, for any reason, fail or cease to create a valid and perfected and, except to the extent permitted by the terms hereof or thereof, first priority Lien on or security interest in the Collateral covered hereby or thereby, except as a result of a disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement; or

7.13 Any provision of any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason be declared to be null and void, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or a proceeding shall be commenced by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Borrower or its Subsidiaries, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall deny that Borrower or its Subsidiaries has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Loan Document.

 

8. THE LENDER GROUP’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

8.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence, and during the continuation, of an Event of Default, the Required Lenders (at their election but without notice of their election and without demand) may authorize and instruct Agent to do any one or more of the following on behalf of the Lender Group (and Agent, acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, shall do the same on behalf of the Lender Group), all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Declare all or any portion of the Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable;

 

-32-


(b) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement, under any of the Loan Documents, or under any other agreement between Borrower and the Lender Group;

(c) Terminate this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents as to any future liability or obligation of the Lender Group, but without affecting any of the Agent’s Liens in the Collateral and without affecting the Obligations; and

(d) The Lender Group shall have all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity or pursuant to any other Loan Document.

The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 7.4 or Section 7.5 , in addition to the remedies set forth above, without any notice to Borrower or any other Person or any act by the Lender Group, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the Obligations then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all fees and all other amounts due under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower.

8.2 Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies of the Lender Group under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. The Lender Group shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by the Lender Group of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by the Lender Group of any Event of Default shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by the Lender Group shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.

 

9. TAXES AND EXPENSES.

If Borrower fails to pay any monies (whether taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, or, in the case of leased properties or assets, rents or other amounts payable under such leases) due to third Persons, or fails to make any deposits or furnish any required proof of payment or deposit, all as required under the terms of this Agreement, then, Agent, in its sole discretion and without prior notice to Borrower, may do any or all of the following: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof, (b) set up such reserves against the borrowing formula set forth in Section 2.1(a) as Agent deems necessary to protect the Lender Group from the exposure created by such failure, or (c) in the case of the failure to comply with Section 5.8 hereof, obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type described in Section 5.8 and take any action with respect to such policies as Agent deems prudent. Any such amounts paid by Agent shall constitute Lender Group Expenses and any such payments shall not constitute an agreement by the Lender Group to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by the Lender Group of any Event of Default under this Agreement. Agent need not inquire as to, or contest the validity of, any such expense, tax, or Lien and the receipt of the usual official notice for the payment thereof shall be conclusive evidence that the same was validly due and owing.

 

10. WAIVERS; INDEMNIFICATION.

10.1 Demand; Protest; etc . Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by the Lender Group on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

10.2 The Lender Group’s Liability for Collateral . Borrower hereby agrees that: (a) so long as Agent complies with its obligations, if any, under the Code, the Lender Group shall not in any way or manner

 

-33-


be liable or responsible for: (i) the safekeeping of the Collateral, (ii) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause, (iii) any diminution in the value thereof, or (iv) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person, and (b) all risk of loss, damage, or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

10.3 Indemnification . Borrower shall pay, indemnify, defend, and hold the Agent-Related Persons, the Lender-Related Persons, and each Participant (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, liabilities, fines, costs, penalties, and damages, and all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, experts, or consultants and all other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith or in connection with the enforcement of this indemnification (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), at any time asserted against, imposed upon, or incurred by any of them (a) in connection with or as a result of or related to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance, or administration (including any restructuring or workout with respect hereto) of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the monitoring of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, (b) with respect to any investigation, litigation, or proceeding related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or the use of the proceeds of the credit provided hereunder (irrespective of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto), or any act, omission, event, or circumstance in any manner related thereto, and (c) in connection with or arising out of any presence or release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under, to or from any assets or properties owned, leased or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Environmental Actions, Environmental Liabilities and Costs or Remedial Actions related in any way to any such assets or properties of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (each and all of the foregoing, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”). The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower shall have no obligation to any Indemnified Person under this Section 10.3 with respect to any Indemnified Liability that a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Obligations. If any Indemnified Person makes any payment to any other Indemnified Person with respect to an Indemnified Liability as to which Borrower was required to indemnify the Indemnified Person receiving such payment, the Indemnified Person making such payment is entitled to be indemnified and reimbursed by Borrower with respect thereto. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PERSON WITH RESPECT TO INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PERSON OR OF ANY OTHER PERSON.

 

11. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by Borrower or Agent to the other relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), overnight courier, electronic mail (at such email addresses as Borrower or Agent, as applicable, may designate to each other in accordance herewith), or telefacsimile to Borrower or Agent, as the case may be, at its address set forth below:

 

-34-


If to Borrower:    SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC
   634 Second Street
   San Francisco, CA 94107
   Attn: Chief Financial Officer
   Fax No. (415) 962-3250
with copies to:    WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI, P.C.
   650 Page Mill Road
   Palo Alto, CA 94304
   Attn: Tony Jeffries, Esq.
   Fax No.: (650) 493-6811
If to Agent:    WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.
   2450 Colorado Avenue, Suite 3000 West
   Santa Monica, CA 90404
   Attn: Technology Finance Manager
   Fax No.: (310) 453-7413
with copies to:    SHEPPARD, MULLIN, RICHTER & HAMPTON LLP
   333 South Hope Street, 43 rd Floor
   Los Angeles, CA 90071
   Attn: Richard Pugh, Esq.
   Fax No.: (213) 620-1398

Agent and Borrower may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other party. All notices or demands sent in accordance with this Section 11 , other than notices by Agent in connection with enforcement rights against the Collateral under the provisions of the Code, shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual receipt or 3 Business Days after the deposit thereof in the mail. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that notices sent by the Lender Group in connection with the exercise of enforcement rights against Collateral under the provisions of the Code shall be deemed sent when deposited in the mail or personally delivered, or, where permitted by law, transmitted by telefacsimile or any other method set forth above.

 

12. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE .

(a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

(b) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES,

 

-35-


STATE OF CALIFORNIA; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 12(b) .

(c) BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

(d) THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT PREFER THAT ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM BE RESOLVED IN LITIGATION SUBJECT TO A JURY TRIAL WAIVER AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 12(c) . IF, HOWEVER, UNDER THE THEN APPLICABLE LAW OF THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH A PARTY SEEKS TO COMMENCE ANY SUCH LITIGATION, A PRE-DISPUTE JURY TRIAL WAIVER OF THE TYPE PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 12(c) IS UNENFORCEABLE IN LITIGATION TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR CONTROVERSY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EACH, A “ CLAIM ”), THEN, UPON THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF SUCH PARTY, SUCH CLAIM, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL BE DETERMINED EXCLUSIVELY BY A JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 12(b) , VENUE FOR ANY SUCH REFERENCE PROCEEDING SHALL BE IN THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE COUNTY OR DISTRICT WHERE VENUE IS APPROPRIATE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW (THE “COURT”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IF THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE COURT SHALL APPOINT THE REFEREE. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CLAIM AND DELIVERY, INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, ATTACHMENT OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER). THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE ALSO SHALL DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION 12(d) . THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY CLAIM DETERMINED BY REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 12(d) SHALL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY.

 

-36-


13. ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS.

13.1 Assignments and Participations .

(a) Any Lender may assign and delegate to one or more assignees (each an “ Assignee ”) that are Eligible Transferees all or any portion of the Obligations, the Commitments and the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, in a minimum amount (unless waived by the Agent) of $5,000,000 (except such minimum amount shall not apply to (x) an assignment or delegation by any Lender to any other Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender or (y) a group of new Lenders, each of whom is an Affiliate of each other or a fund or account managed by any such new Lender or an Affiliate of such new Lender to the extent that the aggregate amount to be assigned to all such new Lenders is at least $5,000,000); provided , however , that Borrower and Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses, and related information with respect to the Assignee, have been given to Borrower and Agent by such Lender and the Assignee, (ii) such Lender and its Assignee have delivered to Borrower and Agent an Assignment and Acceptance and Agent has notified the assigning Lender of its receipt thereof in accordance with Section 13.1(b) , and (iii) unless waived by the Agent, the assigning Lender or Assignee has paid to Agent for Agent’s separate account a processing fee in the amount of $3,500. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the payment of any fees shall not be required and the Assignee need not be an Eligible Transferee if such assignment is in connection with any merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or any substantial portion of the business or loan portfolio of the assigning Lender.

(b) From and after the date that Agent notifies the assigning Lender (with a copy to Borrower) that it has received an executed Assignment and Acceptance and, if applicable, payment of the required processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (except with respect to Section 10.3 hereof) and be released from any future obligations under this Agreement (and in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto and thereto), and such assignment shall effect a novation among Borrower, the assigning Lender, and the Assignee; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall release any assigning Lender from obligations that survive the termination of this Agreement, including such assigning Lender’s obligations under Section 15 and Section 16.7(a) of this Agreement.

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the Assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of Borrower or the performance or observance by Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (iii) such Assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such Assignee will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, (v) such Assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such actions and to exercise such powers under this Agreement

 

-37-


as are delegated to Agent, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and (vi) such Assignee agrees that it will perform all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(d) Immediately upon Agent’s receipt of the required processing fee, if applicable, and delivery of notice to the assigning Lender pursuant to Section 13.1(b) , this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of the Assignee and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments arising therefrom. The Commitment allocated to each Assignee shall reduce such Commitment of the assigning Lender pro tanto .

(e) Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks, financial institutions, or other Persons (a “ Participant ”) participating interests in all or any portion of its Obligations, its Commitment, and the other rights and interests of that Lender (the “ Originating Lender ”) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that (i) the Originating Lender shall remain a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Participant receiving the participating interest in the Obligations, the Commitments, and the other rights and interests of the Originating Lender hereunder shall not constitute a “Lender” hereunder or under the other Loan Documents and the Originating Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Originating Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) Borrower, Agent, and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Originating Lender in connection with the Originating Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) no Lender shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant has the right to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such amendment to, or consent or waiver with respect to this Agreement or of any other Loan Document would (A) extend the final maturity date of the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (B) reduce the interest rate applicable to the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (C) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or guaranties (except to the extent expressly provided herein or in any of the Loan Documents) supporting the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (D) postpone the payment of, or reduce the amount of, the interest or fees payable to such Participant through such Lender, or (E) change the amount or due dates of scheduled principal repayments or prepayments or premiums, and (v) all amounts payable by Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation, except that, if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement. The rights of any Participant only shall be derivative through the Originating Lender with whom such Participant participates and no Participant shall have any rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any direct rights as to the other Lenders, Agent, Borrower, the Collections of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Obligations. No Participant shall have the right to participate directly in the making of decisions by the Lenders among themselves.

(f) In connection with any such assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation, a Lender may, subject to the provisions of Section 16.7 , disclose all documents and information which it now or hereafter may have relating to Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses.

(g) Any other provision in this Agreement notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Federal Reserve Bank or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR §203.24, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

 

-38-


13.2 Successors . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of each of the parties; provided , however , that Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or duties hereunder without the Lenders’ prior written consent and any prohibited assignment shall be absolutely void ab initio . No consent to assignment by the Lenders shall release Borrower from its Obligations. A Lender may assign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and its rights and duties hereunder and thereunder pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof and, except as expressly required pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof, no consent or approval by Borrower is required in connection with any such assignment.

 

14. AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.

14.1 Amendments and Waivers . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than Bank Product Agreements or the Fee Letter), and no consent with respect to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders (or by Agent at the written request of the Required Lenders) and Borrower and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective, but only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such waiver, amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Lenders directly affected thereby and Borrower, do any of the following:

(a) increase or extend any Commitment of any Lender,

(b) postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other amounts due hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest on, any loan or other extension of credit hereunder, or reduce any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(d) change the Pro Rata Share that is required to take any action hereunder,

(e) amend or modify this Section or any provision of this Agreement providing for consent or other action by all Lenders,

(f) other than as permitted by Section 15.12 , release Agent’s Lien in and to any of the Collateral,

(g) change the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”,

(h) contractually subordinate any of the Agent’s Liens,

(i) other than in connection with a merger, liquidation, dissolution or sale of such Person expressly permitted by the terms hereof or the other Loan Documents, release Borrower or any Guarantor from any obligation for the payment of money,

(j) amend any of the provisions of Section 2.4(b),

(k) change the definition of Maximum Revolver Amount or change Section 2.1(b) , or

(l) amend any of the provisions of Section 15 .

and, provided further , however , that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by Agent, Issuing Lender, or Swing Lender, as applicable, affect the rights or duties of Agent, Issuing Lender, or Swing Lender, as applicable, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The foregoing

 

-39-


notwithstanding, any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, termination, or release of, or with respect to, any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that relates only to the relationship of the Lender Group among themselves, and that does not affect the rights or obligations of Borrower, shall not require consent by or the agreement of Borrower.

14.2 Replacement of Holdout Lender .

(a) If any action to be taken by the Lender Group or Agent hereunder requires the unanimous consent, authorization, or agreement of all Lenders and if such action has received the consent, authorization, or agreement of the Required Lenders but not all of the Lenders, then Agent, upon at least 5 Business Days prior irrevocable notice, may permanently replace any Lender (a “ Holdout Lender ”) that failed to give its consent, authorization, or agreement with one or more substitute Lenders (each, a “ Replacement Lender ”), and the Holdout Lender shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder. Such notice to replace the Holdout Lender shall specify an effective date for such replacement, which date shall not be later than 15 Business Days after the date such notice is given.

(b) Prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Holdout Lender and each Replacement Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance, subject only to the Holdout Lender being repaid its share of the outstanding Obligations (including an assumption of its Pro Rata Share of the Risk Participation Liability) without any premium or penalty of any kind whatsoever. If the Holdout Lender shall refuse or fail to execute and deliver any such Assignment and Acceptance prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Holdout Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance. The replacement of any Holdout Lender shall be made in accordance with the terms of Section 13.1 . Until such time as the Replacement Lenders shall have acquired all of the Obligations, the Commitments, and the other rights and obligations of the Holdout Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Holdout Lender shall remain obligated to make the Holdout Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Advances and to purchase a participation in each Letter of Credit, in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Risk Participation Liability of such Letter of Credit.

14.3 No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by Agent or any Lender to exercise any right, remedy, or option under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or delay by Agent or any Lender in exercising the same, will operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver by Agent or any Lender will be effective unless it is in writing, and then only to the extent specifically stated. No waiver by Agent or any Lender on any occasion shall affect or diminish Agent’s and each Lender’s rights thereafter to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement. Agent’s and each Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy that Agent or any Lender may have.

 

15. AGENT; THE LENDER GROUP.

15.1 Appointment and Authorization of Agent . Each Lender hereby designates and appoints WFCF as its representative under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent to execute and deliver each of the other Loan Documents on its behalf and to take such other action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to Agent by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Agent agrees to act as such on the express conditions contained in this Section 15. The provisions of this Section 15 (other than the proviso to Section 15.11(a) ) are solely for the benefit of Agent, and the Lenders, and Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have no rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions contained herein. Any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document notwithstanding, Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any

 

-40-


other Loan Document or otherwise exist against Agent; it being expressly understood and agreed that the use of the word “Agent” is for convenience only, that WFCF is merely the representative of the Lenders, and only has the contractual duties set forth herein. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, Agent shall have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions that Agent expressly is entitled to take or assert under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or of any other provision of the Loan Documents that provides rights or powers to Agent, Lenders agree that Agent shall have the right to exercise the following powers as long as this Agreement remains in effect: (a) maintain, in accordance with its customary business practices, ledgers and records reflecting the status of the Obligations, the Collateral, the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and related matters, (b) execute or file any and all financing or similar statements or notices, amendments, renewals, supplements, documents, instruments, proofs of claim, notices and other written agreements with respect to the Loan Documents, (c) make Advances, for itself or on behalf of Lenders as provided in the Loan Documents, (d) exclusively receive, apply, and distribute the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as provided in the Loan Documents, (e) open and maintain such bank accounts and cash management arrangements as Agent deems necessary and appropriate in accordance with the Loan Documents for the foregoing purposes with respect to the Collateral and the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (f) perform, exercise, and enforce any and all other rights and remedies of the Lender Group with respect to Borrower, the Obligations, the Collateral, the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or otherwise related to any of same as provided in the Loan Documents, and (g) incur and pay such Lender Group Expenses as Agent may deem necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions and powers pursuant to the Loan Documents. No Lender that also is designated as a “Documentation Agent” hereunder shall have any right, power, duty, responsibility, obligation or liability under this Agreement, except for the duties, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities of a Lender hereunder.

15.2 Delegation of Duties . Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys in fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney in fact that it selects as long as such selection was made without gross negligence or willful misconduct.

15.3 Liability of Agent . None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower, or any officer or director thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of Borrower or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the books and records or properties of Borrower or the books or records or properties of any of Borrower’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

15.4 Reliance by Agent . Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Borrower or counsel to any Lender), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless Agent shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Lenders as it deems appropriate and until such instructions are

 

-41-


received, Agent shall act, or refrain from acting, as it deems advisable. If Agent so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the requisite Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

15.5 Notice of Default or Event of Default . Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest, fees, and expenses required to be paid to Agent for the account of the Lenders and, except with respect to Events of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge, unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default, and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” Agent promptly will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice or of any Event of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge. If any Lender obtains actual knowledge of any Event of Default, such Lender promptly shall notify the other Lenders and Agent of such Event of Default. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for giving any notices to its Participants, if any. Subject to Section 15.4 , Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 8 ; provided , however , that unless and until Agent has received any such request, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable.

15.6 Credit Decision . Each Lender acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender. Each Lender represents to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower and any other Person party to a Loan Document, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrower. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower and any other Person party to a Loan Document. Except for notices, reports, and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by Agent, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of Borrower and any other Person party to a Loan Document that may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons.

15.7 Costs and Expenses; Indemnification . Agent may incur and pay Lender Group Expenses to the extent Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions, powers, and obligations pursuant to the Loan Documents, including court costs, attorneys fees and expenses, fees and expenses of financial accountants, advisors, consultants, and appraisers, costs of collection by outside collection agencies, auctioneer fees and expenses, and costs of security guards or insurance premiums paid to maintain the Collateral, whether or not Borrower is obligated to reimburse Agent or Lenders for such expenses pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. Agent is authorized and directed to deduct and retain sufficient amounts from the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries received by Agent to reimburse Agent for such out-of-pocket costs and expenses prior to the distribution of any amounts to Lenders. In the event Agent is not reimbursed for such costs and expenses by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, each Lender hereby agrees that it is and shall be obligated to pay to Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. Whether or not

 

-42-


the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), according to their Pro Rata Shares, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct nor shall any Lender be liable for the obligations of any Defaulting Lender in failing to make an Advance or other extension of credit hereunder. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse Agent upon demand for such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any costs or out of pocket expenses (including attorneys, accountants, advisors, and consultants fees and expenses) incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment, or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrower. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

15.8 Agent in Individual Capacity . WFCF and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents as though WFCF were not Agent hereunder, and, in each case, without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, WFCF or its Affiliates may receive information regarding Borrower or its Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of Borrower or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and the Lenders acknowledge that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver Agent will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them.

15.9 Successor Agent . Agent may resign as Agent upon 45 days notice to the Lenders (unless such notice is waived by the Required Lenders). If Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor Agent for the Lenders. If no successor Agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of Agent, Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders, a successor Agent. If Agent has materially breached or failed to perform any material provision of this Agreement or of applicable law, the Required Lenders may agree in writing to remove and replace Agent with a successor Agent from among the Lenders. In any such event, upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor Agent hereunder, such successor Agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers, and duties of the retiring Agent and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor Agent and the retiring Agent’s appointment, powers, and duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 15 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no successor Agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 45 days following a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above.

15.10 Lender in Individual Capacity . Any Lender and its respective Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents as though such Lender were not a Lender hereunder without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, such Lender and its respective Affiliates may receive information regarding Borrower or its Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of Borrower or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and the Lenders acknowledge that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver such Lender

 

-43-


will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), such Lender shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to the Swing Loans and Protective Advances, Swing Lender shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the sub-agent of Agent.

15.11 Withholding Taxes .

(a) All payments made by Borrower hereunder or under any note or other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense. In addition, all such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future Taxes, and in the event any deduction or withholding of Taxes is required, Borrower shall comply with the penultimate sentence of this Section 15.11(a) . “Taxes” shall mean, any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein with respect to such payments (but excluding any tax imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein measured by or based on the net income or net profits of any Lender) and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto. If any Taxes are so levied or imposed, Borrower agrees to pay the full amount of such Taxes and such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every payment of all amounts due under this Agreement, any note, or Loan Document, including any amount paid pursuant to this Section 15.11(a) after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for herein; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be required to increase any such amounts if the increase in such amount payable results from Agent’s or such Lender’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). Borrower will furnish to Agent as promptly as possible after the date the payment of any Tax is due pursuant to applicable law certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by Borrower.

(b) If a Lender claims an exemption from United States withholding tax, Lender agrees with and in favor of Agent and Borrower, to deliver to Agent:

(i) if such Lender claims an exemption from United States withholding tax pursuant to its portfolio interest exception, (A) a statement of the Lender, signed under penalty of perjury, that it is not a (I) a “bank” as described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the IRC, (II) a 10% shareholder of Borrower (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the IRC), or (III) a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the IRC, and (B) a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN, before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower;

(ii) if such Lender claims an exemption from, or a reduction of, withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower;

(iii) if such Lender claims that interest paid under this Agreement is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, two properly completed and executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower; or

(iv) such other form or forms, including IRS Form W-9, as may be required under the IRC or other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding or backup withholding tax before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower.

Lender agrees promptly to notify Agent and Borrower of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

 

-44-


(c) If a Lender claims an exemption from withholding tax in a jurisdiction other than the United States, Lender agrees with and in favor of Agent and Borrower, to deliver to Agent any such form or forms, as may be required under the laws of such jurisdiction as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, foreign withholding or backup withholding tax before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower.

Lender agrees promptly to notify Agent and Borrower of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

(d) If any Lender claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax and such Lender sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of Borrower to such Lender, such Lender agrees to notify Agent and Borrower of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of Borrower to such Lender. To the extent of such percentage amount, Agent and Borrower will treat such Lender’s documentation provided pursuant to Sections 15.11(b) or 15.11(c) as no longer valid. With respect to such percentage amount, Lender may provide new documentation, pursuant to Sections 15.11 (b) or 15.11(c) , if applicable.

(e) If any Lender is entitled to a reduction in the applicable withholding tax, Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account such reduction. If the forms or other documentation required by subsection (b) or (c)  of this Section 15.11 are not delivered to Agent, then Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender not providing such forms or other documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.

(f) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender due to a failure on the part of the Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such Lender shall indemnify and hold Agent harmless for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Agent, as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to Agent under this Section 15.11 , together with all costs and expenses (including attorneys fees and expenses). The obligation of the Lenders under this subsection shall survive the payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

15.12 Collateral Matters .

(a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to release any Lien on any Collateral (i) upon the termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction in full by Borrower of all Obligations, (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if a release is required or desirable in connection therewith and if Borrower certifies to Agent that the sale or disposition is permitted under Section 6.4 of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (and Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), (iii) constituting property in which Borrower or its Subsidiaries owned no interest at the time the Agent’s Lien was granted nor at any time thereafter, or (iv) constituting property leased to Borrower or its Subsidiaries under a lease that has expired or is terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement. Except as provided above, Agent will not execute and deliver a release of any Lien on any Collateral without the prior written authorization of (y) if the release is of all or substantially all of the Collateral, all of the Lenders, or (z) otherwise, the Required Lenders. Upon request by Agent or Borrower at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release any such Liens on particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 15.12 ; provided , however , that (1) Agent shall not be required to execute any document necessary to evidence such release on terms that, in Agent’s opinion, would expose Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Lien without recourse, representation, or warranty, and (2) such release shall not in any manner

 

-45-


discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly being released) upon (or obligations of Borrower in respect of) all interests retained by Borrower, including, the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral.

(b) Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any of the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Borrower or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Agent pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given Agent’s own interest in the Collateral in its capacity as one of the Lenders and that Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to any Lender as to any of the foregoing, except as otherwise provided herein.

15.13 Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments .

(a) Each of the Lenders agrees that it shall not, without the express written consent of Agent, and that it shall, to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so, upon the written request of Agent, set off against the Obligations, any amounts owing by such Lender to Borrower or any deposit accounts of Borrower now or hereafter maintained with such Lender. Each of the Lenders further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so in writing by Agent, take or cause to be taken any action, including, the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings, to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.

(b) If, at any time or times any Lender shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, setoff, or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations, except for any such proceeds or payments received by such Lender from Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) payments from Agent in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all such distributions by Agent, such Lender promptly shall (A) turn the same over to Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to Agent, or in immediately available funds, as applicable, for the account of all of the Lenders and for application to the Obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, or (B) purchase, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in the Obligations owed to the other Lenders so that such excess payment received shall be applied ratably as among the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares; provided , however , that to the extent that such excess payment received by the purchasing party is thereafter recovered from it, those purchases of participations shall be rescinded in whole or in part, as applicable, and the applicable portion of the purchase price paid therefor shall be returned to such purchasing party, but without interest except to the extent that such purchasing party is required to pay interest in connection with the recovery of the excess payment.

15.14 Agency for Perfection . Agent hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent (and each Lender hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting the Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected only by possession or control. Should any Lender obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify Agent thereof, and, promptly upon Agent’s request therefor shall deliver possession or control of such Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agent’s instructions.

15.15 Payments by Agent to the Lenders . All payments to be made by Agent to the Lenders shall be made by bank wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to such wire transfer instructions as each party may designate for itself by written notice to Agent. Concurrently with each such payment, Agent shall identify whether such payment (or any portion thereof) represents principal, premium, fees, or interest of the Obligations.

 

-46-


15.16 Concerning the Collateral and Related Loan Documents . Each member of the Lender Group authorizes and directs Agent to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each member of the Lender Group agrees that any action taken by Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents relating to the Collateral and the exercise by Agent of its powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

15.17 Field Audits and Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information . By becoming a party to this Agreement, each Lender:

(a) is deemed to have requested that Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each field audit or examination report (each a “ Report ” and collectively, “ Reports ”) prepared by or at the request of Agent, and Agent shall so furnish each Lender with such Reports,

(b) expressly agrees and acknowledges that Agent does not (i) make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any Report, and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report,

(c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that Agent or other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding Borrower and will rely significantly upon Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ books and records, as well as on representations of Borrower’s personnel,

(d) agrees to keep all Reports and other material, non-public information regarding Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans in a confidential manner in accordance with Section 16.7 , and

(e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold Agent and any other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or fail to take or any conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any loans or other credit accommodations that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to Borrower, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a loan or loans of Borrower, and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend and hold Agent, and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including, attorneys fees and costs) incurred by Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

In addition to the foregoing: (x) any Lender may from time to time request of Agent in writing that Agent provide to such Lender a copy of any report or document provided by Borrower to Agent that has not been contemporaneously provided by Borrower to such Lender, and, upon receipt of such request, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, (y) to the extent that Agent is entitled, under any provision of the Loan Documents, to request additional reports or information from Borrower, any Lender may, from time to time, reasonably request Agent to exercise such right as specified in such Lender’s notice to Agent, whereupon Agent promptly shall request of Borrower the additional reports or information reasonably specified by such Lender, and, upon receipt thereof from Borrower, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, and (z) any time that Agent renders to Borrower a statement regarding the Loan Account, Agent shall send a copy of such statement to each Lender.

15.18 Several Obligations; No Liability . Notwithstanding that certain of the Loan Documents now or hereafter may have been or will be executed only by or in favor of Agent in its capacity as such, and not by or in favor of the Lenders, any and all obligations on the part of Agent (if any) to make any credit

 

-47-


available hereunder shall constitute the several (and not joint) obligations of the respective Lenders on a ratable basis, according to their respective Commitments, to make an amount of such credit not to exceed, in principal amount, at any one time outstanding, the amount of their respective Revolver Commitments. Nothing contained herein shall confer upon any Lender any interest in, or subject any Lender to any liability for, or in respect of, the business, assets, profits, losses, or liabilities of any other Lender. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for notifying its Participants of any matters relating to the Loan Documents to the extent any such notice may be required, and no Lender shall have any obligation, duty, or liability to any Participant of any other Lender. Except as provided in Section 15.7 , no member of the Lender Group shall have any liability for the acts of any other member of the Lender Group. No Lender shall be responsible to Borrower or any other Person for any failure by any other Lender to fulfill its obligations to make credit available hereunder, nor to advance for it or on its behalf in connection with its Commitment, nor to take any other action on its behalf hereunder or in connection with the financing contemplated herein.

15.19 Bank Product Providers . Each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed a party hereto for purposes of any reference in a Loan Document to the parties for whom Agent is acting; it being understood and agreed that the rights and benefits of such Bank Product Provider under the Loan Documents consist exclusively of such Bank Product Provider’s right to share in payments and collections out of the Collateral as more fully set forth herein. In connection with any such distribution of payments and collections, Agent shall be entitled to assume no amounts are due to any Bank Product Provider unless such Bank Product Provider has notified Agent in writing of the amount of any such liability owed to it prior to such distribution.

 

16. GENERAL PROVISIONS .

16.1 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall be binding and deemed effective when executed by Borrower, Agent, and each Lender whose signature is provided for on the signature pages hereof.

16.2 Section Headings . Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

16.3 Interpretation . Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against the Lender Group or Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

16.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

16.5 Counterparts; Electronic Execution . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis .

16.6 Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations . If the incurrence or payment of the Obligations by Borrower or Guarantor or the transfer to the Lender Group of any property should for any reason

 

-48-


subsequently be declared to be void or voidable under any state or federal law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable payments of money or transfers of property (each, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), and if the Lender Group is required to repay or restore, in whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elects to do so upon the reasonable advice of its counsel, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that the Lender Group is required or elects to repay or restore, and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of the Lender Group related thereto, the liability of Borrower or Guarantor automatically shall be revived, reinstated, and restored and shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer had never been made.

16.7 Confidentiality .

(a) Agent and Lenders each individually (and not jointly or jointly and severally) agree that material, non-public information regarding Borrower and its Subsidiaries, their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans shall be treated by Agent and the Lenders in a confidential manner, and shall not be disclosed by Agent and the Lenders to Persons who are not parties to this Agreement, except: (i) on a confidential basis to attorneys for and other advisors, accountants, auditors, and consultants to any member of the Lender Group, (ii) to Subsidiaries and Affiliates of any member of the Lender Group (including the Bank Product Providers), provided that any such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall have agreed to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section 16.7 , (iii) as may be required by statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation, (iv) as may be agreed to in advance by Borrower or as requested or required by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any subpoena or other legal process, (v) as to any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of prohibited disclosure by Agent or the Lenders), (vi) in connection with any assignment, participation or pledge of any Lender’s interest under this Agreement, provided that any such assignee, participant, or pledgee shall have agreed in writing to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section, and (vii) in connection with any litigation or other adversary proceeding involving parties hereto which such litigation or adversary proceeding involves claims related to the rights or duties of such parties under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 16.7(a) shall survive for 2 years after the payment in full of the Obligations.

(b) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Agent may provide information concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to loan syndication and pricing reporting services.

16.8 Lender Group Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay any and all Lender Group Expenses promptly after demand therefor by Agent and agrees that its obligations contained in this Section 16.8 shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.

16.9 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the Act hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

16.10 Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, reflects the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be contradicted or qualified by any other agreement, oral or written, before the date hereof.

16.11 No Novation . This Agreement does not extinguish the obligations for the payment of money outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement or discharge or release the obligations or the liens or priority of any mortgage, pledge, security agreement or any other security therefor. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the obligations outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement or instruments securing the same, which shall remain in full force and effect, except as modified hereby or by

 

-49-


instruments executed concurrently herewith. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement shall be construed as a release or other discharge of Borrower or any guarantor from any of its obligations or liabilities under the Existing Credit Agreement or any of the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, guaranties, or other loan documents executed in connection therewith. Borrower hereby (i) confirms and agrees that each Loan Document to which it is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects except that on and after the Restatement Effective Date all references in any such Loan Document to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereto”, “thereof”, “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Existing Credit Agreement shall mean the Existing Credit Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement; and (ii) confirms and agrees that to the extent that any such Loan Document purports to assign or pledge to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, or to grant to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in or lien on, any collateral as security for the obligations of Borrower from time to time existing in respect of the Existing Credit Agreement, such pledge, assignment, or grant of the security interest or lien is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW.]

 

-50-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   

/s/ David Oppenheimer

Title:    CFO

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

 

-1-


WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.,

as Agent

By:  

/s/ Michael Ganann

Title:  

Michael Ganann

Vice President

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Michael Ganann

Title:  

Michael Ganann

Vice President

COMERICA BANK,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Kim Crosslin

Title:  

V.P.

 

-2-


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A-1

   Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit B-1

   [RESERVED]

Exhibit C-1

   Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit L-1

   Form of LIBOR Notice

Schedule A-1

   Agent’s Account

Schedule C-1

   Revolver Commitments

Schedule 1.1

   Definitions

Schedule 3.1

   Conditions Precedent

Schedule 5.2

   Collateral Reporting

Schedule 5.3

   Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

This ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT (“Assignment Agreement”) is entered into as of                      between                                          (“Assignor”) and                                          (“Assignee”). Reference is made to the Agreement described in Annex I hereto (the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

In accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 13 of the Credit Agreement, the Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, that interest in and to the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Loan Documents as of the date hereof with respect to the Obligations owing to the Assignor, and Assignor’s portion of the Commitments, all to the extent specified on Annex I .

The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim and (ii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, representations or warranties made in or in connection with the Loan Documents, or (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (c) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of Borrower or the performance or observance by Borrower of any of its obligations under the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, and (d) represents and warrants that the amount set forth as the Purchase Price on Annex I represents the amount owed by Borrower to Assignor with respect to Assignor’s share of the Advances assigned hereunder, as reflected on Assignor’s books and records.

The Assignee (a) confirms that it has received copies of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement; (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, Assignor, or any other Lender, based upon such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking any action under the Loan Documents; (c) confirms that it is an Eligible Transferee; (d) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated to Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (e) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender; [and (f) attaches the forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service of the United States certifying as to the Assignee’s status for purposes of determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under the Credit Agreement or such other documents as are necessary to indicate that all such payments are subject to such rates at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty.]

Following the execution of this Assignment Agreement by the Assignor and Assignee, the Assignor will deliver this Assignment Agreement to the Agent for recording by the Agent. The effective date of this Assignment (the “Settlement Date”) shall be the latest to occur of (a) the date of the execution and delivery hereof by the Assignor and the Assignee, (b) the receipt by Agent for its sole and separate account a processing fee in the amount of $3,500 (if required by the Credit Agreement), (c) the receipt of any required consent of the Agent, and (d) the date specified in Annex I .

 

-1-


As of the Settlement Date (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned pursuant to this Assignment Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (b) the Assignor shall, to the extent of the interest assigned pursuant to this Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall release any assigning Lender from obligations that survive the termination of this Agreement, including such assigning Lender’s obligations under Article 15 and Section 16.7 of the Credit Agreement.

Upon the Settlement Date, Assignee shall pay to Assignor the Purchase Price (as set forth in Annex I ). From and after the Settlement Date, Agent shall make all payments that are due and payable to the holder of the interest assigned hereunder (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to Assignor for amounts which have accrued up to but excluding the Settlement Date and to Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Settlement Date. On the Settlement Date, Assignor shall pay to Assignee an amount equal to the portion of any interest, fee, or any other charge that was paid to Assignor prior to the Settlement Date on account of the interest assigned hereunder and that are due and payable to Assignee with respect thereto, to the extent that such interest, fee or other charge relates to the period of time from and after the Settlement Date.

This Assignment Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Assignment Agreement may be executed and delivered by telecopier or other facsimile transmission all with the same force and effect as if the same were a fully executed and delivered original manual counterpart.

THIS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment Agreement and Annex I hereto to be executed by their respective officers, as of the first date written above.

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
as Assignor
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
as Assignee
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

ACCEPTED THIS          DAY OF

__________                    

 

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.,
as Agent
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-3-


ANNEX FOR ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

ANNEX I

 

1.     Borrower: ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
2.     Name and Date of Credit Agreement:   
     

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2011, by and among ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrower, the lenders from time to time a party thereto (the “Lenders”), and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the arranger and administrative agent for the Lenders

3.     Date of Assignment Agreement:   

__________

4.     Amounts:     
   

(i)     Assigned Amount of Revolver Commitment

  

$                     

   

b.      Assigned Amount of Advances

  

$                     

5.     Settlement Date:   

$                     

6.     Purchase Price:   

$                     

7.     Notice and Payment Instructions, etc.   
    Assignee:  

Assignor:        

  

 

-4-


8. Agreed and Accepted:

 

[ASSIGNOR]     [ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

Accepted:
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.,
as Agent
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-5-


EXHIBIT C-1

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[on Borrower’s letterhead]

 

To: Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc.

2450 Colorado Avenue, Suite 3000 West

Santa Monica, California 90404

Attn: Michael Ganann

 

  Re: Compliance Certificate dated                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of February 24, 2011, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages thereof (such lenders, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Lender ” and collectively as the “ Lenders ”), WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC. , as the arranger and administrative agent for the Lenders (“ Agent ”), and SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”). Capitalized terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

Pursuant to Schedule 5.3 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned officer of Borrower hereby certifies that:

1. The financial information of Borrower and its Subsidiaries furnished in Schedule 1 attached hereto, has been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for year-end adjustments and the lack of footnotes), and fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

2. Such officer has reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and has made, or caused to be made under his/her supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the financial statements delivered pursuant to Schedule 5.3 of the Credit Agreement.

3. Such review has not disclosed the existence on and as of the date hereof, and the undersigned does not have knowledge of the existence as of the date hereof, of any event or condition that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, except for such conditions or events listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action Borrower and its Subsidiaries have taken, are taking, or propose to take with respect thereto.

4. The representations and warranties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent they relate to a specified date), except as set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto.

5. Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the applicable covenants contained in Section 6.16 of the Credit Agreement as demonstrated on Schedule 4 hereof.

 

-1-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Compliance Certificate is executed by the undersigned this          day of                      ,          .

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

- 2 -


SCHEDULE 1

Financial Information

 

- 3 -


SCHEDULE 2

Default or Event of Default

 

- 4 -


SCHEDULE 3

Representations and Warranties

 

- 5 -


SCHEDULE 4

Financial Covenants

 

1. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .

Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a fiscal quarter-end basis, for the 12 month period ending                      ,              is      :1.0, which [is/is not] greater than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 6.16(a) of the Credit Agreement for the corresponding period.

 

2. Leverage Ratio .

Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Leverage Ratio, measured on a fiscal quarter-end basis, for the period ending                      ,              is      :1.0, which [is/is not] less than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 6.16(b) of the Credit Agreement for the corresponding period.

 

3. Liquidity Ratio .

Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Liquidity Ratio, measured on a month-end basis, for the month ending                      ,              is      :1.0, which [is/is not] greater than or equal to the ratio set forth Section 6.16(c) of the Credit Agreement for the corresponding period.

 

- 6 -


EXHIBIT L-1

FORM OF LIBOR NOTICE

Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., as Agent

under the below referenced Credit Agreement

2450 Colorado Avenue

Suite 3000 West

Santa Monica, California 90404

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference hereby is made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2011 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”), the lenders signatory thereto (the “ Lenders ”), and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., as the arranger and administrative agent for the Lenders (“ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

This LIBOR Notice represents Borrower’s request to elect the LIBOR Option with respect to outstanding Advances in the amount of $              (the “ LIBOR Rate Advance ”)[, and is a written confirmation of the telephonic notice of such election given to Agent].

The LIBOR Rate Advance will have an Interest Period of [1, 2, [or] 3] month(s) commencing on                      .

This LIBOR Notice further confirms Borrower’s acceptance, for purposes of determining the rate of interest based on the LIBOR Rate under the Credit Agreement, of the LIBOR Rate as determined pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

Borrower represents and warrants that (i) as of the date hereof, each representation or warranty contained in or pursuant to any Loan Document or any agreement, instrument, certificate, document or other writing furnished at any time under or in connection with any Loan Document, and as of the effective date of any advance, continuation or conversion requested above, is true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent any representation or warranty expressly related to an earlier date), (ii) each of the covenants and agreements contained in any Loan Document have been performed (to the extent required to be performed on or before the date hereof or each such effective date), and (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof, nor will any thereof occur after giving effect to the request above.

 

-1-


Dated:

 

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company, as Borrower

By  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Acknowledged by:

 

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.,

as Agent

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

- 2 -


Schedule A-1

Agent’s Account

An account at a bank designated by Agent from time to time as the account into which Borrower shall make all payments to Agent for the benefit of the Lender Group and into which the Lender Group shall make all payments to Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; unless and until Agent notifies Borrower and the Lender Group to the contrary, Agent’s Account shall be that certain deposit account bearing account number [account number] and maintained by Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as sub-agent for Agent, with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., 420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA, ABA# [account number].


Schedule C-1

Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolver
Commitment
     Total
Commitment
 

Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC

   $ 20,000,000.00       $ 20,000,000.00   

Comerica Bank

   $ 10,000,000.00       $ 10,000,000.00   

All Lenders

   $ 30,000,000.00       $ 30,000,000.00   

 

- 1 -


Schedule 1.1

As used in the Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

Account ” means an account (as that term is defined in the Code).

Account Debtor ” means any Person who is obligated on an Account, chattel paper, or a general intangible.

ACH Transactions ” means any cash management or related services (including the Automated Clearing House processing of electronic fund transfers through the direct Federal Reserve Fedline system) provided by a Bank Product Provider for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

Act ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 4.20 .

Additional Documents ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 5.17 .

Advances ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.1(a) .

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Stock, by contract, or otherwise; provided , however , that, for purposes of Section 6.13 of the Agreement: (a) any Person which owns directly or indirectly 10% or more of the Stock having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the governing body of a Person or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of a Person (other than as a limited partner of such Person) shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person, (b) each director (or comparable manager) of a Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person, and (c) each partnership in which a Person is a general partner shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person.

Agent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

Agent Fee Letter ” means that certain fee letter dated as of February 12, 2008 between Borrower and Agent.

Agent-Related Persons ” means Agent, together with its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

Agent’s Account ” means the Deposit Account of Agent identified on Schedule A-1 .

Agent’s Liens ” means the Liens granted by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to Agent under the Loan Documents.

Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to which this Schedule 1.1 is attached.

Assignee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(a) .

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .

 

- 1 -


Authorized Person ” means any officer or employee of Borrower.

Availability ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that Borrower is entitled to borrow as Advances under Section 2.1 of the Agreement (after giving effect to all then outstanding Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations) and all sublimits and reserves then applicable hereunder).

Bank Product ” means any financial accommodation extended to Borrower or its Subsidiaries by a Bank Product Provider (other than pursuant to the Agreement) including: (a) credit cards, (b) credit card processing services, (c) debit cards, (d) purchase cards, (e) ACH Transactions, (f) cash management, including controlled disbursement, accounts or services, or (g) transactions under Hedge Agreements.

Bank Product Agreements ” means those agreements entered into from time to time by Borrower or its Subsidiaries with a Bank Product Provider in connection with the obtaining of any of the Bank Products.

Bank Product Obligations ” means all obligations, liabilities, contingent reimbursement obligations, fees, and expenses owing by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to any Bank Product Provider pursuant to or evidenced by the Bank Product Agreements and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all such amounts that Borrower or its Subsidiaries are obligated to reimburse to Agent or any member of the Lender Group as a result of Agent or such member of the Lender Group purchasing participations from, or executing indemnities or reimbursement obligations to, a Bank Product Provider with respect to the Bank Products provided by such Bank Product Provider to Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

Bank Product Provider ” means Wells Fargo, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates.

Bank Product Reserve ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of reserves that Agent has established (based upon the Bank Product Providers’ reasonable determination of the credit exposure of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of Bank Products) in respect of Bank Products then provided or outstanding.

Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code, as in effect from time to time.

Base LIBOR Rate ” means the greater of (a) 2.0% per annum (to be reduced to 1.75% per annum after the consummation of a Qualified IPO), and (b) the rate per annum rate appearing on Bloomberg L.P.’s (the “Service”) Page BBAM1/(Official BBA USD Dollar Libor Fixings) (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service) 2 Business Days prior to the commencement of the requested Interest Period, for a term and in an amount comparable to the Interest Period and the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loan requested (whether as an initial LIBOR Rate Loan or as a continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or as a conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) by Borrower in accordance with the Agreement, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

Base Rate ” means the greater of (a) 3.0% per annum (to be reduced to 2.75% per annum after the consummation of a Qualified IPO), and (b) the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo at its principal office in San Francisco as its “prime rate”, with the understanding that the “prime rate” is one of Wells Fargo’s base rates (not necessarily the lowest of such rates) and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publications as Wells Fargo may designate.

Base Rate Loan ” means the portion of the Advances that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

 

- 2 -


Base Rate Margin ” means, as of any date of determination (with respect to any portion of the outstanding Advances on such date that is a Base Rate Loan), the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the most recent Leverage Ratio calculation delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Agreement (the “ Leverage Ratio Calculation ”):

 

Level

  

Leverage Ratio Calculation

  

Base Rate Margin

I

   If the Leverage Ratio is greater than 1.00:1.00    2.75 percentage points (to be reduced to 2.50 percentage points after the consummation of a Qualified IPO)

II

   If the Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 1.00:1.00    2.25 percentage points (to be reduced to 2.00 percentage points after the consummation of a Qualified IPO)

The Base Rate Margin shall be based upon the most recent Leverage Ratio Calculation, which will be calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter. The Base Rate Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Agent of the certified calculation of the Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.3 ; provided , however , that if Borrower fails to provide such certification when such certification is due, the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as of the first day of the month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification. The foregoing notwithstanding and without limiting the right of the Agent or the Required Lenders to charge additional interest at the default rate under Section 2.6(c) of the Agreement, at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as of the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default.

Benefit Plan ” means a “defined benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA) for which Borrower or any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate of Borrower has been an “employer” (as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA) within the past six years.

Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

Borrowing ” means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Advances made on the same day by the Lenders (or Agent on behalf thereof), or by Swing Lender in the case of a Swing Loan, or by Agent in the case of a Protective Advance.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in the state of California, except that, if a determination of a Business Day shall relate to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” also shall exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures of Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “purchase of property and equipment” or similar items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

- 3 -


Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means that portion of the obligations under a Capital Lease that is required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Lease ” means a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“ S&P ”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), (c) commercial paper maturing no more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s, (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (a) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (b) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000, (e) Deposit Accounts maintained with (i) any bank that satisfies the criteria described in clause (d)  above, or (ii) any other bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof so long as the amount maintained with any such other bank is less than or equal to $100,000 and is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and (f) Investments in money market funds (i) substantially all of whose assets are invested in the types of assets described in clauses (a) through (e) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000, and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s.

Cash Management Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.7(a) .

Cash Management Agreements ” means those certain cash management agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, each of which is among Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, Agent, and one of the Cash Management Banks.

Cash Management Bank ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.7(a) .

CFC ” means a controlled foreign corporation (as that term is defined in the IRC).

Change of Control ” means, at any time, (i) any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) (a) shall have acquired beneficial ownership of 50.1% or more on a fully diluted basis of the voting and/or economic interest in the Stock of Borrower or (b) shall have obtained the power (whether or not exercised) to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Borrower; (ii) Borrower shall cease to beneficially own and control, either directly or indirectly, 100% of the Stock of each Guarantor and Pledged Subsidiary; or (iii) the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Borrower cease to be occupied by Persons who either (a) were members of the board of directors of Borrower on the Restatement Effective Date or (b) were nominated for election by the board of directors of Borrower, a majority of whom were directors on the Restatement Effective Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors. The occurrence of the Permitted Fundamental Change shall not constitute a Change of Control.

Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

 

- 4 -


Collateral ” means all assets and interests in assets and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in or upon which a Lien is granted under any of the Loan Documents.

Collateral Access Agreement ” means a landlord waiver, bailee letter, or acknowledgement agreement of any lessor, warehouseman, processor, consignee, or other Person in possession of, having a Lien upon, or having rights or interests in Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records, Equipment, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

Collections ” means all cash, checks, notes, instruments, and other items of payment (including insurance proceeds, proceeds of cash sales, rental proceeds, and tax refunds).

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Revolver Commitment or its Total Commitment, as the context requires, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Revolver Commitments or their Total Commitments, as the context requires, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 delivered by the chief financial officer of Borrower to Agent.

Consolidated Revenues ” means, with respect to any period, the consolidated revenues of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, calculated on a basis consistent with GAAP.

Control Agreement ” means a control agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, Agent, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account).

Daily Balance ” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to any Obligation, the amount of such Obligation owed at the end of such day.

Default ” means an event, condition, or default that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that fails to make any Advance (or other extension of credit) that it is required to make hereunder on the date that it is required to do so hereunder.

Defaulting Lender Rate ” means (a) for the first 3 days from and after the date the relevant payment is due, the Base Rate, and (b) thereafter, the interest rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans (inclusive of the Base Rate Margin applicable thereto).

Deposit Account ” means any deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).

Designated Account ” means the Deposit Account of Borrower identified on Schedule D-1 to the Disclosure Letter.

Designated Account Bank ” has the meaning specified therefor in Schedule D-1 to the Disclosure Letter.

Disclosure Letter ” means the disclosure letter, dated as of the date of the Agreement and addressed to Agent and the Lenders, containing certain schedules that are referenced in the Agreement and the Security Agreement.

 

- 5 -


Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means United States dollars.

EBITDA ” means, for any period, an amount determined for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to (i) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (A) Net Income, (B) Interest Expense, (C) provisions for taxes based on income, (D) total depreciation expense, (E) total amortization expense, (F) other non-cash items reducing Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), (G) foreign exchange losses realized by Borrower as a result of accounting for certain revenue relative to foreign customers in Dollars and certain expenses relative to the same customers in Euros or Pounds Sterling, (H) for the trailing 12 month periods ending December 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011, and September 30, 2011 only, out-of-pocket costs and expenses not to exceed $1,800,000 incurred in connection with preparation for an initial public offering of Borrower’s stock, and (I) for the trailing 12 month periods ending March 31, 2011, June 30, 2011, September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2011 only, out-of-pocket costs and expenses not to exceed $550,000 incurred in connection with preparation for an initial public offering of Borrower’s stock (incremental to those out-of-pocket costs and expenses specified in clause (H)), minus (ii) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (A) non-cash items increasing Net Income for such period (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential cash item in any prior period) and (B) foreign exchange gains realized by Borrower as a result of accounting for certain revenue relative to foreign customers in Dollars and certain expenses relative to the same customers in Euros.

Eligible Transferee ” means (a) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having total assets in excess of $250,000,000, (b) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or a political subdivision of any such country and which has total assets in excess of $250,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States, (c) a finance company, insurance company, financial institution, or fund that is engaged in making, purchasing, or otherwise investing in commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and having (together with its Affiliates) total assets in excess of $250,000,000, (d) any Affiliate (other than individuals) of a Lender, (e) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Person approved by Agent and Borrower (which approval of Agent and Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), and (f) during the continuation of an Event of Default, any other Person approved by Agent.

End User Customer ” means a Person to whom Borrower sells, on behalf of a manufacturer/producer of hardware or software, the renewal of hardware or software maintenance and service contracts provided by such manufacturer/producer.

Environmental Actions ” means any complaint, summons, citation, notice, directive, order, claim, litigation, investigation, judicial or administrative proceeding, judgment, letter, or other communication from any Governmental Authority, or any third party involving violations of Environmental Laws or releases of Hazardous Materials from (a) any assets, properties, or businesses of Borrower, its Subsidiaries, or any of their predecessors in interest, (b) from adjoining properties or businesses, or (c) from or onto any facilities which received Hazardous Materials generated by Borrower, its Subsidiaries, or any of their predecessors in interest.

Environmental Law ” means any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, binding and enforceable guideline, binding and enforceable written policy, or rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, in each case, to the extent binding on Borrower or its Subsidiaries, relating to the environment, the

 

- 6 -


effect of the environment on employee health, or Hazardous Materials, in each case as amended from time to time.

Environmental Liabilities ” means all liabilities, monetary obligations, losses, damages, punitive damages, consequential damages, treble damages, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts, or consultants, and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions, and interest incurred as a result of any claim or demand, or Remedial Action required, by any Governmental Authority or any third party, and which relate to any Environmental Action.

Environmental Lien ” means any Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority for Environmental Liabilities.

Equipment ” means equipment (as that term is defined in the Code).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute thereto.

ERISA Affiliate ” means (a) any Person subject to ERISA whose employees are treated as employed by the same employer as the employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries under IRC Section 414(b), (b) any trade or business subject to ERISA whose employees are treated as employed by the same employer as the employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries under IRC Section 414(c), (c) solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the IRC, any organization subject to ERISA that is a member of an affiliated service group of which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a member under IRC Section 414(m), or (d) solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the IRC, any Person subject to ERISA that is a party to an arrangement with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and whose employees are aggregated with the employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries under IRC Section 414(o).

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 7 .

Excess Availability ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount equal to Availability minus the aggregate amount, if any, of all trade payables of Borrower and its Subsidiaries aged in excess of historical levels with respect thereto and all book overdrafts of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of historical practices with respect thereto, in each case as determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time.

Existing Credit Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals to the Agreement.

Extraordinary Receipts ” means any cash received by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business, including (a) foreign, United States, state or local income tax refunds, (b) pension plan reversions, (c) proceeds of insurance (including key man life insurance and business interruption insurance, but excluding any casualty insurance), (d) judgments, proceeds of settlements or other consideration of any kind in connection with any cause of action, (e) indemnity payments, and (f) any purchase price adjustment received in connection with any purchase agreement.

Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of the amounts determined for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to (i) Interest Expense (other than non-cash Interest Expense), (ii) scheduled payments of principal on Total Debt, and (iii) the cash portion of distributions made by Borrower to its members during such year for payment of income taxes payable by such

 

- 7 -


members as a result of income realized by Borrower as permitted under Section 6.10 of the Agreement plus the amount of income taxes paid directly by Borrower or its Subsidiaries during such year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of Borrower of (a) TTM EBITDA for the 12 month period then ending less Capital Expenditures made during such 12 month period, to (b) Fixed Charges for such 12 month period.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Funding Date ” means the date on which a Borrowing occurs.

Funding Losses ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b)(ii) .

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States, consistently applied.

Governing Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, or other organizational documents of such Person.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local, or other governmental or administrative body, instrumentality, board, department, or agency or any court, tribunal, administrative hearing body, arbitration panel, commission, or other similar dispute-resolving panel or body.

Guarantors ” means (a) ServiceSource Inc. and (b) and any other Person that becomes a Guarantor after the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.16 , and “ Guarantor ” means any one of them.

Guaranty ” means the general continuing guaranty executed and delivered by each Guarantor in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) substances that are defined or listed in, or otherwise classified pursuant to, any applicable laws or regulations as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” or any other formulation intended to define, list, or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, reproductive toxicity, or “EP toxicity”, (b) oil, petroleum, or petroleum derived substances, natural gas, natural gas liquids, synthetic gas, drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil, natural gas, or geothermal resources, (c) any flammable substances or explosives or any radioactive materials, and (d) asbestos in any form or electrical equipment that contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in excess of 50 parts per million.

Hedge Agreement ” means any and all agreements or documents now existing or hereafter entered into by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that provide for an interest rate, credit, commodity or equity swap, cap, floor, collar, forward foreign exchange transaction, currency swap, cross currency rate swap, currency option, or any combination of, or option with respect to, these or similar transactions, for the purpose of hedging Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ exposure to fluctuations in interest or exchange rates, loan, credit exchange, security, or currency valuations or commodity prices.

Holdout Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) .

Indebtedness ” means (a) all obligations for borrowed money, (b) all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments and all reimbursement or other obligations in respect

 

- 8 -


of letters of credit, bankers acceptances, interest rate swaps, or other financial products, (c) all obligations as a lessee under Capital Leases, (d) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of a Person or its Subsidiaries, irrespective of whether such obligation or liability is assumed, (e) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and repayable in accordance with customary trade practices), (f) all obligations owing under Hedge Agreements, and (g) any obligation guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted, or sold with recourse) any obligation of any other Person that constitutes Indebtedness under any of clauses (a) through (f) above.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 .

Indemnified Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 .

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

Intercompany Subordination Agreement ” means an amended and restated subordination agreement executed and delivered by Borrower, each of its Subsidiaries, and Agent, the form and substance of which is satisfactory to Agent.

Interest Expense ” means, for any period, total interest expense (including that portion attributable to Capital Leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized interest) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and net costs under Interest Rate Agreements, but excluding, however, any amount required to be paid on Interest Rate Agreements required by the terms hereof.

Interest Period ” means, with respect to each LIBOR Rate Loan, a period commencing on the date of the making of such LIBOR Rate Loan (or the continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or the conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) and ending 1, 2, or 3 months thereafter; provided , however , that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended (subject to clauses (c)-(e) below) to the next succeeding Business Day, (b) interest shall accrue at the applicable rate based upon the LIBOR Rate from and including the first day of each Interest Period to, but excluding, the day on which any Interest Period expires, (c) any Interest Period that would end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (d) with respect to an Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period), the Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month that is 1, 2, or 3 months after the date on which the Interest Period began, as applicable, and (e) Borrower may not elect an Interest Period which will end after the Maturity Date.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations and not for speculative purposes.

Inventory ” means inventory (as that term is defined in the Code).

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any investment by such Person in any other Person (including Affiliates) in the form of loans, guarantees, advances, or capital contributions (excluding (a)

 

- 9 -


commission, travel, and similar advances to officers and employees of such Person made in the ordinary course of business, and (b)  bona fide Accounts arising in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), purchases or other acquisitions of Indebtedness, Stock, or all or substantially all of the assets of such other Person (or of any division or business line of such other Person), and any other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect from time to time.

Issuing Lender ” means Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC or any other Lender that, at the request of Borrower and with the consent of Agent, agrees, in such Lender’s sole discretion, to become an Issuing Lender for the purpose of issuing L/Cs or L/C Undertakings pursuant to Section 2.12 .

L/C ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(a) .

L/C Disbursement ” means a payment made by the Issuing Lender pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

L/C Undertaking ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(a) .

Lender ” and “ Lenders ” have the respective meanings set forth in the preamble to the Agreement, and shall include any other Person made a party to the Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .

Lender Fee Letter ” means that certain second amended and restated fee letter dated as of the Restatement Effective Date between Borrower and Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

Lender Group ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Lenders (including the Issuing Lender) and Agent.

Lender Group Expenses ” means all (a) costs or expenses (including taxes, and insurance premiums) required to be paid by Borrower or its Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents that are paid, advanced, or incurred by the Lender Group, (b) fees or charges paid or incurred by Agent in connection with the Lender Group’s transactions with Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including, fees or charges for photocopying, notarization, couriers and messengers, telecommunication, public record searches (including tax lien, litigation, and UCC searches and including searches with the patent and trademark office, the copyright office, or the department of motor vehicles), filing, recording, publication, appraisal (including periodic collateral appraisals or business valuations to the extent of the fees and charges (and up to the amount of any limitation) contained in the Agreement or the Fee Letter), real estate surveys, real estate title policies and endorsements, and environmental audits, (c) costs and expenses incurred by Agent in the disbursement of funds to Borrower or other members of the Lender Group (by wire transfer or otherwise), (d) charges paid or incurred by Agent resulting from the dishonor of checks, (e) reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Lender Group to correct any default or enforce any provision of the Loan Documents, or in gaining possession of, maintaining, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for sale, or advertising to sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, irrespective of whether a sale is consummated, (f) audit fees and expenses of Agent related to any inspections or audits to the extent of the fees and charges (and up to the amount of any limitation) contained in the Agreement or the Fee Letter, (g) reasonable costs and expenses of third party claims or any other suit paid or incurred by the Lender Group in enforcing or defending the Loan Documents or in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or the Lender Group’s relationship with Borrower or any its Subsidiaries, (h) Agent’s and each Lender’s reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, administering, syndicating, or amending the Loan Documents, and (i) Agent’s and each Lender’s reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses) incurred in terminating, enforcing (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses

 

- 10 -


incurred in connection with a “workout,” a “restructuring,” or an Insolvency Proceeding concerning Borrower or its Subsidiaries or in exercising rights or remedies under the Loan Documents), or defending the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether suit is brought, or in taking any Remedial Action concerning the Collateral.

Lender-Related Person ” means, with respect to any Lender, such Lender, together with such Lender’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

Letter of Credit ” means an L/C or an L/C Undertaking, as the context requires.

Letter of Credit Usage ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of Borrower of (i) Total Debt as of such day to (ii) TTM EBITDA for the 12 month period then ending.

LIBOR Deadline ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b)(i) .

LIBOR Notice ” means a written notice in the form of Exhibit L-1 .

LIBOR Option ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(a) .

LIBOR Rate ” means, for each Interest Period for each LIBOR Rate Loan, the rate per annum determined by Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100%) by dividing (a) the Base LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period, by (b) 100% minus the Reserve Percentage. The LIBOR Rate shall be adjusted on and as of the effective day of any change in the Reserve Percentage.

LIBOR Rate Loan ” means each portion of an Advance that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

LIBOR Rate Margin ” means, as of any date of determination (with respect to any portion of the outstanding Advances on such date that is a LIBOR Rate Loan), the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the most recent Leverage Ratio calculation delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Agreement (the “ Leverage Ratio Calculation ”):

 

Level

  

Leverage Ratio Calculation

  

LIBOR Rate Margin

I

   If the Leverage Ratio is greater than 1.00:1.00    3.75 percentage points (to be reduced to 3.50 percentage points after the consummation of a Qualified IPO)

II

   If the Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 1.00:1.00    3.25 percentage points (to be reduced to 3.00 percentage points after the consummation of a Qualified IPO)

The LIBOR Rate Margin shall be based upon the most recent Leverage Ratio Calculation, which will be calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter. The LIBOR Rate Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Agent of the certified calculation of the Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.3 ; provided , however , that if Borrower fails to provide such certification when such certification is due, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as

 

- 11 -


of the first day of the month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification. The foregoing notwithstanding and without limiting the right of the Agent or the Required Lenders to charge additional interest at the default rate under Section 2.6(c) of the Agreement, at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as of the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default.

Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, easement, lien (statutory or other), security interest, or other security arrangement and any other preference, priority, or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including any conditional sale contract or other title retention agreement, the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease and any synthetic or other financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

Liquidity Ratio ” means the ratio, as of the last day of any month, of (a) the sum of (i) Qualified Cash, plus (ii) the amount of “Accounts receivable, net” as reported on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, as of such day, to (b) Total Debt as of such day.

Loan Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.10 .

Loan Documents ” means the Agreement, the Bank Product Agreements, the Cash Management Agreements, the Control Agreements, the Agent Fee Letter, the Lender Fee Letter, the Guaranty, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Mortgages, the Security Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower in connection with the Agreement and payable to a member of the Lender Group, and any other agreement entered into, now or in the future, by Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, and the Lender Group in connection with the Agreement.

Material Adverse Change ” means (a) a material adverse change in the business, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries ability to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents to which they are parties or of the Lender Group’s ability to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral, or (c) a material impairment of the enforceability or priority of the Agent’s Liens with respect to the Collateral as a result of an action or failure to act on the part of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

Material Contract ” means each contract or agreement to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that has generated, or is projected to generate, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of Consolidated Revenues for any period of 12 consecutive months, whether such revenues are proceeds from Accounts owing from the contract party or from End User Customers.

Maturity Date ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 3.3 .

Maximum Revolver Amount ” means $30,000,000, as such amount may be decreased in accordance with Section 2.15 .

Moody’s ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.

Mortgages ” means, individually and collectively, one or more mortgages, deeds of trust, or deeds to secure debt, executed and delivered by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in favor of Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, that encumber Real Property.

 

- 12 -


Nationally Recognized Accounting Firm ” means a big four accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP or BDO Seidman, LLP.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to any sale or disposition by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of property or assets, the amount of cash proceeds received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, in connection therewith after deducting therefrom only (i) the amount of any Indebtedness secured by any Permitted Lien on any asset (other than (A) Indebtedness owing to Agent or any Lender under the Agreement or the other Loan Documents and (B) Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such asset) which is required to be, and is, repaid in connection with such sale or disposition, (ii) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale or disposition and (iii) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale or disposition, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such transaction; and

(b) with respect to the issuance or incurrence of any Indebtedness by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or the issuance by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any shares of its Stock, the aggregate amount of cash received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment or disposition of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, after deducting therefrom only (i) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, (ii) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such transaction.

Net Income ” means, for any period, (a) the net income (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with GAAP, minus (b) (i) the income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of Borrower) in which any other Person (other than Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by such Person during such period, (ii) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) the income of any Subsidiary of Borrower to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary, (iv) any after-tax gains or losses attributable to Permitted Dispositions or returned surplus assets of any pension plan, and (v) (to the extent not included in clauses (i) through (iv) above) any net extraordinary gains or net extraordinary losses.

Obligations ” means (a) all loans, Advances, debts, principal, interest (including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), contingent reimbursement obligations with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit, premiums, liabilities (including all amounts charged to Borrower’s Loan Account pursuant to the Agreement), obligations (including indemnification obligations), fees (including the fees provided for in the Fee Letter), charges, costs, Lender Group Expenses (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), lease payments, guaranties, covenants, and

 

- 13 -


duties of any kind and description owing by Borrower to the Lender Group pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Documents and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all interest not paid when due and all other expenses or other amounts that Borrower is required to pay or reimburse by the Loan Documents or by law or otherwise in connection with the Loan Documents, and (b) all Bank Product Obligations. Any reference in the Agreement or in the Loan Documents to the Obligations shall include all or any portion thereof and any extensions, modifications, renewals, or alterations thereof, both prior and subsequent to any Insolvency Proceeding.

Originating Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) .

Overadvance ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.5 .

Participant ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) .

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by Borrower or any Guarantor, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Stock of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided ,

(a) immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(b) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable requirements of Governmental Authorities;

(c) (i) in the case of the acquisition of Stock, all of the Stock (except for any such securities in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares required pursuant to applicable law) acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of Borrower in connection with such acquisition shall be owned 100% by Borrower or a Guarantor; and (ii) Borrower or such Guarantor shall have complied with Section 5.16 or Section 5.17 , as applicable, of the Agreement in connection with such acquisition;

(d) Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.16 of the Agreement on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of Borrower most recently ended, (as determined in accordance with Section 6.17 of the Agreement); and (ii) shall be projected to be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.16 of the Agreement for the first full four fiscal quarter period ending after the proposed date of consummation of such acquisition (as determined in accordance with Section 6.17 of the Agreement);

(e) Borrower shall have delivered to Agent at least twenty-one Business Days prior to such proposed acquisition, a Compliance Certificate and Projections evidencing compliance with Section 6.16 of the Agreement as required under clause (d) above, together with all relevant financial information and supporting details with respect to such acquired Person or assets, including, without limitation, the aggregate consideration for such acquisition and any other information required to demonstrate compliance with Section 6.16 of the Agreement;

(f) Borrower shall have provided Agent with written notice of the proposed acquisition at least twenty-one Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition and, not later than five Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed acquisition, which agreement and documents must be reasonably acceptable to Agent;

 

- 14 -


(g) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to the assets being acquired) are located within the United States or the Person whose Stock is being acquired is organized in a jurisdiction located within the United States;

(h) any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be in the same business or lines of business in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged as of the Restatement Effective Date or be a software development and licensing business that is reasonably related to the such same business or lines of business;

(i) any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith (i) did not have EBITDA less than -$1,000,000 during the 12 consecutive month period most recently ended prior to the date of the proposed acquisition and (ii) is not projected to have negative EBITDA during the 12 consecutive month period immediately following the date of the proposed acquisition; and

(j) (i) Borrower has at least $10,000,000 of Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash after giving effect to the consummation of such acquisition and (ii) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not have issued or incurred any Indebtedness to pay for any such acquisition.

Permitted Discretion ” means a determination made in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) business judgment.

Permitted Dispositions ” means (a) sales or other dispositions of Equipment that is substantially worn, damaged, or obsolete in the ordinary course of business, (b) sales of Inventory to Buyers in the ordinary course of business, (c) the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of the Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (d) the licensing of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, (e) dispositions permitted by Section 6.2 , Section 6.3 , Section 6.10 and Section 6.12 , and (f) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, sales of other assets (other than Accounts) for aggregate consideration of less than $100,000 with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions and less than $500,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year of Borrower; provided (i) the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof (determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of Borrower) and (ii) no less than 80% thereof shall be paid in cash.

Permitted Fundamental Change ” means in connection with Borrower’s initial public offering of its stock, the conversion of Borrower, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, into a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and in connection therewith, the related mergers of GA SS Holding LLC and/or affiliates, controlled by General Atlantic LLC, and SSLLC Holdings, Inc. and/or affiliates, controlled by Benchmark Capital, with and into Borrower, all as described in the Borrower’s registration statement on Form S-1, as amended from time to time; provided that for the foregoing transactions to constitute a “Permitted Fundamental Change”, Borrower (a) confirms its authorization for Agent to amend any UCC-1 financing statements filed in connection with the Agreement to reflect the conversion of Borrower to a corporation and to file new UCC-1 financing statements if deemed necessary or appropriate by Agent and (b) shall provide Agent with prior written notice of the date upon which the conversion is scheduled to be effective; provided , further , that immediately following the conversion of Borrower to a corporation, Borrower agrees to enter into an amendment of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party reflecting such conversion.

Permitted Investments ” means (a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents, (b) Investments in negotiable instruments for collection, (c) advances made in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business, (d) Investments received in settlement of amounts due to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an Account Debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (e) intercompany loans to the extent

 

- 15 -


permitted under Section 6.1(g) of the Agreement, (f) Permitted Acquisitions, (g) Investments described on Schedule P-1 to the Disclosure Letter, (h) equity Investments in wholly-owned Subsidiaries of Borrower that are Guarantors, (i) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the sum of Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash is at least $5,000,000 after giving effect to each such Investment, combined Investments in Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries following the Restatement Effective Date that in the aggregate do not exceed $2,000,000 during any fiscal year of Borrower, (j) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time $250,000, (k) guarantees permitted by Section 6.1 , (l) the Permitted Fundamental Change, and (m) Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 6.1 .

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens held by Agent to secure the Obligations, (b) Liens for unpaid taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges or levies that either (i) are not yet delinquent, or (ii) do not have priority over the Agent’s Liens and the underlying taxes, assessments, or charges or levies are the subject of Permitted Protests, (c) judgment Liens that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.7 of the Agreement, (d) Liens set forth on Schedule P-2 to the Disclosure Letter, provided that any such Lien only secures the Indebtedness that it secures on the Restatement Effective Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, (e) the interests of lessors under operating leases, (f) purchase money Liens or the interests of lessors under Capital Leases to the extent that such Liens or interests secure Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and so long as (i) such Lien attaches only to the asset purchased or acquired and the proceeds thereof, and (ii) such Lien only secures the Indebtedness that was incurred to acquire the asset purchased or acquired or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, (g) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of warehousemen, landlords, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, and which Liens either (i) are for sums not yet delinquent, or (ii) are the subject of Permitted Protests, (h) Liens on amounts deposited in connection with obtaining worker’s compensation or other unemployment insurance, (i) Liens on amounts deposited in connection with the making or entering into of bids, tenders, or leases in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, (j) Liens on amounts deposited as security for surety or appeal bonds in connection with obtaining such bonds in the ordinary course of business, (k) with respect to any Real Property, easements, rights of way, zoning restrictions and similar encumbrances that do not materially interfere with or impair the use or operation thereof, (l) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder, (m) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business, and (n) rights of setoff or bankers’ liens upon deposited cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions, solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such accounts in the ordinary course of business.

Permitted Protest ” means the right of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to protest any Lien (other than any Lien that secures the Obligations), taxes (other than payroll taxes or taxes that are the subject of a United States federal tax lien), or rental payment, provided that (a) a reserve with respect to such obligation is established on Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records in such amount as is required under GAAP, (b) any such protest is instituted promptly and prosecuted diligently by Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable, in good faith, and (c) Agent is satisfied that, while any such protest is pending, there will be no impairment of the enforceability, validity, or priority of any of the Agent’s Liens.

Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred after the Restatement Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not in excess of $1,000,000.

Person ” means natural persons, corporations, limited liability companies, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, land trusts, business trusts, or other organizations, irrespective of whether they are legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.

 

- 16 -


Pledged Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of Borrower with respect to which Agent (for the benefit of the Lender Group) has received a pledge of some or all of such Subsidiary’s ownership interests.

Projections ” means Borrower’s forecasted (a) balance sheets, (b) profit and loss statements, and (c) cash flow statements, all prepared on a basis consistent with GAAP, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.

Pro Rata Share ” means, as of any date of determination:

(a) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make Advances and right to receive payments of principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses with respect thereto, (i) prior to the Revolver Commitments being terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) such Lender’s Revolver Commitment, by (z) the aggregate Revolver Commitments of all Lenders, and (ii) from and after the time that the Revolver Commitments have been terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Advances by (z) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Advances,

(b) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit, to reimburse the Issuing Lender, and right to receive payments of fees with respect thereto, (i) prior to the Revolver Commitments being terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) such Lender’s Revolver Commitment, by (z) the aggregate Revolver Commitments of all Lenders, and (ii) from and after the time that the Revolver Commitments have been terminated or reduced to zero, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Advances by (z) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Advances, and

(c) with respect to all other matters as to a particular Lender (including the indemnification obligations arising under Section 15.7 ), the percentage obtained by dividing (i) such Lender’s Revolver Commitment, by (ii) the aggregate amount of Revolver Commitments of all Lenders; provided , however , that in the event the Revolver Commitments have been terminated or reduced to zero, Pro Rata Share under this clause shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (A) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Advances plus such Lender’s ratable portion of the Risk Participation Liability with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit, by (B) the outstanding principal amount of all Advances plus the aggregate amount of the Risk Participation Liability with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit.

Protective Advances ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(d)(i) .

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Obligations, but including Capitalized Lease Obligations), incurred at the time of, or within 20 days after, the acquisition of any fixed assets for the purpose of financing all or any part of the acquisition cost thereof.

Qualified Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that is in Deposit Accounts or in Securities Accounts, or any combination thereof, and which such Deposit Account or Securities Account is the subject of a Control Agreement and is maintained by a branch office of the bank or securities intermediary located within the United States.

Qualified IPO ” means an initial public offering of the common Stock of Borrower in which the gross cash proceeds received by Borrower are at least $50,000,000.

Real Property ” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or its Subsidiaries and the improvements thereto.

 

- 17 -


Record ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or that is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Indebtedness so long as: (a) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in an increase in the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, (b) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in an increase in the interest rate with respect to the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, (c) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in a shortening of the average weighted maturity of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, nor are they on terms or conditions that, taken as a whole, are materially more burdensome or restrictive to Borrower, (d) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the refinancing, renewal, or extension must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to the Lender Group as those that were applicable to the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness, and (e) the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended is not recourse to any Person that is liable on account of the Obligations other than those Persons which were obligated with respect to the Indebtedness that was refinanced, renewed, or extended.

Remedial Action ” means all actions taken to (a) clean up, remove, remediate, contain, treat, monitor, assess, evaluate, or in any way address Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent or minimize a release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials so they do not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment, (c) restore or reclaim natural resources or the environment, (d) perform any pre-remedial studies, investigations, or post-remedial operation and maintenance activities, or (e) conduct any other actions with respect to Hazardous Materials authorized by Environmental Laws.

Replacement Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) .

Report ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 15.17 .

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders whose aggregate Pro Rata Shares (calculated under clause (c) of the definition of Pro Rata Shares) exceed 50%; provided , however , that at any time there are 2 or more Lenders, “Required Lenders” must include at least 2 Lenders.

Reserve Percentage ” means, on any day, for any Lender, the maximum percentage prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor Governmental Authority) for determining the reserve requirements (including any basic, supplemental, marginal, or emergency reserves) that are in effect on such date with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities”) of that Lender, but so long as such Lender is not required or directed under applicable regulations to maintain such reserves, the Reserve Percentage shall be zero.

Restatement Effective Date ” means February 24, 2011.

Revolver Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Revolver Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Revolver Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .

Revolver Usage ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the amount of outstanding Advances, plus (b) the amount of the Letter of Credit Usage.

Risk Participation Liability ” means, as to each Letter of Credit, all reimbursement obligations of Borrower to the Issuing Lender with respect to an L/C Undertaking, consisting of (a) the amount

 

- 18 -


available to be drawn or which may become available to be drawn, (b) all amounts that have been paid by the Issuing Lender to the Underlying Issuer to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower, whether by the making of an Advance or otherwise, and (c) all accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and expenses payable with respect thereto.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

Securities Account ” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Security Agreement ” means the second amended and restated security agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by Borrower and the Guarantors to Agent.

ServiceSource Canada ” means GlobalSource Maintenance Renewals ULC, an Alberta unlimited company.

ServiceSource Europe ” means ServiceSource Europe Limited, a company organized under the laws of Ireland.

ServiceSource Inc. ” means ServiceSource International Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Settlement ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(e)(i) .

Settlement Date ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(e)(i) .

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that, at fair valuations, the sum of such Person’s assets is greater than all of such Person’s debts.

S&P ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.

Stock ” means all shares, options, warrants, interests, participations, or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock, or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act).

Subject Transaction ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6.17

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which that Person directly or indirectly owns or controls the shares of Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or appoint other comparable managers) of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity.

Swing Lender ” means Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC or any other Lender that, at the request of Borrower and with the consent of Agent agrees, in such Lender’s sole discretion, to become the Swing Lender under Section 2.3(b) .

Swing Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(b) .

Taxes ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 15.11(a) .

 

- 19 -


Total Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Total Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Total Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 attached hereto or on the signature page of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .

Total Debt ” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus , without duplication, (b) the aggregate amount of all Capitalized Lease Obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

TTM EBITDA ” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis for the 12 month period most recently ended.

Underlying Issuer ” means a third Person which is the beneficiary of an L/C Undertaking and which has issued a letter of credit at the request of the Issuing Lender for the benefit of Borrower.

Underlying Letter of Credit ” means a letter of credit that has been issued by an Underlying Issuer.

United States ” means the United States of America.

Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 16.6 .

Wells Fargo ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association.

WFCF ” means Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., a California corporation.

 

- 20 -


Schedule 3.1

The obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit provided for in the Agreement is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of each Lender (the making of such initial extension of credit by any Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the following), of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) the Restatement Effective Date shall occur on or before February 24, 2011;

(b) Agent shall have received each of the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, duly executed, and each such document shall be in full force and effect:

(i) an Assignment and Acceptance between Keybank National Association and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, pursuant to which KeyBank National Association assigns its entire interest under the Existing Credit Agreement to Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC,

(ii) the Lender Fee Letter,

(iii) the Security Agreement,

(iv) a Reaffirmation of the Agent Fee Letter,

(v) a Reaffirmation of the Guaranty, and

(vi) a Reaffirmation of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement;

(c) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary (or equivalent thereof) of Borrower attesting that there is no (i) litigation, investigation or proceeding (judicial or administrative) pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by any Governmental Authority arising out of the transactions contemplated by or effected in connection with the Loan Documents, (ii) injunction, writ or restraining order restraining or prohibiting the consummation of the financing arrangements contemplated under the Loan Documents, or (iii) suit, action, investigation proceeding (judicial or administrative) pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change;

(d) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of Borrower (i) attesting to the resolutions of Borrower’s Board of Directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party, (ii) authorizing specific officers of Borrower to execute the same, and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of Borrower;

(e) Agent shall have received copies of Borrower’s Governing Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented to the Restatement Effective Date, certified by the Secretary of Borrower;

(f) Agent shall have received a certificate of status with respect to Borrower, dated within 10 days of the Restatement Effective Date, such certificate to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdiction of organization of Borrower, which certificate shall indicate that Borrower is in good standing in such jurisdiction;

(g) Agent shall have received certificates of status with respect to Borrower, each dated within 30 days of the Restatement Effective Date, such certificates to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdictions (other than the jurisdiction of organization of Borrower) in which its failure to be duly

 

- 1 -


qualified or licensed would constitute a Material Adverse Change, which certificates shall indicate that Borrower is in good standing in such jurisdictions;

(h) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of ServiceSource Inc. (i) attesting to the resolutions of ServiceSource Inc.’s Board of Directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents to which ServiceSource Inc. is a party, (ii) authorizing specific officers of ServiceSource Inc. to execute the same, and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of ServiceSource Inc.;

(i) Agent shall have received copies of ServiceSource Inc.’s Governing Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented to the Restatement Effective Date, certified by the Secretary of ServiceSource Inc.;

(j) Agent shall have received a certificate of status with respect to ServiceSource Inc., dated within 10 days of the Restatement Effective Date, such certificate to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdiction of organization of ServiceSource Inc., which certificate shall indicate that ServiceSource Inc. is in good standing in such jurisdiction;

(k) Agent shall have received certificates of status with respect to ServiceSource Inc., each dated within 30 days of the Restatement Effective Date, such certificates to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdictions (other than the jurisdiction of organization of ServiceSource Inc.) in which its failure to be duly qualified or licensed would constitute a Material Adverse Change, which certificates shall indicate that ServiceSource Inc. is in good standing in such jurisdictions;

(l) Agent shall have completed its business, legal, and collateral due diligence, including (i) receipt and review of UCC, tax lien, litigation and intellectual property searches with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (ii) receipt and review of a valuation of the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (in final form) conducted by a third party valuation firm satisfactory to Agent and (iii) a review of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ corporate structure, the results of each of the foregoing being satisfactory to Agent;

(m) Borrower shall have paid all Lender Group Expenses incurred in connection with the transactions evidenced by this Agreement;

(n) No material adverse change shall have occurred in conditions in the financial, banking, or capital markets that Agent, in its discretion, deems material in connection with the credit facilities provided under the Loan Documents; and

(o) all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been delivered, executed, or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

- 2 -


Schedule 5.2

Deliver to Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) each of the documents set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:

 

Monthly (no later than the 15th day of each month)   

(a)     a summary aging, by total, of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Accounts (to be delivered quarterly after the consummation of a Qualified IPO),

 

(b)     a summary aging, by vendor, of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ accounts payable and any book overdraft (delivered electronically in an acceptable format) and an aging, by vendor, of any held checks (to be delivered quarterly after the consummation of a Qualified IPO),

 

(c)     a detailed report regarding Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ (including the Foreign Subsidiaries) cash and Cash Equivalents, including an indication of which amounts constitute Qualified Cash, and

 

(d)     a monthly Account roll-forward, in a format acceptable to Agent in its discretion, tied to the beginning and ending account receivable balances of Borrower’s general ledger (to be delivered quarterly after the consummation of a Qualified IPO).

Bi-Monthly (no later than the 15 th day of every other month)   

(e)     a report, together with supporting detail, as to whether Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries have cash on hand that exceeds the Repatriation Threshold.

Quarterly   

(f)      a report regarding Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ accrued, but unpaid, ad valorem taxes.

Annually   

(g)     a copy of Borrower’s report titled “RRR Master with Termination”.

Upon request by Agent   

(h)     copies of purchase orders and invoices for Equipment acquired by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and

 

(i)      such other reports as to the Collateral or the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as Agent may reasonably request.

 

- 1 -


Schedule 5.3

Deliver to Agent, with copies to each Lender, each of the financial statements, reports, or other items set forth set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:

 

as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days (45 days in the case of a month that is the end of one of Borrower’s fiscal quarters) after the end of each month during each of Borrower’s fiscal years   

(p) an unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flow covering Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations during such period,

 

(q) a Compliance Certificate, and

 

(r) Borrower’s management discussion and analysis report.

as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of Borrower’s fiscal years   

(s) consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each such fiscal year, audited by independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to Agent and certified, without any qualifications (including any (A) “going concern” or like qualification or exception, (B) qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, or (C) qualification which relates to the treatment or classification of any item and which, as a condition to the removal of such qualification, would require an adjustment to such item, the effect of which would be to cause any noncompliance with the provisions of Section 6.16), by such accountants to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (such audited financial statements to include a balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flow and, if prepared, such accountants’ letter to management), and

 

(t) a Compliance Certificate.

as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days prior to the start of each of Borrower’s fiscal years,    (u) copies of Borrower’s Projections, in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) satisfactory to Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, for the forthcoming 3 years, year by year, and for the forthcoming fiscal year, month by month, certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as being such officer’s good faith estimate of the financial performance of Borrower during the period covered thereby.
if and when provided by Borrower,    (v) any other information that is provided by Borrower to its members or shareholders generally.

 

- 1 -


promptly, but in any event within 5 days after Borrower has knowledge of any event or condition that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default,    (w) notice of such event or condition and a statement of the curative action that Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.
promptly after the commencement thereof, but in any event within 5 days after the service of process with respect thereto on Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,    (x) notice of all actions, suits, or proceedings brought by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority which reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
immediately after Borrower has knowledge of the termination of any Material Contract    (y) immediately after Borrower has knowledge of the termination of a Material Contract, notice of the termination thereof.
promptly after making the annual distribution to Borrower’s members for payment of income taxes (until such time as Borrower converts to a corporation)    (z) a detailed summary of the calculations made in connection with such distributions.
upon the request of Agent,    (aa) any other information reasonably requested relating to the financial condition of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.18

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made this 24th day of February, 2011, among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof and those additional entities that hereafter become parties hereto by executing the form of Supplement attached hereto as Annex 1 (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”), and WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Provider (together with its successors, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all schedules thereto or referred to therein, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrower (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group is willing to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof, and

WHEREAS, Agent has agreed to act as agent for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and this Agreement, and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Lender Group to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to induce the Lender Group to make financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement, Grantors have agreed to grant a continuing security interest in and to the Collateral in order to secure the prompt and complete payment, observance and performance of, among other things, the Secured Obligations, and

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the recitals made above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree to amend and restate that certain Security Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between Borrower, ServiceSource International Inc. and Agent in its entirety as follows:

1. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereof) without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein and if such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern. In addition to those terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Account ” means an account (as that term is defined in Article 9 of the Code).

(b) “ Account Debtor ” means an account debtor (as that term is defined in the Code).

(c) “ Agent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

-1-


(d) “ Agent’s Liens ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(e) “ Bank Product Obligations ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(f) “ Bank Product Provider ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(g) “ Books ” means books and records (including each Grantor’s Records indicating, summarizing, or evidencing such Grantor’s assets (including the Collateral) or liabilities, each Grantor’s Records relating to such Grantor’s business operations or financial condition, and each Grantor’s goods or General Intangibles related to such information).

(h) “ Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.

(i) “ Cash Equivalents ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(j) “ Chattel Paper ” means chattel paper (as that term is defined in the Code) and includes tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper.

(k) “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies with respect to Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies.

(l) “ Collateral ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2 .

(m) “ Commercial Tort Claims ” means commercial tort claims (as that term is defined in the Code), and includes those commercial tort claims listed on Schedule 1 to the Disclosure Letter.

(n) “ Copyrights ” means any and all copyrights and copyright registrations, including (i) the copyright registrations and recordings thereof and all applications in connection therewith listed on Schedule 2 to the Disclosure Letter and made a part hereof, (ii) all reissues, continuations, extensions or renewals thereof, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iv) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (v) the goodwill of each Grantor’s business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (vi) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(o) “ Copyright Security Agreement ” means each Copyright Security Agreement among Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, pursuant to which Grantors have granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a security interest in all their respective Copyrights.

(p) “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.

(q) “ Deposit Account ” means a deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).

(r) “ Disclosure Letter ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

 

-2-


(s) “ Equipment ” means equipment (as that term is defined in the Code).

(t) “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement.

(u) “ General Intangibles ” means general intangibles (as that term is defined in the Code) and includes payment intangibles, contract rights, rights to payment, rights arising under common law, statutes, or regulations, choses or things in action, goodwill (including the goodwill associated with any Trademark, Patent, or Copyright), Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, URLs and domain names, industrial designs, other industrial or Intellectual Property or rights therein or applications therefor, whether under license or otherwise, programs, programming materials, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, monies due or recoverable from pension funds, route lists, rights to payment and other rights under any royalty or licensing agreements, including Intellectual Property Licenses, infringement claims, computer programs, information contained on computer disks or tapes, software, literature, reports, catalogs, pension plan refunds, pension plan refund claims, insurance premium rebates, tax refunds, and tax refund claims, interests in a partnership or limited liability company which do not constitute a security under Article 8 of the Code, and any other personal property other than Commercial Tort Claims, money, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, goods, Investment Related Property, Negotiable Collateral, and oil, gas, or other minerals before extraction.

(v) “ Grantor ” and “ Grantors ” have the respective meanings specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.

(w) “ Guaranty ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(x) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(y) “ Intellectual Property ” means any and all Intellectual Property Licenses, Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, the goodwill associated with such Trademarks, trade secrets and customer lists.

(z) “ Intellectual Property Licenses ” means rights under or interests in any patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property, including software license agreements with any other party, whether the applicable Grantor is a licensee or licensor under any such license agreement (but excluding any off-the-shelf software license agreement), including the license agreements listed on Schedule 3 to the Disclosure Letter and made a part hereof, and the right to use the foregoing in connection with the enforcement of the Lender Group’s rights under the Loan Documents, including the right to prepare for sale and sell any and all Inventory and Equipment now or hereafter owned by any Grantor and now or hereafter covered by such licenses.

(aa) “ Inventory ” means inventory (as that term is defined in the Code).

(bb) “ Investment Related Property ” means (i) any and all investment property (as that term is defined in the Code), and (ii) any and all of the following (regardless of whether classified as investment property under the Code): all Pledged Interests, Pledged Operating Agreements, and Pledged Partnership Agreements.

(cc) “ Lender Group ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(dd) “ Loan Documents ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(ee) “ Negotiable Collateral ” means letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, promissory notes, drafts and documents (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

-3-


(ff) “ Obligations ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(gg) “ Patents ” means patents and patent applications, including (i) the patents and patent applications listed on Schedule 4 to the Disclosure Letter and made a part hereof, (ii) all renewals thereof, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iv) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, and (v) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(hh) “ Patent Security Agreement ” means each Patent Security Agreement among Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, pursuant to which Grantors have granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a security interest in all their respective Patents.

(ii) “ Permitted Liens ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(jj) “ Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(kk) “ Pledged Companies ” means, each Person listed on Schedule 5 to the Disclosure Letter as a “Pledged Company”, together with each other Person, all or a portion of whose Stock, is acquired or otherwise owned by a Grantor after the Restatement Effective Date.

(ll) “ Pledged Interests ” means all of each Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Stock now or hereafter owned by such Grantor, regardless of class or designation, including, in each of the Pledged Companies, and all substitutions therefor and replacements thereof, all proceeds thereof and all rights relating thereto, including any certificates representing the Stock, the right to request after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default that such Stock be registered in the name of Agent or any of its nominees, the right to receive any certificates representing any of the Stock and the right to require that such certificates be delivered to Agent together with undated powers or assignments of investment securities with respect thereto, duly endorsed in blank by such Grantor, all warrants, options, share appreciation rights and other rights, contractual or otherwise, in respect thereof and the right to receive all dividends, distributions of income, profits, surplus, or other compensation by way of income or liquidating distributions, in cash or in kind, and all cash, instruments, and other property from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in addition to, in substitution of, on account of, or in exchange for any or all of the foregoing.

(mm) “ Pledged Interests Addendum ” means a Pledged Interests Addendum substantially in the form of Exhibit C to this Agreement.

(nn) “ Pledged Operating Agreements ” means all of each Grantor’s rights, powers, and remedies under the limited liability company operating agreements of each of the Pledged Companies that are limited liability companies.

(oo) “ Pledged Partnership Agreements ” means all of each Grantor’s rights, powers, and remedies under the partnership agreements of each of the Pledged Companies that are partnerships.

(pp) “ Proceeds ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2 .

(qq) “ Real Property ” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor and the improvements thereto.

(rr) “ Records ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or which is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

 

-4-


(ss) “ Secured Obligations ” means each and all of the following: (a) all of the present and future obligations of Grantors arising from this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or the other Loan Documents (including any Guaranty), (b) all Bank Product Obligations, and (c) all Obligations of Borrower, including, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b) and (c), reasonable attorneys fees and expenses and any interest, fees, or expenses that accrue after the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(tt) “ Securities Account ” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).

(uu) “ Security Interest ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2 .

(vv) “ Stock ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement

(ww) “ Supporting Obligations ” means supporting obligations (as such term is defined in the Code), and includes letters of credit and guaranties issued in support of Accounts, Chattel Paper, documents, General Intangibles, instruments, or Investment Related Property.

(xx) “ Trademarks ” means any and all trademarks, trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, registered service marks and service mark applications, including (i) the trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, registered service marks and service mark applications listed on Schedule 6 to the Disclosure Letter and made a part hereof, (ii) all renewals thereof, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iv) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (v) the goodwill of each Grantor’s business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (vi) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(yy) “ Trademark Security Agreement ” means each Trademark Security Agreement among Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto, pursuant to which Grantors have granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a security interest in all their respective Trademarks.

(zz) “ URL ” means “uniform resource locator,” an internet web address.

2. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby unconditionally grants, assigns, and pledges to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, to secure the Secured Obligations, a continuing security interest (hereinafter referred to as the “ Security Interest ”) in all personal property of such Grantor whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located, including such Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located (the “ Collateral ”):

(a) all of such Grantor’s Accounts;

(b) all of such Grantor’s Books;

(c) all of such Grantor’s Chattel Paper;

(d) all of such Grantor’s interest with respect to any Deposit Account;

(e) all of such Grantor’s Equipment and fixtures;

(f) all of such Grantor’s General Intangibles;

 

-5-


(g) all of such Grantor’s Inventory;

(h) all of such Grantor’s Investment Related Property;

(i) all of such Grantor’s Negotiable Collateral;

(j) all of such Grantor’s rights in respect of Supporting Obligations;

(k) all of such Grantor’s interest with respect to any Commercial Tort Claims;

(l) all of such Grantor’s money, Cash Equivalents, or other assets of each such Grantor that now or hereafter come into the possession, custody, or control of Agent or any other member of the Lender Group;

(m) all of the proceeds and products, whether tangible or intangible, of any of the foregoing, including proceeds of insurance or Commercial Tort Claims covering or relating to any or all of the foregoing, and any and all Accounts, Books, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, Equipment, General Intangibles, Inventory, Investment Related Property, Negotiable Collateral, Supporting Obligations, money, or other tangible or intangible property resulting from the sale, lease, license, exchange, collection, or other disposition of any of the foregoing, the proceeds of any award in condemnation with respect to any of the foregoing, any rebates or refunds, whether for taxes or otherwise, and all proceeds of any such proceeds, or any portion thereof or interest therein, and the proceeds thereof, and all proceeds of any loss of, damage to, or destruction of the above, whether insured or not insured, and, to the extent not otherwise included, any indemnity, warranty, or guaranty payable by reason of loss or damage to, or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing (the “ Proceeds ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Proceeds” includes whatever is receivable or received when Investment Related Property or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected, or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes proceeds of any indemnity or guaranty payable to any Grantor or Agent from time to time with respect to any of the Investment Related Property.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the term “Collateral” shall not include (i) voting Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary solely to the extent that (y) such Stock represents more than 65% of the outstanding voting Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary, and (z) hypothecating more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary would result in material adverse tax consequences or (ii) any asset or property that is subject to a Capital Lease or Lien securing Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness, in each case permitted under the Credit Agreement, to the extent that the documents related to such Capital Lease or Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness do not permit such asset or property to be subject to the Security Interest created hereby.

3. Security for Obligations . The Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the Lender Group, the Bank Product Providers or any of them, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor.

4. Grantors Remain Liable . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each of the Grantors shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, including the Pledged Operating Agreements and the Pledged Partnership Agreements, to perform all of the duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by Agent or any other member of the Lender Group of any of the rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, and (c) none of the members of the Lender Group shall have any obligation or liability under such contracts and agreements

 

-6-


included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall any of the members of the Lender Group be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantors thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder. Until an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or other Loan Documents, Grantors shall have the right to possession and enjoyment of the Collateral for the purpose of conducting the ordinary course of their respective businesses, subject to and upon the terms hereof and of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is the intention of the parties hereto that record and beneficial ownership of the Pledged Interests, including all voting, consensual, and dividend rights, shall remain in the applicable Grantor until the occurrence of an Event of Default and until Agent shall notify the applicable Grantor of Agent’s exercise of voting, consensual, or dividend rights with respect to the Pledged Interests pursuant to Section 15 hereof.

5. Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The exact legal name of each of the Grantors is set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement or a written notice provided to Agent pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) Schedule 7 to the Disclosure Letter sets forth all Real Property owned by Grantors as of the Restatement Effective Date.

(c) As of the Restatement Effective Date, no Grantor has any interest in, or title to, any Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, Patents, or Trademarks except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter as Schedules 2, 3, 4 and 6 , respectively, attached thereto. This Agreement is effective to create a valid and continuing Lien on such Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, Patents and Trademarks and, upon filing of the Copyright Security Agreement with the United States Copyright Office and filing of the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and the filing of appropriate financing statements in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 8 to the Disclosure Letter, all action necessary or desirable to protect and perfect the Security Interest in and to on each Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks, or Copyrights has been taken and such perfected Security Interest is enforceable as such as against any and all creditors of and purchasers from any Grantor. No Grantor has any interest in any Copyright that is necessary in connection with the operation of such Grantor’s business, except for those Copyrights identified on Schedule 2 to the Disclosure Letter which have been registered with the United States Copyright Office.

(d) This Agreement creates a valid security interest in the Collateral of each of the Grantors, to the extent a security interest therein can be created under the Code, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations. Except to the extent a security interest in the Collateral cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Code, all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect such security interest have been duly taken or will have been taken upon the filing of financing statements listing each applicable Grantor, as a debtor, and Agent, as secured party, in the jurisdictions listed next to such Grantor’s name on Schedule 8 to the Disclosure Letter. Upon the making of such filings, Agent shall have a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral of each Grantor to the extent such security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement.

(e) Except for the Security Interest created hereby, each Grantor is and will at all times be the sole holder of record and the legal and beneficial owner, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, of the Pledged Interests indicated on Schedule 5 to the Disclosure Letter as being owned by such Grantor and, when acquired by such Grantor, any Pledged Interests acquired after the Restatement Effective Date; (ii) all of the Pledged Interests are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and the Pledged Interests constitute or will constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding Stock of the Pledged Companies of such Grantor identified on Schedule 5 to the Disclosure Letter as supplemented or modified by any Pledged Interests Addendum or any Supplement to this Agreement; (ii) such Grantor has the right and requisite authority to pledge, the Investment Related Property pledged by such Grantor to Agent as provided

 

-7-


herein; (iii) all actions necessary or desirable to perfect, establish the first priority of, or otherwise protect, Agent’s Liens in the Investment Related Collateral, and the proceeds thereof, have been duly taken, (A) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement; (B) upon the taking of possession by Agent of any certificates constituting the Pledged Interests, to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, together with undated powers endorsed in blank by the applicable Grantor; (C) upon the filing of financing statements in the applicable jurisdiction set forth on Schedule 8 to the Disclosure Letter for such Grantor with respect to the Pledged Interests of such Grantor that are not represented by certificates, and (D) with respect to any Securities Accounts, upon the delivery of Control Agreements with respect thereto; and (iv) each Grantor has delivered to and deposited with Agent (or, with respect to any Pledged Interests created or obtained after the Restatement Effective Date, will deliver and deposit in accordance with Sections 6(a) and 8 hereof) all certificates representing the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, and undated powers endorsed in blank with respect to such certificates. None of the Pledged Interests owned or held by such Grantor has been issued or transferred in violation of any securities registration, securities disclosure, or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject.

(f) No consent, approval, authorization, or other order or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required (i) for the grant of a Security Interest by such Grantor in and to the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement or for the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement by such Grantor, or (ii) for the exercise by Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement with respect to the Investment Related Property or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, in each case except as may be required in connection with such disposition of Investment Related Property by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally and except as otherwise contemplated hereby.

(g) Schedule 9 to the Disclosure Letter sets forth all motor vehicles owned by Grantors as of the Restatement Effective Date, by model, model year and vehicle identification number (“VIN”).

6. Covenants . Each Grantor, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with Agent that from and after the date of this Agreement and until the date of termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 22 hereof:

(a) Possession of Collateral . In the event that any Collateral, including proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of Negotiable Collateral, Investment Related Property, or Chattel Paper, and if and to the extent that perfection or priority of Agent’s Security Interest is dependent on or enhanced by possession, the applicable Grantor, immediately upon the request of Agent and in accordance with Section 8 hereof, shall execute such other documents and instruments as shall be requested by Agent or, if applicable, endorse and deliver physical possession of such Negotiable Collateral, Investment Related Property, or Chattel Paper to Agent, together with such undated powers endorsed in blank as shall be requested by Agent;

(b) Chattel Paper .

(i) Each Grantor shall take all steps reasonably necessary to grant Agent control of all electronic Chattel Paper in accordance with the Code and all “transferable records” as that term is defined in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transaction Act and Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction;

(ii) If any Grantor retains possession of any Chattel Paper or instruments (which retention of possession shall be subject to the extent permitted hereby and by the Credit Agreement), promptly upon the request of Agent, such Chattel Paper and instruments shall be marked with the following legend: “This writing and the obligations evidenced or secured hereby are subject to the Security Interest of Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., as Agent for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers”;

 

-8-


(c) Control Agreements .

(i) Except to the extent otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement, from each bank holding a Deposit Account for such Grantor;

(ii) Except to the extent otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement, from each issuer of uncertificated securities, securities intermediary, or commodities intermediary issuing or holding any financial assets or commodities to or for any Grantor;

(iii) Except to the extent otherwise excused by the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement with respect to all of such Grantor’s electronic chattel paper, investment property, and letter-of-credit rights;

(d) Letter-of-Credit Rights . Each Grantor that is or becomes the beneficiary of a letter of credit shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days after becoming a beneficiary), notify Agent thereof and, upon the request by Agent, enter into a tri-party agreement with Agent and the issuer or confirming bank with respect to letter-of-credit rights (as that term is defined in the Code) assigning such letter-of-credit rights to Agent and directing all payments thereunder to Agent’s Account, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

(e) Commercial Tort Claims . Each Grantor shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days of receipt thereof), notify Agent in writing upon incurring or otherwise obtaining a Commercial Tort Claim after the date hereof against any third party and, upon request of Agent, promptly amend Schedule 1 to the Disclosure Letter to describe such after-acquired Commercial Tort Claim in a manner that reasonably identifies such Commercial Tort Claim, and hereby authorizes the filing of additional financing statements or amendments to existing financing statements describing such Commercial Tort Claims, and agrees to do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by Agent to give Agent a first priority, perfected security interest in any such Commercial Tort Claim;

(f) Government Contracts . If any Account or Chattel Paper arises out of a contract or contracts with the United States of America or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, Grantors shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days of the creation thereof) notify Agent thereof in writing and execute any instruments or take any steps reasonably required by Agent in order that all moneys due or to become due under such contract or contracts shall be assigned to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, and shall provide written notice thereof under the Assignment of Claims Act or other applicable law;

(g) Intellectual Property .

(i) Upon request of Agent, in order to facilitate filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to Agent one or more Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, or Patent Security Agreements to further evidence Agent’s Lien on such Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks, or Copyrights, and the General Intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(ii) Each Grantor shall have the duty, to the extent necessary or economically desirable in the operation of such Grantor’s business, (A) to promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation, or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation, or dilution, (B) to prosecute diligently any trademark application or service mark application that is part of the Trademarks pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement, (C) to prosecute diligently any patent application that is part of the Patents pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination

 

-9-


of this Agreement, and (D) to take all reasonable and necessary action to preserve and maintain all of such Grantor’s Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, and its rights therein, including the filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of noncontestability and opposition and interference and cancellation proceedings. Each Grantor shall promptly file an application with the United States Copyright Office for any Copyright that has not been registered with the United States Copyright Office if such Copyright is necessary in connection with the operation of such Grantor’s business. Any expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing shall be borne by the appropriate Grantor. Each Grantor further agrees not to abandon any Trademark, Patent, Copyright, or Intellectual Property License that is necessary or economically desirable in the operation of such Grantor’s business without the prior written consent of Agent;

(iii) Grantors acknowledge and agree that the Lender Group shall have no duties with respect to the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, or Intellectual Property Licenses. Without limiting the generality of this Section 6(g) , Grantors acknowledge and agree that no member of the Lender Group shall be under any obligation to take any steps necessary to preserve rights in the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, or Intellectual Property Licenses against any other Person, but any member of the Lender Group may do so at its option from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and all expenses incurred in connection therewith (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and other professionals) shall be for the sole account of Borrower and shall be chargeable to the Loan Account;

(iv) In no event shall any Grantor, either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee, or designee, file an application for the registration of any Copyright with the United States Copyright Office without giving Agent prior written notice thereof or any Patent or Trademark with the United States Patent and Trademark Office without giving Agent written notice thereof promptly thereafter. Promptly upon any such filing, each Grantor shall comply with Section 6(g)(i) hereof;

(h) Investment Related Property .

(i) If any Grantor shall receive or become entitled to receive any Pledged Interests after the Restatement Effective Date, it shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days of receipt thereof) deliver to Agent a duly executed Pledged Interests Addendum identifying such Pledged Interests;

(ii) All sums of money and property paid or distributed in respect of the Investment Related Property which are received by any Grantor shall be held by the Grantors in trust for the benefit of Agent segregated from such Grantor’s other property, and such Grantor shall deliver it forthwith to Agent’s in the exact form received;

(iii) Each Grantor shall promptly deliver to Agent a copy of each notice or other communication received by it in respect of any Pledged Interests;

(iv) No Grantor shall make or consent to any amendment or other modification or waiver with respect to any Pledged Interests, Pledged Operating Agreement, or Pledged Partnership Agreement, or enter into any agreement or permit to exist any restriction with respect to any Pledged Interests other than pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(v) Each Grantor agrees that it will cooperate with Agent in obtaining all necessary approvals and making all necessary filings under federal, state, local, or foreign law in connection with the Security Interest on the Investment Related Property or any sale or transfer thereof;

(vi) As to all limited liability company or partnership interests, issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, each Grantor hereby represents, warrants and covenants that the Pledged Interests issued pursuant to such agreement (A) are not and shall not be dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (B) do not and will not constitute investment

 

-10-


company securities, and (C) are not and will not be held by such Grantor in a securities account. In addition, none of the Pledged Operating Agreements, the Pledged Partnership Agreements, or any other agreements governing any of the Pledged Interests issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, provide or shall provide that such Pledged Interests are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction;

(i) Real Property; Fixtures . Each Grantor covenants and agrees that upon the acquisition of any fee interest in Real Property it will promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days of acquisition) notify Agent of the acquisition of such Real Property and will grant to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a first priority Mortgage on each fee interest in Real Property now or hereafter owned by such Grantor and shall deliver such other documentation and opinions, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, in connection with the grant of such Mortgage as Agent shall request in its Permitted Discretion, including title insurance policies, financing statements, fixture filings and environmental audits and such Grantor shall pay all recording costs, intangible taxes and other fees and costs (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred in connection therewith. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all of the Collateral shall remain personal property regardless of the manner of its attachment or affixation to real property;

(j) Transfers and Other Liens . Grantors shall not (i) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, except expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, or (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral of any of Grantors, except for Permitted Liens. The inclusion of Proceeds in the Collateral shall not be deemed to constitute Agent’s consent to any sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral except as expressly permitted in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(k) Other Actions as to Any and All Collateral . Each Grantor shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days of acquiring or obtaining such other Collateral (and in the case of Intellectual Property shall comply with Section 4.15 of the Credit Agreement)) notify Agent in writing upon (i) acquiring or otherwise obtaining any Collateral after the date hereof consisting of Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, Investment Related Property, Chattel Paper (electronic, tangible or otherwise), documents (as defined in Article 9 of the Code), promissory notes (as defined in the Code, or instruments (as defined in the Code) or (ii) any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral being or becoming evidenced after the date hereof by any Chattel Paper, documents, promissory notes, or instruments and, in each such case upon the request of Agent, promptly execute such other documents, or if applicable, deliver such Chattel Paper, other documents or certificates evidencing any Investment Related Property and do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by Agent to protect Agent’s Security Interest therein; and

(l) Motor Vehicles. Upon request of Agent, with respect to all motor vehicles owned by any Grantor, Grantor shall deliver to Agent, a certificate of title for all such motor vehicles and shall cause those title certificates to be filed (with the Agent’s Lien noted thereon) in the appropriate state motor vehicle filing office.

7. Relation to Other Security Documents . The provisions of this Agreement shall be read and construed with the other Loan Documents referred to below in the manner so indicated.

(a) Credit Agreement . In the event of any conflict between any provision in this Agreement and a provision in the Credit Agreement, such provision of the Credit Agreement shall control.

(b) Patent, Trademark, Copyright Security Agreements . The provisions of the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, and Patent Security Agreements are supplemental to the provisions of this Agreement, and nothing contained in the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark

 

-11-


Security Agreements, or the Patent Security Agreements shall limit any of the rights or remedies of Agent hereunder.

8. Further Assurances .

(a) Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at its own expense, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or that Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect the Security Interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral.

(b) Each Grantor authorizes the filing by Agent of financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such Grantor will execute and deliver to Agent such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or as Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the Security Interest granted or purported to be granted hereby.

(c) Each Grantor authorizes Agent at any time and from time to time to file, transmit, or communicate, as applicable, financing statements and amendments (i) describing the Collateral as “all personal property of debtor” or “all assets of debtor” or words of similar effect, (ii) describing the Collateral as being of equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, or (iii) that contain any information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance. Each Grantor also hereby ratifies any and all financing statements or amendments previously filed by Agent in any jurisdiction.

(d) Each Grantor acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent, subject to such Grantor’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the Code.

9. Agent’s Right to Perform Contracts, Exercise Rights, etc . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent (or its designee) (a) may proceed to perform any and all of the obligations of any Grantor contained in any contract, lease, or other agreement and exercise any and all rights of any Grantor therein contained as fully as such Grantor itself could, (b) shall have the right to use any Grantor’s rights under Intellectual Property Licenses in connection with the enforcement of the Agent’s rights hereunder, including the right to prepare for sale and sell any and all Inventory and Equipment now or hereafter owned by any Grantor and now or hereafter covered by such licenses, and (c) shall have the right to request that any Stock that is pledged hereunder be registered in the name of Agent or any of its nominees.

10. Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, at such time as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement, to take any action and to execute any instrument which Agent may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including:

(a) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in connection with the Accounts or any other Collateral of such Grantor;

(b) to receive and open all mail addressed to such Grantor and to notify postal authorities to change the address for the delivery of mail to such Grantor to that of Agent;

(c) to receive, indorse, and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents, Negotiable Collateral or Chattel Paper;

 

-12-


(d) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral of such Grantor or otherwise to enforce the rights of Agent with respect to any of the Collateral;

(e) to repair, alter, or supply goods, if any, necessary to fulfill in whole or in part the purchase order of any Person obligated to such Grantor in respect of any Account of such Grantor;

(f) to use any labels, Patents, Trademarks, trade names, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, Copyrights, advertising matter or other industrial or intellectual property rights, in advertising for sale and selling Inventory and other Collateral and to collect any amounts due under Accounts, contracts or Negotiable Collateral of such Grantor; and

(g) Agent on behalf of the Lender Group shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to bring suit in its own name to enforce the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights and Intellectual Property Licenses and, if Agent shall commence any such suit, the appropriate Grantor shall, at the request of Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all proper documents reasonably required by Agent in aid of such enforcement.

To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby ratifies all that such attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated.

11. Agent May Perform . If any of the Grantors fails to perform any agreement contained herein, Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable expenses of Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable, jointly and severally, by Grantors.

12. Agent’s Duties . The powers conferred on Agent hereunder are solely to protect Agent’s interest in the Collateral, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, and shall not impose any duty upon Agent to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its actual possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its actual possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Agent accords its own property.

13. Collection of Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral . At any time upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Agent or Agent’s designee may (a) notify Account Debtors of any Grantor that the Accounts, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper or Negotiable Collateral have been assigned to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Provider, or that Agent has a security interest therein, and (b) collect the Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral directly, and any collection costs and expenses shall constitute part of such Grantor’s Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents.

14. Disposition of Pledged Interests by Agent . None of the Pledged Interests existing as of the date of this Agreement are, and none of the Pledged Interests hereafter acquired on the date of acquisition thereof will be, registered or qualified under the various federal or state securities laws of the United States and disposition thereof after an Event of Default may be restricted to one or more private (instead of public) sales in view of the lack of such registration. Each Grantor understands that in connection with such disposition, Agent may approach only a restricted number of potential purchasers and further understands that a sale under such circumstances may yield a lower price for the Pledged Interests than if the Pledged Interests were registered and qualified pursuant to federal and state securities laws and sold on the open market. Each Grantor, therefore, agrees that: (a) if Agent shall, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, sell or cause the Pledged Interests or any portion thereof to be sold at a private sale, Agent shall have the right to rely upon the

 

-13-


advice and opinion of any nationally recognized brokerage or investment firm (but shall not be obligated to seek such advice and the failure to do so shall not be considered in determining the commercial reasonableness of such action) as to the best manner in which to offer the Pledged Interest or any portion thereof for sale and as to the best price reasonably obtainable at the private sale thereof; and (b) such reliance shall be conclusive evidence that Agent has handled the disposition in a commercially reasonable manner.

15. Voting Rights .

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) Agent may, at its option, and with 2 Business Days prior notice to any Grantor, and in addition to all rights and remedies available to Agent under any other agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise, exercise all voting rights, and all other ownership or consensual rights in respect of the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor, but under no circumstances is Agent obligated by the terms of this Agreement to exercise such rights, and (ii) if Agent duly exercises its right to vote any of such Pledged Interests, each Grantor hereby appoints Agent, such Grantor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and IRREVOCABLE PROXY to vote such Pledged Interests in any manner Agent deems advisable for or against all matters submitted or which may be submitted to a vote of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be. The power-of-attorney granted hereby is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.

(b) For so long as any Grantor shall have the right to vote the Pledged Interests owned by it, such Grantor covenants and agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of Agent, vote or take any consensual action with respect to such Pledged Interests which would materially adversely affect the rights of Agent and the other members of the Lender Group or the value of the Pledged Interests.

16. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(a) Agent may, and at the instruction of the Required Lenders, shall exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Loan Documents, or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the Code or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor expressly agrees that, in any such event, Agent without demand of performance or other demand, advertisement or notice of any kind (except a notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon any of Grantors or any other Person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and notices are hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), may take immediate possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and (i) require Grantors to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will at its own expense and upon request of Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by Agent and make it available to Agent at one or more locations where such Grantor regularly maintains Inventory, and (ii) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit, and upon such other terms as Agent may deem commercially reasonable. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least 10 days notice to any of Grantors of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification and specifically such notice shall constitute a reasonable “authenticated notification of disposition” within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the Code. Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

(b) Agent is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without liability for royalties or any other charge, each Grantor’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, service marks and advertising matter, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, other industrial or intellectual property or any property of a similar nature, whether owned by any of Grantors or with respect to which any of Grantors have rights under license, sublicense, or other agreements, as it pertains

 

-14-


to the Collateral, in preparing for sale, advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and each Grantor’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the benefit of Agent.

(c) Agent may, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Loan Documents, or otherwise available to it under applicable law and without the requirement of notice to or upon any of Grantors or any other Person (which notice is hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), (i) with respect to any of Grantors’ Deposit Accounts in which Agent’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-104 of the Code, instruct the bank maintaining such Deposit Account for the applicable Grantor to pay the balance of such Deposit Account to or for the benefit of Agent, and (ii) with respect to any of Grantors’ Securities Accounts in which the Agent’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-106 of the Code, instruct the securities intermediary maintaining such Securities Account for the applicable Grantor to (A) transfer any cash in such Securities Account to or for the benefit of Agent, or (B) liquidate any financial assets in such Securities Account that are customarily sold on a recognized market and transfer the cash proceeds thereof to or for the benefit of Agent.

(d) Any cash held by Agent as Collateral and all cash proceeds received by Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied against the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in the Credit Agreement. In the event the proceeds of Collateral are insufficient to satisfy all of the Secured Obligations in full, each Grantor shall remain jointly and severally liable for any such deficiency.

(e) Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that the Secured Obligations arose out of a commercial transaction, and agrees that if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing Agent shall have the right to an immediate writ of possession without notice of a hearing. Agent shall have the right to the appointment of a receiver for the properties and assets of each of Grantors, and each Grantor hereby consents to such rights and such appointment and hereby waives any objection such Grantors may have thereto or the right to have a bond or other security posted by Agent.

17. Remedies Cumulative . Each right, power, and remedy of Agent as provided for in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power, or remedy provided for in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Agent, of any one or more of such rights, powers, or remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Agent of any or all such other rights, powers, or remedies.

18. Marshaling . Agent shall not be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including but not limited to the Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Secured Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and in respect of such collateral security and other assurances of payment shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Secured Obligations or under which any of the Secured Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Secured Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

19. Indemnity and Expenses .

(a) Each Grantor agrees to indemnify Agent and the other members of the Lender Group from and against all claims, lawsuits and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys fees) growing out of or resulting from this Agreement (including enforcement of this Agreement) or any of the other Loan Documents

 

-15-


to which such Grantor is a party, except claims, losses or liabilities resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Credit Agreement and the repayment of the Secured Obligations.

(b) Grantors, jointly and severally, shall, upon demand, pay to Agent (or Agent, may charge to the Loan Account) all the Lender Group Expenses which Agent may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, (ii) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or, upon an Event of Default, the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of Agent hereunder or (iv) the failure by any of Grantors to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

20. Merger, Amendments; Etc . THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any of Grantors herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent and each of Grantors to which such amendment applies.

21. Addresses for Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given in the form and manner and delivered to Agent at its address specified in the Credit Agreement, and to any of the Grantors at their respective addresses specified in the Credit Agreement or Guaranty, as applicable, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party.

22. Continuing Security Interest: Assignments under Credit Agreement . This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been paid in full in cash in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Commitments have expired or have been terminated, (b) be binding upon each of Grantors, and their respective successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Agent, and its successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), any the Lender may, in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such the Lender herein or otherwise. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the expiration or termination of the Commitments, the Security Interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to Grantors or any other Person entitled thereto. At such time, Agent will authorize the filing of appropriate termination statements to terminate such Security Interests. No transfer or renewal, extension, assignment, or termination of this Agreement or of the Credit Agreement, any other of the Loan Documents, or any other instrument or document executed and delivered by any Grantor to Agent nor any additional Advances or other loans made by any the Lender to Borrower, nor the taking of further security, nor the retaking or re-delivery of the Collateral to Grantors, or any of them, by Agent, nor any other act of the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers, or any of them, shall release any of Grantors from any obligation, except a release or discharge executed in writing by Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. Agent shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise, be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Agent and then only to the extent therein set forth. A waiver by Agent of any right or remedy on any occasion shall not be construed as a bar to the exercise of any such right or remedy which Agent would otherwise have had on any other occasion.

 

-16-


23. Governing Law .

(a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANY OTHER OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

(b) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. AGENT AND EACH GRANTOR WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 23(b) .

(c) AGENT AND EACH GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. AGENT AND EACH GRANTOR REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

(d) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AGENT AND EACH GRANTOR PREFER THAT ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM BE RESOLVED IN LITIGATION SUBJECT TO A JURY TRIAL WAIVER AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 23(c) . IF, HOWEVER, UNDER THE THEN APPLICABLE LAW OF THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH A PARTY SEEKS TO COMMENCE ANY SUCH LITIGATION, A PRE-DISPUTE JURY TRIAL WAIVER OF THE TYPE PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 23(c) IS UNENFORCEABLE IN LITIGATION TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR CONTROVERSY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EACH, A “CLAIM”), THEN, UPON THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF SUCH PARTY, SUCH CLAIM, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL BE DETERMINED EXCLUSIVELY BY A JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 23(b) , VENUE FOR ANY SUCH REFERENCE PROCEEDING SHALL BE IN THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE COUNTY OR DISTRICT WHERE VENUE IS APPROPRIATE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW (THE “COURT”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IF THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE COURT SHALL APPOINT THE REFEREE. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CLAIM AND DELIVERY, INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, ATTACHMENT OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A

 

-17-


RECEIVER). THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE ALSO SHALL DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION 23(d) . THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY CLAIM DETERMINED BY REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 23(d) SHALL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY.

24. New Subsidiaries . Pursuant to Section 5.16 of the Credit Agreement, any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (whether by acquisition or creation) of any Grantor that is required to enter into this Agreement shall execute and deliver in favor of Agent a supplement to this Agreement in the form of Annex 1 attached hereto. Upon the execution and delivery of Annex 1 by such new Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor hereunder.

25. Agent . Each reference herein to any right granted to, benefit conferred upon or power exercisable by the “Agent” shall be a reference to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers.

26. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each of the other Loan Documents mutatis mutandis .

(b) Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in that jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(c) Headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in connection with the interpretation of any provision hereof.

(d) The pronouns used herein shall include, when appropriate, either gender and both singular and plural, and the grammatical construction of sentences shall conform thereto.

(e) Unless the context of this Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement or in any other of the Loan Documents to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth

 

-18-


herein). Any reference herein or in any of the other Loan Documents to the satisfaction or repayment in full of the Obligations shall mean the repayment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement) of all Obligations other than unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the Bank Product Providers to remain outstanding and that are not required by the provisions of the Credit Agreement to be repaid or cash collateralized. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

[SIGNATURE TO FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have executed this Agreement by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

GRANTORS:  

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC,

  a Delaware limited liability company
  By:  

/s/ David Oppenheimer

  Name:   DAVID OPPENHEIMER
  Title:   CFO
 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL INC.,

  a Delaware corporation
  By:  

/s/ David Oppenheimer

  Name:  

DAVID OPPENHEIMER

  Title:  

CFO

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

 

   S-1    Security Agreement


AGENT:

  WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., as Agent
  By:  

/s/ Michael Ganann

  Name:   MICHAEL GANANN
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

   S-2    Security Agreement


ANNEX 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT FORM OF SUPPLEMENT

Supplement No.          (this “ Supplement ”) dated as of                      , 20      , to the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 24, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), by each of the parties listed on the signature pages thereto and those additional entities that thereafter become parties thereto (collectively, jointly and severally, “Grantors” and each individually “ Grantor ”) and WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC. in its capacity as Agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Provider (together with the successors, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 24, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrower (“Borrower”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group is willing to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lender Group to make certain financial accommodations to Borrower; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.16 of the Credit Agreement, new direct or indirect Subsidiaries of Borrower, must execute and deliver certain Loan Documents, including the Security Agreement, and the execution of the Security Agreement by the undersigned new Grantor or Grantors (collectively, the “ New Grantors ”) may be accomplished by the execution of this Supplement in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each New Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. In accordance with Section 24 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor, by its signature below, becomes a “Grantor” under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a “Grantor” and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a “Grantor” thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a “Grantor” thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby grant, assign, and pledge to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a security interest in and security title to all assets of such New Grantor including, all property of the type described in Section 2 of the Security Agreement to secure the full and prompt payment of the Secured Obligations, including, any interest thereon, plus reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses if the Secured Obligations represented by the Security Agreement are collected by law, through an attorney-at-law, or under advice therefrom. Schedule 1 , “Commercial Tort Claims”, Schedule 2 , “Copyrights”, Schedule 3 , “Intellectual Property Licenses”, Schedule 4 , “Patents”, Schedule 5 , “Pledged Companies”, Schedule 6 , “Trademarks”, Schedule 7 , “Owned Real Property,” Schedule 8 , “List of Uniform Commercial Code Filing Jurisdictions”, and Schedule 9 “Motor Vehicles” attached hereto supplement Schedule 1 , Schedule 2 , Schedule 3 , Schedule 4 , Schedule 5 , Schedule 6 , Schedule 7 , Schedule 8 , and Schedule 9 respectively, to the Disclosure Letter and shall be deemed a part thereof for all purposes of the Security Agreement. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is incorporated herein by reference.

2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to Agent, the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that this Supplement has been duly executed and delivered by such New Grantor and

 

-1-


constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

3. This Supplement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart hereof by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Supplement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

NEW GRANTORS:   [Name of New Grantor]
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  [Name of New Grantor]
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

AGENT:   WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Copyright Security Agreement ”) is made this      day of                      , 20      , among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof ( collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “Grantor”), and WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., in its capacity as Agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (together with its successors, the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 24, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrower (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group is willing to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement of even date herewith (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto or referred to therein, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, this Copyright Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantors hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHT COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):

(a) all of such Grantor’s Copyrights and Copyright Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all reissues, continuations or extensions of the foregoing; and

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Copyright or any Copyright licensed under any Intellectual Property License.

3. SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS . This Copyright Security Agreement and the Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of all the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the Lender Group, the Bank Product Providers or any of them,

 

-1-


whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor.

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyright Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors shall give Agent prompt notice in writing of any additional United States copyright registrations or applications therefor after the date hereof. Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any future United States registered copyrights or applications therefor of Grantors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Copyright Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

6. COUNTERPARTS . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. In proving this Copyright Security Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

7. CONSTRUCTION . Unless the context of this Copyright Security Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Copyright Security Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents refer to this Copyright Security Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Copyright Security Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Copyright Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Copyright Security Agreement or in any other of the Loan Documents to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein or in any of the other Loan Documents to the satisfaction or repayment in full of the Obligations shall mean the repayment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement) of all Obligations other than unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Providers to remain outstanding and that are not required by the provisions of the Credit Agreement to be repaid or cash collateralized. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other of the Loan Documents shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed

and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY :
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., as Agent
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

-3-


SCHEDULE I

TO

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

C OPYRIGHT R EGISTRATIONS

 

Grantor

   Country      Copyright      Registration No.      Registration Date  
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

Copyright Licenses

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Patent Security Agreement ”) is made this          day of                      , 20      , among the Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “Grantor”), and WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (together with its successors, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 24, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group is willing to make certain financial accommodations available to the Borrower pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS, the members of Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement of even date herewith (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto or referred to therein, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, this Patent Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):

(a) all of its Patents and Patent Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all reissues, continuations or extensions of the foregoing; and

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Patent or any Patent licensed under any Intellectual Property License.

 

-1-


3. SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS. This Patent Security Agreement and the Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of all the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Patent Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the Lender Group, the Bank Product Providers or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor.

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . If any Grantor shall obtain rights to any new patentable inventions or become entitled to the benefit of any patent application or patent for any reissue, division, or continuation, of any patent, the provisions of this Patent Security Agreement shall automatically apply thereto. Grantors shall give prompt notice in writing to Agent with respect to any such new patent rights. Without limiting Grantors’ obligations under this Section 5 , Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any such new patent rights of Grantors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Patent Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I .

6. COUNTERPARTS . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. In proving this Patent Security Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

7. CONSTRUCTION . Unless the context of this Patent Security Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Patent Security Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents refer to this Patent Security Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Patent Security Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Patent Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Patent Security Agreement or in any other of the Loan Documents to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein or in any other of the Loan Documents to the satisfaction or repayment in full of the Obligations shall mean the repayment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement) of all Obligations other than unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the Bank Product Providers to remain outstanding and that are not required by the provisions of the Credit Agreement to be repaid or cash collateralized. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other of the Loan Documents shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY :
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., as Agent
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

-3-


EXHIBIT C

PLEDGED INTERESTS ADDENDUM

This Pledged Interests Addendum, dated as of                       , 20      , is delivered pursuant to Section 6 of the Security Agreement referred to below. The undersigned hereby agrees that this Pledged Interests Addendum may be attached to that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), made by the undersigned, together with the other Grantors named therein, to Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., as Agent. Initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement. The undersigned hereby agrees that the additional interests listed on this Pledged Interests Addendum as set forth below shall be and become part of the Pledged Interests pledged by the undersigned to the Agent in the Security Agreement and any pledged company set forth on this Pledged Interests Addendum as set forth below shall be and become a “Pledged Company” under the Security Agreement, each with the same force and effect as if originally named therein.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 of the Security Agreement of the undersigned are true and correct as to the Pledged Interests listed herein on and as of the date hereof.

 

[                    ]

By:  

 

 

Title  

 

 

-1-


Name of Pledgor

 

Name of Pledged
Company

 

Number of

Shares/Units

   Class of Interests      Percentage of
Class Owned
     Certificate Nos.  
            
            

 

-2-


EXHIBIT D

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Trademark Security Agreement ”) is made this          day of                      , 20      , among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “Grantor”), and WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., in its capacity as Agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (together with its successors, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 24, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrower (“ Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”) and Agent, the Lender Group is willing to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated of even date herewith (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto or referred to therein, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, this Trademark Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARK COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):

(a) all of its Trademarks and Trademark Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all goodwill, trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information, technical information, procedures, formulae, quality control standards, designs, operating and training manuals, customer lists, and other General Intangibles with respect to the foregoing;

(c) all reissues, continuations or extensions of the foregoing;

(d) all goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each Trademark and each Trademark Intellectual Property License; and

 

-1-


(e) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future (i) infringement or dilution of any Trademark or any Trademark licensed under any Intellectual Property License or (ii) injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark or any Trademark licensed under any Intellectual Property License.

3. SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS . This Trademark Security Agreement and the Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of all the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Trademark Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the Lender Group, the Bank Product Providers or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor.

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . If any Grantor shall obtain rights to any new trademarks, the provisions of this Trademark Security Agreement shall automatically apply thereto. Grantors shall give prompt notice in writing to Agent with respect to any such new trademarks or renewal or extension of any trademark registration. Without limiting Grantors’ obligations under this Section 5 , Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any such new trademark rights of Grantors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Trademark Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I .

6. COUNTERPARTS . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. In proving this Trademark Security Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

7. CONSTRUCTION . Unless the context of this Trademark Security Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Trademark Security Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents refer to this Trademark Security Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Trademark Security Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Trademark Security Agreement or in any other of the Loan Documents to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein or in any other of the Loan Documents to the satisfaction or repayment in full of the Obligations shall mean the repayment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement) of all Obligations other than unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the Bank Product Providers to remain outstanding and that are not required by the provisions of the Credit Agreement to be repaid or cash collateralized. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to

 

-2-


include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other of the Loan Documents shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

[signature page follows]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY:
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., as Agent
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

-4-


SCHEDULE I

to

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

Trademark Registrations/Applications

 

Grantor

  

Country

  

Mark

  

Application/

Registration No.

  

App/Reg Date

           
           
           
           
           

Trade Names

Common Law Trademarks

Trademarks Not Currently In Use

Trademark Licenses

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.19

GENERAL CONTINUING GUARANTY

This GENERAL CONTINUING GUARANTY (this “Guaranty”), dated as of April 29, 2008, is executed and delivered by SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Guarantor”), in favor of WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC. , a California corporation, as arranger and administrative agent for the below defined Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, if any, in such capacity, “Agent”), in light of the following:

WHEREAS , ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), the below defined Lenders, and Agent are, contemporaneously herewith, entering into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS , Guarantor is a Subsidiary of Borrower and, as such, will benefit by virtue of the financial accommodations extended to Borrower by the Lender Group; and

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Lender Group to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to extend the loans and other financial accommodations to Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and in consideration thereof, and in consideration of any loans or other financial accommodations heretofore or hereafter extended by the Lender Group to Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents, Guarantor has agreed to guaranty the Guarantied Obligations.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. Definitions and Construction .

(a) Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. The following terms, as used in this Guaranty, shall have the following meanings:

Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guaranty.

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guaranty.

Guarantied Obligations ” means all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing under any Loan Document, whether for principal, interest (including all interest that accrues after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding irrespective of whether a claim therefor is allowed in such case or proceeding), fees, expenses or otherwise, and any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent, the Lenders or the Issuing Lender (or any of them) in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantied Obligations shall include all amounts that constitute part of the Guarantied Obligations and would be owed by the Borrower to the Agent, the Lenders or the Issuing Lender


under any Loan Document but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable, including due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving Borrower or any other guarantor.

Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.

Guaranty ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Guaranty.

Lender Group ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Lenders and Agent.

Lenders ” means, individually and collectively, each of the lenders identified on the signature pages to the Credit Agreement, and shall include any other Person made a party to the Credit Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 thereof (together with their respective successors and assigns).

Record ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or which is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 of this Guaranty.

(b) Construction . Unless the context of this Guaranty clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the part includes the whole, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and other similar terms in this Guaranty refer to this Guaranty as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guaranty. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Guaranty unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Guaranty to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Neither this Guaranty nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed or resolved against the Lender Group or Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Guaranty has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of Guarantor and Agent. Any reference herein to the satisfaction or payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations shall mean the payment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement) of all Guarantied Obligations other than contingent indemnification Guarantied Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding and are not required to be repaid or cash collateralized pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the full and final termination of any commitment to extend any financial accommodations under the Credit Agreement and any other Loan Document. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and

 

-2-


any Record transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. The captions and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Guaranty.

2. Guarantied Obligations . Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranties to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, as and for its own debt, until the final and indefeasible payment in full thereof, in cash, has been made, (a) the due and punctual payment of the Guarantied Obligations, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, pursuant to a mandatory prepayment requirement, by acceleration, or otherwise; it being the intent of Guarantor that the guaranty set forth herein shall be a guaranty of payment and not a guaranty of collection; and (b) the punctual and faithful performance, keeping, observance, and fulfillment by Borrower of all of the agreements, conditions, covenants, and obligations of Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement and under each of the other Loan Documents.

3. Continuing Guaranty . This Guaranty includes Guarantied Obligations arising under successive transactions continuing, compromising, extending, increasing, modifying, releasing, or renewing the Guarantied Obligations, changing the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof, or creating new or additional Guarantied Obligations after prior Guarantied Obligations have been satisfied in whole or in part. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Guarantor hereby waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future Guarantied Obligations. If such a revocation is effective notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (a) no such revocation shall be effective until written notice thereof has been received by Agent, (b) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations in existence on the date of receipt by Agent of such written notice (including any subsequent continuation, extension, or renewal thereof, or change in the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof), (c) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations made or created after such date to the extent made or created pursuant to a legally binding commitment of the Lender Group in existence on the date of such revocation, (d) no payment by Guarantor, Borrower, or from any other source, prior to the date of Agent’s receipt of written notice of such revocation shall reduce the maximum obligation of Guarantor hereunder, and (e) any payment by Borrower or from any source other than Guarantor subsequent to the date of such revocation shall first be applied to that portion of the Guarantied Obligations as to which the revocation is effective and which are not, therefore, guarantied hereunder, and to the extent so applied shall not reduce the maximum obligation of Guarantor hereunder.

4. Performance Under this Guaranty . In the event that Borrower fails to make any payment of any Guarantied Obligations, on or prior to the due date thereof, or if Borrower shall fail to perform, keep, observe, or fulfill any other obligation referred to in clause (b) of Section 2 of this Guaranty in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, Guarantor immediately shall cause, as applicable, such payment in respect of the Guarantied Obligations to be made or such obligation to be performed, kept, observed, or fulfilled.

5. Primary Obligations . This Guaranty is a primary and original obligation of Guarantor, is not merely the creation of a surety relationship, and is an absolute, unconditional, and

 

-3-


continuing guaranty of payment and performance which shall remain in full force and effect without respect to future changes in conditions. Guarantor hereby agrees that it is directly, jointly and severally with any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations, liable to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that the obligations of Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower or any other guarantor, and that a separate action may be brought against Guarantor, whether such action is brought against Borrower or any other guarantor or whether Borrower or any other guarantor is joined in such action. Guarantor hereby agrees that its liability hereunder shall be immediate and shall not be contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider of whatever remedies they may have against Borrower or any other guarantor, or the enforcement of any lien or realization upon any security by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider. Guarantor hereby agrees that any release which may be given by Agent to Borrower or any other guarantor, or with respect to any property or asset subject to a Lien, shall not release Guarantor. Guarantor consents and agrees that no member of the Lender Group nor any Bank Product Provider shall be under any obligation to marshal any property or assets of Borrower or any other guarantor in favor of Guarantor, or against or in payment of any or all of the Guarantied Obligations.

6. Waivers .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Guarantor hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance hereof; (ii) notice of any loans or other financial accommodations made or extended under the Credit Agreement, or the creation or existence of any Guarantied Obligations; (iii) notice of the amount of the Guarantied Obligations, subject, however, to Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of Agent to ascertain the amount of the Guarantied Obligations at any reasonable time; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower or of any other fact that might increase Guarantor’s risk hereunder; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instrument among the Loan Documents; (vi) notice of any Default or Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents; and (vii) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to Guarantor under this Guaranty or any other Loan Documents to which Guarantor is a party) and demands to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Guarantor hereby waives the right by statute or otherwise to require any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, to institute suit against Borrower or any other guarantor or to exhaust any rights and remedies which any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, has or may have against Borrower or any other guarantor. In this regard, Guarantor agrees that it is bound to the payment of each and all Guarantied Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter arising, as fully as if the Guarantied Obligations were directly owing to Agent, the Lender Group, or the Bank Product Providers, as applicable, by Guarantor. Guarantor further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Guarantied Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed and indefeasibly paid in full in cash, to the extent of any such payment) of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower in respect thereof.

 

-4-


(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Guarantor hereby waives: (i) any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against Borrower or any other party liable to any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider; (ii) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any security therefor; (iii) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider including any defense based upon an election of remedies by any member of the Lender Group; and (iv) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Guarantied Obligations shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to Guarantor’s liability hereunder.

(d) Until the Guarantied Obligations have been paid in full in cash, (i) Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right of subrogation Guarantor has or may have as against Borrower with respect to the Guarantied Obligations; (ii) Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right to proceed against Borrower or any other Person now or hereafter liable on account of the Obligations for contribution, indemnity, reimbursement, or any other similar rights (irrespective of whether direct or indirect, liquidated or contingent); and (iii) Guarantor hereby postpones and agrees not to exercise any right it may have to proceed or to seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of Borrower or any other Person now or hereafter liable on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guaranty, Guarantor shall not exercise any rights of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or other similar rights against, and shall not proceed or seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of, Borrower or any other guarantor (including after payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations) if all or any portion of the Obligations have been satisfied in connection with an exercise of remedies in respect of the Stock of Borrower or such other guarantor whether pursuant to the Security Agreement or otherwise.

(e) If any of the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time are secured by a mortgage or deed of trust upon real property, any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may elect, in its sole discretion, upon a default with respect to the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty, to foreclose such mortgage or deed of trust judicially or nonjudicially in any manner permitted by law, before or after enforcing this Guaranty, without diminishing or affecting the liability of Guarantor hereunder. Guarantor understands that (a) by virtue of the operation of antideficiency law applicable to nonjudicial foreclosures, an election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to nonjudicially foreclose on such a mortgage or deed of trust probably would have the effect of impairing or destroying rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of Guarantor against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties, and (b) absent the waiver given by Guarantor herein, such an election would estop any member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers from enforcing this Guaranty against Guarantor. Understanding the foregoing, and understanding that Guarantor is hereby relinquishing a defense to the enforceability of this Guaranty.

 

-5-


Guarantor hereby waives any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider any defense to the enforcement of this Guaranty, whether denominated “estoppel” or otherwise, based on or arising from an election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to nonjudicially foreclose on any such mortgage or deed of trust. Guarantor understands that the effect of the foregoing waiver may be that Guarantor may have liability hereunder for amounts with respect to which Guarantor may be left without rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties. Guarantor also agrees that the “fair market value” provisions of Section 580a of the California Code of Civil Procedure (and any similar law of any other applicable jurisdiction) shall have no applicability with respect to the determination of Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty.

(f) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have if all or part of the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(i) Any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral that may be pledged by Guarantor, Borrower, or any other guarantor.

(ii) If any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider forecloses on any real property collateral that may be pledged by Guarantor, Borrower or any other guarantor:

(1) The amount of the Guarantied Obligations or any obligations of any guarantor in respect thereof may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.

(2) Agent may collect from Guarantor even if any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower or any other Guarantor.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have if all or part of the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property. These rights and defenses are based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and any similar law of any other jurisdiction.

(g) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT SUCH WAIVER IS PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL BENEFITS OR DEFENSES ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY UNDER ANY ONE OR MORE OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE §§ 2787, 2799, 2808, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2847, 2848, AND 2855, CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE §§ 580A, 580B, 580C, 580D, AND 726, AND CHAPTER 2 OF TITLE 14 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE OR ANY SIMILAR LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

 

-6-


(h) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, GUARANTOR WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND DEFENSES ARISING OUT OF AN ELECTION OF REMEDIES BY ANY MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP OR ANY BANK PRODUCT PROVIDER, EVEN THOUGH SUCH ELECTION OF REMEDIES, SUCH AS A NONJUDICIAL FORECLOSURE WITH RESPECT TO SECURITY FOR THE GUARANTIED OBLIGATIONS, HAS DESTROYED GUARANTOR’S RIGHTS OF SUBROGATION AND REIMBURSEMENT AGAINST BORROWER BY THE OPERATION OF APPLICABLE LAW INCLUDING §580D OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OR ANY SIMILAR LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

(i) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby also agrees to the following waivers:

(i) Agent’s right to enforce this Guaranty is absolute and is not contingent upon the genuineness, validity or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any of the Loan Documents. Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code Section 2810 or any similar laws in any other applicable jurisdiction and agrees that Agent’s rights under this Guaranty shall be enforceable even if Borrower had no liability at the time of execution of the Loan Documents or the Guarantied Obligations are unenforceable in whole or in part, or Borrower ceases to be liable with respect to all or any portion of the Guarantied Obligations.

(ii) Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code Section 2809 or any similar laws in any other applicable jurisdiction with respect to its obligations under this Guaranty and agrees that Agent’s rights under the Loan Documents will remain enforceable even if the amount secured by the Loan Documents is larger in amount and more burdensome than that for which Borrower is responsible. The enforceability of this Guaranty against Guarantor shall continue until all sums due under the Loan Documents have been paid in full and shall not be limited or affected in any way by any impairment or any diminution or loss of value of any security or collateral for Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, from whatever cause, the failure of any security interest in any such security or collateral or any disability or other defense of Borrower, any other guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under any other Loan Document, any pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Loan Documents.

(iii) Guarantor waives all benefits and defenses it may have under California Civil Code §§ 2845, 2849 and 2850 or any similar laws of any other applicable jurisdiction with respect to its obligations under this Guaranty, including the right to require Agent to (A) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under any Loan Document, any other pledgor, of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, (B) proceed against or exhaust any other security or collateral Agent may hold, or (C) pursue any other right or remedy for Guarantor’s benefit, and agrees that Agent may exercise its right under this Guaranty without taking any action against Borrower, any other guarantor of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, any pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the

 

-7-


Guarantied Obligations, and without proceeding against or exhausting any security or collateral Agent holds.

7. Releases . Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by Guarantor and without affecting or impairing the obligations of Guarantor hereunder, any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider may, by action or inaction, compromise or settle, shorten or extend the Maturity Date or any other period of duration or the time for the payment of the Obligations, or discharge the performance of the Obligations, or may refuse to enforce the Obligations, or otherwise elect not to enforce the Obligations, or may, by action or inaction, release all or any one or more parties to, any one or more of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or may grant other indulgences to Borrower or any other guarantor in respect thereof, or may amend or modify in any manner and at any time (or from time to time) any one or more of the Obligations, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document (including any increase or decrease in the principal amount of any Obligations or the interest, fees or other amounts that may accrue from time to time in respect thereof), or may, by action or inaction, release or substitute the Borrower or any guarantor, if any, of the Guarantied Obligations, or may enforce, exchange, release, or waive, by action or inaction, any security for the Guarantied Obligations or any other guaranty of the Guarantied Obligations, or any portion thereof.

8. No Election . The Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers shall have the right to seek recourse against Guarantor to the fullest extent provided for herein and no election by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any party, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of the Lender Group’s or any Bank Product Provider’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against other parties unless Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers, has expressly waived such right in writing. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers under any document or instrument evidencing the Guarantied Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty except to the extent that the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers finally and unconditionally shall have realized indefeasible payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations by such action or proceeding.

9. Revival and Reinstatement . If the incurrence or payment of the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty by Guarantor or the transfer by Guarantor to Agent of any property of Guarantor should for any reason subsequently be declared to be void or voidable under any state or federal law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable payments of money or transfers of property (collectively, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), and if the Lender Group is required to repay or restore, in whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elects to do so upon the reasonable advice of its counsel, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that the Lender Group is required or elects to repay or restore, and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of the Lender Group related thereto, the liability of Guarantor automatically shall be revived, reinstated, and restored and shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer had never been made.

 

-8-


10. Financial Condition of Borrower . Guarantor represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that it is currently informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guarantied Obligations. Guarantor further represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that it has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document. Guarantor hereby covenants that it will continue to keep itself informed of Borrower’s financial condition, the financial condition of other guarantors, if any, and of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guarantied Obligations.

11. Payments; Application . All payments to be made hereunder by Guarantor shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, and without deduction (whether for taxes or otherwise) or offset and shall be applied to the Guarantied Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

12. Attorneys Fees and Costs . Guarantor agrees to pay, on demand, all attorneys fees and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Agent or the Lender Group in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty or in any way arising out of, or consequential to, the protection, assertion, or enforcement of the Guarantied Obligations (or any security therefor), irrespective of whether suit is brought.

13. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder to Agent shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent, or delivered in accordance Section 11 of the Credit Agreement. All notices and other communications hereunder to Guarantor shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent, or delivered in care of Borrower in accordance with Section 11 of the Credit Agreement.

14. Cumulative Remedies . No remedy under this Guaranty, under the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, but each and every remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any and every other remedy given under this Guaranty, under the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document, and those provided by law. No delay or omission by the Lender Group or Agent on behalf thereof to exercise any right under this Guaranty shall impair any such right nor be construed to be a waiver thereof. No failure on the part of the Lender Group or Agent on behalf thereof to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right under this Guaranty shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right under this Guaranty preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

15. Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Guaranty shall be severable from every other provision of this Guaranty for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

16. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Guaranty constitutes the entire agreement between Guarantor and the Lender Group pertaining to the subject matter contained herein. This Guaranty may not be altered, amended, or modified, nor may any provision hereof be waived or

 

-9-


noncompliance therewith consented to, except by means of a writing executed by Guarantor and Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group. Any such alteration, amendment, modification, waiver, or consent shall be effective only to the extent specified therein and for the specific purpose for which given. No course of dealing and no delay or waiver of any right or default under this Guaranty shall be deemed a waiver of any other, similar or dissimilar, right or default or otherwise prejudice the rights and remedies hereunder.

17. Successors and Assigns . This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers; provided , however , Guarantor shall not assign this Guaranty or delegate any of its duties hereunder without Agent’s prior written consent and any unconsented to assignment shall be absolutely null and void. In the event of any assignment, participation, or other transfer of rights by the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers, the rights and benefits herein conferred upon the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers shall automatically extend to and be vested in such assignee or other transferee.

18. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Guaranty is solely for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group, each Bank Product Provider, and each of their successors and assigns and may not be relied on by any other Person.

19. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE .

(a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS GUARANTY, THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

(b) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 19 .

(c) GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THEIR

 

-10-


RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS SECTION MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

(d) GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP PREFER THAT ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM BE RESOLVED IN LITIGATION SUBJECT TO A JURY TRIAL WAIVER AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 19(c) . IF, HOWEVER, UNDER THE THEN APPLICABLE LAW OF THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH A PARTY SEEKS TO COMMENCE ANY SUCH LITIGATION, A PRE-DISPUTE JURY TRIAL WAIVER OF THE TYPE PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 19(c) IS UNENFORCEABLE IN LITIGATION TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR CONTROVERSY UNDER THIS GUARANTY (EACH, A “CLAIM”), THEN, UPON THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF SUCH PARTY, SUCH CLAIM, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL BE DETERMINED EXCLUSIVELY BY A JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 19(b) , VENUE FOR ANY SUCH REFERENCE PROCEEDING SHALL BE IN THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE COUNTY OR DISTRICT WHERE VENUE IS APPROPRIATE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW (THE “COURT”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IF THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE COURT SHALL APPOINT THE REFEREE. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CLAIM AND DELIVERY, INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, ATTACHMENT OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER). THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE ALSO SHALL DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION 19(d) . THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY CLAIM DETERMINED BY REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 19(d) SHALL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY.

20. Counterparts; Electronic Execution . This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Guaranty. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this

 

-11-


Guaranty by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Guaranty by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Guaranty.

21. Agreement to be Bound . Guarantor hereby agrees to be bound by each and all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by its execution and delivery of this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby: (a) makes to the Lender Group each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement applicable to Guarantor fully as though Guarantor were a party thereto, and such representations and warranties are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis; and (b) agrees and covenants (i) to do each of the things set forth in the Credit Agreement that Borrower agrees and covenants to cause Guarantor to do, and (ii) to not do each of the things set forth in the Credit Agreement that Borrower agrees and covenants to cause Guarantor not to do, in each case, fully as though Guarantor was a party thereto, and such agreements and covenants are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis.

[Signature page to follow]

 

-12-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed and delivered this Guaranty as of the date first written above.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL INC.,

a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ John Adams

Title:   CFO

 

S-1

Exhibit 10.20

WAIVER

This WAIVER (this “Waiver”) is made this 19 th day of March 2010, by and among SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC . (formerly known as Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc.), as administrative agent (“Agent”), and the undersigned parties constituting all the Lenders party, as of the date hereof, to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 29, 2008 by and among Borrower, Agent and the Lenders (as amended, restated, extended, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; all capitalized terms used herein shall have meanings defined for such terms in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 2.4(c)(iv) of the Credit Agreement, Borrower is required to prepay the Obligations in an amount equal to 25% of its Excess Cash Flow for its fiscal year ended on December 31, 2009 (the “2009 Fiscal Year”);

WHEREAS , Borrower has requested that the Lenders waive the Excess Cash Flow prepayment requirement for the 2009 Fiscal Year and the Lenders are willing to provide such a waiver, as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. The Lenders hereby waive the requirement under Section 2.4(c)(iv) of the Credit Agreement that Borrower prepay the Obligations in an amount equal to 25% of its Excess Cash Flow for the 2009 Fiscal Year and acknowledge that Borrower’s failure to make such prepayment shall not cause an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.

 

  2. Borrower shall cause ServiceSource Inc. to execute the Acknowledgement by Guarantor attached hereto as Exhibit “A”.

 

  3. The undersigned Lenders hereby constitute all Lenders, as such term is defined under the Credit Agreement, and each Lender hereby acknowledges that this Waiver constitutes its agreement to the terms of this Waiver.

 

  4. This Waiver may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

  5. This Waiver shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.

 

-1-


  6. Borrower confirms that each Loan Document executed by it shall continue in full force and effect and agrees that it shall continue to be obligated under each such Loan Document in accordance with the terms thereof, except as modified by the terms of this Waiver. This Waiver will not be construed to waive any of the rights of Agent or any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, except as specifically set forth in Section 1 above.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Waiver to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above,

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC, as Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Paul D. Warenski

Name:

  Paul D. Warenski

Title:

 

SVP & General Counsel

 

-2-


WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., as Agent and as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Michael Ganann

Name:   Michael Ganann
Title:   Vice President
COMERICA BANK, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ K. Crosslin

Name:   Kim Crosslin
Title:   V.P.
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Raed Y. Alfayoumi

Name:   Raed Y. Alfayoumi
Title :   Vice President

 

-3-


Exhibit “A”

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY GUARANTOR

Dated as of March 19, 2010

In order to induce the Lender Group to execute the foregoing Waiver (the “Waiver”), with respect to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, restated, extended, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), dated as of April 29, 2008, among ServiceSource International, LLC, the Lenders and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., as administrative agent for the Lenders, the undersigned hereby represents, warrants and agrees that the undersigned has reviewed and approved the Waiver and that nothing contained therein shall diminish, alter, amend or otherwise affect the undersigned’s obligations under the Guaranty or any other Loan Document executed by it in connection with the Credit Agreement. The undersigned further confirms that each Loan Document executed by it shall continue in full force and effect and agrees that it shall continue to be obligated under each such Loan Document in accordance with the terms thereof. The undersigned further confirms that it has no defense, counterclaim or offset right whatsoever with respect to its obligations under the Loan Documents. Unless otherwise defined, capitalized terms set forth in this Acknowledgment by Guarantor shall have the meaning defined for such term in the Credit Agreement.

 

SERVICESOURCE INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Warenski

Name:   Paul D. Warenski
Title:   SVP & General Counsel

 

-4-

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of ServiceSource International, LLC of our report dated February 25, 2011 relating to the consolidated financial statements of ServiceSource International, LLC, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

San Francisco, California

February 25, 2011